Revert "BaseTools/FCE: Add a tool FCE"

This reverts commit 3c59d94637adbfdd497b5a2c16073c7dc62b669c.
There are the concerns on code design and code quality, and
request to rewrite FCE, BfmLib and FMMT for the review.

Cc: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
Cc: Feng Bob C <bob.c.feng@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Liming Gao <liming.gao@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Feng Bob C <bob.c.feng@intel.com>

23 files changed, 2 insertions, 23443 deletions

diff --git a/BaseTools/BinWrappers/PosixLike/FCE b/BaseTools/BinWrappers/PosixLike/FCE
deleted file mode 100755
index a244ecc095..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/BinWrappers/PosixLike/FCE
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/env bash

-

-full_cmd=${BASH_SOURCE:-$0} # see http://mywiki.wooledge.org/BashFAQ/028 for a discussion of why $0 is not a good choice here

-dir=$(dirname "$full_cmd")

-cmd=${full_cmd##*/}

-

-if [ -n "$WORKSPACE" ] && [ -e "$WORKSPACE/Conf/BaseToolsCBinaries" ]

-then

-  exec "$WORKSPACE/Conf/BaseToolsCBinaries/$cmd"

-elif [ -n "$WORKSPACE" ] && [ -e "$EDK_TOOLS_PATH/Source/C" ]

-then

-  if [ ! -e "$EDK_TOOLS_PATH/Source/C/bin/$cmd" ]

-  then

-    echo "BaseTools C Tool binary was not found ($cmd)"

-    echo "You may need to run:"

-    echo "  make -C $EDK_TOOLS_PATH/Source/C"

-  else

-    exec "$EDK_TOOLS_PATH/Source/C/bin/$cmd" "$@"

-  fi

-elif [ -e "$dir/../../Source/C/bin/$cmd" ]

-then

-  exec "$dir/../../Source/C/bin/$cmd" "$@"

-else

-  echo "Unable to find the real '$cmd' to run"

-  echo "This message was printed by"

-  echo "  $0"

-  exit 127

-fi

-

diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/BinaryCreate.c b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/BinaryCreate.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f36bc2ef3..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/BinaryCreate.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,216 +0,0 @@
-/** @file

-

- The API to create the binary.

-

- Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

- SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#include "BinaryCreate.h"

-#ifndef __GNUC__

-#define GENSEC_RAW      "GenSec -s %s \"%s\" -o \"%s\" > NUL"

-#else

-#define GENSEC_RAW      "GenSec -s %s \"%s\" -o \"%s\" > /dev/null"

-#endif

-

-//

-// The guid is to for FFS of BFV.

-//

-EFI_GUID gEfiFfsBfvForMultiPlatformGuid = EFI_FFS_BFV_FOR_MULTIPLATFORM_GUID;

-EFI_GUID gEfiFfsBfvForMultiPlatformGuid2 = EFI_FFS_BFV_FOR_MULTIPLATFORM_GUID2;

-

-/**

-  Convert a GUID to a string.

-

-  @param[in]   Guid    Pointer to GUID to print.

-

-  @return The string after convert.

-**/

-static

-CHAR8 *

-LibBfmGuidToStr (

-  IN  EFI_GUID  *Guid

-)

-{

-  CHAR8 * Buffer;

-

-  Buffer = NULL;

-

-  if (Guid == NULL) {

-    return NULL;

-  }

-

-  Buffer = (CHAR8 *) malloc (36 + 1);

-

-  if (Buffer == NULL) {

-    return NULL;

-  }

-  memset (Buffer, '\0', 36 + 1);

-

-  sprintf (

-      Buffer,

-      "%08x-%04x-%04x-%02x%02x-%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x",

-      Guid->Data1,

-      Guid->Data2,

-      Guid->Data3,

-      Guid->Data4[0],

-      Guid->Data4[1],

-      Guid->Data4[2],

-      Guid->Data4[3],

-      Guid->Data4[4],

-      Guid->Data4[5],

-      Guid->Data4[6],

-      Guid->Data4[7]

-      );

-

-  return Buffer;

-}

-

-/**

-  Create the Ras section in FFS

-

-  @param[in]   InputFilePath   .efi file, it's optional unless process PE/TE section.

-  @param[in]   OutputFilePath  .te or .pe file

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-CreateRawSection (

-  IN CHAR8*     InputFilePath,

-  IN CHAR8*     OutputFilePath

-  )

-{

-  INT32        ReturnValue;

-  CHAR8*       SystemCommand;

-

-  SystemCommand             = NULL;

-  SystemCommand = malloc (

-    strlen (GENSEC_RAW) +

-    strlen ("EFI_SECTION_RAW") +

-    strlen (InputFilePath) +

-    strlen (OutputFilePath) +

-    1

-  );

-  if (NULL == SystemCommand) {

-    return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-  }

-  sprintf (

-    SystemCommand,

-    GENSEC_RAW,

-    "EFI_SECTION_RAW",

-    InputFilePath,

-    OutputFilePath

-  );

-  ReturnValue = system (SystemCommand);

-  free(SystemCommand);

-

-  if (ReturnValue != 0) {

-    printf ("Error. Call GenSec failed.\n");

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Create the Ras type of FFS

-

-  @param[in]   InputFilePath   .efi file, it's optional unless process PE/TE section.

-  @param[in]   OutputFilePath  .te or .pe file

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-CreateRawFfs (

-  IN CHAR8**    InputFilePaths,

-  IN CHAR8*     OutputFilePath,

-  IN BOOLEAN    SizeOptimized

-  )

-{

-  INT32        ReturnValue;

-  CHAR8*       SystemCommandFormatString;

-  CHAR8*       SystemCommand;

-  CHAR8*       GuidStr;

-  CHAR8*       FilePathFormatStr;

-  CHAR8*       FilePathStr;

-  UINT32       Index;

-  UINT32       StrLen;

-  UINT32       Size;

-

-  SystemCommand    = NULL;

-  GuidStr          = NULL;

-  FilePathStr      = NULL;

-  StrLen           = 0;

-

-  FilePathFormatStr = " -i \"";

-

-  for (Index = 0; InputFilePaths[Index] != NULL; Index++) {

-    Size = strlen (FilePathFormatStr) + strlen (InputFilePaths[Index]) + 2; // 2 menas "" "

-    if (FilePathStr == NULL) {

-      FilePathStr = malloc (Size);

-      if (NULL == FilePathStr) {

-        return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-      }

-    } else {

-      FilePathStr = realloc (FilePathStr, StrLen + Size);

-      if (NULL == FilePathStr) {

-        return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-      }

-    }

-    memset (FilePathStr + StrLen, ' ', Size);

-    memcpy (FilePathStr + StrLen, FilePathFormatStr, strlen(FilePathFormatStr));

-    memcpy(FilePathStr + StrLen + strlen(FilePathFormatStr), InputFilePaths[Index], strlen(InputFilePaths[Index]));

-    StrLen += Size;

-    *(FilePathStr + StrLen - 2) = '\"';

-  }

-   if (FilePathStr == NULL) {

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  *(FilePathStr + StrLen - 1)= '\0';

-

-

-  if (SizeOptimized) {

-    GuidStr = LibBfmGuidToStr(&gEfiFfsBfvForMultiPlatformGuid2);

-  } else {

-    GuidStr  = LibBfmGuidToStr(&gEfiFfsBfvForMultiPlatformGuid);

-  }

-  if (NULL == GuidStr) {

-    free (FilePathStr);

-    return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-  }

-  SystemCommandFormatString = "GenFfs -t %s %s -g %s -o \"%s\"";

-  SystemCommand = malloc (

-    strlen (SystemCommandFormatString) +

-    strlen ("EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FREEFORM") +

-    strlen (FilePathStr) +

-    strlen (GuidStr) +

-    strlen (OutputFilePath) +

-    1

-    );

-  if (NULL == SystemCommand) {

-    free (GuidStr);

-    free (FilePathStr);

-    return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-  }

-  sprintf (

-    SystemCommand,

-    "GenFfs -t %s %s -g %s -o \"%s\"",

-    "EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FREEFORM",// -t

-    FilePathStr,               // -i

-    GuidStr,                   // -g

-    OutputFilePath             // -o

-    );

-  ReturnValue = system (SystemCommand);

-  free(SystemCommand);

-  free (FilePathStr);

-  free (GuidStr);

-

-  if (ReturnValue != 0) {

-    printf ("Error. Call GenFfs failed.\n");

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/BinaryCreate.h b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/BinaryCreate.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e2f22599e..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/BinaryCreate.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,157 +0,0 @@
-/** @file

-

- The API to create the binary.

-

- Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

- SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#ifndef _BINARY_CREATE_H_

-#define _BINARY_CREATE_H_ 1

-

-#include <FvLib.h>

-#include "Compress.h"

-#include "Decompress.h"

-#include "CommonLib.h"

-#include "EfiUtilityMsgs.h"

-#include "FirmwareVolumeBufferLib.h"

-#include "OsPath.h"

-#include "ParseGuidedSectionTools.h"

-#include "StringFuncs.h"

-#include "ParseInf.h"

-#include <Common/UefiBaseTypes.h>

-#include <Common/UefiInternalFormRepresentation.h>

-#include <Common/UefiCapsule.h>

-#include <Common/PiFirmwareFile.h>

-#include <Common/PiFirmwareVolume.h>

-#include <Guid/PiFirmwareFileSystem.h>

-#include <IndustryStandard/PeImage.h>

-#include <Protocol/GuidedSectionExtraction.h>

-

-//1AE42876-008F-4161-B2B7-1C0D15C5EF43

-#define EFI_FFS_BFV_FOR_MULTIPLATFORM_GUID \

-  { 0x1ae42876, 0x008f, 0x4161, { 0xb2, 0xb7, 0x1c, 0xd, 0x15, 0xc5, 0xef, 0x43 }}

-

-extern EFI_GUID gEfiFfsBfvForMultiPlatformGuid;

-

-// {003E7B41-98A2-4BE2-B27A-6C30C7655225}

-#define EFI_FFS_BFV_FOR_MULTIPLATFORM_GUID2 \

-  { 0x3e7b41, 0x98a2, 0x4be2, { 0xb2, 0x7a, 0x6c, 0x30, 0xc7, 0x65, 0x52, 0x25 }}

-

-extern EFI_GUID gEfiFfsBfvForMultiPlatformGuid2;

-

-typedef UINT64 SKU_ID;

-

-typedef struct {

-  UINT32 Offset:24;

-  UINT32 Value:8;

-} PCD_DATA_DELTA;

-

-typedef struct {

-  SKU_ID SkuId;

-  UINT16 DefaultId;

-  UINT8  Reserved[6];

-} PCD_DEFAULT_INFO;

-

-typedef struct {

-  //

-  // Full size, it must be at 8 byte alignment.

-  //

-  UINT32 DataSize;

-  //

-  // HeaderSize includes HeaderSize fields and DefaultInfo arrays

-  //

-  UINT32 HeaderSize;

-  //

-  // DefaultInfo arrays those have the same default setting.

-  //

-  PCD_DEFAULT_INFO DefaultInfo[1];

-  //

-  // Default data is stored as variable storage or the array of DATA_DELTA.

-  //

-} PCD_DEFAULT_DATA;

-

-#define PCD_NV_STORE_DEFAULT_BUFFER_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32('N', 'S', 'D', 'B')

-

-typedef struct {

-  //

-  // PCD_NV_STORE_DEFAULT_BUFFER_SIGNATURE

-  //

-  UINT32    Signature;

-  //

-  // Length of the taken default buffer

-  //

-  UINT32    Length;

-  //

-  // Length of the total reserved buffer

-  //

-  UINT32    MaxLength;

-  //

-  // Reserved for 8 byte alignment

-  //

-  UINT32    Reserved;

-  // one or more PCD_DEFAULT_DATA

-} PCD_NV_STORE_DEFAULT_BUFFER_HEADER;

-

-//

-// NvStoreDefaultValueBuffer layout:

-// +-------------------------------------+

-// | PCD_NV_STORE_DEFAULT_BUFFER_HEADER  |

-// +-------------------------------------+

-// | PCD_DEFAULT_DATA (DEFAULT, Standard)|

-// +-------------------------------------+

-// | PCD_DATA_DELTA   (DEFAULT, Standard)|

-// +-------------------------------------+

-// | ......                              |

-// +-------------------------------------+

-// | PCD_DEFAULT_DATA (SKU A, Standard)  |

-// +-------------------------------------+

-// | PCD_DATA_DELTA   (SKU A, Standard)  |

-// +-------------------------------------+

-// | ......                              |

-// +-------------------------------------+

-//

-

-#pragma pack(1)

-

-typedef struct {

-  UINT16 Offset;

-  UINT8  Value;

-} DATA_DELTA;

-

-#pragma pack()

-

-/**

-  Create the Ras section in FFS

-

-  @param[in]   InputFilePath   The input file path and name.

-  @param[in]   OutputFilePath  The output file path and name.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-CreateRawSection (

-  IN CHAR8*     InputFilePath,

-  IN CHAR8*     OutputFilePath

-  );

-

-/**

-  Create the Ras type of FFS

-

-  @param[in]   InputFilePath   .efi file, it's optional unless process PE/TE section.

-  @param[in]   OutputFilePath  .te or .pe file

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-CreateRawFfs (

-  IN CHAR8**    InputFilePaths,

-  IN CHAR8*     OutputFilePath,

-  IN BOOLEAN    SizeOptimized

-  );

-

-#endif

-

diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/BinaryParse.c b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/BinaryParse.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e9f8ee6826..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/BinaryParse.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1326 +0,0 @@
-/** @file

-

- The API to parse the binary.

-

- Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

- SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#ifndef __GNUC__

-#include "windows.h"

-#else

-#include <sys/types.h>

-#include <dirent.h>

-#include <unistd.h>

-#endif

-#include "BinaryParse.h"

-#include "BinaryCreate.h"

-#include "VariableCommon.h"

-#include "FirmwareVolumeBufferLib.h"

-

-extern G_EFI_FD_INFO  gEfiFdInfo;

-extern EFI_HANDLE     mParsedGuidedSectionTools;

-extern CHAR8          mInputFdName[MAX_FILENAME_LEN];

-

-//

-// The Guid to sign the position of Vfr and Uni array in FV

-//

-EFI_GUID  gVfrArrayAttractGuid                         = EFI_VFR_ATTRACT_GUID;

-EFI_GUID  gUniStrArrayAttractGuid                      = EFI_UNI_STR_ATTRACT_GUID;

-EFI_GUID  gEfiSystemNvDataFvGuid                       = EFI_SYSTEM_NVDATA_FV_GUID;

-EFI_GUID  gEfiCrc32GuidedSectionExtractionProtocolGuid = EFI_CRC32_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PROTOCOL_GUID;

-

-/**

-  Converts a three byte length value into a UINT32.

-

-  @param  ThreeByteLength   Pointer to the first of the 3 byte length.

-

-  @retval  Length           Size of the section

-

-**/

-static

-UINT32

-Get3ByteLength (

-  IN UINT8     *ThreeByteLength

-  )

-{

-  UINT32  Length;

-

-  Length = 0;

-

-  if (ThreeByteLength == NULL) {

-    return 0;

-  }

-

-  Length  = *((UINT32 *) ThreeByteLength);

-  Length  = Length & 0x00FFFFFF;

-

-  return Length;

-}

-

-/**

-  Generate the unique template filename.

-**/

-CHAR8 *

-GenTempFile (

- VOID

- )

-{

-  CHAR8   *TemString;

-  TemString = NULL;

-#ifndef __GNUC__

-  TemString = CloneString (tmpnam (NULL));

-#else

-  CHAR8 tmp[] = "/tmp/fileXXXXXX";

-  UINTN Fdtmp;

-  Fdtmp = mkstemp(tmp);

-  TemString = CloneString(tmp);

-  close(Fdtmp);

-#endif

-  return TemString;

-}

-

-/**

-  Check whether exist the same Ifr FFS. If not existed, return TRUE.

-

-  @param[in]   FfsImage   The pointer to the binary.

-  @param[in]   FileSize   The size of binary.

-

-  @return The string after convert.

-**/

-static

-BOOLEAN

-NotExistSameFfsIfr (

-  IN  VOID     *FfsImage

-)

-{

-  UINT32  Index;

-

-  Index = 0;

-

-  while (gEfiFdInfo.FfsArray[Index] != NULL) {

-    if (memcmp (gEfiFdInfo.FfsArray[Index], FfsImage, sizeof (EFI_GUID)) == 0) {

-      return FALSE;

-    }

-    Index++;

-  }

-  return TRUE;

-}

-

-/**

-  This function returns the next larger size that meets the alignment

-  requirement specified.

-

-  @param  ActualSize        The size.

-  @param  Alignment         The desired alignment.

-

-  @retval The Occupied length

-

-**/

-static

-UINT32

-GetOccupiedSize (

-  IN UINT32  ActualSize,

-  IN UINT32  Alignment

-  )

-{

-  UINT32  OccupiedSize;

-

-  OccupiedSize = ActualSize;

-  while ((OccupiedSize & (Alignment - 1)) != 0) {

-    OccupiedSize++;

-  }

-

-  return OccupiedSize;

-}

-

-

-/**

-  Parses FFS Sections, and remove the FFS headers. Tis function olny handle one efi in this FFS.

-

-  @param  SectionBuffer     The section base address

-  @param  BufferLength      The length of FFS.

-  @param  EfiBufferHeader   The structure dual pointer to the efi informations

-

-  @retval  EFI_SUCCESS      The application exited normally.

-  @retval  EFI_ABORTED       An error occurred.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-ParseSection (

-  IN      BOOLEAN              IsFfsOrEfi,

-  IN OUT  UINT8                *SectionBuffer,

-  IN      UINT32               BufferLength,

-  IN OUT  EFI_SECTION_STRUCT   **EfiBufferHeader

-  )

-{

-  UINT32              ParsedLength;

-  EFI_SECTION_TYPE    Type;

-  UINT8               *Ptr;

-  UINT32              SectionLength;

-  UINT8               *CompressedBuffer;

-  UINT32              CompressedLength;

-  UINT8               *UncompressedBuffer;

-  UINT32              UncompressedLength;

-  UINT8               CompressionType;

-  DECOMPRESS_FUNCTION DecompressFunction;

-  GETINFO_FUNCTION    GetInfoFunction;

-  UINT32              ScratchSize;

-  UINT8               *ScratchBuffer;

-  EFI_STATUS          Status;

-  UINT32              DstSize;

-  CHAR8               *ExtractionTool;

-  CHAR8               *ToolInputFile;

-  CHAR8               *ToolOutputFile;

-  CHAR8               *SystemCommandFormatString;

-  CHAR8               *SystemCommand;

-  UINT8               *ToolOutputBuffer;

-  UINT32              ToolOutputLength;

-  BOOLEAN             HasDepexSection;

-

-  Ptr                       = NULL;

-  SectionLength             = 0;

-  CompressedBuffer          = NULL;

-  CompressedLength          = 0;

-  UncompressedBuffer        = NULL;

-  UncompressedLength        = 0;

-  CompressionType           = 0;

-  ScratchSize               = 0;

-  ScratchBuffer             = NULL;

-  Status                    = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  DstSize                   = 0;

-  ExtractionTool            = NULL;

-  ToolInputFile             = NULL;

-  ToolOutputFile            = NULL;

-  SystemCommandFormatString = NULL;

-  SystemCommand             = NULL;

-

-  //

-  // Jump the FFS header

-  //

-  if (IsFfsOrEfi) {

-    SectionBuffer = SectionBuffer + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);

-    BufferLength  = BufferLength - sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);

-  }

-  ParsedLength     = 0;

-  HasDepexSection  = FALSE;

-  ExtractionTool   = NULL;

-  ToolOutputLength = 0;

-  ToolOutputBuffer = NULL;

-

-  (*EfiBufferHeader)->Length = BufferLength;

-

-  while (ParsedLength < BufferLength) {

-    Ptr           = SectionBuffer + ParsedLength;

-

-    SectionLength = Get3ByteLength (((EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *) Ptr)->Size);

-    Type          = ((EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *) Ptr)->Type;

-

-    //

-    // This is sort of an odd check, but is necessary because FFS files are

-    // padded to a QWORD boundary, meaning there is potentially a whole section

-    // header worth of 0xFF bytes.

-    //

-    if ((SectionLength == 0xffffff) && (Type == 0xff)) {

-      ParsedLength += 4;

-      continue;

-    }

-

-    switch (Type) {

-

-    case EFI_SECTION_PE32:

-    case EFI_SECTION_TE:

-      //

-      //Got the correct address

-      //

-     (*EfiBufferHeader)->BufferBase = (UINTN)(Ptr + sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER));

-      return EFI_SUCCESS;

-

-    case EFI_SECTION_RAW:

-    case EFI_SECTION_PIC:

-       break;

-

-    case EFI_SECTION_USER_INTERFACE:

-      HasDepexSection = FALSE;

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_SECTION_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_IMAGE:

-    case EFI_SECTION_COMPATIBILITY16:

-    case EFI_SECTION_FREEFORM_SUBTYPE_GUID:

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_SECTION_PEI_DEPEX:

-    case EFI_SECTION_DXE_DEPEX:

-    case EFI_SECTION_SMM_DEPEX:

-      HasDepexSection = TRUE;

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_SECTION_VERSION:

-      break;

-    case EFI_SECTION_COMPRESSION:

-      UncompressedBuffer  = NULL;

-      CompressedLength    = SectionLength - sizeof (EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION);

-      UncompressedLength  = ((EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION *) Ptr)->UncompressedLength;

-      CompressionType     = ((EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION *) Ptr)->CompressionType;

-

-      if (CompressionType == EFI_NOT_COMPRESSED) {

-        if (CompressedLength != UncompressedLength) {

-          Error (

-            NULL,

-            0,

-            0,

-            "file is not compressed, but the compressed length does not match the uncompressed length",

-            NULL

-            );

-          return EFI_ABORTED;

-        }

-

-        UncompressedBuffer = Ptr + sizeof (EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION);

-      } else if (CompressionType == EFI_STANDARD_COMPRESSION) {

-        GetInfoFunction     = EfiGetInfo;

-        DecompressFunction  = EfiDecompress;

-        CompressedBuffer  = Ptr + sizeof (EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION);

-

-        Status = GetInfoFunction (

-                   CompressedBuffer,

-                   CompressedLength,

-                   &DstSize,

-                   &ScratchSize

-                   );

-        if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-          Error (NULL, 0, 0003, "error getting compression info from compression section", NULL);

-          return EFI_ABORTED;

-        }

-

-        if (DstSize != UncompressedLength) {

-          Error (NULL, 0, 0003, "compression error in the compression section", NULL);

-          return EFI_ABORTED;

-        }

-

-        ScratchBuffer       = malloc (ScratchSize);

-        if (ScratchBuffer == NULL) {

-          return EFI_ABORTED;

-        }

-        UncompressedBuffer  = malloc (UncompressedLength);

-        if (UncompressedBuffer == NULL) {

-          free (ScratchBuffer);

-          return EFI_ABORTED;

-        }

-        memset (UncompressedBuffer, 0, UncompressedLength);

-

-        Status = DecompressFunction (

-                   CompressedBuffer,

-                   CompressedLength,

-                   UncompressedBuffer,

-                   UncompressedLength,

-                   ScratchBuffer,

-                   ScratchSize

-                  );

-        free (ScratchBuffer);

-        if (Status != EFI_SUCCESS) {

-          Error (NULL, 0, 0003, "decompress failed", NULL);

-          free (UncompressedBuffer);

-          return EFI_ABORTED;

-        }

-      } else {

-        Error (NULL, 0, 0003, "unrecognized compression type", "type 0x%X", CompressionType);

-        return EFI_ABORTED;

-      }

-

-      Status = ParseSection (FALSE, UncompressedBuffer, UncompressedLength, EfiBufferHeader);

-      if (Status != EFI_SUCCESS) {

-        Error (NULL, 0, 0003, "failed to parse section", NULL);

-        free (UncompressedBuffer);

-        UncompressedBuffer = NULL;

-      } else {

-        return EFI_SUCCESS;

-      }

-      //

-      // Store the allocate memory address for UncompressedBuffer

-      //

-      if (UncompressedBuffer != NULL) {

-        (*EfiBufferHeader)->UncompressedBuffer[(*EfiBufferHeader)->UnCompressIndex] = (UINTN) UncompressedBuffer;

-        (*EfiBufferHeader)->UnCompressIndex = (*EfiBufferHeader)->UnCompressIndex + 1;

-      }

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_SECTION_GUID_DEFINED:

-      //

-      // Decompress failed, and then check for CRC32 sections which we can handle internally if needed.

-      // Maybe this section is no-compressed.

-      //

-      if (!CompareGuid (

-           &((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) Ptr)->SectionDefinitionGuid,

-           &gEfiCrc32GuidedSectionExtractionProtocolGuid

-           )) {

-        //

-        // CRC32 guided section

-        //

-        Status = ParseSection (

-                   FALSE,

-                   SectionBuffer + ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) Ptr)->DataOffset,

-                   BufferLength - ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) Ptr)->DataOffset,

-                   EfiBufferHeader

-                  );

-        if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-          Error (NULL, 0, 0003, "parse of CRC32 GUIDED section failed", NULL);

-          return EFI_ABORTED;

-        } else {

-          return EFI_SUCCESS;

-        }

-      } else {

-        ExtractionTool = LookupGuidedSectionToolPath (

-                           mParsedGuidedSectionTools,

-                           &((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) Ptr)->SectionDefinitionGuid

-                           );

-

-        if (ExtractionTool != NULL) {

-          ToolInputFile  = GenTempFile ();

-          ToolOutputFile = GenTempFile ();

-          //

-          // Construction 'system' command string

-          //

-          SystemCommandFormatString = "%s -d -o \"%s\" \"%s\"";

-          SystemCommand = malloc (

-                            strlen (SystemCommandFormatString) \

-                            + strlen (ExtractionTool)          \

-                            + strlen (ToolInputFile)           \

-                            + strlen (ToolOutputFile)          \

-                            + 1

-                            );

-          if (SystemCommand == NULL) {

-            free (ExtractionTool);

-            free (ToolInputFile);

-            free (ToolOutputFile);

-            return EFI_ABORTED;

-          }

-          sprintf (

-            SystemCommand,

-            "%s -d -o \"%s\" \"%s\"",

-            ExtractionTool,

-            ToolOutputFile,

-            ToolInputFile

-            );

-          free (ExtractionTool);

-

-          Status = PutFileImage (

-                     ToolInputFile,

-                     (CHAR8*) Ptr + ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) Ptr)->DataOffset,

-                     SectionLength - ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) Ptr)->DataOffset

-                   );

-

-          if (HasDepexSection) {

-            HasDepexSection = FALSE;

-          }

-

-          system (SystemCommand);

-          remove (ToolInputFile);

-          free (ToolInputFile);

-          ToolInputFile = NULL;

-          free (SystemCommand);

-          SystemCommand = NULL;

-

-          if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-            Error ("FCE", 0, 0004, "unable to decoded GUIDED section", NULL);

-            free (ToolOutputFile);

-            return EFI_ABORTED;

-          }

-

-          Status = GetFileImage (

-                     ToolOutputFile,

-                     (CHAR8 **)&ToolOutputBuffer,

-                     &ToolOutputLength

-                    );

-          remove (ToolOutputFile);

-          free (ToolOutputFile);

-          ToolOutputFile = NULL;

-          if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-            return EFI_ABORTED;

-          }

-        }

-        Status = ParseSection (

-                  FALSE,

-                  ToolOutputBuffer,

-                  ToolOutputLength,

-                  EfiBufferHeader

-                  );

-        if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-          Error (NULL, 0, 0003, "parse of decoded GUIDED section failed", NULL);

-          return EFI_ABORTED;

-        }

-      }

-      break;

-

-    default:

-      ;

-    }

-    ParsedLength += SectionLength;

-    //

-    // We make then next section begin on a 4-byte boundary

-    //

-    ParsedLength = GetOccupiedSize (ParsedLength, 4);

-  }

-

-  return EFI_ABORTED;

-}

-

-static

-BOOLEAN

-GetNextOffset (

-  IN UINT8 *Data,

-  IN EFI_GUID *Guid,

-  IN UINTN Len,

-  IN OUT UINTN *Offset

-  )

-{

-  UINTN NextOffset;

-  if (*Offset >= Len || Len - *Offset <= sizeof (EFI_GUID)) {

-    return FALSE;

-  }

-

-  for (NextOffset = *Offset; NextOffset < Len - sizeof (EFI_GUID); NextOffset++) {

-    if (CompareGuid(Guid, (EFI_GUID*)(Data + NextOffset)) == 0) {

-      *Offset = NextOffset + sizeof(EFI_GUID);

-      return TRUE;

-    }

-  }

-  return FALSE;

-}

-

-/**

-  Get the address by Guid.

-

-  Parse the FFS image, and find the GUID address.There may be some Guids matching the

-  searched Guid.

-

-  @param Fv                     the Pointer to the image.

-  @param Guid                   The Guid need to find.

-  @param Offset                 The dual Pointer to the offset.

-  @param NumOfMatchGuid         The number of matching Guid offset.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The Search was complete successfully

-  @return EFI_ABORTED           An error occurred

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-GetAddressByGuid (

-  IN  VOID        *Fv,

-  IN  EFI_GUID    *Guid,

-  IN  UINTN       Len,

-  OUT UINTN       **Offset,

-  OUT UINT8       *NumOfMatchGuid

-  )

-{

-  VOID        *LocalFv;

-  UINT8       Flag;

-

-  EFI_RAW_SECTION* Section;

-  UINT8       *RawData;

-  VOID*       SectionStart;

-  UINTN       NextOffset;

-  UINTN       Key;

-  UINTN       TotalSectionsSize;

-  UINTN       SecLen;

-  UINTN       SecHdr;

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-

-  if( (Fv == NULL) || (Fv == NULL) || (Guid == NULL) || Len == 0 ){

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-

-  LocalFv         = Fv;

-  Flag            = 0;

-  Section         = NULL;

-  Key             = 0;

-

-  if (NumOfMatchGuid != NULL) {

-    *NumOfMatchGuid = 0;

-  }

-

-  SectionStart = (VOID*)((UINTN)LocalFv + FvBufGetFfsHeaderSize(LocalFv));

-  TotalSectionsSize = Len - FvBufGetFfsHeaderSize(LocalFv);

-  while (TRUE) {

-    Status = FvBufFindNextSection (

-               SectionStart,

-               TotalSectionsSize,

-               &Key,

-               (VOID **)&Section

-               );

-    if (Section == NULL || EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      break;

-    }

-

-    if (EFI_SECTION_RAW == Section->Type) {

-      if ((*(UINT32 *)Section->Size & 0xffffff) == 0xffffff) {

-        SecLen = ((EFI_RAW_SECTION2 *)Section)->ExtendedSize;

-        SecHdr = sizeof(EFI_RAW_SECTION2);

-      } else {

-        SecLen = *(UINT32 *)Section->Size & 0xffffff;

-        SecHdr = sizeof(EFI_RAW_SECTION);

-      }

-      if (SecLen <= SecHdr || SecLen - SecHdr < sizeof(EFI_GUID)) {

-        continue;

-      }

-      RawData = (UINT8 *)Section + SecHdr;

-      NextOffset = 0;

-      while (GetNextOffset(RawData, Guid, SecLen - SecHdr, &NextOffset)) {

-        Flag = 1;

-        if ((NumOfMatchGuid != NULL) && (Offset != NULL)) {

-          if (*NumOfMatchGuid == 0) {

-            *Offset = malloc (sizeof (UINTN) * MAX_MATCH_GUID_NUM);

-            if (*Offset == NULL) {

-              return EFI_ABORTED;

-            }

-            memset (*Offset, 0, sizeof (UINTN) * MAX_MATCH_GUID_NUM);

-          }

-          *(*Offset + *NumOfMatchGuid) = NextOffset + (RawData - (UINT8 *)Fv);

-          (*NumOfMatchGuid)++;

-        } else {

-          return EFI_SUCCESS;

-        }

-      }

-    }

-  }

-

-  if( Flag == 0 ) {

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Search the VfrBin Base address.

-

-  According the known GUID gVfrArrayAttractGuid to get the base address from FFS.

-

-  @param Fv                    the Pointer to the FFS

-  @param EfiAddr               the Pointer to the EFI in FFS

-  @param Length                the length of Fv

-  @param Offset                the Pointer to the Addr (Offset)

-  @param NumOfMachingOffset    the number of Addr (Offset)

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS          Get the address successfully.

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SearchVfrBinInFFS (

-   IN  VOID      *Fv,

-   IN  VOID      *EfiAddr,

-   IN  UINTN     Length,

-   OUT UINTN    **Offset,

-   OUT UINT8     *NumOfMachingOffset

-  )

-{

-  UINTN        Index;

-  EFI_STATUS   Status;

-  UINTN        VirOffValue;

-

-  Index       = 0;

-  Status      = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  VirOffValue = 0;

-

-  if ((Fv == NULL) || (Offset == NULL)) {

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  Status = GetAddressByGuid (

-             Fv,

-             &gVfrArrayAttractGuid,

-             Length,

-             Offset,

-             NumOfMachingOffset

-             );

-  if (Status != EFI_SUCCESS) {

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-

-  while (Index < *NumOfMachingOffset) {

-    //

-    // Got the virOffset after the GUID

-    //

-    VirOffValue = *(UINTN *)((UINTN)Fv + *(*Offset + Index));

-    //

-    //Transfer the offset to the VA address. One modules may own more VfrBin address.

-    //

-    *(*Offset + Index) = (UINTN) EfiAddr + VirOffValue;

-    Index++;

-  }

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Search the UniBin Base address.

-

-  According the known GUID gUniStrArrayAttractGuid to get the base address from FFS.

-

-  @param Fv                    the Pointer to the FFS

-  @param EfiAddr               the Pointer to the EFI in FFS

-  @param Length                the length of Fv

-  @param Offset                the Pointer to the Addr (Offset)

-

-  @retval Base address         Get the address successfully.

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SearchUniBinInFFS (

-   IN VOID      *Fv,

-   IN  VOID     *EfiAddr,

-   IN  UINTN    Length,

-   OUT UINTN    **Offset

-  )

-{

-  UINT8        NumOfMachingOffset;

-  EFI_STATUS   Status;

-  UINTN        VirOffValue;

-

-  NumOfMachingOffset = 0;

-  Status             = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  VirOffValue        = 0;

-

-  if ((Fv == NULL) || (Offset == NULL)) {

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  Status = GetAddressByGuid (

-             Fv,

-             &gUniStrArrayAttractGuid,

-             Length,

-             Offset,

-             &NumOfMachingOffset

-             );

-  if (Status != EFI_SUCCESS) {

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  //

-  //Transfer the offset to the VA address. There is only one UniArray in one modules.

-  //

-  if (NumOfMachingOffset == 1) {

-    VirOffValue  = *(UINTN *)((UINTN)Fv + **Offset);

-    **Offset     = (UINTN) EfiAddr + VirOffValue;

-  } else {

-    printf ("Error. Find more than 1 UniBin in FFS.\n");

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-EFI_STATUS

-SearchNvStoreDatabaseInFd(

-  IN VOID     *Fv,

-  IN UINTN    length

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS   Status;

-  UINTN        Offset;

-  PCD_NV_STORE_DEFAULT_BUFFER_HEADER *NvStoreHeader;

-  Status = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  Offset = 0;

-  if (Fv == NULL) {

-    printf ("The FV is NULL.");

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  while (Offset < (length - sizeof(PCD_NV_STORE_DEFAULT_BUFFER_HEADER))){

-    NvStoreHeader = (PCD_NV_STORE_DEFAULT_BUFFER_HEADER *)((UINT8*)Fv + Offset);

-    if (NvStoreHeader->Signature == PCD_NV_STORE_DEFAULT_BUFFER_SIGNATURE) {

-      gEfiFdInfo.ExistNvStoreDatabase = TRUE;

-      gEfiFdInfo.NvStoreDatabase = (UINT8 *) NvStoreHeader;

-      break;

-    }

-    Offset++;

-  }

-  if (Offset == (length - sizeof(PCD_NV_STORE_DEFAULT_BUFFER_HEADER)) || gEfiFdInfo.ExistNvStoreDatabase != TRUE) {

-    //printf ("Not found the PcdNvStoreDefaultValueBuffer\n");

-    return Status;

-  }

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Get the address by Guid.

-

-  Parse the FD image, and find the GUID address.There may be some Guids matching the

-  searched Guid.

-

-  @param Fv                     the Pointer to the image.

-  @param Guid                   The Guid need to find.

-  @param Offset                 The dual Pointer to the offset.

-  @param NumOfMatchGuid         The number of matching Guid offset.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           The Search was complete successfully

-  @return EFI_ABORTED           An error occurred

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-GetVariableAddressByGuid (

-  IN  VOID        *Fv,

-  IN  EFI_GUID    *Guid,

-  IN  UINTN       Len,

-  OUT UINTN       **Offset,

-  OUT UINT8       *NumOfMatchGuid

-  )

-{

-  UINTN       NextOffset;

-  UINT8       Flag;

-

-  if( (Fv == NULL) || (Fv == NULL) || (Guid == NULL) ){

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-

-  Flag            = 0;

-  NextOffset      = 0;

-

-  if (NumOfMatchGuid != NULL) {

-    *NumOfMatchGuid = 0;

-  }

-  while (GetNextOffset(Fv, Guid, Len, &NextOffset)) {

-    Flag = 1;

-    if (NumOfMatchGuid != NULL && Offset != NULL) {

-      if (*NumOfMatchGuid == 0) {

-        *Offset = malloc (sizeof (UINTN) * MAX_MATCH_GUID_NUM);

-        if (*Offset == NULL) {

-          return EFI_ABORTED;

-        }

-        memset (*Offset, 0, sizeof (UINTN) * MAX_MATCH_GUID_NUM);

-      }

-      *(*Offset + *NumOfMatchGuid) = NextOffset;

-      (*NumOfMatchGuid)++;

-    } else {

-      return EFI_SUCCESS;

-    }

-  }

-

-  if( Flag == 0 ) {

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Search the EFI Variable Base address.

-

-  According the known GUID gEfiSystemNvDataFvGuid to get the base address from FFS.

-

-  @param Fv                    the Pointer to the FFS

-  @param Length                the length of Fv

-  @param Offset                the Pointer to the Addr (Offset)

-  @param NumOfMachingOffset    the number of IFR array in one FFS

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS          Get the address successfully.

-  @retval EFI_ABORTED          An error occured.

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SearchEfiVarInFFS (

-   IN VOID      *Fv,

-   IN  UINTN     Length,

-   OUT UINTN    **Offset,

-   OUT UINT8    *NumOfMachingOffset

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS   Status;

-  UINT8        Index;

-

-  Status = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  Index  = 0;

-

-  if ((Fv == NULL) || (Offset == NULL)) {

-    printf ("The FV or offset is NULL.");

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  Status = GetVariableAddressByGuid (

-             Fv,

-             &gEfiSystemNvDataFvGuid,

-             Length,

-             Offset,

-             NumOfMachingOffset

-             );

-  if (Status != EFI_SUCCESS) {

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  //

-  //Transfer the offset to the VA address.

-  //

-  while (Index < *NumOfMachingOffset) {

-    *(*Offset + Index) = (UINTN) Fv + *(*Offset + Index);

-    Index++;

-  }

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Parse the Ffs header to get the size.

-

-  @param  InputFile             The pointer to the input file

-  @param  FvSize                The pointer to the file size

-

-  @return EFI_SUCCESS           Get the file size successfully

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-ReadFfsHeader (

-  IN   FILE       *InputFile,

-  OUT  UINT32     *FvSize

-  )

-{

-  EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER         FfsHeader;

-  EFI_FV_FILETYPE             Type;

-

-  //

-  // Check input parameters

-  //

-  if ((InputFile == NULL) || (FvSize == NULL)) {

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  //

-  // Read the header

-  //

-  fread (

-    &FfsHeader,

-    sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER),

-    1,

-    InputFile

-    );

-  Type    = FfsHeader.Type;

-

-  if (Type == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_DRIVER) {

-    *FvSize = *(UINT32 *)FfsHeader.Size & 0xffffff;

-  } else if (Type == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_APPLICATION) {

-    *FvSize = *(UINT32 *)FfsHeader.Size & 0xffffff;

-  } else if (Type == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FREEFORM) {

-    *FvSize = *(UINT32 *)FfsHeader.Size & 0xffffff;

-  } else {

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/*

-  Read the length of the whole FD

-

-  This function determines the size of the FV.

-

-  @param   InputFile        The file that contains the FV image.

-  @param   FvSize           The size of the FV.

-

-  @retval  EFI_SUCCESS      The application exited normally.

-  @retval  EFI_ABORTED      An error occurred.

-

-**/

-static

-EFI_STATUS

-ReadFdHeader (

-  IN FILE       *InputFile,

-  OUT UINT32    *FvSize

-  )

-{

-  //

-  // Check input parameters

-  //

-  if ((InputFile == NULL) || (FvSize == NULL)) {

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  *FvSize = 0;

-  //

-  // Get the total size of FD file (Fixed the length)

-  //

-  fseek(InputFile,0,SEEK_END);

-  *FvSize = ftell(InputFile);

-  fseek(InputFile,0,SEEK_SET);

-

-  if (*FvSize == 0) {

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Read the file to memory.

-

-  @param   InputFile        The file that contains the FV image.

-  @param   Size             The size of the file.

-

-  @retval The pointer to the begining position of memory.

-**/

-VOID *

-ReadFileToMemory (

-  IN CHAR8      *FileName,

-  OUT UINT32    *Size

-  )

-{

-  FILE                          *InFile;

-  VOID                          *Address;

-  UINT32                        BytesRead;

-  EFI_STATUS                    Status;

-

-  InFile          = NULL;

-  Address         = NULL;

-  BytesRead       = 0;

-  Status          = EFI_SUCCESS;

-

-  InFile = fopen (FileName,"rb");

-  if (InFile == NULL) {

-    return NULL;

-  }

-  //

-  // Determine the size of FV

-  //

-  Status = ReadFdHeader (InFile, Size);

-  if (Status != EFI_SUCCESS) {

-    fclose (InFile);

-    return NULL;

-  }

-  //

-  // Allocate a buffer for the FV image

-  //

-  Address = malloc (*Size);

-  if (Address == NULL) {

-    fclose (InFile);

-    return NULL;

-  }

-  memset (Address, 0, *Size);

-  //

-  // Seek to the start of the image, then read the entire FV to the buffer

-  //

-  fseek (InFile, 0, SEEK_SET);

-  BytesRead = fread (Address, 1, *Size, InFile);

-  fclose (InFile);

-  if ((UINTN) BytesRead != *Size) {

-    free (Address);

-    return NULL;

-  }

-  return Address;

-}

-

-/**

-  Search the EFI variables address in Fd.

-

-  Open and read the *.fd to the memory, initialize the global structure.

-  Update the EFI variables addr and the begining position of memory.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS          Get the address successfully.

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-GetEfiVariablesAddr (

-  BOOLEAN UqiIsSet

-  )

-{

-  VOID                          *FdImage;

-  UINT32                        FdSize;

-  EFI_STATUS                    Status;

-  UINTN                         *EfiVarAddr;

-  UINT8                         NumOfMachingVar;

-  UINT32                        Index;

-  BOOLEAN                       GotFlag;

-  EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER    *Variable;

-  BOOLEAN                       AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot;

-  BOOLEAN                       AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot;

-  BOOLEAN                       NormalOrNot;

-

-  FdImage         = NULL;

-  FdSize          = 0;

-  Status          = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  EfiVarAddr      = NULL;

-  NumOfMachingVar = 0;

-  Index           = 0;

-  GotFlag         = TRUE;

-  Variable        = NULL;

-

-  FdImage = ReadFileToMemory (mInputFdName, &FdSize);

-  if (FdImage == NULL) {

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  if (!UqiIsSet) {

-    Status = SearchNvStoreDatabaseInFd(FdImage, FdSize);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return EFI_ABORTED;

-    }

-  }

-  Status = SearchEfiVarInFFS (

-             FdImage,

-             FdSize,

-             &EfiVarAddr,

-             &NumOfMachingVar

-             );

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  //

-  // Check the signature "_FVH"

-  //

-  Index       = 0;

-  GotFlag     = FALSE;

-

-  while (Index < NumOfMachingVar) {

-    Variable = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *)(*(EfiVarAddr + Index) - 0x20);

-    if (Variable->Signature == 0x4856465F) {

-      AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot  = CheckMonotonicBasedVarStore ((UINT8 *)Variable + Variable->HeaderLength);

-      AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot  = CheckTimeBasedVarStoreOrNot ((UINT8 *)Variable + Variable->HeaderLength);

-      NormalOrNot                  = CheckNormalVarStoreOrNot ((UINT8 *)Variable + Variable->HeaderLength);

-      if (AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot || AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot || NormalOrNot) {

-        GotFlag = TRUE;

-        gEfiFdInfo.EfiVariableAddr = (UINTN)Variable;

-        break;

-      }

-    }

-    Index++;

-  }

-  free (EfiVarAddr);

-  if (!GotFlag) {

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  gEfiFdInfo.Fd              = FdImage;

-  gEfiFdInfo.FdSize          = FdSize;

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Pick up the FFS which includes IFR section.

-

-  Parse all FFS extracted by BfmLib, and save all which includes IFR

-  Binary to gEfiFdInfo structure.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS          Get the address successfully.

-  @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL Memory can't be allocated.

-  @retval EFI_ABORTED          Read FFS Failed.

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-FindFileInFolder (

-  IN   CHAR8    *FolderName,

-  OUT  BOOLEAN  *ExistStorageInBfv,

-  OUT  BOOLEAN  *SizeOptimized

-)

-{

-  CHAR8           *FileName;

-  CHAR8           *CurFolderName;

-  EFI_STATUS      Status;

-  UINTN           MaxFileNameLen;

-  UINTN           Index;

-  CHAR8           FileNameArry[MAX_FILENAME_LEN];

-  FILE            *FfsFile;

-  UINTN           FileSize;

-  VOID            *FfsImage;

-  UINTN           BytesRead;

-#ifndef __GNUC__

-  HANDLE          FindHandle;

-  WIN32_FIND_DATA FindFileData;

-#else

-  struct dirent *pDirent;

-  DIR *pDir;

-#endif

-

-  FileName       = NULL;

-  CurFolderName  = NULL;

-  Status         = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  MaxFileNameLen = 0;

-  Index          = 0;

-  FileSize       = 0;

-  BytesRead      = 0;

-  FfsImage       = NULL;

-  FfsFile        = NULL;

-

-  MaxFileNameLen = strlen (FolderName) + MAX_FILENAME_LEN;

-  CurFolderName  = (CHAR8 *)calloc(

-                     strlen (FolderName) + strlen (OS_SEP_STR) + strlen ("*.*")+ 1,

-                     sizeof(CHAR8)

-                     );

-  if (CurFolderName == NULL) {

-    return EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;

-  }

-  strcpy (CurFolderName, FolderName);

-  strcat (CurFolderName, OS_SEP_STR);

-  strcat (CurFolderName, "*.*");

-  FileName = (CHAR8 *)calloc(

-               MaxFileNameLen,

-               sizeof(CHAR8)

-               );

-  if (FileName == NULL) {

-    free (CurFolderName);

-    return EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;

-  }

-

-#ifndef __GNUC__

-  if((FindHandle = FindFirstFile(CurFolderName, &FindFileData)) != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE){

-    do {

-      memset (FileName, 0, MaxFileNameLen);

-      if ((strcmp (FindFileData.cFileName, ".") == 0)

-      || (strcmp (FindFileData.cFileName, "..") == 0)

-      ) {

-        continue;

-      }

-      if (strlen(FolderName) + strlen ("\\") + strlen (FindFileData.cFileName) > MAX_FILENAME_LEN - 1) {

-        Status = EFI_ABORTED;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-      snprintf (FileNameArry, MAX_FILENAME_LEN, "%s%c%s", FolderName, OS_SEP, FindFileData.cFileName);

-      FfsFile = fopen (FileNameArry, "rb");

-      if (FfsFile == NULL) {

-        Status = EFI_ABORTED;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-      Status = ReadFfsHeader (FfsFile, (UINT32 *)&FileSize);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        fclose (FfsFile);

-        Status  = EFI_SUCCESS;

-        continue;

-      }

-      //

-      // Allocate a buffer for the FFS file

-      //

-      FfsImage = malloc (FileSize);

-      if (FfsImage == NULL) {

-        fclose (FfsFile);

-        Status = EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-      //

-      // Seek to the start of the image, then read the entire FV to the buffer

-      //

-      fseek (FfsFile, 0, SEEK_SET);

-      BytesRead = fread (FfsImage, 1, FileSize, FfsFile);

-      fclose (FfsFile);

-

-      if ((UINTN) BytesRead != FileSize) {

-        free (FfsImage);

-        Status = EFI_ABORTED;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-      //

-      // Check whether exists the storage ffs in BFV for multi-platform mode

-      //

-      if (CompareGuid(&gEfiFfsBfvForMultiPlatformGuid,(EFI_GUID *) FfsImage) == 0) {

-        *ExistStorageInBfv            = TRUE;

-      *SizeOptimized                = FALSE;

-        gEfiFdInfo.StorageFfsInBfv    = FfsImage;

-        continue;

-      }

-    //

-      // Check whether exists the optimized storage ffs in BFV for multi-platform mode

-      //

-      if (CompareGuid(&gEfiFfsBfvForMultiPlatformGuid2,(EFI_GUID *) FfsImage) == 0) {

-        *ExistStorageInBfv            = TRUE;

-    *SizeOptimized                = TRUE;

-        gEfiFdInfo.StorageFfsInBfv    = FfsImage;

-        continue;

-      }

-      //

-      // Check whether current FFS includes IFR

-      //

-      Status = GetAddressByGuid (

-                 FfsImage,

-                 &gVfrArrayAttractGuid,

-                 FileSize,

-                 NULL,

-                 NULL

-                );

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        free (FfsImage);

-        Status  = EFI_SUCCESS;

-      } else {

-       //

-       // Check whether existed same IFR binary. If existed, not insert the new one.

-       //

-       if (NotExistSameFfsIfr (FfsImage)) {

-         gEfiFdInfo.FfsArray[Index] = FfsImage;

-         gEfiFdInfo.Length[Index++] = FileSize;

-       }

-      }

-

-    } while (FindNextFile (FindHandle, &FindFileData));

-    FindClose(FindHandle);

-  } else {

-    Status = EFI_ABORTED;

-    goto Done;

-  }

-

-Done:

-  free (CurFolderName);

-  free (FileName);

-

-#else

-  if((pDir = opendir(FolderName)) != NULL){

-    while ((pDirent = readdir(pDir)) != NULL){

-      memset (FileName, 0, MaxFileNameLen);

-      if ((strcmp (pDirent->d_name, ".") == 0)

-      || (strcmp (pDirent->d_name, "..") == 0)

-      ) {

-        continue;

-      }

-      sprintf (FileNameArry, "%s%c%s", FolderName, OS_SEP, pDirent->d_name);

-      FfsFile = fopen (FileNameArry, "rb");

-      Status = ReadFfsHeader (FfsFile, (UINT32 *)&FileSize);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        fclose (FfsFile);

-        Status  = EFI_SUCCESS;

-        continue;

-      }

-      //

-      // Allocate a buffer for the FFS file

-      //

-      FfsImage = malloc (FileSize);

-      if (FfsImage == NULL) {

-        fclose (FfsFile);

-        Status = EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-      //

-      // Seek to the start of the image, then read the entire FV to the buffer

-      //

-      fseek (FfsFile, 0, SEEK_SET);

-      BytesRead = fread (FfsImage, 1, FileSize, FfsFile);

-      fclose (FfsFile);

-

-      if ((UINTN) BytesRead != FileSize) {

-        free (FfsImage);

-        Status = EFI_ABORTED;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-      //

-      // Check whether exists the storage ffs in BFV for multi-platform mode

-      //

-      if (CompareGuid(&gEfiFfsBfvForMultiPlatformGuid,(EFI_GUID *) FfsImage) == 0) {

-        *ExistStorageInBfv            = TRUE;

-        *SizeOptimized                = FALSE;

-        gEfiFdInfo.StorageFfsInBfv    = FfsImage;

-        continue;

-      }

-      //

-      // Check whether exists the optimized storage ffs in BFV for multi-platform mode

-      //

-      if (CompareGuid(&gEfiFfsBfvForMultiPlatformGuid2,(EFI_GUID *) FfsImage) == 0) {

-        *ExistStorageInBfv            = TRUE;

-        *SizeOptimized                = TRUE;

-        gEfiFdInfo.StorageFfsInBfv    = FfsImage;

-        continue;

-      }

-      //

-      // Check whether current FFS includes IFR

-      //

-      Status = GetAddressByGuid (

-                 FfsImage,

-                 &gVfrArrayAttractGuid,

-                 FileSize,

-                 NULL,

-                 NULL

-                );

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        free (FfsImage);

-        Status  = EFI_SUCCESS;

-      } else {

-       //

-       // Check whether existed same IFR binary. If existed, not insert the new one.

-       //

-       if (NotExistSameFfsIfr (FfsImage)) {

-         gEfiFdInfo.FfsArray[Index] = FfsImage;

-         gEfiFdInfo.Length[Index++] = FileSize;

-       }

-      }

-

-    }

-    closedir(pDir);

-  } else {

-    Status = EFI_ABORTED;

-    goto Done;

-  }

-

-Done:

-  free (CurFolderName);

-  free (FileName);

-#endif

-  return Status;

-}

-

diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/BinaryParse.h b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/BinaryParse.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a3995b8b79..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/BinaryParse.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,187 +0,0 @@
-/** @file

-

- The API to parse the binary.

-

- Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

- SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-#ifndef _BINARY_PARSE_H_

-#define _BINARY_PARSE_H_ 1

-

-#include <FvLib.h>

-#include "Compress.h"

-#include "Decompress.h"

-#include "CommonLib.h"

-#include "EfiUtilityMsgs.h"

-#include "FirmwareVolumeBufferLib.h"

-#include "OsPath.h"

-#include "ParseGuidedSectionTools.h"

-#include "StringFuncs.h"

-#include "ParseInf.h"

-#include <Common/UefiBaseTypes.h>

-#include <Common/UefiInternalFormRepresentation.h>

-#include <Common/UefiCapsule.h>

-#include <Common/PiFirmwareFile.h>

-#include <Common/PiFirmwareVolume.h>

-#include <Guid/PiFirmwareFileSystem.h>

-#include <IndustryStandard/PeImage.h>

-#include <Protocol/GuidedSectionExtraction.h>

-

-#ifdef __GNUC__

-#define OS_SEP        '/'

-#define OS_SEP_STR    "/"

-#else

-#define OS_SEP        '\\'

-#define OS_SEP_STR    "\\"

-#endif

-

-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1900

-#define snprintf _snprintf

-#endif

-

-#define TEMP_DIR_NAME                  "Temp"

-#define MAX_FILENAME_LEN               200

-#define MAX_MATCH_GUID_NUM             100

-#define MAX_EFI_IN_FFS_NUM             100

-

-typedef struct {

-  VOID       *Fd;

-  UINT32     FdSize;

-  UINTN      EfiVariableAddr;

-  UINTN      Length[MAX_EFI_IN_FFS_NUM];

-  VOID      *FfsArray[MAX_EFI_IN_FFS_NUM];

-  VOID      *StorageFfsInBfv;

-  VOID      *NvStoreDatabase;

-  BOOLEAN   ExistNvStoreDatabase;

-} G_EFI_FD_INFO;

-

-///

-///Define the structure for th sections

-///

-typedef struct {

-  UINTN      BufferBase;

-  UINTN      UncompressedBuffer[MAX_EFI_IN_FFS_NUM];

-  UINTN      Length;

-  UINT8      UnCompressIndex;

-} EFI_SECTION_STRUCT;

-

-// {d0bc7cb4-6a47-495f-aa11-710746da06a2}

-#define EFI_VFR_ATTRACT_GUID \

-{ 0xd0bc7cb4, 0x6a47, 0x495f, { 0xaa, 0x11, 0x71, 0x7, 0x46, 0xda, 0x6, 0xa2 } }

-

-// {8913C5E0-33F6-4d86-9BF1-43EF89FC0666}

-#define EFI_UNI_STR_ATTRACT_GUID \

-{ 0x8913c5e0, 0x33f6, 0x4d86, { 0x9b, 0xf1, 0x43, 0xef, 0x89, 0xfc, 0x6, 0x66 } }

-

-// {FFF12B8D-7696-4C8B-A985-2747075B4F50}

-#define EFI_SYSTEM_NVDATA_FV_GUID  \

-{ 0xFFF12B8D, 0x7696, 0x4C8B, { 0xA9, 0x85, 0x27, 0x47, 0x07, 0x5B, 0x4F, 0x50 }}

-

-/**

-  Parses FFS Sections, and remove the FFS headers. Tis function olny handle one efi in this FFS.

-

-  @param  SectionBuffer     The section base address

-  @param  BufferLength      The length of FFS.

-  @param  EfiBufferHeader   The structure dual pointer to the efi informations

-

-  @retval  EFI_SUCCESS      The application exited normally.

-  @retval  EFI_ABORTED       An error occurred.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-ParseSection (

-  IN      BOOLEAN              IsFfsOrEfi,

-  IN OUT  UINT8                *SectionBuffer,

-  IN      UINT32               BufferLength,

-  IN OUT  EFI_SECTION_STRUCT   **EfiBufferHeader

-  );

-

-/**

-  Search the VfrBin Base address.

-

-  According the known GUID gVfrArrayAttractGuid to get the base address from FFS.

-

-  @param Fv                    the Pointer to the FFS

-  @param EfiAddr               the Pointer to the EFI in FFS

-  @param Length                the length of Fv

-  @param Offset                the Pointer to the Addr (Offset)

-  @param NumOfMachingOffset    the number of Addr (Offset)

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS          Get the address successfully.

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SearchVfrBinInFFS (

-   IN  VOID      *Fv,

-   IN  VOID      *EfiAddr,

-   IN  UINTN     Length,

-   OUT UINTN    **Offset,

-   OUT UINT8     *NumOfMachingOffset

-  );

-

-/**

-  Search the UniBin Base address.

-

-  According the known GUID gUniStrArrayAttractGuid to get the base address from FFS.

-

-  @param Fv                    the Pointer to the FFS

-  @param EfiAddr               the Pointer to the EFI in FFS

-  @param Length                the length of Fv

-  @param Offset                the Pointer to the Addr (Offset)

-

-  @retval Base address         Get the address successfully.

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SearchUniBinInFFS (

-   IN VOID      *Fv,

-   IN  VOID     *EfiAddr,

-   IN  UINTN    Length,

-   OUT UINTN    **Offset

-  );

-

-/**

-  Read the file to memory.

-

-  @param   InputFile        The file that contains the FV image.

-  @param   Size             The size of the file.

-

-  @retval The pointer to the begining position of memory.

-**/

-VOID *

-ReadFileToMemory (

-  IN CHAR8      *FileName,

-  OUT UINT32    *Size

-  );

-

-/**

-  Search the EFI variables address in Fd.

-

-  Open and read the *.fd to the memory, initialize the global structure.

-  Update the EFI variables addr and the begining position of memory.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS          Get the address successfully.

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-GetEfiVariablesAddr (

-  BOOLEAN UqiIsSet

-  );

-

-/**

-  Pick up the FFS which includes IFR section.

-

-  Parse all FFS extracted by BfmLib, and save all which includes IFR

-  Binary to gEfiFdInfo structure.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS          Get the address successfully.

-  @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL Memory can't be allocated.

-  @retval EFI_ABORTED          Read FFS Failed.

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-FindFileInFolder (

-  IN   CHAR8    *FolderName,

-  OUT  BOOLEAN  *ExistStorageInBfv,

-  OUT  BOOLEAN  *SizeOptimized

-);

-

-#endif

-

diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Common.c b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Common.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 9b14a24a9b..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Common.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2183 +0,0 @@
-/** @file

-

- Common library.

-

- Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

- SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-#include "Common.h"

-

-#define WARNING_STATUS_NUMBER         4

-#define ERROR_STATUS_NUMBER           24

-

-CONST CHAR8 mHexStr[] = {'0','1','2','3','4','5','6','7','8','9','A','B','C','D','E','F'};

-

-CONST CHAR8 *mStatusString[] = {

-  "Success",                      //  RETURN_SUCCESS                = 0

-  "Warning Unknown Glyph",        //  RETURN_WARN_UNKNOWN_GLYPH     = 1

-  "Warning Delete Failure",       //  RETURN_WARN_DELETE_FAILURE    = 2

-  "Warning Write Failure",        //  RETURN_WARN_WRITE_FAILURE     = 3

-  "Warning Buffer Too Small",     //  RETURN_WARN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL  = 4

-  "Load Error",                   //  RETURN_LOAD_ERROR             = 1  | MAX_BIT

-  "Invalid Parameter",            //  RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER      = 2  | MAX_BIT

-  "Unsupported",                  //  RETURN_UNSUPPORTED            = 3  | MAX_BIT

-  "Bad Buffer Size",              //  RETURN_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE        = 4  | MAX_BIT

-  "Buffer Too Small",             //  RETURN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL,      = 5  | MAX_BIT

-  "Not Ready",                    //  RETURN_NOT_READY              = 6  | MAX_BIT

-  "Device Error",                 //  RETURN_DEVICE_ERROR           = 7  | MAX_BIT

-  "Write Protected",              //  RETURN_WRITE_PROTECTED        = 8  | MAX_BIT

-  "Out of Resources",             //  RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES       = 9  | MAX_BIT

-  "Volume Corrupt",               //  RETURN_VOLUME_CORRUPTED       = 10 | MAX_BIT

-  "Volume Full",                  //  RETURN_VOLUME_FULL            = 11 | MAX_BIT

-  "No Media",                     //  RETURN_NO_MEDIA               = 12 | MAX_BIT

-  "Media changed",                //  RETURN_MEDIA_CHANGED          = 13 | MAX_BIT

-  "Not Found",                    //  RETURN_NOT_FOUND              = 14 | MAX_BIT

-  "Access Denied",                //  RETURN_ACCESS_DENIED          = 15 | MAX_BIT

-  "No Response",                  //  RETURN_NO_RESPONSE            = 16 | MAX_BIT

-  "No mapping",                   //  RETURN_NO_MAPPING             = 17 | MAX_BIT

-  "Time out",                     //  RETURN_TIMEOUT                = 18 | MAX_BIT

-  "Not started",                  //  RETURN_NOT_STARTED            = 19 | MAX_BIT

-  "Already started",              //  RETURN_ALREADY_STARTED        = 20 | MAX_BIT

-  "Aborted",                      //  RETURN_ABORTED                = 21 | MAX_BIT

-  "ICMP Error",                   //  RETURN_ICMP_ERROR             = 22 | MAX_BIT

-  "TFTP Error",                   //  RETURN_TFTP_ERROR             = 23 | MAX_BIT

-  "Protocol Error"                //  RETURN_PROTOCOL_ERROR         = 24 | MAX_BIT

-};

-

-/**

-  Copies one Null-terminated Unicode string to another Null-terminated Unicode

-  string and returns the new Unicode string.

-

-  This function copies the contents of the Unicode string Source to the Unicode

-  string Destination, and returns Destination. If Source and Destination

-  overlap, then the results are undefined.

-

-  If Destination is NULL, then return NULL.

-  If Destination is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then return NULL.

-

-  @param  Destination A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.

-  @param  Source      A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.

-

-  @return Destination.

-

-**/

-CHAR16 *

-StrCpy (

-  OUT     CHAR16                    *Destination,

-  IN      CONST CHAR16              *Source

-  )

-{

-  CHAR16                            *ReturnValue;

-

-  ReturnValue = NULL;

-

-  if ((Destination == NULL) || ((UINTN) Destination % 2 != 0)) {

-    return NULL;

-  }

-

-  ReturnValue = Destination;

-  while (*Source != 0) {

-    *(Destination++) = *(Source++);

-  }

-  *Destination = 0;

-  return ReturnValue;

-}

-

-/**

-  Returns the length of a Null-terminated Unicode string.

-

-  This function returns the number of Unicode characters in the Null-terminated

-  Unicode string specified by String.

-

-  If String is NULL, then return 0.

-

-  @param  String  A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.

-

-  @return The length of String.

-

-**/

-UINTN

-FceStrLen (

-  IN      CONST CHAR16              *String

-  )

-{

-  UINTN           Length;

-

-  if (String == NULL) {

-    return 0;

-  }

-  for (Length = 0; *String != L'\0'; String++, Length++) {

-    ;

-  }

-  return Length;

-}

-

-/**

-  Returns the size of a Null-terminated Unicode string in bytes, including the

-  Null terminator.

-

-  This function returns the size, in bytes, of the Null-terminated Unicode string

-  specified by String.

-

-  If String is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If String is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().

-  If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and String contains more than

-  PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode characters, not including the

-  Null-terminator, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  String  A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.

-

-  @return The size of String.

-

-**/

-UINTN

-FceStrSize (

-  IN      CONST CHAR16              *String

-  )

-{

-  return (FceStrLen (String) + 1) * sizeof (*String);

-}

-

-/**

-  Compares two Null-terminated Unicode strings, and returns the difference

-  between the first mismatched Unicode characters.

-

-  This function compares the Null-terminated Unicode string FirstString to the

-  Null-terminated Unicode string SecondString. If FirstString is identical to

-  SecondString, then 0 is returned. Otherwise, the value returned is the first

-  mismatched Unicode character in SecondString subtracted from the first

-  mismatched Unicode character in FirstString.

-

-  @param  FirstString   A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.

-  @param  SecondString  A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.

-

-  @retval 0      FirstString is identical to SecondString.

-  @return others FirstString is not identical to SecondString.

-

-**/

-INTN

-FceStrCmp (

-  IN      CONST CHAR16              *FirstString,

-  IN      CONST CHAR16              *SecondString

-  )

-{

-  while ((*FirstString != L'\0') && (*FirstString == *SecondString)) {

-    FirstString++;

-    SecondString++;

-  }

-  return *FirstString - *SecondString;

-}

-

-/**

-  Concatenates one Null-terminated Unicode string to another Null-terminated

-  Unicode string, and returns the concatenated Unicode string.

-

-  This function concatenates two Null-terminated Unicode strings. The contents

-  of Null-terminated Unicode string Source are concatenated to the end of

-  Null-terminated Unicode string Destination. The Null-terminated concatenated

-  Unicode String is returned. If Source and Destination overlap, then the

-  results are undefined.

-

-  If Destination is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If Destination is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().

-  If Source is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If Source is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().

-  If Source and Destination overlap, then ASSERT().

-  If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and Destination contains more

-  than PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode characters, not including the

-  Null-terminator, then ASSERT().

-  If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and Source contains more than

-  PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode characters, not including the

-  Null-terminator, then ASSERT().

-  If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and concatenating Destination

-  and Source results in a Unicode string with more than

-  PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode characters, not including the

-  Null-terminator, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  Destination A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.

-  @param  Source      A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.

-

-  @return Destination.

-

-**/

-CHAR16 *

-StrCat (

-  IN OUT  CHAR16                    *Destination,

-  IN      CONST CHAR16              *Source

-  )

-{

-  StrCpy (Destination + FceStrLen (Destination), Source);

-

-  //

-  // Size of the resulting string should never be zero.

-  // PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is tested inside FceStrLen().

-  //

-  ASSERT (FceStrSize (Destination) != 0);

-  return Destination;

-}

-

-/**

-  Returns the first occurrence of a Null-terminated Unicode sub-string

-  in a Null-terminated Unicode string.

-

-  This function scans the contents of the Null-terminated Unicode string

-  specified by String and returns the first occurrence of SearchString.

-  If SearchString is not found in String, then NULL is returned.  If

-  the length of SearchString is zero, then String is

-  returned.

-

-  If String is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If String is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().

-  If SearchString is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If SearchString is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().

-

-  If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and SearchString

-  or String contains more than PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode

-  characters, not including the Null-terminator, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  String          A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.

-  @param  SearchString    A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string to search for.

-

-  @retval NULL            If the SearchString does not appear in String.

-  @return others          If there is a match.

-

-**/

-CHAR16 *

-StrStr (

-  IN      CONST CHAR16              *String,

-  IN      CONST CHAR16              *SearchString

-  )

-{

-  CONST CHAR16 *FirstMatch;

-  CONST CHAR16 *SearchStringTmp;

-

-  //

-  // ASSERT both strings are less long than PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength.

-  // Length tests are performed inside FceStrLen().

-  //

-  ASSERT (FceStrSize (String) != 0);

-  ASSERT (FceStrSize (SearchString) != 0);

-

-  if (*SearchString == L'\0') {

-    return (CHAR16 *) String;

-  }

-

-  while (*String != L'\0') {

-    SearchStringTmp = SearchString;

-    FirstMatch = String;

-

-    while ((*String == *SearchStringTmp)

-            && (*String != L'\0')) {

-      String++;

-      SearchStringTmp++;

-    }

-

-    if (*SearchStringTmp == L'\0') {

-      return (CHAR16 *) FirstMatch;

-    }

-

-    if (*String == L'\0') {

-      return NULL;

-    }

-

-    String = FirstMatch + 1;

-  }

-

-  return NULL;

-}

-

-/**

-  Convert one Null-terminated ASCII string to a Null-terminated

-  Unicode string and returns the Unicode string.

-

-  This function converts the contents of the ASCII string Source to the Unicode

-  string Destination, and returns Destination.  The function terminates the

-  Unicode string Destination by appending a Null-terminator character at the end.

-  The caller is responsible to make sure Destination points to a buffer with size

-  equal or greater than ((AsciiStrLen (Source) + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16)) in bytes.

-

-  @param  Source        A pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string.

-  @param  Destination   A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.

-

-  @return Destination.

-  @return NULL          If Destination or Source is NULL, return NULL.

-

-**/

-CHAR16 *

-AsciiStrToUnicodeStr (

-  IN      CONST CHAR8               *Source,

-  OUT     CHAR16                    *Destination

-  )

-{

-  CHAR16                            *ReturnValue;

-

-  ReturnValue = NULL;

-

-  if ((Destination == NULL) || (Source == NULL) || (strlen (Source) == 0)) {

-    return NULL;

-  }

-  ReturnValue = Destination;

-  while (*Source != '\0') {

-    *(Destination++) = (CHAR16) *(Source++);

-  }

-  //

-  // End the Destination with a NULL.

-  //

-  *Destination = '\0';

-

-  return ReturnValue;

-}

-

-/**

-  Internal function that convert a number to a string in Buffer.

-

-  Print worker function that converts a decimal or hexadecimal number to an ASCII string in Buffer.

-

-  @param  Buffer    Location to place the ASCII string of Value.

-  @param  Value     The value to convert to a Decimal or Hexadecimal string in Buffer.

-  @param  Radix     Radix of the value

-

-  @return A pointer to the end of buffer filled with ASCII string.

-

-**/

-CHAR8 *

-BasePrintLibValueToString (

-  IN OUT CHAR8  *Buffer,

-  IN INT64      Value,

-  IN UINTN      Radix

-  )

-{

-  UINT32  Remainder;

-

-  //

-  // Loop to convert one digit at a time in reverse order

-  //

-  *Buffer = 0;

-  do {

-    Value = (INT64)DivU64x32Remainder ((UINT64)Value, (UINT32)Radix, &Remainder);

-    *(++Buffer) = mHexStr[Remainder];

-  } while (Value != 0);

-

-  //

-  // Return pointer of the end of filled buffer.

-  //

-  return Buffer;

-}

-

-/**

-  Reads a 16-bit value from memory that may be unaligned.

-

-  This function returns the 16-bit value pointed to by Buffer. The function

-  guarantees that the read operation does not produce an alignment fault.

-

-  If the Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  Buffer  A pointer to a 16-bit value that may be unaligned.

-

-  @return The 16-bit value read from Buffer.

-

-**/

-UINT16

-FceReadUnaligned16 (

-  IN CONST UINT16              *Buffer

-  )

-{

-  ASSERT (Buffer != NULL);

-

-  return *Buffer;

-}

-

-/**

-  Reads a 32-bit value from memory that may be unaligned.

-

-  This function returns the 32-bit value pointed to by Buffer. The function

-  guarantees that the read operation does not produce an alignment fault.

-

-  If the Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  Buffer  A pointer to a 32-bit value that may be unaligned.

-

-  @return The 32-bit value read from Buffer.

-

-**/

-UINT32

-ReadUnaligned32 (

-  IN CONST UINT32              *Buffer

-  )

-{

-  ASSERT (Buffer != NULL);

-

-  return *Buffer;

-}

-

-/**

-  Internal function that places the character into the Buffer.

-

-  Internal function that places ASCII or Unicode character into the Buffer.

-

-  @param  Buffer      The buffer to place the Unicode or ASCII string.

-  @param  EndBuffer   The end of the input Buffer. No characters will be

-                      placed after that.

-  @param  Length      The count of character to be placed into Buffer.

-                      (Negative value indicates no buffer fill.)

-  @param  Character   The character to be placed into Buffer.

-  @param  Increment   The character increment in Buffer.

-

-  @return Buffer.

-

-**/

-CHAR8 *

-BasePrintLibFillBuffer (

-  OUT CHAR8   *Buffer,

-  IN  CHAR8   *EndBuffer,

-  IN  INTN    Length,

-  IN  UINTN   Character,

-  IN  INTN    Increment

-  )

-{

-  INTN  Index;

-

-  for (Index = 0; Index < Length && Buffer < EndBuffer; Index++) {

-    *Buffer = (CHAR8) Character;

-    if (Increment != 1) {

-      *(Buffer + 1) = (CHAR8)(Character >> 8);

-    }

-    Buffer += Increment;

-  }

-

-  return Buffer;

-}

-

-/**

-  Worker function that produces a Null-terminated string in an output buffer

-  based on a Null-terminated format string and a VA_LIST argument list.

-

-  VSPrint function to process format and place the results in Buffer. Since a

-  VA_LIST is used this routine allows the nesting of Vararg routines. Thus

-  this is the main print working routine.

-

-  If COUNT_ONLY_NO_PRINT is set in Flags, Buffer will not be modified at all.

-

-  @param[out] Buffer          The character buffer to print the results of the

-                              parsing of Format into.

-  @param[in]  BufferSize      The maximum number of characters to put into

-                              buffer.

-  @param[in]  Flags           Initial flags value.

-                              Can only have FORMAT_UNICODE, OUTPUT_UNICODE,

-                              and COUNT_ONLY_NO_PRINT set.

-  @param[in]  Format          A Null-terminated format string.

-  @param[in]  VaListMarker    VA_LIST style variable argument list consumed by

-                              processing Format.

-  @param[in]  BaseListMarker  BASE_LIST style variable argument list consumed

-                              by processing Format.

-

-  @return The number of characters printed not including the Null-terminator.

-          If COUNT_ONLY_NO_PRINT was set returns the same, but without any

-          modification to Buffer.

-

-**/

-UINTN

-BasePrintLibSPrintMarker (

-  OUT CHAR8        *Buffer,

-  IN  UINTN        BufferSize,

-  IN  UINTN        Flags,

-  IN  CONST CHAR8  *Format,

-  IN  VA_LIST      VaListMarker,   OPTIONAL

-  IN  BASE_LIST    BaseListMarker  OPTIONAL

-  )

-{

-  CHAR8             *OriginalBuffer;

-  CHAR8             *EndBuffer;

-  CHAR8             ValueBuffer[MAXIMUM_VALUE_CHARACTERS];

-  UINT32            BytesPerOutputCharacter;

-  UINTN             BytesPerFormatCharacter;

-  UINTN             FormatMask;

-  UINTN             FormatCharacter;

-  UINTN             Width;

-  UINTN             Precision;

-  INT64             Value;

-  CONST CHAR8       *ArgumentString;

-  UINTN             Character;

-  EFI_GUID          *TmpGuid;

-  TIME              *TmpTime;

-  UINTN             Count;

-  UINTN             ArgumentMask;

-  INTN              BytesPerArgumentCharacter;

-  UINTN             ArgumentCharacter;

-  BOOLEAN           Done;

-  UINTN             Index;

-  CHAR8             Prefix;

-  BOOLEAN           ZeroPad;

-  BOOLEAN           Comma;

-  UINTN             Digits;

-  UINTN             Radix;

-  RETURN_STATUS     Status;

-  UINT32            GuidData1;

-  UINT16            GuidData2;

-  UINT16            GuidData3;

-  UINTN             LengthToReturn;

-

-  //

-  // If you change this code be sure to match the 2 versions of this function.

-  // Nearly identical logic is found in the BasePrintLib and

-  // DxePrintLibPrint2Protocol (both PrintLib instances).

-  //

-

-  if ((Flags & COUNT_ONLY_NO_PRINT) != 0) {

-    if (BufferSize == 0) {

-      Buffer = NULL;

-    }

-  } else {

-    //

-    // We can run without a Buffer for counting only.

-    //

-    if (BufferSize == 0) {

-      return 0;

-    }

-    ASSERT (Buffer != NULL);

-  }

-

-  if ((Flags & OUTPUT_UNICODE) != 0) {

-    BytesPerOutputCharacter = 2;

-  } else {

-    BytesPerOutputCharacter = 1;

-  }

-

-  LengthToReturn = 0;

-

-  //

-  // Reserve space for the Null terminator.

-  //

-  BufferSize--;

-  OriginalBuffer = Buffer;

-

-  //

-  // Set the tag for the end of the input Buffer.

-  //

-  EndBuffer      = Buffer + BufferSize * BytesPerOutputCharacter;

-

-  if ((Flags & FORMAT_UNICODE) != 0) {

-    //

-    // Make sure format string cannot contain more than PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength

-    // Unicode characters if PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero.

-    //

-    ASSERT (FceStrSize ((CHAR16 *) Format) != 0);

-    BytesPerFormatCharacter = 2;

-    FormatMask = 0xffff;

-  } else {

-    //

-    // Make sure format string cannot contain more than PcdMaximumAsciiStringLength

-    // Ascii characters if PcdMaximumAsciiStringLength is not zero.

-    //

-    ASSERT (strlen (Format) + 1 != 0);

-    BytesPerFormatCharacter = 1;

-    FormatMask = 0xff;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Get the first character from the format string

-  //

-  FormatCharacter = ((*Format & 0xff) | (*(Format + 1) << 8)) & FormatMask;

-

-  //

-  // Loop until the end of the format string is reached or the output buffer is full

-  //

-  while (FormatCharacter != 0 && Buffer < EndBuffer) {

-    //

-    // Clear all the flag bits except those that may have been passed in

-    //

-    Flags &= (OUTPUT_UNICODE | FORMAT_UNICODE | COUNT_ONLY_NO_PRINT);

-

-    //

-    // Set the default width to zero, and the default precision to 1

-    //

-    Width     = 0;

-    Precision = 1;

-    Prefix    = 0;

-    Comma     = FALSE;

-    ZeroPad   = FALSE;

-    Count     = 0;

-    Digits    = 0;

-

-    switch (FormatCharacter) {

-    case '%':

-      //

-      // Parse Flags and Width

-      //

-      for (Done = FALSE; !Done; ) {

-        Format += BytesPerFormatCharacter;

-        FormatCharacter = ((*Format & 0xff) | (*(Format + 1) << 8)) & FormatMask;

-        switch (FormatCharacter) {

-        case '.':

-          Flags |= PRECISION;

-          break;

-        case '-':

-          Flags |= LEFT_JUSTIFY;

-          break;

-        case '+':

-          Flags |= PREFIX_SIGN;

-          break;

-        case ' ':

-          Flags |= PREFIX_BLANK;

-          break;

-        case ',':

-          Flags |= COMMA_TYPE;

-          break;

-        case 'L':

-        case 'l':

-          Flags |= LONG_TYPE;

-          break;

-        case '*':

-          if ((Flags & PRECISION) == 0) {

-            Flags |= PAD_TO_WIDTH;

-            if (BaseListMarker == NULL) {

-              Width = VA_ARG (VaListMarker, UINTN);

-            } else {

-              Width = BASE_ARG (BaseListMarker, UINTN);

-            }

-          } else {

-            if (BaseListMarker == NULL) {

-              Precision = VA_ARG (VaListMarker, UINTN);

-            } else {

-              Precision = BASE_ARG (BaseListMarker, UINTN);

-            }

-          }

-          break;

-        case '0':

-          if ((Flags & PRECISION) == 0) {

-            Flags |= PREFIX_ZERO;

-          }

-        case '1':

-        case '2':

-        case '3':

-        case '4':

-        case '5':

-        case '6':

-        case '7':

-        case '8':

-        case '9':

-          for (Count = 0; ((FormatCharacter >= '0') &&  (FormatCharacter <= '9')); ){

-            Count = (Count * 10) + FormatCharacter - '0';

-            Format += BytesPerFormatCharacter;

-            FormatCharacter = ((*Format & 0xff) | (*(Format + 1) << 8)) & FormatMask;

-          }

-          Format -= BytesPerFormatCharacter;

-          if ((Flags & PRECISION) == 0) {

-            Flags |= PAD_TO_WIDTH;

-            Width = Count;

-          } else {

-            Precision = Count;

-          }

-          break;

-

-        case '\0':

-          //

-          // Make no output if Format string terminates unexpectedly when

-          // looking up for flag, width, precision and type.

-          //

-          Format   -= BytesPerFormatCharacter;

-          Precision = 0;

-          //

-          // break skipped on purpose.

-          //

-        default:

-          Done = TRUE;

-          break;

-        }

-      }

-

-      //

-      // Handle each argument type

-      //

-      switch (FormatCharacter) {

-      case 'p':

-        //

-        // Flag space, +, 0, L & l are invalid for type p.

-        //

-        Flags &= ~(PREFIX_BLANK | PREFIX_SIGN | PREFIX_ZERO | LONG_TYPE);

-        if (sizeof (VOID *) > 4) {

-          Flags |= LONG_TYPE;

-        }

-      case 'X':

-        Flags |= PREFIX_ZERO;

-        //

-        // break skipped on purpose

-        //

-      case 'x':

-        Flags |= RADIX_HEX;

-        //

-        // break skipped on purpose

-        //

-      case 'd':

-        if ((Flags & LONG_TYPE) == 0) {

-          //

-          // 'd','x', and 'X' that are not preceded by 'l' or 'L' are assumed to be type "int".

-          // This assumption is made so the format string definition is compatible with the ANSI C

-          // Specification for formatted strings.  It is recommended that the Base Types be used

-          // everywhere, but in this one case, compliance with ANSI C is more important, and

-          // provides an implementation that is compatible with that largest possible set of CPU

-          // architectures.  This is why the type "int" is used in this one case.

-          //

-          if (BaseListMarker == NULL) {

-            Value = VA_ARG (VaListMarker, int);

-          } else {

-            Value = BASE_ARG (BaseListMarker, int);

-          }

-        } else {

-          if (BaseListMarker == NULL) {

-            Value = VA_ARG (VaListMarker, INT64);

-          } else {

-            Value = BASE_ARG (BaseListMarker, INT64);

-          }

-        }

-        if ((Flags & PREFIX_BLANK) != 0) {

-          Prefix = ' ';

-        }

-        if ((Flags & PREFIX_SIGN) != 0) {

-          Prefix = '+';

-        }

-        if ((Flags & COMMA_TYPE) != 0) {

-          Comma = TRUE;

-        }

-        if ((Flags & RADIX_HEX) == 0) {

-          Radix = 10;

-          if (Comma) {

-            Flags &= (~PREFIX_ZERO);

-            Precision = 1;

-          }

-          if (Value < 0) {

-            Flags |= PREFIX_SIGN;

-            Prefix = '-';

-            Value = -Value;

-          }

-        } else {

-          Radix = 16;

-          Comma = FALSE;

-          if ((Flags & LONG_TYPE) == 0 && Value < 0) {

-            //

-            // 'd','x', and 'X' that are not preceded by 'l' or 'L' are assumed to be type "int".

-            // This assumption is made so the format string definition is compatible with the ANSI C

-            // Specification for formatted strings.  It is recommended that the Base Types be used

-            // everywhere, but in this one case, compliance with ANSI C is more important, and

-            // provides an implementation that is compatible with that largest possible set of CPU

-            // architectures.  This is why the type "unsigned int" is used in this one case.

-            //

-            Value = (unsigned int)Value;

-          }

-        }

-        //

-        // Convert Value to a reversed string

-        //

-        Count = BasePrintLibValueToString (ValueBuffer, Value, Radix) - ValueBuffer;

-        if (Value == 0 && Precision == 0) {

-          Count = 0;

-        }

-        ArgumentString = (CHAR8 *)ValueBuffer + Count;

-

-        Digits = Count % 3;

-        if (Digits != 0) {

-          Digits = 3 - Digits;

-        }

-        if (Comma && Count != 0) {

-          Count += ((Count - 1) / 3);

-        }

-        if (Prefix != 0) {

-          Count++;

-          Precision++;

-        }

-        Flags |= ARGUMENT_REVERSED;

-        ZeroPad = TRUE;

-        if ((Flags & PREFIX_ZERO) != 0) {

-          if ((Flags & LEFT_JUSTIFY) == 0) {

-            if ((Flags & PAD_TO_WIDTH) != 0) {

-              if ((Flags & PRECISION) == 0) {

-                Precision = Width;

-              }

-            }

-          }

-        }

-        break;

-

-      case 's':

-      case 'S':

-        Flags |= ARGUMENT_UNICODE;

-        //

-        // break skipped on purpose

-        //

-      case 'a':

-        if (BaseListMarker == NULL) {

-          ArgumentString = VA_ARG (VaListMarker, CHAR8 *);

-        } else {

-          ArgumentString = BASE_ARG (BaseListMarker, CHAR8 *);

-        }

-        if (ArgumentString == NULL) {

-          Flags &= (~ARGUMENT_UNICODE);

-          ArgumentString = "<null string>";

-        }

-        //

-        // Set the default precision for string to be zero if not specified.

-        //

-        if ((Flags & PRECISION) == 0) {

-          Precision = 0;

-        }

-        break;

-

-      case 'c':

-        if (BaseListMarker == NULL) {

-          Character = VA_ARG (VaListMarker, UINTN) & 0xffff;

-        } else {

-          Character = BASE_ARG (BaseListMarker, UINTN) & 0xffff;

-        }

-        ArgumentString = (CHAR8 *)&Character;

-        Flags |= ARGUMENT_UNICODE;

-        break;

-

-      case 'g':

-        if (BaseListMarker == NULL) {

-          TmpGuid = VA_ARG (VaListMarker, EFI_GUID *);

-        } else {

-          TmpGuid = BASE_ARG (BaseListMarker, EFI_GUID *);

-        }

-        if (TmpGuid == NULL) {

-          ArgumentString = "<null guid>";

-        } else {

-          GuidData1 = ReadUnaligned32 (&(TmpGuid->Data1));

-          GuidData2 = FceReadUnaligned16 (&(TmpGuid->Data2));

-          GuidData3 = FceReadUnaligned16 (&(TmpGuid->Data3));

-          BasePrintLibSPrint (

-            ValueBuffer,

-            MAXIMUM_VALUE_CHARACTERS,

-            0,

-            "%08x-%04x-%04x-%02x%02x-%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x",

-            GuidData1,

-            GuidData2,

-            GuidData3,

-            TmpGuid->Data4[0],

-            TmpGuid->Data4[1],

-            TmpGuid->Data4[2],

-            TmpGuid->Data4[3],

-            TmpGuid->Data4[4],

-            TmpGuid->Data4[5],

-            TmpGuid->Data4[6],

-            TmpGuid->Data4[7]

-            );

-          ArgumentString = ValueBuffer;

-        }

-        break;

-

-      case 't':

-        if (BaseListMarker == NULL) {

-          TmpTime = VA_ARG (VaListMarker, TIME *);

-        } else {

-          TmpTime = BASE_ARG (BaseListMarker, TIME *);

-        }

-        if (TmpTime == NULL) {

-          ArgumentString = "<null time>";

-        } else {

-          BasePrintLibSPrint (

-            ValueBuffer,

-            MAXIMUM_VALUE_CHARACTERS,

-            0,

-            "%02d/%02d/%04d  %02d:%02d",

-            TmpTime->Month,

-            TmpTime->Day,

-            TmpTime->Year,

-            TmpTime->Hour,

-            TmpTime->Minute

-            );

-          ArgumentString = ValueBuffer;

-        }

-        break;

-

-      case 'r':

-        if (BaseListMarker == NULL) {

-          Status = VA_ARG (VaListMarker, RETURN_STATUS);

-        } else {

-          Status = BASE_ARG (BaseListMarker, RETURN_STATUS);

-        }

-        ArgumentString = ValueBuffer;

-        if (RETURN_ERROR (Status)) {

-          //

-          // Clear error bit

-          //

-          Index = Status & ~MAX_BIT;

-          if (Index > 0 && Index <= ERROR_STATUS_NUMBER) {

-            ArgumentString = mStatusString [Index + WARNING_STATUS_NUMBER];

-          }

-        } else {

-          Index = Status;

-          if (Index <= WARNING_STATUS_NUMBER) {

-            ArgumentString = mStatusString [Index];

-          }

-        }

-        if (ArgumentString == ValueBuffer) {

-          BasePrintLibSPrint ((CHAR8 *) ValueBuffer, MAXIMUM_VALUE_CHARACTERS, 0, "%08X", Status);

-        }

-        break;

-

-      case '\r':

-        Format += BytesPerFormatCharacter;

-        FormatCharacter = ((*Format & 0xff) | (*(Format + 1) << 8)) & FormatMask;

-        if (FormatCharacter == '\n') {

-          //

-          // Translate '\r\n' to '\r\n'

-          //

-          ArgumentString = "\r\n";

-        } else {

-          //

-          // Translate '\r' to '\r'

-          //

-          ArgumentString = "\r";

-          Format   -= BytesPerFormatCharacter;

-        }

-        break;

-

-      case '\n':

-        //

-        // Translate '\n' to '\r\n' and '\n\r' to '\r\n'

-        //

-        ArgumentString = "\r\n";

-        Format += BytesPerFormatCharacter;

-        FormatCharacter = ((*Format & 0xff) | (*(Format + 1) << 8)) & FormatMask;

-        if (FormatCharacter != '\r') {

-          Format   -= BytesPerFormatCharacter;

-        }

-        break;

-

-      case '%':

-      default:

-        //

-        // if the type is '%' or unknown, then print it to the screen

-        //

-        ArgumentString = (CHAR8 *)&FormatCharacter;

-        Flags |= ARGUMENT_UNICODE;

-        break;

-      }

-      break;

-

-    case '\r':

-      Format += BytesPerFormatCharacter;

-      FormatCharacter = ((*Format & 0xff) | (*(Format + 1) << 8)) & FormatMask;

-      if (FormatCharacter == '\n') {

-        //

-        // Translate '\r\n' to '\r\n'

-        //

-        ArgumentString = "\r\n";

-      } else {

-        //

-        // Translate '\r' to '\r'

-        //

-        ArgumentString = "\r";

-        Format   -= BytesPerFormatCharacter;

-      }

-      break;

-

-    case '\n':

-      //

-      // Translate '\n' to '\r\n' and '\n\r' to '\r\n'

-      //

-      ArgumentString = "\r\n";

-      Format += BytesPerFormatCharacter;

-      FormatCharacter = ((*Format & 0xff) | (*(Format + 1) << 8)) & FormatMask;

-      if (FormatCharacter != '\r') {

-        Format   -= BytesPerFormatCharacter;

-      }

-      break;

-

-    default:

-      ArgumentString = (CHAR8 *)&FormatCharacter;

-      Flags |= ARGUMENT_UNICODE;

-      break;

-    }

-

-    //

-    // Retrieve the ArgumentString attriubutes

-    //

-    if ((Flags & ARGUMENT_UNICODE) != 0) {

-      ArgumentMask = 0xffff;

-      BytesPerArgumentCharacter = 2;

-    } else {

-      ArgumentMask = 0xff;

-      BytesPerArgumentCharacter = 1;

-    }

-    if ((Flags & ARGUMENT_REVERSED) != 0) {

-      BytesPerArgumentCharacter = -BytesPerArgumentCharacter;

-    } else {

-      //

-      // Compute the number of characters in ArgumentString and store it in Count

-      // ArgumentString is either null-terminated, or it contains Precision characters

-      //

-      for (Count = 0; Count < Precision || ((Flags & PRECISION) == 0); Count++) {

-        ArgumentCharacter = ((ArgumentString[Count * BytesPerArgumentCharacter] & 0xff) | ((ArgumentString[Count * BytesPerArgumentCharacter + 1]) << 8)) & ArgumentMask;

-        if (ArgumentCharacter == 0) {

-          break;

-        }

-      }

-    }

-

-    if (Precision < Count) {

-      Precision = Count;

-    }

-

-    //

-    // Pad before the string

-    //

-    if ((Flags & (PAD_TO_WIDTH | LEFT_JUSTIFY)) == (PAD_TO_WIDTH)) {

-      LengthToReturn += ((Width - Precision) * BytesPerOutputCharacter);

-      if ((Flags & COUNT_ONLY_NO_PRINT) == 0 && Buffer != NULL) {

-        Buffer = BasePrintLibFillBuffer (Buffer, EndBuffer, Width - Precision, ' ', BytesPerOutputCharacter);

-      }

-    }

-

-    if (ZeroPad) {

-      if (Prefix != 0) {

-        LengthToReturn += (1 * BytesPerOutputCharacter);

-        if ((Flags & COUNT_ONLY_NO_PRINT) == 0 && Buffer != NULL) {

-          Buffer = BasePrintLibFillBuffer (Buffer, EndBuffer, 1, Prefix, BytesPerOutputCharacter);

-        }

-      }

-      LengthToReturn += ((Precision - Count) * BytesPerOutputCharacter);

-      if ((Flags & COUNT_ONLY_NO_PRINT) == 0 && Buffer != NULL) {

-        Buffer = BasePrintLibFillBuffer (Buffer, EndBuffer, Precision - Count, '0', BytesPerOutputCharacter);

-      }

-    } else {

-      LengthToReturn += ((Precision - Count) * BytesPerOutputCharacter);

-      if ((Flags & COUNT_ONLY_NO_PRINT) == 0 && Buffer != NULL) {

-        Buffer = BasePrintLibFillBuffer (Buffer, EndBuffer, Precision - Count, ' ', BytesPerOutputCharacter);

-      }

-      if (Prefix != 0) {

-        LengthToReturn += (1 * BytesPerOutputCharacter);

-        if ((Flags & COUNT_ONLY_NO_PRINT) == 0 && Buffer != NULL) {

-          Buffer = BasePrintLibFillBuffer (Buffer, EndBuffer, 1, Prefix, BytesPerOutputCharacter);

-        }

-      }

-    }

-

-    //

-    // Output the Prefix character if it is present

-    //

-    Index = 0;

-    if (Prefix != 0) {

-      Index++;

-    }

-

-    //

-    // Copy the string into the output buffer performing the required type conversions

-    //

-    while (Index < Count) {

-      ArgumentCharacter = ((*ArgumentString & 0xff) | (*(ArgumentString + 1) << 8)) & ArgumentMask;

-

-      LengthToReturn += (1 * BytesPerOutputCharacter);

-      if ((Flags & COUNT_ONLY_NO_PRINT) == 0 && Buffer != NULL) {

-        Buffer = BasePrintLibFillBuffer (Buffer, EndBuffer, 1, ArgumentCharacter, BytesPerOutputCharacter);

-      }

-      ArgumentString    += BytesPerArgumentCharacter;

-      Index++;

-      if (Comma) {

-        Digits++;

-        if (Digits == 3) {

-          Digits = 0;

-          Index++;

-          if (Index < Count) {

-            LengthToReturn += (1 * BytesPerOutputCharacter);

-            if ((Flags & COUNT_ONLY_NO_PRINT) == 0 && Buffer != NULL) {

-              Buffer = BasePrintLibFillBuffer (Buffer, EndBuffer, 1, ',', BytesPerOutputCharacter);

-            }

-          }

-        }

-      }

-    }

-

-    //

-    // Pad after the string

-    //

-    if ((Flags & (PAD_TO_WIDTH | LEFT_JUSTIFY)) == (PAD_TO_WIDTH | LEFT_JUSTIFY)) {

-      LengthToReturn += ((Width - Precision) * BytesPerOutputCharacter);

-      if ((Flags & COUNT_ONLY_NO_PRINT) == 0 && Buffer != NULL) {

-        Buffer = BasePrintLibFillBuffer (Buffer, EndBuffer, Width - Precision, ' ', BytesPerOutputCharacter);

-      }

-    }

-

-    //

-    // Get the next character from the format string

-    //

-    Format += BytesPerFormatCharacter;

-

-    //

-    // Get the next character from the format string

-    //

-    FormatCharacter = ((*Format & 0xff) | (*(Format + 1) << 8)) & FormatMask;

-  }

-

-  if ((Flags & COUNT_ONLY_NO_PRINT) != 0) {

-    return (LengthToReturn / BytesPerOutputCharacter);

-  }

-

-  ASSERT (Buffer != NULL);

-  //

-  // Null terminate the Unicode or ASCII string

-  //

-  BasePrintLibFillBuffer (Buffer, EndBuffer + BytesPerOutputCharacter, 1, 0, BytesPerOutputCharacter);

-  //

-  // Make sure output buffer cannot contain more than PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength

-  // Unicode characters if PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero.

-  //

-  ASSERT ((((Flags & OUTPUT_UNICODE) == 0)) || (FceStrSize ((CHAR16 *) OriginalBuffer) != 0));

-  //

-  // Make sure output buffer cannot contain more than PcdMaximumAsciiStringLength

-  // ASCII characters if PcdMaximumAsciiStringLength is not zero.

-  //

-  ASSERT ((((Flags & OUTPUT_UNICODE) != 0)) || ((strlen (OriginalBuffer) + 1) != 0));

-

-  return ((Buffer - OriginalBuffer) / BytesPerOutputCharacter);

-}

-

-/**

-  Worker function that produces a Null-terminated string in an output buffer

-  based on a Null-terminated format string and variable argument list.

-

-  VSPrint function to process format and place the results in Buffer. Since a

-  VA_LIST is used this routine allows the nesting of Vararg routines. Thus

-  this is the main print working routine

-

-  @param  StartOfBuffer The character buffer to print the results of the parsing

-                        of Format into.

-  @param  BufferSize    The maximum number of characters to put into buffer.

-                        Zero means no limit.

-  @param  Flags         Initial flags value.

-                        Can only have FORMAT_UNICODE and OUTPUT_UNICODE set

-  @param  FormatString  A Null-terminated format string.

-  @param  ...           The variable argument list.

-

-  @return The number of characters printed.

-

-**/

-UINTN

-BasePrintLibSPrint (

-  OUT CHAR8        *StartOfBuffer,

-  IN  UINTN        BufferSize,

-  IN  UINTN        Flags,

-  IN  CONST CHAR8  *FormatString,

-  ...

-  )

-{

-  VA_LIST  Marker;

-

-  VA_START (Marker, FormatString);

-  return BasePrintLibSPrintMarker (StartOfBuffer, BufferSize, Flags, FormatString, Marker, NULL);

-}

-

-/**

-  Produces a Null-terminated Unicode string in an output buffer based on

-  a Null-terminated Unicode format string and a VA_LIST argument list

-

-  Produces a Null-terminated Unicode string in the output buffer specified by StartOfBuffer

-  and BufferSize.

-  The Unicode string is produced by parsing the format string specified by FormatString.

-  Arguments are pulled from the variable argument list specified by Marker based on the

-  contents of the format string.

-  The number of Unicode characters in the produced output buffer is returned not including

-  the Null-terminator.

-  If BufferSize is 0 or 1, then no output buffer is produced and 0 is returned.

-

-  If BufferSize > 1 and StartOfBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If BufferSize > 1 and StartOfBuffer is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().

-  If BufferSize > 1 and FormatString is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If BufferSize > 1 and FormatString is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().

-  If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and FormatString contains more than

-  PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode characters not including the Null-terminator, then

-  ASSERT().

-  If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and produced Null-terminated Unicode string

-  contains more than PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode characters not including the

-  Null-terminator, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  StartOfBuffer   A pointer to the output buffer for the produced Null-terminated

-                          Unicode string.

-  @param  BufferSize      The size, in bytes, of the output buffer specified by StartOfBuffer.

-  @param  FormatString    A Null-terminated Unicode format string.

-  @param  Marker          VA_LIST marker for the variable argument list.

-

-  @return The number of Unicode characters in the produced output buffer not including the

-          Null-terminator.

-

-**/

-UINTN

-UnicodeVSPrint (

-  OUT CHAR16        *StartOfBuffer,

-  IN  UINTN         BufferSize,

-  IN  CONST CHAR16  *FormatString,

-  IN  VA_LIST       Marker

-  )

-{

-  ASSERT_UNICODE_BUFFER (StartOfBuffer);

-  ASSERT_UNICODE_BUFFER (FormatString);

-  return BasePrintLibSPrintMarker ((CHAR8 *)StartOfBuffer, BufferSize >> 1, FORMAT_UNICODE | OUTPUT_UNICODE, (CHAR8 *)FormatString, Marker, NULL);

-}

-

-/**

-  Produces a Null-terminated Unicode string in an output buffer based on a Null-terminated

-  Unicode format string and variable argument list.

-

-  Produces a Null-terminated Unicode string in the output buffer specified by StartOfBuffer

-  and BufferSize.

-  The Unicode string is produced by parsing the format string specified by FormatString.

-  Arguments are pulled from the variable argument list based on the contents of the format string.

-  The number of Unicode characters in the produced output buffer is returned not including

-  the Null-terminator.

-  If BufferSize is 0 or 1, then no output buffer is produced and 0 is returned.

-

-  If BufferSize > 1 and StartOfBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If BufferSize > 1 and StartOfBuffer is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().

-  If BufferSize > 1 and FormatString is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If BufferSize > 1 and FormatString is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().

-  If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and FormatString contains more than

-  PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode characters not including the Null-terminator, then

-  ASSERT().

-  If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and produced Null-terminated Unicode string

-  contains more than PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode characters not including the

-  Null-terminator, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  StartOfBuffer   A pointer to the output buffer for the produced Null-terminated

-                          Unicode string.

-  @param  BufferSize      The size, in bytes, of the output buffer specified by StartOfBuffer.

-  @param  FormatString    A Null-terminated Unicode format string.

-  @param  ...             Variable argument list whose contents are accessed based on the

-                          format string specified by FormatString.

-

-  @return The number of Unicode characters in the produced output buffer not including the

-          Null-terminator.

-

-**/

-UINTN

-UnicodeSPrint (

-  OUT CHAR16        *StartOfBuffer,

-  IN  UINTN         BufferSize,

-  IN  CONST CHAR16  *FormatString,

-  ...

-  )

-{

-  VA_LIST Marker;

-

-  VA_START (Marker, FormatString);

-  return UnicodeVSPrint (StartOfBuffer, BufferSize, FormatString, Marker);

-}

-

-/**

-  Convert a Null-terminated Unicode string to a Null-terminated

-  ASCII string and returns the ASCII string.

-

-  This function converts the content of the Unicode string Source

-  to the ASCII string Destination by copying the lower 8 bits of

-  each Unicode character. It returns Destination. The function terminates

-  the ASCII string Destination  by appending a Null-terminator character

-  at the end. The caller is responsible to make sure Destination points

-  to a buffer with size equal or greater than (FceStrLen (Source) + 1) in bytes.

-

-  If Destination is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If Source is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If Source is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().

-  If Source and Destination overlap, then ASSERT().

-

-  If any Unicode characters in Source contain non-zero value in

-  the upper 8 bits, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  Source        Pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.

-  @param  Destination   Pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string.

-

-  @reture Destination

-

-**/

-CHAR8 *

-UnicodeStrToAsciiStr (

-  IN      CONST CHAR16             *Source,

-  OUT           CHAR8              *Destination

-  )

-{

-  CHAR8          *ReturnValue;

-

-  ReturnValue = Destination;

-  assert (Destination != NULL);

-  assert (Source != NULL);

-  assert (((UINTN) Source & 0x01) == 0);

-

-  while (*Source != L'\0') {

-    //

-    // If any Unicode characters in Source contain

-    // non-zero value in the upper 8 bits, then ASSERT().

-    //

-    assert (*Source < 0x100);

-    *(ReturnValue++) = (CHAR8) *(Source++);

-  }

-

-  *ReturnValue = '\0';

-

-  return Destination;

-}

-

-/**

-  Allocate new memory and then copy the Unicode string Source to Destination.

-

-  @param  Dest                   Location to copy string

-  @param  Src                    String to copy

-

-**/

-VOID

-NewStringCpy (

-  IN OUT CHAR16       **Dest,

-  IN CHAR16           *Src

-  )

-{

-  if (*Dest != NULL) {

-    FreePool (*Dest);

-  }

-  *Dest = FceAllocateCopyPool (FceStrSize (Src), Src);

-  ASSERT (*Dest != NULL);

-}

-

-/**

-  Check if a Unicode character is a decimal character.

-

-  This internal function checks if a Unicode character is a

-  decimal character. The valid decimal character is from

-  L'0' to L'9'.

-

-  @param  Char  The character to check against.

-

-  @retval TRUE  If the Char is a decmial character.

-  @retval FALSE If the Char is not a decmial character.

-

-**/

-BOOLEAN

-FceInternalIsDecimalDigitCharacter (

-  IN      CHAR16                    Char

-  )

-{

-  return (BOOLEAN) ((Char >= L'0') && (Char <= L'9'));

-}

-

-/**

-  Convert a Unicode character to upper case only if

-  it maps to a valid small-case ASCII character.

-

-  This internal function only deal with Unicode character

-  which maps to a valid small-case ASCII character, i.e.

-  L'a' to L'z'. For other Unicode character, the input character

-  is returned directly.

-

-  @param  Char  The character to convert.

-

-  @retval LowerCharacter   If the Char is with range L'a' to L'z'.

-  @retval Unchanged        Otherwise.

-

-**/

-CHAR16

-FceInternalCharToUpper (

-  IN      CHAR16                    Char

-  )

-{

-  if ((Char >= L'a') && (Char <= L'z')) {

-    return (CHAR16) (Char - (L'a' - L'A'));

-  }

-

-  return Char;

-}

-

-/**

-  Convert a Unicode character to numerical value.

-

-  This internal function only deal with Unicode character

-  which maps to a valid hexadecimal ASII character, i.e.

-  L'0' to L'9', L'a' to L'f' or L'A' to L'F'. For other

-  Unicode character, the value returned does not make sense.

-

-  @param  Char  The character to convert.

-

-  @return The numerical value converted.

-

-**/

-UINTN

-FceInternalHexCharToUintn (

-  IN      CHAR16                    Char

-  )

-{

-  if (FceInternalIsDecimalDigitCharacter (Char)) {

-    return Char - L'0';

-  }

-

-  return (UINTN) (10 + FceInternalCharToUpper (Char) - L'A');

-}

-

-/**

-  Check if a Unicode character is a hexadecimal character.

-

-  This internal function checks if a Unicode character is a

-  decimal character.  The valid hexadecimal character is

-  L'0' to L'9', L'a' to L'f', or L'A' to L'F'.

-

-

-  @param  Char  The character to check against.

-

-  @retval TRUE  If the Char is a hexadecmial character.

-  @retval FALSE If the Char is not a hexadecmial character.

-

-**/

-BOOLEAN

-FceInternalIsHexaDecimalDigitCharacter (

-  IN      CHAR16                    Char

-  )

-{

-

-  return (BOOLEAN) (FceInternalIsDecimalDigitCharacter (Char) ||

-    ((Char >= L'A') && (Char <= L'F')) ||

-    ((Char >= L'a') && (Char <= L'f')));

-}

-

-

-/**

-  Convert a Null-terminated Unicode decimal string to a value of

-  type UINT64.

-

-  This function returns a value of type UINT64 by interpreting the contents

-  of the Unicode string specified by String as a decimal number. The format

-  of the input Unicode string String is:

-

-                  [spaces] [decimal digits].

-

-  The valid decimal digit character is in the range [0-9]. The

-  function will ignore the pad space, which includes spaces or

-  tab characters, before [decimal digits]. The running zero in the

-  beginning of [decimal digits] will be ignored. Then, the function

-  stops at the first character that is a not a valid decimal character

-  or a Null-terminator, whichever one comes first.

-

-  If String is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If String is not aligned in a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().

-  If String has only pad spaces, then 0 is returned.

-  If String has no pad spaces or valid decimal digits,

-  then 0 is returned.

-  If the number represented by String overflows according

-  to the range defined by UINT64, then ASSERT().

-

-  If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and String contains

-  more than PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode characters, not including

-  the Null-terminator, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  String          A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.

-

-  @retval Value translated from String.

-

-**/

-UINT64

-FceStrDecimalToUint64 (

-  IN      CONST CHAR16              *String

-  )

-{

-  UINT64     Result;

-

-  //

-  // ASSERT String is less long than PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength.

-  // Length tests are performed inside FceStrLen().

-  //

-  ASSERT (FceStrSize (String) != 0);

-

-  //

-  // Ignore the pad spaces (space or tab)

-  //

-  while ((*String == L' ') || (*String == L'\t')) {

-    String++;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Ignore leading Zeros after the spaces

-  //

-  while (*String == L'0') {

-    String++;

-  }

-

-  Result = 0;

-

-  while (FceInternalIsDecimalDigitCharacter (*String)) {

-    //

-    // If the number represented by String overflows according

-    // to the range defined by UINTN, then ASSERT().

-    //

-    ASSERT (Result <= DivU64x32 (((UINT64) ~0) - (*String - L'0') , 10));

-

-    Result = MultU64x32 (Result, 10) + (*String - L'0');

-    String++;

-  }

-

-  return Result;

-}

-

-

-/**

-  Convert a Null-terminated Unicode hexadecimal string to a value of type UINT64.

-

-  This function returns a value of type UINT64 by interpreting the contents

-  of the Unicode string specified by String as a hexadecimal number.

-  The format of the input Unicode string String is

-

-                  [spaces][zeros][x][hexadecimal digits].

-

-  The valid hexadecimal digit character is in the range [0-9], [a-f] and [A-F].

-  The prefix "0x" is optional. Both "x" and "X" is allowed in "0x" prefix.

-  If "x" appears in the input string, it must be prefixed with at least one 0.

-  The function will ignore the pad space, which includes spaces or tab characters,

-  before [zeros], [x] or [hexadecimal digit]. The running zero before [x] or

-  [hexadecimal digit] will be ignored. Then, the decoding starts after [x] or the

-  first valid hexadecimal digit. Then, the function stops at the first character that is

-  a not a valid hexadecimal character or NULL, whichever one comes first.

-

-  If String is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If String is not aligned in a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().

-  If String has only pad spaces, then zero is returned.

-  If String has no leading pad spaces, leading zeros or valid hexadecimal digits,

-  then zero is returned.

-  If the number represented by String overflows according to the range defined by

-  UINT64, then ASSERT().

-

-  If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and String contains more than

-  PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode characters, not including the Null-terminator,

-  then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  String          A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.

-

-  @retval Value translated from String.

-

-**/

-UINT64

-FceStrHexToUint64 (

-  IN      CONST CHAR16             *String

-  )

-{

-  UINT64    Result;

-

-  //

-  // ASSERT String is less long than PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength.

-  // Length tests are performed inside FceStrLen().

-  //

-  ASSERT (FceStrSize (String) != 0);

-

-  //

-  // Ignore the pad spaces (space or tab)

-  //

-  while ((*String == L' ') || (*String == L'\t')) {

-    String++;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Ignore leading Zeros after the spaces

-  //

-  while (*String == L'0') {

-    String++;

-  }

-

-  if (FceInternalCharToUpper (*String) == L'X') {

-    ASSERT (*(String - 1) == L'0');

-    if (*(String - 1) != L'0') {

-      return 0;

-    }

-    //

-    // Skip the 'X'

-    //

-    String++;

-  }

-

-  Result = 0;

-

-  while (FceInternalIsHexaDecimalDigitCharacter (*String)) {

-    //

-    // If the Hex Number represented by String overflows according

-    // to the range defined by UINTN, then ASSERT().

-    //

-    ASSERT (Result <= RShiftU64 (((UINT64) ~0) - FceInternalHexCharToUintn (*String) , 4));

-

-    Result = LShiftU64 (Result, 4);

-    Result = Result + FceInternalHexCharToUintn (*String);

-    String++;

-  }

-

-  return Result;

-}

-

-

-CHAR16

-ToUpper (

-  CHAR16  a

-  )

-{

-  if (('a' <= a) && (a <= 'z')) {

-    return (CHAR16) (a - 0x20);

-  } else {

-    return a;

-  }

-}

-

-CHAR16

-ToLower (

-  CHAR16  a

-  )

-{

-  if (('A' <= a) && (a <= 'Z')) {

-    return (CHAR16) (a + 0x20);

-  } else {

-    return a;

-  }

-}

-

-/**

-  Performs a case-insensitive comparison between a Null-terminated

-  Unicode pattern string and a Null-terminated Unicode string.

-

-  @param  String   - A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.

-  @param  Pattern  - A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode pattern string.

-

-

-  @retval TRUE     - Pattern was found in String.

-  @retval FALSE    - Pattern was not found in String.

-

-**/

-BOOLEAN

-MetaiMatch (

-  IN CHAR16                           *String,

-  IN CHAR16                           *Pattern

-  )

-{

-  CHAR16  c;

-  CHAR16  p;

-

-  assert (String != NULL);

-  assert (Pattern != NULL);

-

-  for (;;) {

-    p     = *Pattern;

-    Pattern += 1;

-

-    if (p == 0) {

-      //

-      // End of pattern.  If end of string, TRUE match

-      //

-      if (*String) {

-        return FALSE;

-      } else {

-        return TRUE;

-      }

-

-    } else {

-

-      c = *String;

-      if (ToUpper (c) != ToUpper (p)) {

-        return FALSE;

-      }

-

-      String += 1;

-

-    }

-

-  }

-

-}

-/**

-  Multiplies a 64-bit unsigned integer by a 32-bit unsigned integer and

-  generates a 64-bit unsigned result.

-

-  This function multiplies the 64-bit unsigned value Multiplicand by the 32-bit

-  unsigned value Multiplier and generates a 64-bit unsigned result. This 64-

-  bit unsigned result is returned.

-

-  @param  Multiplicand  A 64-bit unsigned value.

-  @param  Multiplier    A 32-bit unsigned value.

-

-  @return Multiplicand * Multiplier.

-

-**/

-UINT64

-MultU64x32 (

-  IN      UINT64                    Multiplicand,

-  IN      UINT32                    Multiplier

-  )

-{

-  return Multiplicand * Multiplier;

-}

-

-/**

-  Divides a 64-bit unsigned integer by a 32-bit unsigned integer and generates

-  a 64-bit unsigned result.

-

-  This function divides the 64-bit unsigned value Dividend by the 32-bit

-  unsigned value Divisor and generates a 64-bit unsigned quotient. This

-  function returns the 64-bit unsigned quotient.

-

-  If Divisor is 0, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  Dividend  A 64-bit unsigned value.

-  @param  Divisor   A 32-bit unsigned value.

-

-  @return Dividend / Divisor

-

-**/

-UINT64

-DivU64x32 (

-  IN      UINT64                    Dividend,

-  IN      UINT32                    Divisor

-  )

-{

-  ASSERT (Divisor != 0);

-  return Dividend / Divisor;

-}

-

-/**

-  Shifts a 64-bit integer left between 0 and 63 bits. The low bits are filled

-  with zeros. The shifted value is returned.

-

-  This function shifts the 64-bit value Operand to the left by Count bits. The

-  low Count bits are set to zero. The shifted value is returned.

-

-  If Count is greater than 63, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  Operand The 64-bit operand to shift left.

-  @param  Count   The number of bits to shift left.

-

-  @return Operand << Count.

-

-**/

-UINT64

-LShiftU64 (

-  IN      UINT64                    Operand,

-  IN      UINTN                     Count

-  )

-{

-  ASSERT (Count < 64);

-  return Operand << Count;

-}

-

-/**

-  Shifts a 64-bit integer right between 0 and 63 bits. This high bits are

-  filled with zeros. The shifted value is returned.

-

-  This function shifts the 64-bit value Operand to the right by Count bits. The

-  high Count bits are set to zero. The shifted value is returned.

-

-  If Count is greater than 63, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  Operand The 64-bit operand to shift right.

-  @param  Count   The number of bits to shift right.

-

-  @return Operand >> Count.

-

-**/

-UINT64

-RShiftU64 (

-  IN      UINT64                    Operand,

-  IN      UINTN                     Count

-  )

-

-{

-  ASSERT (Count < 64);

-  return Operand >> Count;

-}

-

-

-/**

-  Divides a 64-bit unsigned integer by a 32-bit unsigned integer and generates

-  a 64-bit unsigned result and an optional 32-bit unsigned remainder.

-

-  This function divides the 64-bit unsigned value Dividend by the 32-bit

-  unsigned value Divisor and generates a 64-bit unsigned quotient. If Remainder

-  is not NULL, then the 32-bit unsigned remainder is returned in Remainder.

-  This function returns the 64-bit unsigned quotient.

-

-  If Divisor is 0, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  Dividend  A 64-bit unsigned value.

-  @param  Divisor   A 32-bit unsigned value.

-  @param  Remainder A pointer to a 32-bit unsigned value. This parameter is

-                    optional and may be NULL.

-

-  @return Dividend / Divisor

-

-**/

-UINT64

-DivU64x32Remainder (

-  IN      UINT64                    Dividend,

-  IN      UINT32                    Divisor,

-  OUT     UINT32                    *Remainder

-  )

-{

-  ASSERT (Divisor != 0);

-

-  if (Remainder != NULL) {

-    *Remainder = (UINT32)(Dividend % Divisor);

-  }

-  return Dividend / Divisor;

-}

-

-/**

-  Copies a buffer to an allocated buffer.

-

-  Allocates the number bytes specified by AllocationSize, copies allocationSize bytes

-  from Buffer to the newly allocated buffer, and returns a pointer to the allocated

-  buffer.  If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned.  If there

-  is not enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.

-

-  If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  AllocationSize        The number of bytes to allocate and zero.

-  @param  Buffer                The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer.

-

-  @return A pointer to the allocated buffer or NULL if allocation fails.

-

-**/

-VOID *

-FceAllocateCopyPool (

-  IN UINTN       AllocationSize,

-  IN CONST VOID  *Buffer

-  )

-{

-  VOID  *Memory;

-

-  Memory = NULL;

-

-  if ((Buffer == NULL) || (AllocationSize == 0)) {

-    return Memory;

-  }

-

-  Memory = calloc (AllocationSize, sizeof (CHAR8));

-  if (Memory != NULL) {

-     Memory = memcpy (Memory, Buffer, AllocationSize);

-  }

-  return Memory;

-}

-

-/**

-  Initializes the head node of a doubly-linked list, and returns the pointer to

-  the head node of the doubly-linked list.

-

-  Initializes the forward and backward links of a new linked list. After

-  initializing a linked list with this function, the other linked list

-  functions may be used to add and remove nodes from the linked list. It is up

-  to the caller of this function to allocate the memory for ListHead.

-

-  If ListHead is NULL, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  ListHead  A pointer to the head node of a new doubly-linked list.

-

-  @return ListHead

-

-**/

-LIST_ENTRY *

-InitializeListHead (

-  IN OUT  LIST_ENTRY                *ListHead

-  )

-

-{

-  assert (ListHead != NULL);

-

-  ListHead->ForwardLink = ListHead;

-  ListHead->BackLink = ListHead;

-  return ListHead;

-}

-

-/**

-  Adds a node to the beginning of a doubly-linked list, and returns the pointer

-  to the head node of the doubly-linked list.

-

-  Adds the node Entry at the beginning of the doubly-linked list denoted by

-  ListHead, and returns ListHead.

-

-  If ListHead is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If Entry is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If ListHead was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or

-  InitializeListHead(), then ASSERT().

-  If PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth is not zero, and prior to insertion the number

-  of nodes in ListHead, including the ListHead node, is greater than or

-  equal to PcdMaximumLinkedListLength, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  ListHead  A pointer to the head node of a doubly-linked list.

-  @param  Entry     A pointer to a node that is to be inserted at the beginning

-                    of a doubly-linked list.

-

-  @return ListHead

-

-**/

-LIST_ENTRY *

-InsertHeadList (

-  IN OUT  LIST_ENTRY                *ListHead,

-  IN OUT  LIST_ENTRY                *Entry

-  )

-{

-  assert ((ListHead != NULL) && (Entry != NULL));

-

-  Entry->ForwardLink = ListHead->ForwardLink;

-  Entry->BackLink = ListHead;

-  Entry->ForwardLink->BackLink = Entry;

-  ListHead->ForwardLink = Entry;

-  return ListHead;

-}

-

-/**

-  Adds a node to the end of a doubly-linked list, and returns the pointer to

-  the head node of the doubly-linked list.

-

-  Adds the node Entry to the end of the doubly-linked list denoted by ListHead,

-  and returns ListHead.

-

-  If ListHead is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If Entry is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If ListHead was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or

-  InitializeListHead(), then ASSERT().

-  If PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth is not zero, and prior to insertion the number

-  of nodes in ListHead, including the ListHead node, is greater than or

-  equal to PcdMaximumLinkedListLength, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  ListHead  A pointer to the head node of a doubly-linked list.

-  @param  Entry     A pointer to a node that is to be added at the end of the

-                    doubly-linked list.

-

-  @return ListHead

-

-**/

-LIST_ENTRY *

-InsertTailList (

-  IN OUT  LIST_ENTRY                *ListHead,

-  IN OUT  LIST_ENTRY                *Entry

-  )

-{

-  assert ((ListHead != NULL) && (Entry != NULL));

-

-  Entry->ForwardLink = ListHead;

-  Entry->BackLink = ListHead->BackLink;

-  Entry->BackLink->ForwardLink = Entry;

-  ListHead->BackLink = Entry;

-  return ListHead;

-}

-

-/**

-  Retrieves the first node of a doubly-linked list.

-

-  Returns the first node of a doubly-linked list.  List must have been

-  initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or InitializeListHead().

-  If List is empty, then List is returned.

-

-  If List is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If List was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or

-  InitializeListHead(), then ASSERT().

-  If PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth is not zero, and the number of nodes

-  in List, including the List node, is greater than or equal to

-  PcdMaximumLinkedListLength, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  List  A pointer to the head node of a doubly-linked list.

-

-  @return The first node of a doubly-linked list.

-  @retval NULL  The list is empty.

-

-**/

-LIST_ENTRY *

-GetFirstNode (

-  IN      CONST LIST_ENTRY          *List

-  )

-{

-  assert (List != NULL);

-

-  return List->ForwardLink;

-}

-

-/**

-  Retrieves the next node of a doubly-linked list.

-

-  Returns the node of a doubly-linked list that follows Node.

-  List must have been initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE()

-  or InitializeListHead().  If List is empty, then List is returned.

-

-  If List is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If Node is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If List was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or

-  InitializeListHead(), then ASSERT().

-  If PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth is not zero, and List contains more than

-  PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth nodes, then ASSERT().

-  If PcdVerifyNodeInList is TRUE and Node is not a node in List, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  List  A pointer to the head node of a doubly-linked list.

-  @param  Node  A pointer to a node in the doubly-linked list.

-

-  @return A pointer to the next node if one exists. Otherwise List is returned.

-

-**/

-LIST_ENTRY *

-GetNextNode (

-  IN      CONST LIST_ENTRY          *List,

-  IN      CONST LIST_ENTRY          *Node

-  )

-{

-  assert ((List != NULL) && (Node != NULL));

-

-  return Node->ForwardLink;

-}

-

-/**

-  Retrieves the previous node of a doubly-linked list.

-

-  Returns the node of a doubly-linked list that precedes Node.

-  List must have been initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE()

-  or InitializeListHead().  If List is empty, then List is returned.

-

-  If List is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If Node is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If List was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or

-  InitializeListHead(), then ASSERT().

-  If PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth is not zero, and List contains more than

-  PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth nodes, then ASSERT().

-  If PcdVerifyNodeInList is TRUE and Node is not a node in List, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  List  A pointer to the head node of a doubly-linked list.

-  @param  Node  A pointer to a node in the doubly-linked list.

-

-  @return A pointer to the previous node if one exists. Otherwise List is returned.

-

-**/

-LIST_ENTRY *

-GetPreviousNode (

-  IN      CONST LIST_ENTRY          *List,

-  IN      CONST LIST_ENTRY          *Node

-  )

-{

-  assert ((List != NULL) && (Node != NULL));

-

-  return Node->BackLink;

-}

-

-/**

-  Checks to see if a doubly-linked list is empty or not.

-

-  Checks to see if the doubly-linked list is empty. If the linked list contains

-  zero nodes, this function returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE.

-

-  If ListHead is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If ListHead was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or

-  InitializeListHead(), then ASSERT().

-  If PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth is not zero, and the number of nodes

-  in List, including the List node, is greater than or equal to

-  PcdMaximumLinkedListLength, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  ListHead  A pointer to the head node of a doubly-linked list.

-

-  @retval TRUE  The linked list is empty.

-  @retval FALSE The linked list is not empty.

-

-**/

-BOOLEAN

-IsListEmpty (

-  IN      CONST LIST_ENTRY          *ListHead

-  )

-{

-  assert (ListHead != NULL);

-

-  return (BOOLEAN)(ListHead->ForwardLink == ListHead);

-}

-

-/**

-  Determines if a node in a doubly-linked list is the head node of a the same

-  doubly-linked list.  This function is typically used to terminate a loop that

-  traverses all the nodes in a doubly-linked list starting with the head node.

-

-  Returns TRUE if Node is equal to List.  Returns FALSE if Node is one of the

-  nodes in the doubly-linked list specified by List.  List must have been

-  initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or InitializeListHead().

-

-  If List is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If Node is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If List was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or InitializeListHead(),

-  then ASSERT().

-  If PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth is not zero, and the number of nodes

-  in List, including the List node, is greater than or equal to

-  PcdMaximumLinkedListLength, then ASSERT().

-  If PcdVerifyNodeInList is TRUE and Node is not a node in List and Node is not

-  equal to List, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  List  A pointer to the head node of a doubly-linked list.

-  @param  Node  A pointer to a node in the doubly-linked list.

-

-  @retval TRUE  Node is the head of the doubly-linked list pointed by List.

-  @retval FALSE Node is not the head of the doubly-linked list pointed by List.

-

-**/

-BOOLEAN

-IsNull (

-  IN      CONST LIST_ENTRY          *List,

-  IN      CONST LIST_ENTRY          *Node

-  )

-{

-  assert ((List != NULL) && (Node != NULL));

-

-  return (BOOLEAN)(Node == List);

-}

-

-/**

-  Determines if a node the last node in a doubly-linked list.

-

-  Returns TRUE if Node is the last node in the doubly-linked list specified by

-  List. Otherwise, FALSE is returned. List must have been initialized with

-  INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or InitializeListHead().

-

-  If List is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If Node is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If List was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or

-  InitializeListHead(), then ASSERT().

-  If PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth is not zero, and the number of nodes

-  in List, including the List node, is greater than or equal to

-  PcdMaximumLinkedListLength, then ASSERT().

-  If PcdVerifyNodeInList is TRUE and Node is not a node in List, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  List  A pointer to the head node of a doubly-linked list.

-  @param  Node  A pointer to a node in the doubly-linked list.

-

-  @retval TRUE  Node is the last node in the linked list.

-  @retval FALSE Node is not the last node in the linked list.

-

-**/

-BOOLEAN

-IsNodeAtEnd (

-  IN      CONST LIST_ENTRY          *List,

-  IN      CONST LIST_ENTRY          *Node

-  )

-{

-  assert ((List != NULL) && (Node != NULL));

-

-  return (BOOLEAN)(!IsNull (List, Node) && (List->BackLink == Node));

-}

-

-/**

-  Removes a node from a doubly-linked list, and returns the node that follows

-  the removed node.

-

-  Removes the node Entry from a doubly-linked list. It is up to the caller of

-  this function to release the memory used by this node if that is required. On

-  exit, the node following Entry in the doubly-linked list is returned. If

-  Entry is the only node in the linked list, then the head node of the linked

-  list is returned.

-

-  If Entry is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If Entry is the head node of an empty list, then ASSERT().

-  If PcdMaximumLinkedListLength is not zero, and the number of nodes in the

-  linked list containing Entry, including the Entry node, is greater than

-  or equal to PcdMaximumLinkedListLength, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  Entry A pointer to a node in a linked list.

-

-  @return Entry.

-

-**/

-LIST_ENTRY *

-RemoveEntryList (

-  IN      CONST LIST_ENTRY          *Entry

-  )

-{

-  assert (!IsListEmpty (Entry));

-

-  Entry->ForwardLink->BackLink = Entry->BackLink;

-  Entry->BackLink->ForwardLink = Entry->ForwardLink;

-  return Entry->ForwardLink;

-}

-

diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Common.h b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Common.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6b21974878..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Common.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,999 +0,0 @@
-/** @file

-

- Common library.

-

- Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

- SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-#ifndef _COMMON_LIB_H_

-#define _COMMON_LIB_H_

-

-#include <stdio.h>

-#include <stdlib.h>

-#include <string.h>

-#ifdef __GNUC__

-#include <unistd.h>

-#else

-#include <io.h>

-#include <direct.h>

-#endif

-#include <ctype.h>

-#include <assert.h>

-#include <math.h>

-#include "CommonLib.h"

-#include <Common/UefiBaseTypes.h>

-

-#define MAX_QUI_PARAM_LEN              2000

-#define ERROR_INFO_LENGTH              400

-#define MAX_STR_LEN_FOR_PICK_UQI       200

-#define MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM    1000

-#define _MAX_BUILD_VERSION             100

-#define _MAXIMUM_SECTION_FILE_NUM      1000

-

-#ifndef _MAX_PATH

-#define _MAX_PATH 500

-#endif

-

-///

-/// Variable attributes.

-///

-#define EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE       0x00000001

-#define EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS 0x00000002

-#define EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS     0x00000004

-

-///

-/// This attribute is identified by the mnemonic 'HR'

-/// elsewhere in this specification.

-///

-#define EFI_VARIABLE_AUTHENTICATED_WRITE_ACCESS   0x00000010

-

-#define VARSTORE_LIST_TYPE         0x0000000000000001ULL

-#define EFI_VARSTORE_LIST_TYPE     0x0000000000000002ULL

-#define PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_TYPE   0x0000000000000004ULL

-#define UQI_LIST_TYPE              0x0000000000000008ULL

-#define HII_OBJ_LIST_TYPE          0x0000000000000010ULL

-

-///

-/// LIST_ENTRY structure definition.

-///

-typedef struct _LIST_ENTRY {

-  struct _LIST_ENTRY  *ForwardLink;

-  struct _LIST_ENTRY  *BackLink;

-} LIST_ENTRY;

-

-#define CR(Record, TYPE, Field, TestSignature)  ((TYPE *) ((CHAR8 *) (Record) - (CHAR8 *) &(((TYPE *) 0)->Field)))

-#define AllocateZeroPool(a)  calloc(a, sizeof (CHAR8))

-#define FreePool(a) free(a)

-#define CopyMem(a, b, c)  memcpy(a, b, c)

-#define ZeroMem(a, b) memset(a, 0, b)

-#define CompareMem(a, b, c)  memcmp(a, b, c)

-#define AllocatePool(a)  malloc(a)

-

-/**

-  Returns a 16-bit signature built from 2 ASCII characters.

-

-  This macro returns a 16-bit value built from the two ASCII characters specified

-  by A and B.

-

-  @param  A    The first ASCII character.

-  @param  B    The second ASCII character.

-

-  @return A 16-bit value built from the two ASCII characters specified by A and B.

-

-**/

-#define SIGNATURE_16(A, B)        ((A) | (B << 8))

-

-/**

-  Returns a 32-bit signature built from 4 ASCII characters.

-

-  This macro returns a 32-bit value built from the four ASCII characters specified

-  by A, B, C, and D.

-

-  @param  A    The first ASCII character.

-  @param  B    The second ASCII character.

-  @param  C    The third ASCII character.

-  @param  D    The fourth ASCII character.

-

-  @return A 32-bit value built from the two ASCII characters specified by A, B,

-          C and D.

-

-**/

-#define SIGNATURE_32(A, B, C, D)  (SIGNATURE_16 (A, B) | (SIGNATURE_16 (C, D) << 16))

-

-#define ASSERT_UNICODE_BUFFER(Buffer) ASSERT ((((UINTN) (Buffer)) & 0x01) == 0)

-

-/**

-  Returns an argument of a specified type from a variable argument list and updates

-  the pointer to the variable argument list to point to the next argument.

-

-  This function returns an argument of the type specified by TYPE from the beginning

-  of the variable argument list specified by Marker.  Marker is then updated to point

-  to the next argument in the variable argument list.  The method for computing the

-  pointer to the next argument in the argument list is CPU specific following the EFIAPI ABI.

-

-  @param   Marker   The pointer to the beginning of a variable argument list.

-  @param   TYPE     The type of argument to retrieve from the beginning

-                    of the variable argument list.

-

-  @return  An argument of the type specified by TYPE.

-

-**/

-#define BASE_ARG(Marker, TYPE)   (*(TYPE *) ((Marker += _BASE_INT_SIZE_OF (TYPE)) - _BASE_INT_SIZE_OF (TYPE)))

-

-///

-/// Define the maximum number of characters that are required to

-/// encode with a NULL terminator a decimal, hexadecimal, GUID,

-/// or TIME value.

-///

-///  Maximum Length Decimal String     = 28

-///    "-9,223,372,036,854,775,808"

-///  Maximum Length Hexadecimal String = 17

-///    "FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF"

-///  Maximum Length GUID               = 37

-///    "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"

-///  Maximum Length TIME               = 18

-///    "12/12/2006  12:12"

-///

-#define MAXIMUM_VALUE_CHARACTERS  38

-

-///

-/// Pointer to the start of a variable argument list stored in a memory buffer. Same as UINT8 *.

-///

-typedef UINTN  *BASE_LIST;

-

-/**

-  Returns the size of a data type in sizeof(UINTN) units rounded up to the nearest UINTN boundary.

-

-  @param  TYPE  The date type to determine the size of.

-

-  @return The size of TYPE in sizeof (UINTN) units rounded up to the nearest UINTN boundary.

-**/

-#define _BASE_INT_SIZE_OF(TYPE) ((sizeof (TYPE) + sizeof (UINTN) - 1) / sizeof (UINTN))

-

-//

-// Print primitives

-//

-#define PREFIX_SIGN           BIT1

-#define PREFIX_BLANK          BIT2

-#define LONG_TYPE             BIT4

-#define OUTPUT_UNICODE        BIT6

-#define FORMAT_UNICODE        BIT8

-#define PAD_TO_WIDTH          BIT9

-#define ARGUMENT_UNICODE      BIT10

-#define PRECISION             BIT11

-#define ARGUMENT_REVERSED     BIT12

-#define COUNT_ONLY_NO_PRINT   BIT13

-

-///

-/// Flags bitmask values use in UnicodeValueToString() and

-/// AsciiValueToString()

-///

-#define LEFT_JUSTIFY      0x01

-#define COMMA_TYPE        0x08

-#define PREFIX_ZERO       0x20

-#define RADIX_HEX         0x80

-

-//

-// Record date and time information

-//

-typedef struct {

-  UINT16  Year;

-  UINT8   Month;

-  UINT8   Day;

-  UINT8   Hour;

-  UINT8   Minute;

-  UINT8   Second;

-  UINT8   Pad1;

-  UINT32  Nanosecond;

-  INT16   TimeZone;

-  UINT8   Daylight;

-  UINT8   Pad2;

-} TIME;

-

-

-/**

-  Copies one Null-terminated Unicode string to another Null-terminated Unicode

-  string and returns the new Unicode string.

-

-  This function copies the contents of the Unicode string Source to the Unicode

-  string Destination, and returns Destination. If Source and Destination

-  overlap, then the results are undefined.

-

-  If Destination is NULL, then return NULL.

-  If Destination is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then return NULL.

-

-  @param  Destination A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.

-  @param  Source      A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.

-

-  @return Destination.

-

-**/

-CHAR16 *

-StrCpy (

-  OUT     CHAR16                    *Destination,

-  IN      CONST CHAR16              *Source

-  );

-

-/**

-  Returns the length of a Null-terminated Unicode string.

-

-  This function returns the number of Unicode characters in the Null-terminated

-  Unicode string specified by String.

-

-  If String is NULL, then return 0.

-

-  @param  String  A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.

-

-  @return The length of String.

-

-**/

-UINTN

-FceStrLen (

-  IN      CONST CHAR16              *String

-  );

-

-/**

-  Returns the size of a Null-terminated Unicode string in bytes, including the

-  Null terminator.

-

-  This function returns the size, in bytes, of the Null-terminated Unicode string

-  specified by String.

-

-  If String is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If String is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().

-  If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and String contains more than

-  PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode characters, not including the

-  Null-terminator, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  String  A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.

-

-  @return The size of String.

-

-**/

-UINTN

-FceStrSize (

-  IN      CONST CHAR16              *String

-  );

-

-/**

-  Compares two Null-terminated Unicode strings, and returns the difference

-  between the first mismatched Unicode characters.

-

-  This function compares the Null-terminated Unicode string FirstString to the

-  Null-terminated Unicode string SecondString. If FirstString is identical to

-  SecondString, then 0 is returned. Otherwise, the value returned is the first

-  mismatched Unicode character in SecondString subtracted from the first

-  mismatched Unicode character in FirstString.

-

-  @param  FirstString   A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.

-  @param  SecondString  A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.

-

-  @retval 0      FirstString is identical to SecondString.

-  @return others FirstString is not identical to SecondString.

-

-**/

-INTN

-FceStrCmp (

-  IN      CONST CHAR16              *FirstString,

-  IN      CONST CHAR16              *SecondString

-  );

-

-/**

-  Concatenates one Null-terminated Unicode string to another Null-terminated

-  Unicode string, and returns the concatenated Unicode string.

-

-  This function concatenates two Null-terminated Unicode strings. The contents

-  of Null-terminated Unicode string Source are concatenated to the end of

-  Null-terminated Unicode string Destination. The Null-terminated concatenated

-  Unicode String is returned. If Source and Destination overlap, then the

-  results are undefined.

-

-  If Destination is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If Destination is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().

-  If Source is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If Source is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().

-  If Source and Destination overlap, then ASSERT().

-  If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and Destination contains more

-  than PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode characters, not including the

-  Null-terminator, then ASSERT().

-  If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and Source contains more than

-  PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode characters, not including the

-  Null-terminator, then ASSERT().

-  If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and concatenating Destination

-  and Source results in a Unicode string with more than

-  PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode characters, not including the

-  Null-terminator, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  Destination A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.

-  @param  Source      A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.

-

-  @return Destination.

-

-**/

-CHAR16 *

-StrCat (

-  IN OUT  CHAR16                    *Destination,

-  IN      CONST CHAR16              *Source

-  );

-

-/**

-  Returns the first occurrence of a Null-terminated Unicode sub-string

-  in a Null-terminated Unicode string.

-

-  This function scans the contents of the Null-terminated Unicode string

-  specified by String and returns the first occurrence of SearchString.

-  If SearchString is not found in String, then NULL is returned.  If

-  the length of SearchString is zero, then String is

-  returned.

-

-  If String is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If String is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().

-  If SearchString is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If SearchString is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().

-

-  If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and SearchString

-  or String contains more than PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode

-  characters, not including the Null-terminator, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  String          A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.

-  @param  SearchString    A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string to search for.

-

-  @retval NULL            If the SearchString does not appear in String.

-  @return others          If there is a match.

-

-**/

-CHAR16 *

-StrStr (

-  IN      CONST CHAR16              *String,

-  IN      CONST CHAR16              *SearchString

-  );

-

-/**

-  Convert a Null-terminated Unicode decimal string to a value of

-  type UINT64.

-

-  This function returns a value of type UINT64 by interpreting the contents

-  of the Unicode string specified by String as a decimal number. The format

-  of the input Unicode string String is:

-

-                  [spaces] [decimal digits].

-

-  The valid decimal digit character is in the range [0-9]. The

-  function will ignore the pad space, which includes spaces or

-  tab characters, before [decimal digits]. The running zero in the

-  beginning of [decimal digits] will be ignored. Then, the function

-  stops at the first character that is a not a valid decimal character

-  or a Null-terminator, whichever one comes first.

-

-  If String is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If String is not aligned in a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().

-  If String has only pad spaces, then 0 is returned.

-  If String has no pad spaces or valid decimal digits,

-  then 0 is returned.

-  If the number represented by String overflows according

-  to the range defined by UINT64, then ASSERT().

-

-  If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and String contains

-  more than PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode characters, not including

-  the Null-terminator, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  String          A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.

-

-  @retval Value translated from String.

-

-**/

-UINT64

-FceStrDecimalToUint64 (

-  IN      CONST CHAR16              *String

-  );

-

-

-/**

-  Convert one Null-terminated ASCII string to a Null-terminated

-  Unicode string and returns the Unicode string.

-

-  This function converts the contents of the ASCII string Source to the Unicode

-  string Destination, and returns Destination.  The function terminates the

-  Unicode string Destination by appending a Null-terminator character at the end.

-  The caller is responsible to make sure Destination points to a buffer with size

-  equal or greater than ((AsciiStrLen (Source) + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16)) in bytes.

-

-  @param  Source        A pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string.

-  @param  Destination   A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.

-

-  @return Destination.

-  @return NULL          If Destination or Source is NULL, return NULL.

-

-**/

-CHAR16 *

-AsciiStrToUnicodeStr (

-  IN      CONST CHAR8               *Source,

-  OUT     CHAR16                    *Destination

-  );

-

-/**

-  Worker function that produces a Null-terminated string in an output buffer

-  based on a Null-terminated format string and variable argument list.

-

-  VSPrint function to process format and place the results in Buffer. Since a

-  VA_LIST is used this routine allows the nesting of Vararg routines. Thus

-  this is the main print working routine

-

-  @param  StartOfBuffer The character buffer to print the results of the parsing

-                        of Format into.

-  @param  BufferSize    The maximum number of characters to put into buffer.

-                        Zero means no limit.

-  @param  Flags         Initial flags value.

-                        Can only have FORMAT_UNICODE and OUTPUT_UNICODE set

-  @param  FormatString  A Null-terminated format string.

-  @param  ...           The variable argument list.

-

-  @return The number of characters printed.

-

-**/

-UINTN

-BasePrintLibSPrint (

-  OUT CHAR8        *StartOfBuffer,

-  IN  UINTN        BufferSize,

-  IN  UINTN        Flags,

-  IN  CONST CHAR8  *FormatString,

-  ...

-  );

-

-/**

-  Produces a Null-terminated Unicode string in an output buffer based on a Null-terminated

-  Unicode format string and variable argument list.

-

-  Produces a Null-terminated Unicode string in the output buffer specified by StartOfBuffer

-  and BufferSize.

-  The Unicode string is produced by parsing the format string specified by FormatString.

-  Arguments are pulled from the variable argument list based on the contents of the format string.

-  The number of Unicode characters in the produced output buffer is returned not including

-  the Null-terminator.

-  If BufferSize is 0 or 1, then no output buffer is produced and 0 is returned.

-

-  If BufferSize > 1 and StartOfBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If BufferSize > 1 and StartOfBuffer is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().

-  If BufferSize > 1 and FormatString is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If BufferSize > 1 and FormatString is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().

-  If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and FormatString contains more than

-  PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode characters not including the Null-terminator, then

-  ASSERT().

-  If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and produced Null-terminated Unicode string

-  contains more than PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode characters not including the

-  Null-terminator, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  StartOfBuffer   A pointer to the output buffer for the produced Null-terminated

-                          Unicode string.

-  @param  BufferSize      The size, in bytes, of the output buffer specified by StartOfBuffer.

-  @param  FormatString    A Null-terminated Unicode format string.

-  @param  ...             Variable argument list whose contents are accessed based on the

-                          format string specified by FormatString.

-

-  @return The number of Unicode characters in the produced output buffer not including the

-          Null-terminator.

-

-**/

-UINTN

-UnicodeSPrint (

-  OUT CHAR16        *StartOfBuffer,

-  IN  UINTN         BufferSize,

-  IN  CONST CHAR16  *FormatString,

-  ...

-  );

-

-/**

-  Convert a Null-terminated Unicode string to a Null-terminated

-  ASCII string and returns the ASCII string.

-

-  This function converts the content of the Unicode string Source

-  to the ASCII string Destination by copying the lower 8 bits of

-  each Unicode character. It returns Destination. The function terminates

-  the ASCII string Destination  by appending a Null-terminator character

-  at the end. The caller is responsible to make sure Destination points

-  to a buffer with size equal or greater than (FceStrLen (Source) + 1) in bytes.

-

-  If Destination is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If Source is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If Source is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().

-  If Source and Destination overlap, then ASSERT().

-

-  If any Unicode characters in Source contain non-zero value in

-  the upper 8 bits, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  Source        Pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.

-  @param  Destination   Pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string.

-

-  @reture Destination

-

-**/

-CHAR8 *

-UnicodeStrToAsciiStr (

-  IN      CONST CHAR16             *Source,

-  OUT           CHAR8              *Destination

-  );

-

-/**

-  Allocate new memory and then copy the Unicode string Source to Destination.

-

-  @param  Dest                   Location to copy string

-  @param  Src                    String to copy

-

-**/

-VOID

-NewStringCpy (

-  IN OUT CHAR16       **Dest,

-  IN CHAR16           *Src

-  );

-

-/**

-  Convert a Null-terminated Unicode hexadecimal string to a value of type UINT64.

-

-  This function returns a value of type UINT64 by interpreting the contents

-  of the Unicode string specified by String as a hexadecimal number.

-  The format of the input Unicode string String is

-

-                  [spaces][zeros][x][hexadecimal digits].

-

-  The valid hexadecimal digit character is in the range [0-9], [a-f] and [A-F].

-  The prefix "0x" is optional. Both "x" and "X" is allowed in "0x" prefix.

-  If "x" appears in the input string, it must be prefixed with at least one 0.

-  The function will ignore the pad space, which includes spaces or tab characters,

-  before [zeros], [x] or [hexadecimal digit]. The running zero before [x] or

-  [hexadecimal digit] will be ignored. Then, the decoding starts after [x] or the

-  first valid hexadecimal digit. Then, the function stops at the first character that is

-  a not a valid hexadecimal character or NULL, whichever one comes first.

-

-  If String is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If String is not aligned in a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().

-  If String has only pad spaces, then zero is returned.

-  If String has no leading pad spaces, leading zeros or valid hexadecimal digits,

-  then zero is returned.

-  If the number represented by String overflows according to the range defined by

-  UINT64, then ASSERT().

-

-  If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and String contains more than

-  PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode characters, not including the Null-terminator,

-  then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  String          A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.

-

-  @retval Value translated from String.

-

-**/

-UINT64

-FceStrHexToUint64 (

-  IN      CONST CHAR16             *String

-  );

-

-

-CHAR16

-ToUpper (

-  CHAR16  a

-  );

-

-CHAR16

-ToLower (

-  CHAR16  a

-  );

-

-/**

-  Performs a case-insensitive comparison between a Null-terminated

-  Unicode pattern string and a Null-terminated Unicode string.

-

-  @param  String   - A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.

-  @param  Pattern  - A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode pattern string.

-

-

-  @retval TRUE     - Pattern was found in String.

-  @retval FALSE    - Pattern was not found in String.

-

-**/

-BOOLEAN

-MetaiMatch (

-  IN CHAR16                           *String,

-  IN CHAR16                           *Pattern

-  );

-

-/**

-  Multiplies a 64-bit unsigned integer by a 32-bit unsigned integer and

-  generates a 64-bit unsigned result.

-

-  This function multiplies the 64-bit unsigned value Multiplicand by the 32-bit

-  unsigned value Multiplier and generates a 64-bit unsigned result. This 64-

-  bit unsigned result is returned.

-

-  @param  Multiplicand  A 64-bit unsigned value.

-  @param  Multiplier    A 32-bit unsigned value.

-

-  @return Multiplicand * Multiplier.

-

-**/

-UINT64

-MultU64x32 (

-  IN      UINT64                    Multiplicand,

-  IN      UINT32                    Multiplier

-  );

-

-/**

-  Divides a 64-bit unsigned integer by a 32-bit unsigned integer and generates

-  a 64-bit unsigned result.

-

-  This function divides the 64-bit unsigned value Dividend by the 32-bit

-  unsigned value Divisor and generates a 64-bit unsigned quotient. This

-  function returns the 64-bit unsigned quotient.

-

-  If Divisor is 0, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  Dividend  A 64-bit unsigned value.

-  @param  Divisor   A 32-bit unsigned value.

-

-  @return Dividend / Divisor

-

-**/

-UINT64

-DivU64x32 (

-  IN      UINT64                    Dividend,

-  IN      UINT32                    Divisor

-  );

-

-/**

-  Shifts a 64-bit integer left between 0 and 63 bits. The low bits are filled

-  with zeros. The shifted value is returned.

-

-  This function shifts the 64-bit value Operand to the left by Count bits. The

-  low Count bits are set to zero. The shifted value is returned.

-

-  If Count is greater than 63, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  Operand The 64-bit operand to shift left.

-  @param  Count   The number of bits to shift left.

-

-  @return Operand << Count.

-

-**/

-UINT64

-LShiftU64 (

-  IN      UINT64                    Operand,

-  IN      UINTN                     Count

-  );

-

-/**

-  Shifts a 64-bit integer right between 0 and 63 bits. This high bits are

-  filled with zeros. The shifted value is returned.

-

-  This function shifts the 64-bit value Operand to the right by Count bits. The

-  high Count bits are set to zero. The shifted value is returned.

-

-  If Count is greater than 63, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  Operand The 64-bit operand to shift right.

-  @param  Count   The number of bits to shift right.

-

-  @return Operand >> Count.

-

-**/

-UINT64

-RShiftU64 (

-  IN      UINT64                    Operand,

-  IN      UINTN                     Count

-  );

-

-

-/**

-  Divides a 64-bit unsigned integer by a 32-bit unsigned integer and generates

-  a 64-bit unsigned result and an optional 32-bit unsigned remainder.

-

-  This function divides the 64-bit unsigned value Dividend by the 32-bit

-  unsigned value Divisor and generates a 64-bit unsigned quotient. If Remainder

-  is not NULL, then the 32-bit unsigned remainder is returned in Remainder.

-  This function returns the 64-bit unsigned quotient.

-

-  If Divisor is 0, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  Dividend  A 64-bit unsigned value.

-  @param  Divisor   A 32-bit unsigned value.

-  @param  Remainder A pointer to a 32-bit unsigned value. This parameter is

-                    optional and may be NULL.

-

-  @return Dividend / Divisor

-

-**/

-UINT64

-DivU64x32Remainder (

-  IN      UINT64                    Dividend,

-  IN      UINT32                    Divisor,

-  OUT     UINT32                    *Remainder

-  );

-

-/**

-  Copies a buffer to an allocated buffer.

-

-  Allocates the number bytes specified by AllocationSize, copies allocationSize bytes

-  from Buffer to the newly allocated buffer, and returns a pointer to the allocated

-  buffer.  If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned.  If there

-  is not enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.

-

-  If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  AllocationSize        The number of bytes to allocate and zero.

-  @param  Buffer                The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer.

-

-  @return A pointer to the allocated buffer or NULL if allocation fails.

-

-**/

-VOID *

-FceAllocateCopyPool (

-  IN UINTN       AllocationSize,

-  IN CONST VOID  *Buffer

-  );

-

-/**

-  Initializes the head node of a doubly-linked list, and returns the pointer to

-  the head node of the doubly-linked list.

-

-  Initializes the forward and backward links of a new linked list. After

-  initializing a linked list with this function, the other linked list

-  functions may be used to add and remove nodes from the linked list. It is up

-  to the caller of this function to allocate the memory for ListHead.

-

-  If ListHead is NULL, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  ListHead  A pointer to the head node of a new doubly-linked list.

-

-  @return ListHead

-

-**/

-LIST_ENTRY *

-InitializeListHead (

-  IN OUT  LIST_ENTRY                *ListHead

-  );

-

-/**

-  Adds a node to the beginning of a doubly-linked list, and returns the pointer

-  to the head node of the doubly-linked list.

-

-  Adds the node Entry at the beginning of the doubly-linked list denoted by

-  ListHead, and returns ListHead.

-

-  If ListHead is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If Entry is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If ListHead was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or

-  InitializeListHead(), then ASSERT().

-  If PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth is not zero, and prior to insertion the number

-  of nodes in ListHead, including the ListHead node, is greater than or

-  equal to PcdMaximumLinkedListLength, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  ListHead  A pointer to the head node of a doubly-linked list.

-  @param  Entry     A pointer to a node that is to be inserted at the beginning

-                    of a doubly-linked list.

-

-  @return ListHead

-

-**/

-LIST_ENTRY *

-InsertHeadList (

-  IN OUT  LIST_ENTRY                *ListHead,

-  IN OUT  LIST_ENTRY                *Entry

-  );

-

-/**

-  Adds a node to the end of a doubly-linked list, and returns the pointer to

-  the head node of the doubly-linked list.

-

-  Adds the node Entry to the end of the doubly-linked list denoted by ListHead,

-  and returns ListHead.

-

-  If ListHead is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If Entry is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If ListHead was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or

-  InitializeListHead(), then ASSERT().

-  If PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth is not zero, and prior to insertion the number

-  of nodes in ListHead, including the ListHead node, is greater than or

-  equal to PcdMaximumLinkedListLength, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  ListHead  A pointer to the head node of a doubly-linked list.

-  @param  Entry     A pointer to a node that is to be added at the end of the

-                    doubly-linked list.

-

-  @return ListHead

-

-**/

-LIST_ENTRY *

-InsertTailList (

-  IN OUT  LIST_ENTRY                *ListHead,

-  IN OUT  LIST_ENTRY                *Entry

-  );

-

-/**

-  Retrieves the first node of a doubly-linked list.

-

-  Returns the first node of a doubly-linked list.  List must have been

-  initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or InitializeListHead().

-  If List is empty, then List is returned.

-

-  If List is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If List was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or

-  InitializeListHead(), then ASSERT().

-  If PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth is not zero, and the number of nodes

-  in List, including the List node, is greater than or equal to

-  PcdMaximumLinkedListLength, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  List  A pointer to the head node of a doubly-linked list.

-

-  @return The first node of a doubly-linked list.

-  @retval NULL  The list is empty.

-

-**/

-LIST_ENTRY *

-GetFirstNode (

-  IN      CONST LIST_ENTRY          *List

-  );

-

-/**

-  Retrieves the next node of a doubly-linked list.

-

-  Returns the node of a doubly-linked list that follows Node.

-  List must have been initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE()

-  or InitializeListHead().  If List is empty, then List is returned.

-

-  If List is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If Node is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If List was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or

-  InitializeListHead(), then ASSERT().

-  If PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth is not zero, and List contains more than

-  PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth nodes, then ASSERT().

-  If PcdVerifyNodeInList is TRUE and Node is not a node in List, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  List  A pointer to the head node of a doubly-linked list.

-  @param  Node  A pointer to a node in the doubly-linked list.

-

-  @return A pointer to the next node if one exists. Otherwise List is returned.

-

-**/

-LIST_ENTRY *

-GetNextNode (

-  IN      CONST LIST_ENTRY          *List,

-  IN      CONST LIST_ENTRY          *Node

-  );

-

-/**

-  Retrieves the previous node of a doubly-linked list.

-

-  Returns the node of a doubly-linked list that precedes Node.

-  List must have been initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE()

-  or InitializeListHead().  If List is empty, then List is returned.

-

-  If List is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If Node is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If List was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or

-  InitializeListHead(), then ASSERT().

-  If PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth is not zero, and List contains more than

-  PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth nodes, then ASSERT().

-  If PcdVerifyNodeInList is TRUE and Node is not a node in List, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  List  A pointer to the head node of a doubly-linked list.

-  @param  Node  A pointer to a node in the doubly-linked list.

-

-  @return A pointer to the previous node if one exists. Otherwise List is returned.

-

-**/

-LIST_ENTRY *

-GetPreviousNode (

-  IN      CONST LIST_ENTRY          *List,

-  IN      CONST LIST_ENTRY          *Node

-  );

-

-/**

-  Checks to see if a doubly-linked list is empty or not.

-

-  Checks to see if the doubly-linked list is empty. If the linked list contains

-  zero nodes, this function returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE.

-

-  If ListHead is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If ListHead was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or

-  InitializeListHead(), then ASSERT().

-  If PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth is not zero, and the number of nodes

-  in List, including the List node, is greater than or equal to

-  PcdMaximumLinkedListLength, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  ListHead  A pointer to the head node of a doubly-linked list.

-

-  @retval TRUE  The linked list is empty.

-  @retval FALSE The linked list is not empty.

-

-**/

-BOOLEAN

-IsListEmpty (

-  IN      CONST LIST_ENTRY          *ListHead

-  );

-

-/**

-  Determines if a node in a doubly-linked list is the head node of a the same

-  doubly-linked list.  This function is typically used to terminate a loop that

-  traverses all the nodes in a doubly-linked list starting with the head node.

-

-  Returns TRUE if Node is equal to List.  Returns FALSE if Node is one of the

-  nodes in the doubly-linked list specified by List.  List must have been

-  initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or InitializeListHead().

-

-  If List is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If Node is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If List was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or InitializeListHead(),

-  then ASSERT().

-  If PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth is not zero, and the number of nodes

-  in List, including the List node, is greater than or equal to

-  PcdMaximumLinkedListLength, then ASSERT().

-  If PcdVerifyNodeInList is TRUE and Node is not a node in List and Node is not

-  equal to List, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  List  A pointer to the head node of a doubly-linked list.

-  @param  Node  A pointer to a node in the doubly-linked list.

-

-  @retval TRUE  Node is the head of the doubly-linked list pointed by List.

-  @retval FALSE Node is not the head of the doubly-linked list pointed by List.

-

-**/

-BOOLEAN

-IsNull (

-  IN      CONST LIST_ENTRY          *List,

-  IN      CONST LIST_ENTRY          *Node

-  );

-

-/**

-  Determines if a node the last node in a doubly-linked list.

-

-  Returns TRUE if Node is the last node in the doubly-linked list specified by

-  List. Otherwise, FALSE is returned. List must have been initialized with

-  INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or InitializeListHead().

-

-  If List is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If Node is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If List was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or

-  InitializeListHead(), then ASSERT().

-  If PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth is not zero, and the number of nodes

-  in List, including the List node, is greater than or equal to

-  PcdMaximumLinkedListLength, then ASSERT().

-  If PcdVerifyNodeInList is TRUE and Node is not a node in List, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  List  A pointer to the head node of a doubly-linked list.

-  @param  Node  A pointer to a node in the doubly-linked list.

-

-  @retval TRUE  Node is the last node in the linked list.

-  @retval FALSE Node is not the last node in the linked list.

-

-**/

-BOOLEAN

-IsNodeAtEnd (

-  IN      CONST LIST_ENTRY          *List,

-  IN      CONST LIST_ENTRY          *Node

-  );

-

-/**

-  Removes a node from a doubly-linked list, and returns the node that follows

-  the removed node.

-

-  Removes the node Entry from a doubly-linked list. It is up to the caller of

-  this function to release the memory used by this node if that is required. On

-  exit, the node following Entry in the doubly-linked list is returned. If

-  Entry is the only node in the linked list, then the head node of the linked

-  list is returned.

-

-  If Entry is NULL, then ASSERT().

-  If Entry is the head node of an empty list, then ASSERT().

-  If PcdMaximumLinkedListLength is not zero, and the number of nodes in the

-  linked list containing Entry, including the Entry node, is greater than

-  or equal to PcdMaximumLinkedListLength, then ASSERT().

-

-  @param  Entry A pointer to a node in a linked list.

-

-  @return Entry.

-

-**/

-LIST_ENTRY *

-RemoveEntryList (

-  IN      CONST LIST_ENTRY          *Entry

-  );

-

-#endif

diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Expression.c b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Expression.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 34b310d97f..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Expression.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2367 +0,0 @@
-/** @file

-

- Utility functions for expression evaluation.

-

- Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

- SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#include "IfrParse.h"

-

-#define gEmptyString L""

-//

-// Global stack used to evaluate boolean expresions

-//

-EFI_HII_VALUE *mOpCodeScopeStack = NULL;

-EFI_HII_VALUE *mOpCodeScopeStackEnd = NULL;

-EFI_HII_VALUE *mOpCodeScopeStackPointer = NULL;

-

-EFI_HII_VALUE *mExpressionEvaluationStack = NULL;

-EFI_HII_VALUE *mExpressionEvaluationStackEnd = NULL;

-EFI_HII_VALUE *mExpressionEvaluationStackPointer = NULL;

-UINTN         mExpressionEvaluationStackOffset = 0;

-

-EFI_HII_VALUE *mCurrentExpressionStack = NULL;

-EFI_HII_VALUE *mCurrentExpressionEnd = NULL;

-EFI_HII_VALUE *mCurrentExpressionPointer = NULL;

-

-EFI_HII_VALUE *mMapExpressionListStack = NULL;

-EFI_HII_VALUE *mMapExpressionListEnd = NULL;

-EFI_HII_VALUE *mMapExpressionListPointer = NULL;

-

-/**

-  Get Value for given Name from a NameValue Storage.

-

-  @param  Storage                The NameValue Storage.

-  @param  Name                   The Name.

-  @param  Value                  The retured Value.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            Value found for given Name.

-  @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND          No such Name found in NameValue storage.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-GetValueByName (

-  IN FORMSET_STORAGE         *Storage,

-  IN CHAR16                  *Name,

-  IN OUT CHAR16              **Value

-  )

-{

-  LIST_ENTRY              *Link;

-  NAME_VALUE_NODE         *Node;

-

-  *Value = NULL;

-

-  Link = GetFirstNode (&Storage->NameValueListHead);

-  while (!IsNull (&Storage->NameValueListHead, Link)) {

-    Node = NAME_VALUE_NODE_FROM_LINK (Link);

-

-    if (FceStrCmp (Name, Node->Name) == 0) {

-      NewStringCpy (Value, Node->EditValue);

-      return EFI_SUCCESS;

-    }

-

-    Link = GetNextNode (&Storage->NameValueListHead, Link);

-  }

-

-  return EFI_NOT_FOUND;

-}

-

-/**

-  Grow size of the stack.

-

-  This is an internal function.

-

-  @param  Stack                  On input: old stack; On output: new stack

-  @param  StackPtr               On input: old stack pointer; On output: new stack

-                                 pointer

-  @param  StackEnd               On input: old stack end; On output: new stack end

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            Grow stack success.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES   No enough memory for stack space.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-GrowStack (

-  IN OUT EFI_HII_VALUE  **Stack,

-  IN OUT EFI_HII_VALUE  **StackPtr,

-  IN OUT EFI_HII_VALUE  **StackEnd

-  )

-{

-  UINTN           Size;

-  EFI_HII_VALUE  *NewStack;

-

-  Size = EXPRESSION_STACK_SIZE_INCREMENT;

-  if (*StackPtr != NULL) {

-    Size = Size + (*StackEnd - *Stack);

-  }

-

-  NewStack = AllocatePool (Size * sizeof (EFI_HII_VALUE));

-  if (NewStack == NULL) {

-    return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-  }

-

-  if (*StackPtr != NULL) {

-    //

-    // Copy from Old Stack to the New Stack

-    //

-    CopyMem (

-      NewStack,

-      *Stack,

-      (*StackEnd - *Stack) * sizeof (EFI_HII_VALUE)

-      );

-

-    //

-    // Free The Old Stack

-    //

-    FreePool (*Stack);

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Make the Stack pointer point to the old data in the new stack

-  //

-  *StackPtr = NewStack + (*StackPtr - *Stack);

-  *Stack    = NewStack;

-  *StackEnd = NewStack + Size;

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-

-/**

-  Push an element onto the Boolean Stack.

-

-  @param  Stack                  On input: old stack; On output: new stack

-  @param  StackPtr               On input: old stack pointer; On output: new stack

-                                 pointer

-  @param  StackEnd               On input: old stack end; On output: new stack end

-  @param  Data                   Data to push.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            Push stack success.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-PushStack (

-  IN OUT EFI_HII_VALUE       **Stack,

-  IN OUT EFI_HII_VALUE       **StackPtr,

-  IN OUT EFI_HII_VALUE       **StackEnd,

-  IN EFI_HII_VALUE           *Data

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-

-  //

-  // Check for a stack overflow condition

-  //

-  if (*StackPtr >= *StackEnd) {

-    //

-    // Grow the stack

-    //

-    Status = GrowStack (Stack, StackPtr, StackEnd);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Push the item onto the stack

-  //

-  CopyMem (*StackPtr, Data, sizeof (EFI_HII_VALUE));

-  *StackPtr = *StackPtr + 1;

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-

-/**

-  Pop an element from the stack.

-

-  @param  Stack                  On input: old stack

-  @param  StackPtr               On input: old stack pointer; On output: new stack pointer

-  @param  Data                   Data to pop.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The value was popped onto the stack.

-  @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED      The pop operation underflowed the stack

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-PopStack (

-  IN  EFI_HII_VALUE          *Stack,

-  IN OUT EFI_HII_VALUE       **StackPtr,

-  OUT EFI_HII_VALUE          *Data

-  )

-{

-  //

-  // Check for a stack underflow condition

-  //

-  if (*StackPtr == Stack) {

-    return EFI_ACCESS_DENIED;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Pop the item off the stack

-  //

-  *StackPtr = *StackPtr - 1;

-  CopyMem (Data, *StackPtr, sizeof (EFI_HII_VALUE));

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-

-/**

-  Reset stack pointer to begin of the stack.

-

-**/

-VOID

-ResetCurrentExpressionStack (

-  VOID

-  )

-{

-  mCurrentExpressionPointer = mCurrentExpressionStack;

-}

-

-

-/**

-  Push current expression onto the Stack

-

-  @param  Pointer                Pointer to current expression.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The value was pushed onto the stack.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES   There is not enough system memory to grow the stack.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-PushCurrentExpression (

-  IN VOID  *Pointer

-  )

-{

-  EFI_HII_VALUE  Data;

-

-  Data.Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64;

-  Data.Value.u64 = (UINT64) (UINTN) Pointer;

-

-  return PushStack (

-    &mCurrentExpressionStack,

-    &mCurrentExpressionPointer,

-    &mCurrentExpressionEnd,

-    &Data

-    );

-}

-

-

-/**

-  Pop current expression from the Stack

-

-  @param  Pointer                Pointer to current expression to be pop.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The value was pushed onto the stack.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES   There is not enough system memory to grow the stack.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-PopCurrentExpression (

-  OUT VOID    **Pointer

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS     Status;

-  EFI_HII_VALUE  Data;

-

-  Status = PopStack (

-    mCurrentExpressionStack,

-    &mCurrentExpressionPointer,

-    &Data

-    );

-

-  *Pointer = (VOID *) (UINTN) Data.Value.u64;

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Reset stack pointer to begin of the stack.

-

-**/

-VOID

-ResetMapExpressionListStack (

-  VOID

-  )

-{

-  mMapExpressionListPointer = mMapExpressionListStack;

-}

-

-

-/**

-  Push the list of map expression onto the Stack

-

-  @param  Pointer                Pointer to the list of map expression to be pushed.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The value was pushed onto the stack.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES   There is not enough system memory to grow the stack.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-PushMapExpressionList (

-  IN VOID  *Pointer

-  )

-{

-  EFI_HII_VALUE  Data;

-

-  Data.Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64;

-  Data.Value.u64 = (UINT64) (UINTN) Pointer;

-

-  return PushStack (

-    &mMapExpressionListStack,

-    &mMapExpressionListPointer,

-    &mMapExpressionListEnd,

-    &Data

-    );

-}

-

-

-/**

-  Pop the list of map expression from the Stack

-

-  @param  Pointer                Pointer to the list of map expression to be pop.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The value was pushed onto the stack.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES   There is not enough system memory to grow the stack.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-PopMapExpressionList (

-  OUT VOID    **Pointer

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS     Status;

-  EFI_HII_VALUE  Data;

-

-  Status = PopStack (

-    mMapExpressionListStack,

-    &mMapExpressionListPointer,

-    &Data

-    );

-

-  *Pointer = (VOID *) (UINTN) Data.Value.u64;

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Reset stack pointer to begin of the stack.

-

-**/

-VOID

-ResetScopeStack (

-  VOID

-  )

-{

-  mOpCodeScopeStackPointer = mOpCodeScopeStack;

-}

-

-

-/**

-  Push an Operand onto the Stack

-

-  @param  Operand                Operand to push.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The value was pushed onto the stack.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES   There is not enough system memory to grow the

-                                 stack.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-PushScope (

-  IN UINT8   Operand

-  )

-{

-  EFI_HII_VALUE  Data;

-

-  Data.Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_8;

-  Data.Value.u8 = Operand;

-

-  return PushStack (

-           &mOpCodeScopeStack,

-           &mOpCodeScopeStackPointer,

-           &mOpCodeScopeStackEnd,

-           &Data

-           );

-}

-

-

-/**

-  Pop an Operand from the Stack

-

-  @param  Operand                Operand to pop.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The value was pushed onto the stack.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES   There is not enough system memory to grow the

-                                 stack.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-PopScope (

-  OUT UINT8     *Operand

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS     Status;

-  EFI_HII_VALUE  Data;

-

-  Status = PopStack (

-             mOpCodeScopeStack,

-             &mOpCodeScopeStackPointer,

-             &Data

-             );

-

-  *Operand = Data.Value.u8;

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-

-/**

-  Push an Expression value onto the Stack

-

-  @param  Value                  Expression value to push.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The value was pushed onto the stack.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES   There is not enough system memory to grow the

-                                 stack.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-PushExpression (

-  IN EFI_HII_VALUE  *Value

-  )

-{

-  return PushStack (

-           &mExpressionEvaluationStack,

-           &mExpressionEvaluationStackPointer,

-           &mExpressionEvaluationStackEnd,

-           Value

-           );

-}

-

-

-/**

-  Pop an Expression value from the stack.

-

-  @param  Value                  Expression value to pop.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The value was popped onto the stack.

-  @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED      The pop operation underflowed the stack

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-PopExpression (

-  OUT EFI_HII_VALUE  *Value

-  )

-{

-  return PopStack (

-           mExpressionEvaluationStack + mExpressionEvaluationStackOffset,

-           &mExpressionEvaluationStackPointer,

-           Value

-           );

-}

-

-/**

-  Get current stack offset from stack start.

-

-  @return Stack offset to stack start.

-**/

-UINTN

-SaveExpressionEvaluationStackOffset (

-  )

-{

-  UINTN TempStackOffset;

-  TempStackOffset = mExpressionEvaluationStackOffset;

-  mExpressionEvaluationStackOffset = mExpressionEvaluationStackPointer - mExpressionEvaluationStack;

-  return TempStackOffset;

-}

-

-/**

-  Restore stack offset based on input stack offset

-

-  @param  StackOffset  Offset to stack start.

-

-**/

-VOID

-RestoreExpressionEvaluationStackOffset (

-  UINTN StackOffset

-  )

-{

-  mExpressionEvaluationStackOffset = StackOffset;

-}

-

-

-/**

-  Search a Question in Form scope using its QuestionId.

-

-  @param  Form                   The form which contains this Question.

-  @param  QuestionId             Id of this Question.

-

-  @retval Pointer                The Question.

-  @retval NULL                   Specified Question not found in the form.

-

-**/

-FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *

-IdToQuestion2 (

-  IN FORM_BROWSER_FORM  *Form,

-  IN UINT16             QuestionId

-  )

-{

-  LIST_ENTRY              *Link;

-  FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT  *Question;

-

-  if (QuestionId == 0) {

-    //

-    // The value of zero is reserved

-    //

-    return NULL;

-  }

-

-  Link = GetFirstNode (&Form->StatementListHead);

-  while (!IsNull (&Form->StatementListHead, Link)) {

-    Question = FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT_FROM_LINK (Link);

-

-    if (Question->QuestionId == QuestionId) {

-      return Question;

-    }

-

-    Link = GetNextNode (&Form->StatementListHead, Link);

-  }

-

-  return NULL;

-}

-

-

-/**

-  Search a Question in Formset scope using its QuestionId.

-

-  @param  FormSet                The formset which contains this form.

-  @param  Form                   The form which contains this Question.

-  @param  QuestionId             Id of this Question.

-

-  @retval Pointer                The Question.

-  @retval NULL                   Specified Question not found in the form.

-

-**/

-FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *

-IdToQuestion (

-  IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET  *FormSet,

-  IN FORM_BROWSER_FORM     *Form,

-  IN UINT16                QuestionId

-  )

-{

-  LIST_ENTRY              *Link;

-  FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT  *Question;

-

-  //

-  // Search in the form scope first

-  //

-  Question = IdToQuestion2 (Form, QuestionId);

-  if (Question != NULL) {

-    return Question;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Search in the formset scope

-  //

-  Link = GetFirstNode (&FormSet->FormListHead);

-  while (!IsNull (&FormSet->FormListHead, Link)) {

-    Form = FORM_BROWSER_FORM_FROM_LINK (Link);

-

-    Question = IdToQuestion2 (Form, QuestionId);

-    if (Question != NULL) {

-      return Question;

-    }

-

-    Link = GetNextNode (&FormSet->FormListHead, Link);

-  }

-

-  return NULL;

-}

-

-

-/**

-  Get Expression given its RuleId.

-

-  @param  Form                   The form which contains this Expression.

-  @param  RuleId                 Id of this Expression.

-

-  @retval Pointer                The Expression.

-  @retval NULL                   Specified Expression not found in the form.

-

-**/

-FORM_EXPRESSION *

-RuleIdToExpression (

-  IN FORM_BROWSER_FORM  *Form,

-  IN UINT8              RuleId

-  )

-{

-  LIST_ENTRY       *Link;

-  FORM_EXPRESSION  *Expression;

-

-  Link = GetFirstNode (&Form->ExpressionListHead);

-  while (!IsNull (&Form->ExpressionListHead, Link)) {

-    Expression = FORM_EXPRESSION_FROM_LINK (Link);

-

-    if ((Expression->Type == EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_RULE) && (Expression->RuleId == RuleId)) {

-      return Expression;

-    }

-

-    Link = GetNextNode (&Form->ExpressionListHead, Link);

-  }

-

-  return NULL;

-}

-

-/**

-  Convert the input Unicode character to upper.

-

-  @param String  Th Unicode character to be converted.

-

-**/

-VOID

-IfrStrToUpper (

-  IN CHAR16                   *String

-  )

-{

-  while (*String != 0) {

-    if ((*String >= 'a') && (*String <= 'z')) {

-      *String = (UINT16) ((*String) & ((UINT16) ~0x20));

-    }

-    String++;

-  }

-}

-

-/**

-  Evaluate opcode EFI_IFR_TO_STRING.

-

-  @param  FormSet                Formset which contains this opcode.

-  @param  Format                 String format in EFI_IFR_TO_STRING.

-  @param  Result                 Evaluation result for this opcode.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            Opcode evaluation success.

-  @retval Other                  Opcode evaluation failed.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-IfrToString (

-  IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET  *FormSet,

-  IN UINT8                 Format,

-  OUT  EFI_HII_VALUE       *Result

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS     Status;

-  EFI_HII_VALUE  Value;

-  CHAR16         *PrintFormat;

-  CHAR16         Buffer[MAXIMUM_VALUE_CHARACTERS];

-  UINTN          BufferSize;

-

-  Status = PopExpression (&Value);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  switch (Value.Type) {

-  case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_8:

-  case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_16:

-  case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_32:

-  case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64:

-    BufferSize = MAXIMUM_VALUE_CHARACTERS * sizeof (CHAR16);

-    switch (Format) {

-    case EFI_IFR_STRING_UNSIGNED_DEC:

-    case EFI_IFR_STRING_SIGNED_DEC:

-      PrintFormat = L"%ld";

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_STRING_LOWERCASE_HEX:

-      PrintFormat = L"%lx";

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_STRING_UPPERCASE_HEX:

-      PrintFormat = L"%lX";

-      break;

-

-    default:

-      return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-    }

-    UnicodeSPrint (Buffer, BufferSize, PrintFormat, Value.Value.u64);

-    break;

-

-  case EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING:

-    CopyMem (Result, &Value, sizeof (EFI_HII_VALUE));

-    return EFI_SUCCESS;

-

-  case EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN:

-    break;

-

-  default:

-    return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-  }

-

-  Result->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING;

-  //Result->Value.string = NewString (String, FormSet->HiiHandle);

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Evaluate opcode EFI_IFR_TO_UINT.

-

-  @param  FormSet                Formset which contains this opcode.

-  @param  Result                 Evaluation result for this opcode.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            Opcode evaluation success.

-  @retval Other                  Opcode evaluation failed.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-IfrToUint (

-  IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET  *FormSet,

-  OUT  EFI_HII_VALUE       *Result

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS     Status;

-  EFI_HII_VALUE  Value;

-  CHAR16         *String;

-  CHAR16         *StringPtr;

-

-  Status = PopExpression (&Value);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-

-  if (Value.Type >= EFI_IFR_TYPE_OTHER) {

-    return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-  }

-

-  Status = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  if (Value.Type == EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING) {

-    String = GetToken (Value.Value.string, FormSet->UnicodeBinary);

-    if (String == NULL) {

-      return EFI_NOT_FOUND;

-    }

-

-    IfrStrToUpper (String);

-    StringPtr = StrStr (String, L"0X");

-    if (StringPtr != NULL) {

-      //

-      // Hex string

-      //

-      Result->Value.u64 = FceStrHexToUint64 (String);

-    } else {

-      //

-      // decimal string

-      //

-      Result->Value.u64 = FceStrDecimalToUint64 (String);

-    }

-    FreePool (String);

-  } else {

-    CopyMem (Result, &Value, sizeof (EFI_HII_VALUE));

-  }

-

-  Result->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64;

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Evaluate opcode EFI_IFR_CATENATE.

-

-  @param  FormSet                Formset which contains this opcode.

-  @param  Result                 Evaluation result for this opcode.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            Opcode evaluation success.

-  @retval Other                  Opcode evaluation failed.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-IfrCatenate (

-  IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET  *FormSet,

-  OUT  EFI_HII_VALUE       *Result

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS     Status;

-  EFI_HII_VALUE  Value;

-  CHAR16         *String[2];

-  UINTN          Index;

-  CHAR16         *StringPtr;

-  UINTN          Size;

-

-  //

-  // String[0] - The second string

-  // String[1] - The first string

-  //

-  String[0] = NULL;

-  String[1] = NULL;

-  StringPtr = NULL;

-  Status = EFI_SUCCESS;

-

-  for (Index = 0; Index < 2; Index++) {

-    Status = PopExpression (&Value);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      goto Done;

-    }

-

-    if (Value.Type != EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING) {

-      Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-      goto Done;

-    }

-

-    String[Index] = GetToken (Value.Value.string, FormSet->UnicodeBinary);

-    if (String[Index] == NULL) {

-      Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;

-      goto Done;

-    }

-  }

-

-  Size = FceStrSize (String[0]);

-  StringPtr= AllocatePool (FceStrSize (String[1]) + Size);

-  ASSERT (StringPtr != NULL);

-  StrCpy (StringPtr, String[1]);

-  StrCat (StringPtr, String[0]);

-

-  Result->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING;

-  //Result->Value.string = NewString (StringPtr, FormSet->HiiHandle);

-

-Done:

-  if (String[0] != NULL) {

-    FreePool (String[0]);

-  }

-  if (String[1] != NULL) {

-    FreePool (String[1]);

-  }

-  if (StringPtr != NULL) {

-    FreePool (StringPtr);

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Evaluate opcode EFI_IFR_MATCH.

-

-  @param  FormSet                Formset which contains this opcode.

-  @param  Result                 Evaluation result for this opcode.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            Opcode evaluation success.

-  @retval Other                  Opcode evaluation failed.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-IfrMatch (

-  IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET  *FormSet,

-  OUT  EFI_HII_VALUE       *Result

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS     Status;

-  EFI_HII_VALUE  Value;

-  CHAR16         *String[2];

-  UINTN          Index;

-

-  //

-  // String[0] - The string to search

-  // String[1] - pattern

-  //

-  String[0] = NULL;

-  String[1] = NULL;

-  Status = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  for (Index = 0; Index < 2; Index++) {

-    Status = PopExpression (&Value);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      goto Done;

-    }

-

-    if (Value.Type != EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING) {

-      Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-      goto Done;

-    }

-

-    String[Index] = GetToken (Value.Value.string, FormSet->UnicodeBinary);

-    if (String [Index] == NULL) {

-      Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;

-      goto Done;

-    }

-  }

-

-  Result->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN;

-  Result->Value.b = MetaiMatch (String[0], String[1]);

-

-Done:

-  if (String[0] != NULL) {

-    FreePool (String[0]);

-  }

-  if (String[1] != NULL) {

-    FreePool (String[1]);

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-

-/**

-  Evaluate opcode EFI_IFR_FIND.

-

-  @param  FormSet                Formset which contains this opcode.

-  @param  Format                 Case sensitive or insensitive.

-  @param  Result                 Evaluation result for this opcode.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            Opcode evaluation success.

-  @retval Other                  Opcode evaluation failed.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-IfrFind (

-  IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET  *FormSet,

-  IN UINT8                 Format,

-  OUT  EFI_HII_VALUE       *Result

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS     Status;

-  EFI_HII_VALUE  Value;

-  CHAR16         *String[2];

-  UINTN          Base;

-  CHAR16         *StringPtr;

-  UINTN          Index;

-

-  if (Format > EFI_IFR_FF_CASE_INSENSITIVE) {

-    return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-  }

-

-  Status = PopExpression (&Value);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-  if (Value.Type > EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64) {

-    return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-  }

-  Base = (UINTN) Value.Value.u64;

-

-  //

-  // String[0] - sub-string

-  // String[1] - The string to search

-  //

-  String[0] = NULL;

-  String[1] = NULL;

-  for (Index = 0; Index < 2; Index++) {

-    Status = PopExpression (&Value);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      goto Done;

-    }

-

-    if (Value.Type != EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING) {

-      Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-      goto Done;

-    }

-

-    String[Index] = GetToken (Value.Value.string, FormSet->UnicodeBinary);

-    if (String[Index] == NULL) {

-      Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;

-      goto Done;

-    }

-

-    if (Format == EFI_IFR_FF_CASE_INSENSITIVE) {

-      //

-      // Case insensitive, convert both string to upper case

-      //

-      IfrStrToUpper (String[Index]);

-    }

-  }

-

-  Result->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64;

-  if (Base >= FceStrLen (String[1])) {

-    Result->Value.u64 = 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFULL;

-  } else {

-    StringPtr = StrStr (String[1] + Base, String[0]);

-    Result->Value.u64 = (StringPtr == NULL) ? 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFULL : (StringPtr - String[1]);

-  }

-

-Done:

-  if (String[0] != NULL) {

-    FreePool (String[0]);

-  }

-  if (String[1] != NULL) {

-    FreePool (String[1]);

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-

-/**

-  Evaluate opcode EFI_IFR_MID.

-

-  @param  FormSet                Formset which contains this opcode.

-  @param  Result                 Evaluation result for this opcode.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            Opcode evaluation success.

-  @retval Other                  Opcode evaluation failed.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-IfrMid (

-  IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET  *FormSet,

-  OUT  EFI_HII_VALUE       *Result

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS     Status;

-  EFI_HII_VALUE  Value;

-  CHAR16         *String;

-  UINTN          Base;

-  UINTN          Length;

-  CHAR16         *SubString;

-

-  Status = PopExpression (&Value);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-  if (Value.Type > EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64) {

-    return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-  }

-  Length = (UINTN) Value.Value.u64;

-

-  Status = PopExpression (&Value);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-  if (Value.Type > EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64) {

-    return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-  }

-  Base = (UINTN) Value.Value.u64;

-

-  Status = PopExpression (&Value);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-  if (Value.Type != EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING) {

-    return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-  }

-  String = GetToken (Value.Value.string, FormSet->UnicodeBinary);

-  if (String == NULL) {

-    return EFI_NOT_FOUND;

-  }

-

-  if ((Length == 0) || (Base >= FceStrLen (String))) {

-    SubString = gEmptyString;

-  } else {

-    SubString = String + Base;

-    if ((Base + Length) < FceStrLen (String)) {

-      SubString[Length] = L'\0';

-    }

-  }

-

-  Result->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING;

-  //Result->Value.string = NewString (SubString, FormSet->HiiHandle);

-

-  FreePool (String);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Evaluate opcode EFI_IFR_TOKEN.

-

-  @param  FormSet                Formset which contains this opcode.

-  @param  Result                 Evaluation result for this opcode.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            Opcode evaluation success.

-  @retval Other                  Opcode evaluation failed.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-IfrToken (

-  IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET  *FormSet,

-  OUT  EFI_HII_VALUE       *Result

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS     Status;

-  EFI_HII_VALUE  Value;

-  CHAR16         *String[2];

-  UINTN          Count;

-  CHAR16         *Delimiter;

-  CHAR16         *SubString;

-  CHAR16         *StringPtr;

-  UINTN          Index;

-

-  Status = PopExpression (&Value);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-  if (Value.Type > EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64) {

-    return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-  }

-  Count = (UINTN) Value.Value.u64;

-

-  //

-  // String[0] - Delimiter

-  // String[1] - The string to search

-  //

-  String[0] = NULL;

-  String[1] = NULL;

-  for (Index = 0; Index < 2; Index++) {

-    Status = PopExpression (&Value);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      goto Done;

-    }

-

-    if (Value.Type != EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING) {

-      Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-      goto Done;

-    }

-

-    String[Index] = GetToken (Value.Value.string, FormSet->UnicodeBinary);

-    if (String[Index] == NULL) {

-      Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;

-      goto Done;

-    }

-  }

-

-  Delimiter = String[0];

-  SubString = String[1];

-  while (Count > 0) {

-    SubString = StrStr (SubString, Delimiter);

-    if (SubString != NULL) {

-      //

-      // Skip over the delimiter

-      //

-      SubString = SubString + FceStrLen (Delimiter);

-    } else {

-      break;

-    }

-    Count--;

-  }

-

-  if (SubString == NULL) {

-    //

-    // nth delimited sub-string not found, push an empty string

-    //

-    SubString = gEmptyString;

-  } else {

-    //

-    // Put a NULL terminator for nth delimited sub-string

-    //

-    StringPtr = StrStr (SubString, Delimiter);

-    if (StringPtr != NULL) {

-      *StringPtr = L'\0';

-    }

-  }

-

-  Result->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING;

-  //Result->Value.string = NewString (SubString, FormSet->HiiHandle);

-

-Done:

-  if (String[0] != NULL) {

-    FreePool (String[0]);

-  }

-  if (String[1] != NULL) {

-    FreePool (String[1]);

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-

-/**

-  Evaluate opcode EFI_IFR_SPAN.

-

-  @param  FormSet                Formset which contains this opcode.

-  @param  Flags                  FIRST_MATCHING or FIRST_NON_MATCHING.

-  @param  Result                 Evaluation result for this opcode.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            Opcode evaluation success.

-  @retval Other                  Opcode evaluation failed.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-IfrSpan (

-  IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET  *FormSet,

-  IN UINT8                 Flags,

-  OUT  EFI_HII_VALUE       *Result

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS     Status;

-  EFI_HII_VALUE  Value;

-  CHAR16         *String[2];

-  CHAR16         *Charset;

-  UINTN          Base;

-  UINTN          Index;

-  CHAR16         *StringPtr;

-  BOOLEAN        Found;

-

-  Status = PopExpression (&Value);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-  if (Value.Type > EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64) {

-    return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-  }

-  Base = (UINTN) Value.Value.u64;

-

-  //

-  // String[0] - Charset

-  // String[1] - The string to search

-  //

-  String[0] = NULL;

-  String[1] = NULL;

-  for (Index = 0; Index < 2; Index++) {

-    Status = PopExpression (&Value);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      goto Done;

-    }

-

-    if (Value.Type != EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING) {

-      Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-      goto Done;

-    }

-

-    String[Index] = GetToken (Value.Value.string, FormSet->UnicodeBinary);

-    if (String [Index] == NULL) {

-      Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;

-      goto Done;

-    }

-  }

-

-  if (Base >= FceStrLen (String[1])) {

-    Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-    goto Done;

-  }

-

-  Found = FALSE;

-  StringPtr = String[1] + Base;

-  Charset = String[0];

-  while (*StringPtr != 0 && !Found) {

-    Index = 0;

-    while (Charset[Index] != 0) {

-      if ((*StringPtr >= Charset[Index]) && (*StringPtr <= Charset[Index + 1])) {

-        if (Flags == EFI_IFR_FLAGS_FIRST_MATCHING) {

-          Found = TRUE;

-          break;

-        }

-      } else {

-        if (Flags == EFI_IFR_FLAGS_FIRST_NON_MATCHING) {

-          Found = TRUE;

-          break;

-        }

-      }

-      //

-      // Skip characters pair representing low-end of a range and high-end of a range

-      //

-      Index += 2;

-    }

-

-    if (!Found) {

-      StringPtr++;

-    }

-  }

-

-  Result->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64;

-  Result->Value.u64 = StringPtr - String[1];

-

-Done:

-  if (String[0] != NULL) {

-    FreePool (String[0]);

-  }

-  if (String[1] != NULL) {

-    FreePool (String[1]);

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-

-/**

-  Zero extend integer/boolean/date/time to UINT64 for comparing.

-

-  @param  Value                  HII Value to be converted.

-

-**/

-VOID

-ExtendValueToU64 (

-  IN  EFI_HII_VALUE   *Value

-  )

-{

-  UINT64  Temp;

-

-  Temp = 0;

-  switch (Value->Type) {

-  case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_8:

-    Temp = Value->Value.u8;

-    break;

-

-  case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_16:

-    Temp = Value->Value.u16;

-    break;

-

-  case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_32:

-    Temp = Value->Value.u32;

-    break;

-

-  case EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN:

-    Temp = Value->Value.b;

-    break;

-

-  case EFI_IFR_TYPE_TIME:

-    Temp = Value->Value.u32 & 0xffffff;

-    break;

-

-  case EFI_IFR_TYPE_DATE:

-    Temp = Value->Value.u32;

-    break;

-

-  default:

-    return;

-  }

-

-  Value->Value.u64 = Temp;

-}

-

-

-/**

-  Compare two Hii value.

-

-  @param  Value1                 Expression value to compare on left-hand.

-  @param  Value2                 Expression value to compare on right-hand.

-  @param  FormSet                The pointer to the Formset.

-

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER  Could not perform compare on two values.

-  @retval 0                      Two operators equal.

-  @return Positive value if Value1 is greater than Value2.

-  @retval Negative value if Value1 is less than Value2.

-

-**/

-INTN

-CompareHiiValue (

-  IN  EFI_HII_VALUE        *Value1,

-  IN  EFI_HII_VALUE        *Value2,

-  IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET  *FormSet

-  )

-{

-  INTN    Result;

-  INT64   Temp64;

-  CHAR16  *Str1;

-  CHAR16  *Str2;

-

-  if ((Value1->Type >= EFI_IFR_TYPE_OTHER) || (Value2->Type >= EFI_IFR_TYPE_OTHER) ) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  if ((Value1->Type == EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING) || (Value2->Type == EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING) ) {

-    if (Value1->Type != Value2->Type) {

-      //

-      // Both Operator should be type of String

-      //

-      return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-    }

-

-    if ((Value1->Value.string == 0) || (Value2->Value.string == 0)) {

-      //

-      // StringId 0 is reserved

-      //

-      return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-    }

-

-    if (Value1->Value.string == Value2->Value.string) {

-      return 0;

-    }

-

-    Str1 = GetToken (Value1->Value.string, FormSet->UnicodeBinary);

-    if (Str1 == NULL) {

-      //

-      // String not found

-      //

-      return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-    }

-

-    Str2 = GetToken (Value2->Value.string, FormSet->UnicodeBinary);

-    if (Str2 == NULL) {

-      FreePool (Str1);

-      return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-    }

-

-    Result = FceStrCmp (Str1, Str2);

-

-    FreePool (Str1);

-    FreePool (Str2);

-

-    return Result;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Take remain types(integer, boolean, date/time) as integer

-  //

-  Temp64 = (INT64) (Value1->Value.u64 - Value2->Value.u64);

-  if (Temp64 > 0) {

-    Result = 1;

-  } else if (Temp64 < 0) {

-    Result = -1;

-  } else {

-    Result = 0;

-  }

-

-  return Result;

-}

-

-/**

-  Tell whether this Operand is an constant Expression or not

-

-  @param  Operand                Operand of an IFR OpCode.

-

-  @retval TRUE                   This is an Expression OpCode.

-  @retval FALSE                  Not an Expression OpCode.

-

-**/

-BOOLEAN

-IsConstantExpressionOpCode (

-  IN UINT8              Operand

-  )

-{

-  if ((Operand == EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_VAL_OP)      ||

-      (Operand == EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_ID_OP)       ||

-      (Operand == EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_VAL_LIST_OP )||

-      (Operand == EFI_IFR_QUESTION_REF1_OP)  ||

-      (Operand == EFI_IFR_QUESTION_REF2_OP)  ||

-      (Operand == EFI_IFR_QUESTION_REF3_OP)  ||

-      (Operand == EFI_IFR_THIS_OP )          ||

-      (Operand == EFI_IFR_SECURITY_OP)       ||

-      (Operand == EFI_IFR_GET_OP)            ||

-      (Operand == EFI_IFR_SET_OP)

-      ) {

-    return FALSE;

-  } else {

-    return TRUE;

-  }

-}

-

-/**

-  Update the HiiValue of question from its variable.

-

-  @param  FormSet        FormSet associated with this expression.

-  @param  Question       The pointer to the Question

-

-  @return EFI_SUCCESS

-  @return EFI_NOT_FOUND

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-UpdateHiiValue (

-  IN     FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET     *FormSet,

-  IN     FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT   *Question

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS              Status;

-  FORMSET_STORAGE         *VarList;

-  UINT8                   *VarBuffer;

-  EFI_HII_VALUE           *HiiValue;

-

-  Status   = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  HiiValue = &Question->HiiValue;

-

-  Status = SearchVarStorage (

-             Question,

-             NULL,

-             Question->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset,

-             FormSet->StorageListHead,

-             (CHAR8 **)&VarBuffer,

-             &VarList

-             );

-    if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {

-      return Status;

-    }

-    if (Question->QuestionReferToBitField) {

-      GetBitsQuestionValue (Question, VarBuffer, &HiiValue->Value.u32);

-    } else {

-      CopyMem (&HiiValue->Value.u64, VarBuffer, Question->StorageWidth);

-    }

-    return Status;

-}

-/**

-  Evaluate the result of a HII expression.

-

-  If Expression is NULL, then ASSERT.

-

-  @param  FormSet                FormSet associated with this expression.

-  @param  Form                   Form associated with this expression.

-  @param  Expression             Expression to be evaluated.

-  @param  ConstantExpression     The pointer to the flag of constant expression. If constant, will return TRUE.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The expression evaluated successfuly

-  @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND          The Question which referenced by a QuestionId

-                                 could not be found.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES   There is not enough system memory to grow the

-                                 stack.

-  @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED      The pop operation underflowed the stack

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER  Syntax error with the Expression

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EvaluateExpression (

-  IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET  *FormSet,

-  IN FORM_BROWSER_FORM     *Form,

-  IN OUT FORM_EXPRESSION   *Expression,

-  IN OUT BOOLEAN           *ConstantExpression

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS              Status;

-  LIST_ENTRY              *Link;

-  EXPRESSION_OPCODE       *OpCode;

-  FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT  *Question;

-  FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT  *Question2;

-  UINT16                  Index;

-  EFI_HII_VALUE           Data1;

-  EFI_HII_VALUE           Data2;

-  EFI_HII_VALUE           Data3;

-  FORM_EXPRESSION         *RuleExpression;

-  EFI_HII_VALUE           *Value;

-  INTN                    Result;

-  CHAR16                  *StrPtr;

-  UINT32                  TempValue;

-  LIST_ENTRY              *SubExpressionLink;

-  FORM_EXPRESSION         *SubExpression;

-  UINTN                   StackOffset;

-  UINTN                   TempLength;

-  CHAR16                  TempStr[5];

-  UINT8                   DigitUint8;

-  UINT8                   *TempBuffer;

-

-  //

-  // Save current stack offset.

-  //

-  StackOffset = SaveExpressionEvaluationStackOffset ();

-

-  ASSERT (Expression != NULL);

-  Expression->Result.Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_OTHER;

-

-  Link = GetFirstNode (&Expression->OpCodeListHead);

-  while (!IsNull (&Expression->OpCodeListHead, Link)) {

-    OpCode = EXPRESSION_OPCODE_FROM_LINK (Link);

-

-    Link = GetNextNode (&Expression->OpCodeListHead, Link);

-

-    ZeroMem (&Data1, sizeof (EFI_HII_VALUE));

-    ZeroMem (&Data2, sizeof (EFI_HII_VALUE));

-    ZeroMem (&Data3, sizeof (EFI_HII_VALUE));

-

-    Value = &Data3;

-    Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN;

-    Status = EFI_SUCCESS;

-

-    //

-    // Check whether it is a constant expression or not

-    //

-    if (*ConstantExpression) {

-      *ConstantExpression = IsConstantExpressionOpCode (OpCode->Operand);

-    }

-

-    switch (OpCode->Operand) {

-    //

-    // Built-in functions

-    //

-    case EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_VAL_OP:

-      Question = IdToQuestion (FormSet, Form, OpCode->QuestionId);

-      if (Question == NULL) {

-        Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-      UpdateHiiValue (FormSet, Question);

-      Result = CompareHiiValue (&Question->HiiValue, &OpCode->Value, FormSet);

-      if ((EFI_STATUS)Result == EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER) {

-        Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-      Value->Value.b = (BOOLEAN) ((Result == 0) ? TRUE : FALSE);

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_ID_OP:

-      Question = IdToQuestion (FormSet, Form, OpCode->QuestionId);

-      if (Question == NULL) {

-        Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-

-      Question2 = IdToQuestion (FormSet, Form, OpCode->QuestionId2);

-      if (Question2 == NULL) {

-        Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-      UpdateHiiValue (FormSet, Question);

-      UpdateHiiValue (FormSet, Question2);

-      Result = CompareHiiValue (&Question->HiiValue, &Question2->HiiValue, FormSet);

-      if ((EFI_STATUS)Result == EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER) {

-        Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-      Value->Value.b = (BOOLEAN) ((Result == 0) ? TRUE : FALSE);

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_VAL_LIST_OP:

-

-      Question = IdToQuestion (FormSet, Form, OpCode->QuestionId);

-      if (Question == NULL) {

-        Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-      UpdateHiiValue (FormSet, Question);

-      Value->Value.b = FALSE;

-      for (Index =0; Index < OpCode->ListLength; Index++) {

-        if (Question->HiiValue.Value.u16 == OpCode->ValueList[Index]) {

-          Value->Value.b = TRUE;

-          break;

-        }

-      }

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_DUP_OP:

-      Status = PopExpression (Value);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        goto Done;

-      }

-

-      Status = PushExpression (Value);

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_QUESTION_REF1_OP:

-    case EFI_IFR_THIS_OP:

-      Question = IdToQuestion (FormSet, Form, OpCode->QuestionId);

-      if (Question == NULL) {

-        Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-      UpdateHiiValue (FormSet, Question);

-      Value = &Question->HiiValue;

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_SECURITY_OP:

-      //

-      // Do nothing, as no need for static scaning

-      //

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_GET_OP:

-      //

-      // Get Value from VarStore buffer, EFI VarStore, Name/Value VarStore.

-      //

-      Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_UNDEFINED;

-      Value->Value.u8 = 0;

-      if (OpCode->VarStorage != NULL) {

-        switch (OpCode->VarStorage->Type) {

-        case EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_OP:

-      //

-          // Get value from Buffer

-          //

-          Value->Type = OpCode->ValueType;

-          CopyMem (&Value->Value, OpCode->VarStorage->Buffer + OpCode->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset, OpCode->ValueWidth);

-      break;

-

-        case EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP:

-          //

-          // Get value from Buffer

-          //

-      if (OpCode->VarStorage->NewEfiVarstore) {

-            Value->Type = OpCode->ValueType;

-            CopyMem (&Value->Value, OpCode->VarStorage->Buffer + OpCode->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset, OpCode->ValueWidth);

-      } else {

-        CopyMem (&Value->Value, OpCode->VarStorage->Buffer, OpCode->ValueWidth);

-      }

-

-

-      break;

-        case EFI_HII_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE:

-          if (OpCode->ValueType != EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING) {

-            //

-            // Get value from string except for STRING value.

-            //

-            Status = GetValueByName (OpCode->VarStorage, OpCode->ValueName, &StrPtr);

-            if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-              ASSERT (StrPtr != NULL);

-              TempLength = FceStrLen (StrPtr);

-              if (OpCode->ValueWidth >= ((TempLength + 1) / 2)) {

-                Value->Type = OpCode->ValueType;

-                TempBuffer = (UINT8 *) &Value->Value;

-                ZeroMem (TempStr, sizeof (TempStr));

-                for (Index = 0; Index < TempLength; Index ++) {

-                  TempStr[0] = StrPtr[TempLength - Index - 1];

-                  DigitUint8 = (UINT8) FceStrHexToUint64 (TempStr);

-                  if ((Index & 1) == 0) {

-                    TempBuffer [Index/2] = DigitUint8;

-                  } else {

-                    TempBuffer [Index/2] = (UINT8) ((DigitUint8 << 4) + TempBuffer [Index/2]);

-                  }

-                }

-              }

-              free (StrPtr);

-              StrPtr = NULL;

-            }

-          }

-          break;

-        default:

-          //

-          // Not recognize storage.

-          //

-          Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-          goto Done;

-        }

-      }

-

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_QUESTION_REF3_OP:

-      if (OpCode->DevicePath == 0) {

-        //

-        // EFI_IFR_QUESTION_REF3

-        // Pop an expression from the expression stack

-        //

-        Status = PopExpression (Value);

-        if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-          goto Done;

-        }

-

-        //

-        // Validate the expression value

-        //

-        if ((Value->Type > EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64) || (Value->Value.u64 > 0xffff)) {

-          Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;

-          goto Done;

-        }

-

-        Question = IdToQuestion (FormSet, Form, Value->Value.u16);

-        if (Question == NULL) {

-          Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;

-          goto Done;

-        }

-

-        //

-        // push the questions' value on to the expression stack

-        //

-        Value = &Question->HiiValue;

-      } else {

-        //

-        // BUGBUG: push 0 for EFI_IFR_QUESTION_REF3_2 and EFI_IFR_QUESTION_REF3_3,

-        // since it is impractical to evaluate the value of a Question in another

-        // Hii Package list.

-        //

-        ZeroMem (Value, sizeof (EFI_HII_VALUE));

-      }

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_RULE_REF_OP:

-      //

-      // Find expression for this rule

-      //

-      RuleExpression = RuleIdToExpression (Form, OpCode->RuleId);

-      if (RuleExpression == NULL) {

-        Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-

-      //

-      // Evaluate this rule expression

-      //

-      Status = EvaluateExpression (FormSet, Form, RuleExpression, ConstantExpression);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        goto Done;

-      }

-

-      Value = &RuleExpression->Result;

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_STRING_REF1_OP:

-      Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING;

-      Value->Value.string = OpCode->Value.Value.string;

-      break;

-

-    //

-    // Constant

-    //

-    case EFI_IFR_TRUE_OP:

-    case EFI_IFR_FALSE_OP:

-    case EFI_IFR_ONE_OP:

-    case EFI_IFR_ONES_OP:

-    case EFI_IFR_UINT8_OP:

-    case EFI_IFR_UINT16_OP:

-    case EFI_IFR_UINT32_OP:

-    case EFI_IFR_UINT64_OP:

-    case EFI_IFR_UNDEFINED_OP:

-    case EFI_IFR_VERSION_OP:

-    case EFI_IFR_ZERO_OP:

-      Value = &OpCode->Value;

-      break;

-

-    //

-    // unary-op

-    //

-    case EFI_IFR_LENGTH_OP:

-      Status = PopExpression (Value);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        goto Done;

-      }

-      if (Value->Type != EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING) {

-        Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-

-      StrPtr = GetToken (Value->Value.string, FormSet->UnicodeBinary);

-      if (StrPtr == NULL) {

-        Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-

-      Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64;

-      Value->Value.u64 = FceStrLen (StrPtr);

-      FreePool (StrPtr);

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_NOT_OP:

-      Status = PopExpression (Value);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        goto Done;

-      }

-      if (Value->Type != EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN) {

-        Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-      Value->Value.b = (BOOLEAN) (!Value->Value.b);

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_QUESTION_REF2_OP:

-      //

-      // Pop an expression from the expression stack

-      //

-      Status = PopExpression (Value);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        goto Done;

-      }

-

-      //

-      // Validate the expression value

-      //

-      if ((Value->Type > EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64) || (Value->Value.u64 > 0xffff)) {

-        Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-

-      Question = IdToQuestion (FormSet, Form, Value->Value.u16);

-      if (Question == NULL) {

-        Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-

-      Value = &Question->HiiValue;

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_STRING_REF2_OP:

-      //

-      // Pop an expression from the expression stack

-      //

-      Status = PopExpression (Value);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        goto Done;

-      }

-

-      //

-      // Validate the expression value

-      //

-      if ((Value->Type > EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64) || (Value->Value.u64 > 0xffff)) {

-        Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-

-      Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING;

-      StrPtr = GetToken (Value->Value.u16, FormSet->UnicodeBinary);

-      if (StrPtr == NULL) {

-        //

-        // If String not exit, push an empty string

-        //

-        //Value->Value.string = NewString (gEmptyString, FormSet->HiiHandle);

-      } else {

-        Index = (UINT16) Value->Value.u64;

-        Value->Value.string = Index;

-        FreePool (StrPtr);

-      }

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_TO_BOOLEAN_OP:

-        //

-        // Pop an expression from the expression stack

-        //

-        Status = PopExpression (Value);

-        if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-          goto Done;

-        }

-

-        //

-        // Convert an expression to a Boolean

-        //

-        if (Value->Type <= EFI_IFR_TYPE_DATE) {

-          //

-          // When converting from an unsigned integer, zero will be converted to

-          // FALSE and any other value will be converted to TRUE.

-          //

-          Value->Value.b = (BOOLEAN) (Value->Value.u64 != 0);

-

-          Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN;

-        } else if (Value->Type == EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING) {

-          //

-          // When converting from a string, if case-insensitive compare

-          // with "true" is True, then push True. If a case-insensitive compare

-          // with "false" is True, then push False. Otherwise, push Undefined.

-          //

-          StrPtr = GetToken (Value->Value.string, FormSet->UnicodeBinary);

-          if (StrPtr == NULL) {

-            Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-            goto Done;

-          }

-

-          IfrStrToUpper (StrPtr);

-          if (FceStrCmp (StrPtr, L"TRUE") == 0){

-            Value->Value.b = TRUE;

-          } else if (FceStrCmp (StrPtr, L"FALSE") == 0) {

-            Value->Value.b = FALSE;

-          } else {

-            Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-            FreePool (StrPtr);

-            goto Done;

-          }

-          FreePool (StrPtr);

-          Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN;

-        }

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_TO_STRING_OP:

-      //Status = IfrToString (FormSet, OpCode->Format, Value);

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_TO_UINT_OP:

-      Status = IfrToUint (FormSet, Value);

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_TO_LOWER_OP:

-    case EFI_IFR_TO_UPPER_OP:

-

-      Status = PopExpression (Value);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        goto Done;

-      }

-

-      if (Value->Type != EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING) {

-        Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-

-      StrPtr = GetToken (Value->Value.string, FormSet->UnicodeBinary);

-      if (StrPtr == NULL) {

-        Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-      //

-      // Do nothing here, as these two Opcode are to change or update the String Package

-      //

-      FreePool (StrPtr);

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_BITWISE_NOT_OP:

-      //

-      // Pop an expression from the expression stack

-      //

-      Status = PopExpression (Value);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        goto Done;

-      }

-      if (Value->Type > EFI_IFR_TYPE_DATE) {

-        Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-

-      Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64;

-      Value->Value.u64 = ~Value->Value.u64;

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_SET_OP:

-      //

-      // Pop an expression from the expression stack

-      //

-      Status = PopExpression (Value);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        goto Done;

-      }

-      Data1.Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN;

-      Data1.Value.b = FALSE;

-      //

-      // Not support SetOpcode for static scaning

-      //

-      if (OpCode->VarStorage != NULL) {

-        switch (OpCode->VarStorage->Type) {

-

-      case EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_OP:

-         CopyMem (OpCode->VarStorage->Buffer + OpCode->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset, &Value->Value, OpCode->ValueWidth);

-           Data1.Value.b = TRUE;

-       break;

-        case EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP:

-       if (OpCode->VarStorage->NewEfiVarstore) {

-              CopyMem (OpCode->VarStorage->Buffer + OpCode->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset, &Value->Value, OpCode->ValueWidth);

-              Data1.Value.b = TRUE;

-        } else {

-          CopyMem (OpCode->VarStorage->Buffer, &Value->Value, OpCode->ValueWidth);

-          Data1.Value.b = TRUE;

-        }

-          break;

-        case EFI_HII_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE:

-

-          break;

-          break;

-        default:

-          //

-          // Not recognize storage.

-          //

-          Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-          goto Done;

-          break;

-        }

-        Value = &Data1;

-      }

-      break;

-

-    //

-    // binary-op

-    //

-    case EFI_IFR_ADD_OP:

-    case EFI_IFR_SUBTRACT_OP:

-    case EFI_IFR_MULTIPLY_OP:

-    case EFI_IFR_DIVIDE_OP:

-    case EFI_IFR_MODULO_OP:

-    case EFI_IFR_BITWISE_AND_OP:

-    case EFI_IFR_BITWISE_OR_OP:

-    case EFI_IFR_SHIFT_LEFT_OP:

-    case EFI_IFR_SHIFT_RIGHT_OP:

-      //

-      // Pop an expression from the expression stack

-      //

-      Status = PopExpression (&Data2);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        goto Done;

-      }

-      if (Data2.Type > EFI_IFR_TYPE_DATE) {

-        Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-

-      //

-      // Pop another expression from the expression stack

-      //

-      Status = PopExpression (&Data1);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        goto Done;

-      }

-      if (Data1.Type > EFI_IFR_TYPE_DATE) {

-        Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-

-      Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64;

-

-      switch (OpCode->Operand) {

-        case EFI_IFR_ADD_OP:

-          Value->Value.u64 = Data1.Value.u64 + Data2.Value.u64;

-          break;

-

-        case EFI_IFR_SUBTRACT_OP:

-          Value->Value.u64 = Data1.Value.u64 - Data2.Value.u64;

-          break;

-

-        case EFI_IFR_MULTIPLY_OP:

-          Value->Value.u64 = MultU64x32 (Data1.Value.u64, (UINT32) Data2.Value.u64);

-          break;

-

-        case EFI_IFR_DIVIDE_OP:

-          Value->Value.u64 = DivU64x32 (Data1.Value.u64, (UINT32) Data2.Value.u64);

-          break;

-

-        case EFI_IFR_MODULO_OP:

-          DivU64x32Remainder  (Data1.Value.u64, (UINT32) Data2.Value.u64, &TempValue);

-          Value->Value.u64 = TempValue;

-          break;

-

-        case EFI_IFR_BITWISE_AND_OP:

-          Value->Value.u64 = Data1.Value.u64 & Data2.Value.u64;

-          break;

-

-        case EFI_IFR_BITWISE_OR_OP:

-          Value->Value.u64 = Data1.Value.u64 | Data2.Value.u64;

-          break;

-

-        case EFI_IFR_SHIFT_LEFT_OP:

-          Value->Value.u64 = LShiftU64 (Data1.Value.u64, (UINTN) Data2.Value.u64);

-          break;

-

-        case EFI_IFR_SHIFT_RIGHT_OP:

-          Value->Value.u64 = RShiftU64 (Data1.Value.u64, (UINTN) Data2.Value.u64);

-          break;

-

-        default:

-          break;

-      }

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_AND_OP:

-    case EFI_IFR_OR_OP:

-      //

-      // Two Boolean operator

-      //

-      Status = PopExpression (&Data2);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        goto Done;

-      }

-      if (Data2.Type != EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN) {

-        Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-

-      //

-      // Pop another expression from the expression stack

-      //

-      Status = PopExpression (&Data1);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        goto Done;

-      }

-      if (Data1.Type != EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN) {

-        Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-

-      if (OpCode->Operand == EFI_IFR_AND_OP) {

-        Value->Value.b = (BOOLEAN) (Data1.Value.b && Data2.Value.b);

-      } else {

-        Value->Value.b = (BOOLEAN) (Data1.Value.b || Data2.Value.b);

-      }

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_EQUAL_OP:

-    case EFI_IFR_NOT_EQUAL_OP:

-    case EFI_IFR_GREATER_EQUAL_OP:

-    case EFI_IFR_GREATER_THAN_OP:

-    case EFI_IFR_LESS_EQUAL_OP:

-    case EFI_IFR_LESS_THAN_OP:

-      //

-      // Compare two integer, string, boolean or date/time

-      //

-      Status = PopExpression (&Data2);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        goto Done;

-      }

-      if ((Data2.Type > EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN) && (Data2.Type != EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING)) {

-        Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-

-      //

-      // Pop another expression from the expression stack

-      //

-      Status = PopExpression (&Data1);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        goto Done;

-      }

-

-      Result = CompareHiiValue (&Data1, &Data2, FormSet);

-      if ((EFI_STATUS)Result == EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER) {

-        Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-

-      switch (OpCode->Operand) {

-      case EFI_IFR_EQUAL_OP:

-        Value->Value.b = (BOOLEAN) ((Result == 0) ? TRUE : FALSE);

-        break;

-

-      case EFI_IFR_NOT_EQUAL_OP:

-        Value->Value.b = (BOOLEAN) ((Result != 0) ? TRUE : FALSE);

-        break;

-

-      case EFI_IFR_GREATER_EQUAL_OP:

-        Value->Value.b = (BOOLEAN) ((Result >= 0) ? TRUE : FALSE);

-        break;

-

-      case EFI_IFR_GREATER_THAN_OP:

-        Value->Value.b = (BOOLEAN) ((Result > 0) ? TRUE : FALSE);

-        break;

-

-      case EFI_IFR_LESS_EQUAL_OP:

-        Value->Value.b = (BOOLEAN) ((Result <= 0) ? TRUE : FALSE);

-        break;

-

-      case EFI_IFR_LESS_THAN_OP:

-        Value->Value.b = (BOOLEAN) ((Result < 0) ? TRUE : FALSE);

-        break;

-

-      default:

-        break;

-      }

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_MATCH_OP:

-      Status = IfrMatch (FormSet, Value);

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_CATENATE_OP:

-      Status = IfrCatenate (FormSet, Value);

-      break;

-

-    //

-    // ternary-op

-    //

-    case EFI_IFR_CONDITIONAL_OP:

-      //

-      // Pop third expression from the expression stack

-      //

-      Status = PopExpression (&Data3);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        goto Done;

-      }

-

-      //

-      // Pop second expression from the expression stack

-      //

-      Status = PopExpression (&Data2);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        goto Done;

-      }

-

-      //

-      // Pop first expression from the expression stack

-      //

-      Status = PopExpression (&Data1);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        goto Done;

-      }

-      if (Data1.Type != EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN) {

-        Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-

-      if (Data1.Value.b) {

-        Value = &Data3;

-      } else {

-        Value = &Data2;

-      }

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_FIND_OP:

-      Status = IfrFind (FormSet, OpCode->Format, Value);

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_MID_OP:

-      Status = IfrMid (FormSet, Value);

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_TOKEN_OP:

-      Status = IfrToken (FormSet, Value);

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_SPAN_OP:

-      Status = IfrSpan (FormSet, OpCode->Flags, Value);

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_MAP_OP:

-      //

-      // Pop the check value

-      //

-      Status = PopExpression (&Data1);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        goto Done;

-      }

-      //

-      // Check MapExpression list is valid.

-      //

-      if (OpCode->MapExpressionList.ForwardLink == NULL) {

-        Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-      //

-      // Go through map expression list.

-      //

-      SubExpressionLink = GetFirstNode(&OpCode->MapExpressionList);

-      while (!IsNull (&OpCode->MapExpressionList, SubExpressionLink)) {

-        SubExpression = FORM_EXPRESSION_FROM_LINK (SubExpressionLink);

-        //

-        // Evaluate the first expression in this pair.

-        //

-        Status = EvaluateExpression (FormSet, Form, SubExpression, ConstantExpression);

-        if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-          goto Done;

-        }

-        //

-        // Compare the expression value with current value

-        //

-        if (CompareHiiValue (&Data1, &SubExpression->Result, FormSet) == 0) {

-          //

-          // Try get the map value.

-          //

-          SubExpressionLink = GetNextNode (&OpCode->MapExpressionList, SubExpressionLink);

-          if (IsNull (&OpCode->MapExpressionList, SubExpressionLink)) {

-            Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-            goto Done;

-          }

-          SubExpression = FORM_EXPRESSION_FROM_LINK (SubExpressionLink);

-          Status = EvaluateExpression (FormSet, Form, SubExpression, ConstantExpression);

-          if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-            goto Done;

-          }

-          Value = &SubExpression->Result;

-          break;

-        }

-        //

-        // Skip the second expression on this pair.

-        //

-        SubExpressionLink = GetNextNode (&OpCode->MapExpressionList, SubExpressionLink);

-        if (IsNull (&OpCode->MapExpressionList, SubExpressionLink)) {

-          Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-          goto Done;

-        }

-        //

-        // Goto the first expression on next pair.

-        //

-        SubExpressionLink = GetNextNode (&OpCode->MapExpressionList, SubExpressionLink);

-      }

-

-      //

-      // No map value is found.

-      //

-      if (IsNull (&OpCode->MapExpressionList, SubExpressionLink)) {

-        Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_UNDEFINED;

-        Value->Value.u8 = 0;

-      }

-      break;

-

-    default:

-      break;

-    }

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      goto Done;

-    }

-

-    Status = PushExpression (Value);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      goto Done;

-    }

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Pop the final result from expression stack

-  //

-  Value = &Data1;

-  Status = PopExpression (Value);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    goto Done;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // After evaluating an expression, there should be only one value left on the expression stack

-  //

-  if (PopExpression (Value) != EFI_ACCESS_DENIED) {

-    Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-Done:

-  RestoreExpressionEvaluationStackOffset (StackOffset);

-  if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    CopyMem (&Expression->Result, Value, sizeof (EFI_HII_VALUE));

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Fce.c b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Fce.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 1845c508b5..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Fce.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6449 +0,0 @@
-/** @file

-

- FCE is a tool which enables developers to retrieve and change HII configuration ("Setup")

- data in Firmware Device files (".fd" files).

-

- Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

- SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#include "Fce.h"

-

-#ifndef __GNUC__

-#define COPY_STR      "copy \"%s\" \"%s\" > NUL"

-#define RMDIR_STR     "rmdir /S /Q \"%s\" > NUL"

-#define DEL_STR       "del \"%s\" > NUL"

-#else

-#define COPY_STR      "cp \"%s\" \"%s\" > /dev/null"

-#define RMDIR_STR     "rm -r \"%s\" > /dev/null"

-#define DEL_STR       "rm \"%s\" > /dev/null"

-#endif

-

-//

-// Utility global variables

-//

-OPERATION_TYPE  Operations;

-

-CHAR8  mInputFdName[MAX_FILENAME_LEN];

-CHAR8  mOutputFdName[MAX_FILENAME_LEN];

-CHAR8  mOutTxtName[MAX_FILENAME_LEN];

-CHAR8  mSetupTxtName[MAX_FILENAME_LEN];

-

-CHAR8* mUtilityFilename        = NULL;

-UINT32 mEfiVariableAddr        = 0;

-

-UQI_PARAM_LIST           *mUqiList = NULL;

-UQI_PARAM_LIST           *mLastUqiList = NULL;

-LIST_ENTRY               mVarListEntry;

-LIST_ENTRY               mBfvVarListEntry;

-LIST_ENTRY               mAllVarListEntry;

-LIST_ENTRY               mFormSetListEntry;

-

-//

-// Store GUIDed Section guid->tool mapping

-//

-EFI_HANDLE mParsedGuidedSectionTools = NULL;

-

-CHAR8*     mGuidToolDefinition       = "GuidToolDefinitionConf.ini";

-

-//

-//gFfsArray is used to store all the FFS informations of Fd

-//

-G_EFI_FD_INFO               gEfiFdInfo;

-//

-//mMultiPlatformParam is used to store the structures about multi-platform support

-//

-MULTI_PLATFORM_PARAMETERS   mMultiPlatformParam;

-

-UINT32                      mFormSetOrderRead;

-UINT32                      mFormSetOrderParse;

-

-CHAR8             mFullGuidToolDefinitionDir[_MAX_PATH];

-

-CHAR8             *mFvNameGuidString = NULL;

-

-/**

-  Check the revision of BfmLib. If not matched, return an error.

-

-  @retval  EFI_SUCCESS         If revision matched, return EFI_SUCCESS.

-  @retval  EFI_UNSUPPORTED     Other cases.

-**/

-static

-EFI_STATUS

-CheckBfmLibRevision (

-  VOID

-  )

-{

-  CHAR8          *SystemCommandFormatString;

-  CHAR8          *SystemCommand;

-  CHAR8          *TempSystemCommand;

-  CHAR8          *Revision;

-  FILE           *FileHandle;

-  CHAR8          RevisionStr[_MAX_BUILD_VERSION];

-  UINT32         Len;

-

-  SystemCommandFormatString = NULL;

-  SystemCommand             = NULL;

-  TempSystemCommand         = NULL;

-  Revision                  = "Revision.txt";

-

-  memset (RevisionStr, 0, _MAX_BUILD_VERSION);

-

-  //

-  // Construction 'system' command string

-  //

-  SystemCommandFormatString = "BfmLib -v > %s";

-  SystemCommand = malloc (

-                    strlen (SystemCommandFormatString) + strlen (Revision) + 1

-                  );

-  if (SystemCommand == NULL) {

-    return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-  }

-  sprintf (

-    SystemCommand,

-    "BfmLib -v > %s",

-    Revision

-    );

-

-  if (mFullGuidToolDefinitionDir[0] != 0) {

-    TempSystemCommand = SystemCommand;

-    SystemCommand = malloc (

-                    strlen (mFullGuidToolDefinitionDir) + strlen (OS_SEP_STR) + strlen (SystemCommandFormatString) + strlen (Revision) + 1

-                  );

-

-    if (SystemCommand == NULL) {

-      free (TempSystemCommand);

-      return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-    }

-    strcpy (SystemCommand, mFullGuidToolDefinitionDir);

-    strcat (SystemCommand, OS_SEP_STR);

-    strcat (SystemCommand, TempSystemCommand);

-    free (TempSystemCommand);

-  }

-

-  system (SystemCommand);

-  free (SystemCommand);

-  FileHandle = fopen (Revision, "r");

-  if (FileHandle == NULL) {

-    printf ("Error. Read the revision file of BfmLib failed.\n");

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  fgets(RevisionStr, _MAX_BUILD_VERSION, FileHandle);

-  Len = strlen(RevisionStr);

-  if (RevisionStr[Len - 1] == '\n') {

-    RevisionStr[Len - 1] = 0;

-  }

-  fclose (FileHandle);

-  remove (Revision);

-

-  if (strlen (RevisionStr) > _MAX_BUILD_VERSION - 1) {

-    printf ("The revision string is too long");

-    return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-  }

-  if (strcmp (RevisionStr, __BUILD_VERSION) == 0) {

-    return EFI_SUCCESS;

-  }

-  return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-}

-

-/**

-  Transfer the Ascii string to the Dec Number

-

-  @param   InStr          The Ascii string.

-

-  @retval  DecNum         Return the Dec number.

-**/

-static

-UINT64

-StrToDec (

-  IN  CHAR8     *InStr

-  )

-{

-  UINT8   Index;

-  UINTN   DecNum;

-  UINTN   Temp;

-

-  Index   = 0;

-  DecNum  = 0;

-  Temp    = 0;

-

-  if (InStr == NULL) {

-    return (UINT64)-1;

-  }

-  while (Index < strlen (InStr)) {

-

-    if ((*(InStr + Index) >= '0') && (*(InStr + Index) <= '9')) {

-      Temp = *(InStr + Index) - '0';

-    } else if ((*(InStr + Index) >= 'a') && (*(InStr + Index) <= 'f')) {

-      Temp = *(InStr + Index) - 'a' + 10;

-    } else if ((*(InStr + Index) >= 'A') && (*(InStr + Index) <= 'F')) {

-      Temp = *(InStr + Index) - 'A' + 10;

-    }

-    DecNum = DecNum + Temp * (UINTN) pow (16, strlen (InStr) - Index - 1);

-    Index++;

-  }

-  return DecNum;

-}

-/**

-  Check whether there are some errors in uqi parameters of One_of

-

-  @param Question      The pointer to the question Node.

-  @param UqiValue      The value of One_of.

-

-  @retval TRUE          If existed error, return TRUE;

-  @return FALSE         Otherwise, return FALSE;

-**/

-static

-BOOLEAN

-CheckOneOfParamError (

-  IN CONST FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT   *Question,

-  IN       UINT64                   UqiValue

-  )

-{

-  LIST_ENTRY           *Link;

-  QUESTION_OPTION      *Option;

-  UINT64               Value;

-

-  Link   = NULL;

-  Option = NULL;

-  Value  = 0;

-

-  Link = GetFirstNode (&Question->OptionListHead);

-  while (!IsNull (&Question->OptionListHead, Link)) {

-    Option = QUESTION_OPTION_FROM_LINK (Link);

-    Value  = 0;

-    CopyMem (&Value, &Option->Value.Value.u64, Question->StorageWidth);

-    if (Value == UqiValue) {

-      return FALSE;

-    }

-    Link = GetNextNode (&Question->OptionListHead, Link);

-  }

-

-  return TRUE;

-}

-

-/**

-  Check whether there are some errors in uqi parameters of Orderlist

-

-  @param HiiObjList     The pointer to the Hii Object Node.

-  @param UqiValue       The pointer to the Uqi parameter.

-

-  @retval TRUE          If existed error, return TRUE;

-  @return FALSE         Otherwise, return FALSE;

-**/

-static

-BOOLEAN

-CheckOrderParamError (

-  IN CONST FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT   *Question,

-  IN       CHAR8                    *UqiValue

-  )

-{

-  UINT8    MaxNum;

-  MaxNum     = UqiValue[0];

-

-  if (MaxNum != (UINT8)(Question->MaxContainers)) {

-    return TRUE;

-  }

-

-  return FALSE;

-}

-

-/**

-  Writes a Unicode string

-

-  @param  Package        A pointer to the Unicode string.

-

-  @return NULL

-**/

-static

-VOID

-WriteUnicodeStr (

-  IN     CHAR16              *pcString

-  )

-{

-  UINTN  Index;

-

-  if (pcString == NULL) {

-    return;

-  }

-

-  for (Index = 0; pcString[Index] != 0; Index++) {

-    printf("%c", pcString[Index] & 0x00FF);

-  }

-}

-

-/**

-  Parse and set the quick configure information by the command line.

-

-  Read the UQI Config information from command line directly, and then compare it with the value in VarList.

-  Update the Update flag in Varlist.

-

-  @param  CurUqiList           The pointer to the current uqi

-  @param  DefaultId            The default Id.

-  @param  PlatformId           The platform Id.

-  @param  CurQuestion          The pointer to the matched question

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       It was complete successfully

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED   Update a read-only value

-  @return EFI_ABORTED       An error occurred

-**/

-static

-EFI_STATUS

-SetUqiParametersWithQuestion (

-  IN  UQI_PARAM_LIST   *CurUqiList,

-  IN  UINT16           DefaultId,

-  IN  UINT64           PlatformId,

-  IN  FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *CurQuestion

-  )

-{

-  FORMSET_STORAGE         *VarList;

-  BOOLEAN                 IsFound;

-  UINT8                   *ValueAddrOfVar;

-  UINT16                  Index;

-  UINT64                  QuestionValue;

-  UINT64                  UqiValue;

-  EFI_STATUS              Status;

-  CHAR8                   *ErrorStr;

-  FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET    *FormSet;

-  LIST_ENTRY              *FormSetLink;

-  UINT64                  CurValue;

-

-  VarList        = NULL;

-  Index          = 0;

-  ValueAddrOfVar = NULL;

-  QuestionValue  = 0;

-  UqiValue       = 0;

-  ErrorStr       = NULL;

-  Status         = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  FormSet        = NULL;

-  FormSetLink    = NULL;

-  CurValue       = 0;

-

-  //

-  // Search the Variable List by VarStoreId and Offset

-  //

-  IsFound  = FALSE;

-  FormSetLink = GetFirstNode (&mFormSetListEntry);

-  while (!IsNull (&mFormSetListEntry, FormSetLink)) {

-    FormSet = FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET_FROM_LINK (FormSetLink);

-    Status = SearchVarStorage (

-               CurQuestion,

-               NULL,

-               CurQuestion->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset,

-               FormSet->StorageListHead,

-              (CHAR8 **) &ValueAddrOfVar,

-               &VarList

-             );

-

-    if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      IsFound = TRUE;

-      break;

-    }

-    FormSetLink = GetNextNode (&mFormSetListEntry, FormSetLink);

-  }

-

-  if (!IsFound) {

-    if (CurUqiList->Header.ScriptsLine == 0) {

-      printf ("Error. The question in the command line doesn't store value by EFI_VARSTORE_IFR or EFI_VARSTORE_IFR_EFI.\n");

-    } else {

-      printf ("Error. The question in the line %d of script doesn't store value by EFI_VARSTORE_IFR or EFI_VARSTORE_IFR_EFI.\n", CurUqiList->Header.ScriptsLine);

-    }

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Check the length of variable value

-  //

-  if (CurQuestion->QuestionReferToBitField) {

-    GetBitsQuestionValue (CurQuestion, ValueAddrOfVar, (UINT32*)&QuestionValue);

-  } else {

-    switch (CurQuestion->StorageWidth) {

-

-      case sizeof (UINT8):

-        QuestionValue  = *(UINT8 *)ValueAddrOfVar;

-        break;

-

-      case sizeof (UINT16):

-        QuestionValue  = *(UINT16 *)ValueAddrOfVar;

-        break;

-

-      case sizeof (UINT32):

-        QuestionValue  = *(UINT32 *)ValueAddrOfVar;

-        break;

-

-      case sizeof (UINT64):

-        QuestionValue  = *(UINT64 *)ValueAddrOfVar;

-        break;

-

-      default:

-      //

-      // The storage width of ORDERED_LIST may not be any type above.

-      //

-        ;

-        break;

-    }

-  }

-  UqiValue = *(UINT64 *)CurUqiList->Header.Value;

-  CurUqiList->SameOrNot = TRUE;

-

-  //

-  // Check and set the checkbox value

-  //

-  if (CurQuestion->Operand == EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_OP) {

-    if ((UqiValue != 0) && (UqiValue != 1)) {

-      CurUqiList->ErrorOrNot = TRUE;

-      CurUqiList->SameOrNot  = FALSE;

-      CurUqiList->Error      = malloc (ERROR_INFO_LENGTH * sizeof (CHAR8));

-      if (CurUqiList->Error == NULL) {

-        printf ("Fail to allocate memory!\n");

-        return EFI_ABORTED;

-      }

-      memset (CurUqiList->Error, 0, ERROR_INFO_LENGTH);

-      sprintf (CurUqiList->Error, "Error. The updated value of CHECKBOX 0x%llx is invalid.\n", (unsigned long long) UqiValue);

-      if (CurQuestion->QuestionReferToBitField) {

-        GetBitsQuestionValue (CurQuestion, ValueAddrOfVar, (UINT32*)CurUqiList->Header.DiffValue);

-      } else {

-        memcpy (

-          CurUqiList->Header.DiffValue,

-          ValueAddrOfVar,

-          CurQuestion->StorageWidth

-         );

-      }

-    } else {

-      if (QuestionValue != UqiValue) {

-        if (CurQuestion->QuestionReferToBitField) {

-          GetBitsQuestionValue (CurQuestion, ValueAddrOfVar, (UINT32*)CurUqiList->Header.DiffValue);

-          SetBitsQuestionValue (CurQuestion, ValueAddrOfVar, *(UINT32*)CurUqiList->Header.Value);

-        } else {

-          memcpy (

-            CurUqiList->Header.DiffValue,

-            ValueAddrOfVar,

-            CurQuestion->StorageWidth

-            );

-          memcpy (

-            ValueAddrOfVar,

-            CurUqiList->Header.Value,

-            CurQuestion->StorageWidth

-            );

-        }

-        CurUqiList->SameOrNot   = FALSE;

-      }

-    }

-  }

-  if (CurQuestion->Operand == EFI_IFR_STRING_OP) {

-   if ((FceStrLen((wchar_t *)CurUqiList->Header.Value) + 1) * 2 > CurQuestion->StorageWidth) {

-     CurUqiList->ErrorOrNot = TRUE;

-     CurUqiList->Error = malloc (ERROR_INFO_LENGTH * sizeof (CHAR8));

-      if (CurUqiList->Error == NULL) {

-        printf ("Fail to allocate memory!\n");

-        return EFI_ABORTED;

-      }

-     memset (CurUqiList->Error, 0, ERROR_INFO_LENGTH);

-     sprintf (CurUqiList->Error, "Error. The updated value of STRING exceed its Size.\n");

-     memcpy (

-        CurUqiList->Header.DiffValue,

-        ValueAddrOfVar,

-        CurQuestion->StorageWidth

-      );

-   } else {

-     if (memcmp((CHAR8 *)CurUqiList->Header.Value, ValueAddrOfVar, CurQuestion->StorageWidth) != 0) {

-       memcpy(

-          CurUqiList->Header.DiffValue,

-          ValueAddrOfVar,

-          CurQuestion->StorageWidth

-          );

-       memcpy(

-          ValueAddrOfVar,

-          CurUqiList->Header.Value,

-          CurQuestion->StorageWidth

-          );

-       CurUqiList->SameOrNot = FALSE;

-     }

-    }

-  }

-  //

-  // Check and set the NUMERIC value

-  //

-  if (CurQuestion->Operand == EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_OP) {

-    if ((UqiValue < CurQuestion->Minimum) || (UqiValue > CurQuestion->Maximum)) {

-      CurUqiList->ErrorOrNot = TRUE;

-      CurUqiList->SameOrNot  = FALSE;

-      CurUqiList->Error = malloc (ERROR_INFO_LENGTH * sizeof (CHAR8));

-      if (CurUqiList->Error == NULL) {

-        printf ("Fail to allocate memory!\n");

-        return EFI_ABORTED;

-      }

-      memset (CurUqiList->Error, 0, ERROR_INFO_LENGTH);

-      sprintf (CurUqiList->Error, "Error. The updated value of NUMERIC 0x%llx is invalid.\n", (unsigned long long) UqiValue);

-      if (CurQuestion->QuestionReferToBitField) {

-        GetBitsQuestionValue (CurQuestion, ValueAddrOfVar, (UINT32*)CurUqiList->Header.DiffValue);

-      } else {

-        memcpy (

-          CurUqiList->Header.DiffValue,

-          ValueAddrOfVar,

-          CurQuestion->StorageWidth

-        );

-      }

-    } else {

-      if (QuestionValue != UqiValue) {

-        if (CurQuestion->QuestionReferToBitField) {

-          GetBitsQuestionValue (CurQuestion, ValueAddrOfVar, (UINT32*)CurUqiList->Header.DiffValue);

-          SetBitsQuestionValue (CurQuestion, ValueAddrOfVar, *(UINT32*)CurUqiList->Header.Value);

-        } else {

-          memcpy (

-          CurUqiList->Header.DiffValue,

-            ValueAddrOfVar,

-            CurQuestion->StorageWidth

-            );

-          memcpy (

-            ValueAddrOfVar,

-            CurUqiList->Header.Value,

-            CurQuestion->StorageWidth

-            );

-        }

-        CurUqiList->SameOrNot = FALSE;

-      }

-    }

-  }

-  //

-  // Check and set the ONE_OF value

-  //

-  if (CurQuestion->Operand == EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP) {

-    if (CheckOneOfParamError (CurQuestion, UqiValue)) {

-      CurUqiList->ErrorOrNot = TRUE;

-      CurUqiList->SameOrNot  = FALSE;

-      CurUqiList->Error = malloc (ERROR_INFO_LENGTH * sizeof (CHAR8));

-      if (CurUqiList->Error == NULL) {

-        printf ("Fail to allocate memory!\n");

-        return EFI_ABORTED;

-      }

-      memset (CurUqiList->Error, 0, ERROR_INFO_LENGTH);

-      sprintf (CurUqiList->Error, "Error. The updated ONE_OF value 0x%llx is invalid.\n", (unsigned long long) UqiValue);

-      if (CurQuestion->QuestionReferToBitField) {

-        GetBitsQuestionValue (CurQuestion, ValueAddrOfVar, (UINT32*)CurUqiList->Header.DiffValue);

-      } else {

-        memcpy (

-          CurUqiList->Header.DiffValue,

-          ValueAddrOfVar,

-          CurQuestion->StorageWidth

-        );

-      }

-    } else {

-      if (QuestionValue != UqiValue) {

-        if (CurQuestion->QuestionReferToBitField) {

-          GetBitsQuestionValue (CurQuestion, ValueAddrOfVar, (UINT32*)CurUqiList->Header.DiffValue);

-          SetBitsQuestionValue (CurQuestion, ValueAddrOfVar, *(UINT32*)CurUqiList->Header.Value);

-        } else {

-          memcpy (

-            CurUqiList->Header.DiffValue,

-            ValueAddrOfVar,

-            CurQuestion->StorageWidth

-            );

-          memcpy (

-            ValueAddrOfVar,

-            CurUqiList->Header.Value,

-            CurQuestion->StorageWidth

-            );

-        }

-        CurUqiList->SameOrNot   = FALSE;

-      }

-    }

-  }

-  //

-  // Check and set the ORDER_LIST value

-  //

-  if (CurQuestion->Operand == EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST_OP) {

-    //

-    // Synchronize the MaxContainers value

-    //

-    *CurUqiList->Header.DiffValue = (UINT8)CurQuestion->MaxContainers;

-

-    if (CheckOrderParamError (CurQuestion, (CHAR8 *)CurUqiList->Header.Value)) {

-

-      CurUqiList->ErrorOrNot = TRUE;

-      CurUqiList->SameOrNot  = FALSE;

-      CurUqiList->Error = malloc (ERROR_INFO_LENGTH * sizeof (CHAR8));

-      if (CurUqiList->Error == NULL) {

-        printf ("Fail to allocate memory!\n");

-        return EFI_ABORTED;

-      }

-      memset (CurUqiList->Error, 0, ERROR_INFO_LENGTH);

-

-      ErrorStr = CurUqiList->Error;

-      sprintf (ErrorStr, "Error. The updated NORDERED_LIST value ");

-      ErrorStr = ErrorStr + strlen ("Error. The updated NORDERED_LIST value ");

-

-      for (Index = 0; Index < CurQuestion->StorageWidth; Index++) {

-        sprintf (ErrorStr, "%02x ", *(CurUqiList->Header.Value + Index + 1));

-        ErrorStr +=3;

-      }

-      sprintf (ErrorStr, "is invalid.\n");

-      memcpy (

-        CurUqiList->Header.DiffValue + 1,

-        ValueAddrOfVar,

-        CurQuestion->StorageWidth

-      );

-    } else {

-      for (Index = 0; Index < CurQuestion->StorageWidth/CurQuestion->MaxContainers; Index++) {

-        CurValue = 0;

-        memcpy (

-           &CurValue,

-          (ValueAddrOfVar + Index * CurQuestion->StorageWidth/CurQuestion->MaxContainers),

-           CurQuestion->StorageWidth/CurQuestion->MaxContainers

-        );

-        if (CurValue != *((UINT64 *)CurUqiList->Header.Value + Index + 1)) {

-          CurUqiList->SameOrNot   = FALSE;

-          break;

-        }

-      }

-      if (!CurUqiList->SameOrNot) {

-        memcpy (

-          CurUqiList->Header.DiffValue + 1,

-          ValueAddrOfVar,

-          CurQuestion->StorageWidth

-        );

-        for (Index = 0; Index < CurQuestion->MaxContainers; Index++) {

-          switch (CurQuestion->StorageWidth/CurQuestion->MaxContainers) {

-

-          case sizeof (UINT8):

-            *((UINT8 *)ValueAddrOfVar + Index) = *(UINT8 *)((UINT64 *)CurUqiList->Header.Value + 1 + Index);

-            break;

-

-          case sizeof (UINT16):

-            *((UINT16 *)ValueAddrOfVar + Index) = *(UINT16 *)((UINT64 *)CurUqiList->Header.Value + 1 + Index);

-            break;

-

-          case sizeof (UINT32):

-            *((UINT32 *)ValueAddrOfVar + Index) = *(UINT32 *)((UINT64 *)CurUqiList->Header.Value + 1 + Index);

-            break;

-

-          case sizeof (UINT64):

-            *((UINT64 *)ValueAddrOfVar + Index) = *((UINT64 *)CurUqiList->Header.Value + 1 + Index);

-            break;

-

-          default:

-            *((UINT8 *)ValueAddrOfVar + Index) = *(UINT8 *)((UINT64 *)CurUqiList->Header.Value + 1 + Index);

-            break;

-          }

-        }

-        //

-        // Update the vaule of ORDERED_LIST according to its size

-        //

-        CurUqiList->Header.Value = (UINT8 *)((UINT64 *)CurUqiList->Header.Value);

-        memcpy (

-          CurUqiList->Header.Value + 1,

-          ValueAddrOfVar,

-          CurQuestion->StorageWidth

-          );

-      }

-    }

-  }

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Parse and set the quick configure information by the command line.

-

-  Read the UQI Config information from command line directly, and then compare it with the value in VarList.

-  Update the Update flag in Varlist.

-

-  @param  UqiList              The pointer to the uqi list

-  @param  DefaultId            The default Id.

-  @param  PlatformId           The platform Id.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       It was complete successfully

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED   Update a read-only value

-  @return EFI_ABORTED       An error occurred

-**/

-static

-EFI_STATUS

-SetUqiParameters (

-  IN  UQI_PARAM_LIST   *UqiList,

-  IN  UINT16           DefaultId,

-  IN  UINT64           PlatformId

-  )

-{

-  FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET    *FormSet;

-  LIST_ENTRY              *FormSetLink;

-  FORM_BROWSER_FORM       *Form;

-  LIST_ENTRY              *FormLink;

-  FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT  *Question;

-  LIST_ENTRY              *QuestionLink;

-  LIST_ENTRY              *FormSetEntryListHead;

-  UQI_PARAM_LIST          *CurUqiList;

-

-  FormSet      = NULL;

-  FormSetLink  = NULL;

-  Form         = NULL;

-  FormLink     = NULL;

-  Question     = NULL;

-  QuestionLink = NULL;

-  FormSetEntryListHead = &mFormSetListEntry;

-

-  FormSetLink = GetFirstNode (FormSetEntryListHead);

-  while (!IsNull (FormSetEntryListHead, FormSetLink)) {

-    FormSet = FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET_FROM_LINK (FormSetLink);

-    //

-    // Parse all forms in formset

-    //

-    FormLink = GetFirstNode (&FormSet->FormListHead);

-

-    while (!IsNull (&FormSet->FormListHead, FormLink)) {

-      Form = FORM_BROWSER_FORM_FROM_LINK (FormLink);

-      //

-      // Parse five kinds of Questions in Form

-      //

-      QuestionLink = GetFirstNode (&Form->StatementListHead);

-

-      while (!IsNull (&Form->StatementListHead, QuestionLink)) {

-        Question = FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT_FROM_LINK (QuestionLink);

-        QuestionLink = GetNextNode (&Form->StatementListHead, QuestionLink);

-        //

-        // Parse five kinds of Questions in Form

-        //

-        if ((Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP)

-          || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_OP)

-          || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_OP)

-          || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST_OP)

-          || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_STRING_OP)

-          ) {

-          if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot) {

-            //

-            // Only compare the valid EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP in multi-platform mode

-            //

-            if (Question->Type != EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP) {

-              continue;

-            }

-            if ((Question->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP)

-              && Question->NewEfiVarstore

-              && ((Question->Attributes & EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE) == 0)) {

-              continue;

-            }

-          }

-

-          CurUqiList = UqiList;

-          while (CurUqiList != NULL) {

-            if ((PlatformId == CurUqiList->Header.PlatformId[0])

-              && (DefaultId == CurUqiList->Header.DefaultId[0])

-              && CompareUqiHeader (&(Question->Uqi), &(CurUqiList->Header))

-              ) {

-              //

-              // Add further check to avoid a case that there are many options with a

-              // same UQI (en-Us), but always returns the first one.

-              //

-              if (!CurUqiList->ParseOrNot) {

-                CurUqiList->ParseOrNot = TRUE;

-                break;

-              }

-            }

-            CurUqiList = CurUqiList->Next;

-          }

-          if (CurUqiList != NULL) {

-            SetUqiParametersWithQuestion (CurUqiList, DefaultId, PlatformId, Question);

-          }

-        }

-      }

-      FormLink = GetNextNode (&FormSet->FormListHead, FormLink);

-    }

-    FormSetLink = GetNextNode (FormSetEntryListHead, FormSetLink);

-  }

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Set question value per UqiList.

-

-  @param  UqiList              The pointer to the uqi list

-  @param  DefaultId            The default Id.

-  @param  PlatformId           The platform Id.

-**/

-VOID

-SetUqiParametersMultiMode (

-  IN  UQI_PARAM_LIST   *UqiList,

-  IN  UINT16           DefaultId,

-  IN  UINT64           PlatformId

-  )

-{

-  UQI_PARAM_LIST   *CurUqiList;

-

-  CurUqiList = UqiList;

-  while (CurUqiList != NULL) {

-    if ((CurUqiList->ParseOrNot == FALSE)

-      && (PlatformId == CurUqiList->Header.PlatformId[0])

-      && (DefaultId == CurUqiList->Header.DefaultId[0])

-      ) {

-      CurUqiList->ParseOrNot = TRUE;

-      if (CurUqiList->Header.Question != NULL) {

-        SetUqiParametersWithQuestion (CurUqiList, DefaultId, PlatformId, CurUqiList->Header.Question);

-      }

-    }

-    CurUqiList = CurUqiList->Next;

-  }

-}

-

-/**

-  Find the matched question for each UQI string in UqiList

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-ScanUqiFullList (

-  IN  UQI_PARAM_LIST   *UqiList

-  )

-{

-  FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET    *FormSet;

-  LIST_ENTRY              *FormSetLink;

-  FORM_BROWSER_FORM       *Form;

-  LIST_ENTRY              *FormLink;

-  FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT  *Question;

-  LIST_ENTRY              *QuestionLink;

-  LIST_ENTRY              *FormSetEntryListHead;

-  UQI_PARAM_LIST          *CurUqiList;

-  UINT64           PlatformId;

-  UINT16           DefaultId;

-

-  if (UqiList == NULL) {

-    return EFI_SUCCESS;

-  }

-  FormSet      = NULL;

-  FormSetLink  = NULL;

-  Form         = NULL;

-  FormLink     = NULL;

-  Question     = NULL;

-  QuestionLink = NULL;

-  FormSetEntryListHead = &mFormSetListEntry;

-

-  FormSetLink = FormSetEntryListHead->ForwardLink;

-  while (FormSetEntryListHead != FormSetLink) {

-    FormSet = FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET_FROM_LINK (FormSetLink);

-    //

-    // Parse all forms in formset

-    //

-    FormLink = FormSet->FormListHead.ForwardLink;

-

-    while (&FormSet->FormListHead != FormLink) {

-      Form = FORM_BROWSER_FORM_FROM_LINK (FormLink);

-      //

-      // Parse five kinds of Questions in Form

-      //

-      QuestionLink = Form->StatementListHead.ForwardLink;

-

-      while (&Form->StatementListHead != QuestionLink) {

-        Question = FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT_FROM_LINK (QuestionLink);

-        QuestionLink = QuestionLink->ForwardLink;

-        //

-        // Parse five kinds of Questions in Form

-        //

-        if ((Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP)

-          || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_OP)

-          || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_OP)

-          || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST_OP)

-          || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_STRING_OP)

-          ) {

-          //

-          // Only compare the valid EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP in multi-platform mode

-          //

-          if (Question->Type != EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP) {

-            continue;

-          } else if (Question->NewEfiVarstore

-            && ((Question->Attributes & EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE) == 0)) {

-            continue;

-          }

-

-          CurUqiList = UqiList;

-          PlatformId = 0xFFFFFFFF;

-          DefaultId  = 0xFFFF;

-          while (CurUqiList != NULL) {

-            if ((CurUqiList->Header.Question == NULL)

-              && CompareUqiHeader (&(Question->Uqi), &(CurUqiList->Header))

-              && ((PlatformId != CurUqiList->Header.PlatformId[0]) || (DefaultId != CurUqiList->Header.DefaultId[0]))

-              ) {

-              CurUqiList->Header.Question = Question;

-              PlatformId = CurUqiList->Header.PlatformId[0];

-              DefaultId  = CurUqiList->Header.DefaultId[0];

-            }

-            CurUqiList = CurUqiList->Next;

-          }

-        }

-      }

-      FormLink = FormLink->ForwardLink;

-    }

-    FormSetLink = FormSetLink->ForwardLink;

-  }

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Create and insert the UQI Node to the UQI parameter list.

-

-  @retval  Node address              If successed, return the node address.

-  @retval  NULL                      An error occurred.

-

-**/

-static

-UQI_PARAM_LIST *

-CreateInsertUqiNode (

-  )

-{

-  UQI_PARAM_LIST    *Node;

-

-  Node = (UQI_PARAM_LIST *) malloc (sizeof (UQI_PARAM_LIST));

-  if (Node == NULL) {

-    return NULL;

-  }

-  memset (Node, 0, sizeof (UQI_PARAM_LIST));

-

-  if (mUqiList == NULL) {

-    mUqiList = Node;

-  } else {

-    mLastUqiList->Next = Node;

-  }

-

-  mLastUqiList = Node;

-  return Node;

-}

-/**

-  Parse the first part of QUI string

-

-  @param  **argv[]                   The dual array pointer to the parameters.

-  @param  Number                     The pointer to the number of the first character of UQI.

-  @param  Buffer                     The buffer to store the first part of UQI.

-

-  @retval  EFI_SUCCESS               Parse the QUI parameters successfully.

-  @retval  EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER     An error occurred.

-

-**/

-static

-EFI_STATUS

-ParseFirstpartOfUqi (

-  IN     CHAR8          **argv[],

-  OUT    UINT32         *Number,

-  OUT    UINT16          **Buffer

-  )

-{

-  UINT32   Index;

-

-  Index = 0;

-

-  *Number = (UINT32)StrToDec ((*argv)[0]);

-

-  if ((*Number <= 0) || (*Number > MAX_QUI_PARAM_LEN)) {

-    printf ("Error. Invalid UQI.\n");

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  *Buffer = malloc ((*Number + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16));

-  assert (*Buffer != NULL);

-  memset (*Buffer, 0, (*Number + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16));

-

-  for (Index = 0; Index < *Number; Index++) {

-    if (StrToDec ((*argv)[Index]) > 0xff) {

-      printf ("Error. Invalid UQI.\n");

-      return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-    }

-  *(*Buffer + Index) = (UINT16)StrToDec ((*argv)[Index + 1]);

- }

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Parse the QUI input parameters from the command line

-

-  @param  argc                       The pointer to the number of input parameters.

-  @param  **argv[]                   The dual array pointer to the parameters.

-

-  @retval  EFI_SUCCESS               Parse the QUI parameters successfully.

-  @retval  EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER     An error occurred.

-

-**/

-static

-EFI_STATUS

-ParseUqiParam (

-  IN  UINT32         *argc,

-  IN  CHAR8          **argv[]

-  )

-{

-  UINT32          Index;

-  UQI_PARAM_LIST  *UqiNode;

-  EFI_STATUS      Status;

-

-  Index   = 0;

-  UqiNode = NULL;

-

-  if (*argc < 4) {

-    printf ("Error. The correct command is 'FCE updateq -i <infd> -o <outfd> <UQI> <Question Type> <Value>'.\n");

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  UqiNode = CreateInsertUqiNode ();

-  assert (UqiNode != NULL);

-

-  UqiNode->Header.DefaultId  = (UINT16 *) calloc (1, sizeof (UINT16));

-  UqiNode->Header.PlatformId = (UINT64 *) calloc (1, sizeof (UINT64));

-

-  Status = ParseFirstpartOfUqi (argv, &(UqiNode->Header.HexNum), &(UqiNode->Header.Data));

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-  *argc -= (UqiNode->Header.HexNum + 1);

-  *argv += UqiNode->Header.HexNum + 1;

-  //

-  // Parse the TYPE and value

-  //

-  if (strcmp ("ONE_OF", (*argv)[0]) == 0) {

-    UqiNode->Header.Type = ONE_OF;

-  } else if (strcmp ("NUMERIC", (*argv)[0]) == 0) {

-    UqiNode->Header.Type = NUMERIC;

-  } else if (strcmp ("CHECKBOX", (*argv)[0]) == 0) {

-    UqiNode->Header.Type = CHECKBOX;

-  } else if (strcmp ("STRING", (*argv)[0]) == 0) {

-    UqiNode->Header.Type = STRING;

-  } else if (strcmp ("ORDERED_LIST", (*argv)[0]) == 0) {

-    UqiNode->Header.Type = ORDERED_LIST;

-  } else {

-    printf ("Error. The correct command is 'FCE updateq -i <infd> -o <outfd> <UQI> <Question Type> <Value>'.\n");

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-  *argc -= 1;

-  *argv += 1;

-  //

-  // Get the value according to the type of questions.

-  //

-  switch (UqiNode->Header.Type) {

-

-  case ONE_OF:

-  case NUMERIC:

-  case CHECKBOX:

-    UqiNode->Header.Value    = malloc (sizeof (UINT64));

-    if (UqiNode->Header.Value == NULL) {

-      printf ("Fali to allocate memory!\n");

-      return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-    }

-    memset (UqiNode->Header.Value, 0, sizeof (UINT64));

-

-    UqiNode->Header.DiffValue    = malloc (sizeof (UINT64));

-    if (UqiNode->Header.DiffValue == NULL) {

-      printf ("Fali to allocate memory!\n");

-      return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-    }

-    memset (

-      UqiNode->Header.DiffValue,

-      0,

-      sizeof (UINT64)

-      );

-    *(UINT64 *)(UqiNode->Header.Value) = (UINT64)StrToDec ((*argv)[0]);

-    break;

-

-  case ORDERED_LIST:

-    UqiNode->Header.Value    = malloc (((UINTN)StrToDec ((*argv)[0]) + 1) * sizeof (UINT64));

-    if (UqiNode->Header.Value == NULL) {

-      printf ("Fali to allocate memory!\n");

-      return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-    }

-    memset (

-      UqiNode->Header.Value,

-      0,

-      (UINTN)StrToDec(((*argv)[0]) + 1) * sizeof (UINT64)

-      );

-

-    UqiNode->Header.DiffValue    = malloc (((UINTN)StrToDec ((*argv)[0]) + 1) * sizeof (UINT64));

-    if (UqiNode->Header.DiffValue == NULL) {

-      printf ("Fali to allocate memory!\n");

-      return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-    }

-    memset (

-      UqiNode->Header.DiffValue,

-      0,

-      (UINTN)(StrToDec ((*argv)[0]) + 1) * sizeof (UINT64)

-      );

-

-    *UqiNode->Header.Value = (UINT8)StrToDec ((*argv)[0]);

-    for (Index = 1; Index <= StrToDec ((*argv)[0]); Index++) {

-      *((UINT64 *)UqiNode->Header.Value + Index) = StrToDec ((*argv)[Index]);

-    }

-    *argc -= (UINTN)StrToDec ((*argv)[0]);

-    *argv += (UINTN)StrToDec ((*argv)[0]);

-    break;

-

-  default:

-    break;

-  }

-

-  *argc -= 1;

-  *argv += 1;

-

-  if (*argc > 0) {

-    printf ("Error. The correct command is 'FCE updateq -i <infd> -o <outfd> <UQI> <Question Type> <Value>'.\n");

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-/**

-  Parse the input Fd file, and get the file name according to the FILETYPE.

-

-  @param  FdName             The Name of Fd file

-  @param  FILETYPE           The type of Fd file

-

-  @return EFI_SUCCESS        Get the file name successfully

-  @return EFI_ABORTED        An error occurred.

-**/

-static

-EFI_STATUS

-ParseInFile (

-  IN CHAR8    *FdName,

-  IN FILETYPE Type

-)

-{

-  FILE      *Fptr;

-

-  Fptr  = NULL;

-

-  if ((Type == INFD) && ((FdName == NULL) || (Fptr = fopen (FdName, "r")) == NULL)) {

-    if (FdName != NULL) {

-      printf ("Error: The <infd> file doesn't exist '%s'\n", FdName);

-    }

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  if ((Type == OUTFD) && (FdName == NULL) ) {

-    printf ("Error: The <Outfd> name is NULL.\n");

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  if ((Type == SETUPTXT) && (FdName == NULL) ) {

-    printf ("Error: The <script> name is NULL.\n");

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  if (strlen (FdName) > MAX_FILENAME_LEN - 1) {

-    printf ("Error: The <fd> name is too long.\n");

-    if (Fptr != NULL) {

-      fclose (Fptr);

-    }

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  //

-  // Get and copy the file name

-  //

-  if (Type == INFD) {

-    strncpy (mInputFdName, FdName, MAX_FILENAME_LEN - 1);

-    mInputFdName[MAX_FILENAME_LEN - 1] = 0;

-  }

-  if (Type == OUTFD) {

-    strncpy (mOutputFdName, FdName, MAX_FILENAME_LEN - 1);

-    mOutputFdName[MAX_FILENAME_LEN - 1] = 0;

-  }

-  if (Type == OUTTXT) {

-    strncpy (mOutTxtName, FdName, MAX_FILENAME_LEN - 1);

-    mOutTxtName[MAX_FILENAME_LEN - 1] = 0;

-  }

-  if (Type == SETUPTXT) {

-    strncpy (mSetupTxtName, FdName, MAX_FILENAME_LEN - 1);

-    mSetupTxtName[MAX_FILENAME_LEN - 1] = 0;

-  }

-  if (Fptr != NULL) {

-    fclose (Fptr);

-  }

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-/**

-  Print the usage of this tools.

-

-  @return NULL

-**/

-static

-VOID

-Usage (

-  VOID

-  )

-{

-  //

-  // Print utility header

-  //

-  printf ("\nIntel(R) Firmware Configuration Editor. (Intel(R) %s) Version %d.%d. %s.\n\n",

-    UTILITY_NAME,

-    UTILITY_MAJOR_VERSION,

-    UTILITY_MINOR_VERSION,

-  __BUILD_VERSION

-    );

-  //

-  // Copyright declaration

-  //

-  fprintf (stdout, "Copyright (c) 2010-2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.\n\n");

-  //

-  // Summary usage

-  //

-  fprintf (stdout, "The tool enables you to retrieve and change HII configuration (Setup) data in \n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "Firmware Device files.\n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "\nUsage: \n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "    FCE  [read    -i <infd>  [<PlatformId UQI>] ['>' <script>]] \n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "    FCE  [update  -i <infd>  [<PlatformId UQI>|-s <script>] -o <outfd>\n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "               [--remove|--ignore] [-g <FvNameGuid>]] [-a]\n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "    FCE  [verify  -i <infd>  -s <script>] \n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "    FCE  [updateq -i <infd>  -o <outfd> <UQI> <Question Type> <Value>] \n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "    FCE  [[help] | [-?]] \n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "\n");

-

-  fprintf (stdout, "Options:\n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "    read             Extract the HII data from the <infd> file. \n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "    update           Update the HII data to the <outfd> file. \n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "    verify           Verify the current platform configuration. \n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "    updateq          Update the current platform configuration by command line.\n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "                     updateq only supports common mode.\n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "    help             Display the help information.\n");

-

-  fprintf (stdout, "    <infd>           The name of a existing Firmware Device binary file input. \n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "    <PlatformId UQI> The UQI is required in multi-platform mode to represent a \n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "                     PlatformId question from the VFR files used during binary \n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "                     image creation. It must not be used for common mode. \n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "    <outfd>          The name of a Firmware Device binary file output. \n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "    <script>         The name of a configure scripts.\n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "    <UQI>            A hex number followed by an array of hex numbers. \n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "    <Question Type>  One of ORDERED_LIST, ONE_OF, NUMERIC, STRING or CHECKBOX. \n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "    <Value>          A single hex number, if the <Question Type> is ONE_OF,\n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "                     NUMERIC, or CHECKBOX. Or a single hex number containing \n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "                     the array size followed by an array of that length of hex\n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "                     numbers, if the <Question Type> is ORDERED_LIST. \n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "    <FvNameGuid>     GuidValue is one specific FvName guid value.\n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "                     Its format is xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx.\n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "    -i               Import an existing FD file <infd>. \n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "    -o               Create the new FD with the changes made. \n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "    -s               Import config scripts. \n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "     >               Redirect the output to a scripts. \n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "    -?               Display the help information. \n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "    --remove         If one or more of the settings that are updated also \n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "                     exists in NV RAM, remove them only in multi-platform mode.\n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "    --ignore         If one or more of the settings that are updated also \n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "                     existsin NV RAM, ignore them only in multi-platform mode.\n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "    -g               Specify the FV image to store the multi-platform default \n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "                     setting. If it is missing, the multi-platform default \n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "                     will be inserted into BFV image.\n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "    -a               Specify this tool to choose the smaller size between two \n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "                     different storage formats in NV RAM. It's only vaild in \n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "                     multi-platform mode. \n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "\n");

-

-  fprintf (stdout, "Mode:\n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "    Common           Extract the HII data from IFR binary and update it to the \n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "                     EFI variable. \n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "    Multi-platform   The default value depends on the PlatformId and DefaultId \n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "                     described in the VFR files. This tool will create the \n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "                     binary file to store default settings at build time for \n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "                     different platforms and modes adding all default settings \n");

-  fprintf (stdout, "                     into BFV as one FFS.\n");

-

-  fprintf (stdout, "\n");

-}

-

-/**

-  Parse the command line parameters

-

-  @param   argc                      The pointer to number of input parameters.

-  @param   *argv[]                   The pointer to the parameters.

-

-  @retval  EFI_SUCCESS               Parse the parameters successfully.

-  @retval  EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER     An error occurred.

-

-**/

-static

-EFI_STATUS

-ParseCommmadLine (

-  IN     UINTN          argc,

-  IN     CHAR8          *argv[]

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS     Status;

-  UINT8          Index;

-  UINT8          IndexParamI;

-  UINT8          IndexParamS;

-  UINT8          IndexParamO;

-  UINT8          IndexParamRemove;

-  UINT8          IndexParamIgnore;

-  UINT8          IndexParamOptimize;

-  EFI_GUID       FvNameGuid;

-

-  Status      = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  Index       = 0;

-  IndexParamI = 0;

-  IndexParamO = 0;

-  IndexParamS = 0;

-  IndexParamRemove = 0;

-  IndexParamIgnore = 0;

-  IndexParamOptimize                     = 0;

-  mMultiPlatformParam.SizeOptimizedParam = FALSE;

-  //

-  // Check for only own one operations

-  //

-  if (argc == 0) {

-    Usage ();

-    Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-    goto Done;

-  }

-  if (

-    argc == 1                           \

-    && ((stricmp(argv[0], "read") == 0)   \

-    || (stricmp(argv[0], "update") == 0)  \

-    || (stricmp(argv[0], "updateq") == 0) \

-    || (stricmp(argv[0], "verify") == 0) )

-    ) {

-      printf ("Error:  Some parameters have been lost. Please correct. \n");

-      Usage ();

-      Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-      goto Done;

-   }

-

-  while (argc > 0) {

-    if (stricmp(argv[0], "read") == 0) {

-      Operations = READ;

-      argc--;

-      argv++;

-

-      if (argc < 2) {

-        printf ("Error. The correct command is 'FCE read -i <infd>'. \n");

-        Usage ();

-        Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-      //

-      // Get input FD file name.

-      //

-      if (stricmp (argv[0], "-i") == 0) {

-        Status = ParseInFile (argv[1], INFD);

-        if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-          goto Done;

-        }

-        argc -= 2;

-        argv += 2;

-      }

-     //

-     // Parse the QUI parameters

-     //

-     if (argc > 2) {

-       Status = ParseFirstpartOfUqi (&argv, &(mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.HexNum), &(mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.Data));

-       mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot = TRUE;

-       if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-         goto Done;

-       }

-     }

-     break;

-

-    } else if (stricmp(argv[0], "update") == 0) {

-      //

-      // Update the config file to Fd

-      //

-      Operations = UPDATE;

-      argc--;

-      argv++;

-

-      if (argc < 4) {

-        printf ("Error. The correct command is 'FCE update -i <infd> [<PlatformId UQI>|-s <script>] -o <outfd>' \n");

-        Usage ();

-        Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-

-      continue;

-    } else if (stricmp(argv[0], "verify") == 0) {

-      //

-      // 3. Parse the command line "FCE verify -i <infd> -s <script>"

-      //

-      Operations = VERIFY;

-      argc--;

-      argv++;

-

-      if (argc < 4) {

-        printf ("Error. The correct command is 'FCE verify -i <infd> -s <script>'\n");

-        Usage ();

-        Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-

-      continue;

-    } else if (stricmp(argv[0], "updateq") == 0) {

-      //

-      // Parse the command line "FCE updateq -i <infd> -o<outfd> <UQI> <Question Type> <Value>"

-      //

-      argc--;

-      argv++;

-

-      //

-      // Get input/output FD file name.

-      //

-      Index = 2;

-      while ((Index > 0) && (argc > 1)) {

-        if (stricmp (argv[0], "-i") == 0) {

-          Status = ParseInFile (argv[1], INFD);

-          if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-            goto Done;

-          }

-          argc -= 2;

-          argv += 2;

-          Index--;

-          IndexParamI++;

-          continue;

-        }

-

-        if (stricmp (argv[0], "-o") == 0) {

-          Status = ParseInFile (argv[1], OUTFD);

-          if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-            goto Done;

-          }

-          argc -= 2;

-          argv += 2;

-          Index--;

-          IndexParamO++;

-          continue;

-        }

-        if (

-         (argc >= 1) \

-         && (stricmp(argv[0], "-o") != 0) \

-         && (stricmp(argv[0], "-i") != 0)

-          ) {

-          printf ("Error. The correct command is 'FCE updateq -i <infd> -o <outfd> <UQI> <Question Type> <Value>' \n");

-          Usage();

-          Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-          goto Done;

-        }

-      }

-

-      if (Index != 0) {

-        printf ("Error. The correct command is 'FCE updateq -i <infd> -o <outfd> <UQI> <Question Type> <Value>' \n");

-        Usage ();

-        Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-

-      //

-      // Parse the QUI parameters

-      //

-      Status = ParseUqiParam ((UINT32 *)&argc,&argv);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        goto Done;

-      }

-      Operations = UPDATEQ;

-      break;

-    }

-

-    if (stricmp (argv[0], "-i") == 0) {

-      Status = ParseInFile (argv[1], INFD);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        goto Done;

-      }

-      argc -= 2;

-      argv += 2;

-      IndexParamI++;

-      continue;

-    }

-

-    if (stricmp (argv[0], "-o") == 0) {

-      Status = ParseInFile (argv[1], OUTFD);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        goto Done;

-      }

-      argc -= 2;

-      argv += 2;

-      IndexParamO++;

-      continue;

-    }

-

-    if (stricmp (argv[0], "-s") == 0) {

-      Status = ParseInFile (argv[1], SETUPTXT);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        goto Done;

-      }

-      argc -= 2;

-      argv += 2;

-      IndexParamS++;

-      continue;

-    }

-

-    if (stricmp (argv[0], "-g") == 0) {

-      Status = StringToGuid (argv[1], &FvNameGuid);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        printf ("Error: Invalid parameters for -g option in command line. \n");

-        Usage();

-        goto Done;

-      }

-      mFvNameGuidString = argv[1];

-      argc -= 2;

-      argv += 2;

-      continue;

-    }

-

-    if (stricmp (argv[0], "-a") == 0) {

-      argc -= 1;

-      argv += 1;

-      IndexParamOptimize++;

-      mMultiPlatformParam.SizeOptimizedParam = TRUE;

-      continue;

-    }

-

-    if (stricmp (argv[0], "--remove") == 0) {

-      argc -= 1;

-      argv += 1;

-      IndexParamRemove++;

-      Operations = UPDATE_REMOVE;

-      continue;

-    }

-

-    if (stricmp (argv[0], "--ignore") == 0) {

-      argc -= 1;

-      argv += 1;

-      IndexParamIgnore++;

-      Operations = UPDATE_IGNORE;

-      continue;

-    }

-

-    if ((stricmp(argv[0], "help") == 0) || (stricmp(argv[0], "-?") == 0)) {

-

-      Usage();

-      Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-      goto Done;

-    }

-    //

-    // Operations should not be none

-    //

-    if ( Operations == NONE ) {

-      printf ("Error. Only support read/update/verify/updateq mode. \n");

-      Usage();

-      Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-      goto Done;

-    }

-

-    if (Operations == UPDATE) {

-      Status = ParseFirstpartOfUqi (&argv, &(mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.HexNum), &(mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.Data));

-      if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot = TRUE;

-        argc = argc - mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.HexNum - 1;

-        argv = argv + mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.HexNum + 1;

-        continue;

-      }

-    }

-

-    if (

-      (argc >= 1) \

-      && (stricmp(argv[0], "-?") != 0)

-      && (stricmp(argv[0], "help") != 0)

-      && (stricmp(argv[0], "verify") != 0)

-      && (stricmp(argv[0], "read") != 0)

-      && (stricmp(argv[0], "update") != 0)

-      && (stricmp(argv[0], "updateq") != 0)

-      && (stricmp(argv[0], "-o") != 0)

-      && (stricmp(argv[0], "-i") != 0)

-      && (stricmp(argv[0], "-s") != 0)

-      && (stricmp(argv[0], "-a") != 0)

-      && (stricmp(argv[0], "-g") != 0)

-      && (stricmp(argv[0], "--remove") != 0)

-      && (stricmp(argv[0], "--ignore") != 0)

-      ) {

-      printf ("Error: Invalid parameters exist in command line. \n");

-      Usage();

-      Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-      goto Done;

-    }

-  }

-  //

-  // Check the repeated parameters in command line, such as "-i -i"

-  //

-  if (

-    (IndexParamI > 1)

-    || (IndexParamO > 1)

-    || (IndexParamS > 1)

-    || (IndexParamOptimize > 1)

-    || (IndexParamRemove > 1)

-    || (IndexParamIgnore > 1)

-    ) {

-    printf ("Error:  Redundant parameters exist in command line.\n");

-    Usage();

-    Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-    goto Done;

-  }

-  //

-  // Check improper parameters in command line, such as "FCE read -i -s"

-  //

-  if (

-    ((Operations == READ) && ((IndexParamO >= 1) || (IndexParamS >= 1) || (IndexParamRemove >= 1) || (IndexParamIgnore >= 1))) \

-    || ((Operations == VERIFY) && ((IndexParamO >= 1) || (IndexParamRemove >= 1) || (IndexParamIgnore >= 1))) \

-    || ((Operations == UPDATEQ) && ((IndexParamS >= 1) || (IndexParamRemove >= 1) || (IndexParamIgnore >= 1))) \

-    || ((Operations == UPDATE) && ((IndexParamRemove >= 1) && (IndexParamIgnore >= 1)))

-    || ((Operations != UPDATE && Operations != UPDATE_REMOVE && Operations != UPDATE_IGNORE) && ((IndexParamOptimize >= 1) || (mFvNameGuidString != NULL)))

-   ) {

-    printf ("Error:  Improper parameters exist in command line. \n");

-    Usage();

-    Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-    goto Done;

-  }

-Done:

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Check whether exists the valid variables in NvStorage or not.

-

-  @retval TRUE      If existed, return TRUE.

-  @retval FALSE     Others

-**/

-static

-BOOLEAN

-ExistEfiVarOrNot (

-  IN  LIST_ENTRY  *StorageListHead

-  )

-{

-   EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER   *VarAddr;

-   BOOLEAN                      Existed;

-   VOID                         *VariableStoreHeader;

-   BOOLEAN                      AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot;

-   BOOLEAN                      AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot;

-

-   VarAddr                     = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER   *) gEfiFdInfo.EfiVariableAddr;

-   VariableStoreHeader         = (VOID *)((CHAR8 *)VarAddr + VarAddr->HeaderLength);

-   AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot = FALSE;

-   AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot = FALSE;

-   Existed                     = TRUE;

-   //

-   // Judge the layout of NV by gEfiVariableGuid

-   //

-   AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot  = CheckMonotonicBasedVarStore (VariableStoreHeader);

-   AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot  = CheckTimeBasedVarStoreOrNot (VariableStoreHeader);

-

-   if (AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot) {

-     //

-     // Check the Monotonic based authenticate variable

-     //

-     Existed = ExistMonotonicBasedEfiVarOrNot (StorageListHead);

-   } else if (AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot){

-     //

-     // Check the Time Sample authenticate variable

-     //

-     Existed = ExistTimeBasedEfiVarOrNot (StorageListHead);

-   } else {

-     //

-     // Check the normal variable

-     //

-     Existed = ExistNormalEfiVarOrNot (StorageListHead);

-   }

-

-   return Existed;

-}

-

-/**

-  Exchange the data between Efi variable and the data of VarList

-

-  If VarToList is TRUE, copy the efi variable data to the VarList; Otherwise,

-  update the data from varlist to efi variable.

-

-  @param VarToList         The flag to control the direction of exchange.

-  @param StorageListHead   Decide which variale list be updated

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS      Get the address successfully.

-**/

-static

-EFI_STATUS

-EfiVarAndListExchange (

-  IN BOOLEAN      VarToList,

-  IN  LIST_ENTRY  *StorageListHead

-  )

-{

-   EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER   *VarAddr;

-   EFI_STATUS                   Status;

-   VOID                         *VariableStoreHeader;

-   BOOLEAN                      AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot;

-   BOOLEAN                      AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot;

-

-   Status                      = EFI_ABORTED;

-   VarAddr                     = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER   *) gEfiFdInfo.EfiVariableAddr;

-   VariableStoreHeader         = (VOID *)((CHAR8 *)VarAddr + VarAddr->HeaderLength);

-   AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot = FALSE;

-   AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot = FALSE;

-   //

-   // Judge the layout of NV by gEfiVariableGuid

-   //

-   AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot  = CheckMonotonicBasedVarStore (VariableStoreHeader);

-   AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot  = CheckTimeBasedVarStoreOrNot (VariableStoreHeader);

-

-   if (AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot) {

-     //

-     // Update the Monotonic based authenticate variable

-     //

-     Status = SynAuthEfiVariable (VarToList, StorageListHead);

-   } else if (AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot){

-     //

-     // Update the Time Sample authenticate variable

-     //

-     Status = SynAuthEfiVariableBasedTime (VarToList, StorageListHead);

-   } else {

-     //

-     // Update the normal variable

-     //

-     Status = SynEfiVariable (VarToList, StorageListHead);

-   }

-

-   return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Check the layout of NvStorage and remove the variable from Efi variable

-

-  Found the variable with the same name in StorageListHead and remove it.

-

-  @param StorageListHead   Decide which variale list be removed.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS      Remove the variables successfully.

-**/

-static

-EFI_STATUS

-RemoveEfiVar (

-  IN  LIST_ENTRY  *StorageListHead

-  )

-{

-   EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER   *VarAddr;

-   EFI_STATUS                   Status;

-   VOID                         *VariableStoreHeader;

-   BOOLEAN                      AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot;

-   BOOLEAN                      AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot;

-

-   Status                      = EFI_ABORTED;

-   VarAddr                     = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER   *) gEfiFdInfo.EfiVariableAddr;

-   VariableStoreHeader         = (VOID *)((CHAR8 *)VarAddr + VarAddr->HeaderLength);

-   AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot = FALSE;

-   AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot = FALSE;

-   //

-   // Judge the layout of NV by gEfiVariableGuid

-   //

-   AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot  = CheckMonotonicBasedVarStore (VariableStoreHeader);

-   AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot  = CheckTimeBasedVarStoreOrNot (VariableStoreHeader);

-

-   if (AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot) {

-     //

-     // Update the Monotonic based authenticate variable

-     //

-     Status = RemoveAuthEfiVariable (StorageListHead);

-   } else if (AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot){

-     //

-     // Update the Time Sample authenticate variable

-     //

-     Status = RemoveAuthEfiVariableBasedTime (StorageListHead);

-   } else {

-     //

-     // Update the normal variable

-     //

-     Status = RemoveNormalEfiVariable (StorageListHead);

-   }

-

-   return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Parse the all formset in one VfrBin.

-

-  Parse all questions, variables and expression in VfrBin, and store

-  it in Formset and Form.

-

-  @param BaseAddr           The pointer to the array of VfrBin base address.

-  @param UniBinBaseAddress  The pointer to one Uni string base address.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       The Search was complete successfully

-  @return EFI_ABORTED       An error occurred

-**/

-static

-EFI_STATUS

-ParseFormSetInVfrBin (

-  IN  UINTN     **BaseAddr,

-  IN  UINTN     *UniBinBaseAddress,

-  IN  UINT8     Index

-  )

-{

-  UINT32                PackageLength;

-  EFI_STATUS            Status;

-  FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET  *FormSet;

-  UINT8                 *IfrBinaryData;

-  EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER     *IfrOpHdr;

-  UINT32                IfrOffset;

-

-  PackageLength = 0;

-  Status        = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  FormSet       = NULL;

-  IfrBinaryData = NULL;

-  IfrOpHdr      = NULL;

-

-  //

-  // The first 4 Bytes of VfrBin is used to record the Array Length

-  // The header of VfrBin is, ARRAY LENGTH:4 Bytes, PACKAGE HEADER:4 Bytes (2 Bytes for Len, and the other for Type)

-  //

-  PackageLength = *(UINT32 *)*(BaseAddr + Index) - 4;

-  IfrBinaryData   = (UINT8 *)*(BaseAddr + Index) + 4;

-

-  //

-  // Go through the form package to parse OpCode one by one.

-  //

-  IfrOffset       = sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER);

-

-  while (IfrOffset < PackageLength) {

-    //

-    // Search the Formset in VfrBin

-    //

-    IfrOpHdr  = (EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) (IfrBinaryData + IfrOffset);

-

-    if (IfrOpHdr->OpCode == EFI_IFR_FORM_SET_OP) {

-      FormSet = calloc (sizeof (FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET), sizeof (CHAR8));

-      if (FormSet == NULL) {

-        return EFI_ABORTED;

-      }

-      FormSet->IfrBinaryData   = IfrBinaryData + IfrOffset;

-      FormSet->UnicodeBinary   = (UINT8 *) UniBinBaseAddress;

-      //

-      //This length will be corrected in ParseOpCodes function.

-      //

-      FormSet->IfrBinaryLength = PackageLength - IfrOffset;

-      //

-      // Parse opcodes in the formset IFR binary.

-      //

-      Status = ParseOpCodes (FormSet);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        DestroyAllStorage (FormSet->StorageListHead);

-        DestroyFormSet (FormSet);

-        return EFI_ABORTED;

-      }

-      IfrOffset += FormSet->IfrBinaryLength;

-      FormSet->EnUsStringList.StringInfoList = calloc (sizeof (STRING_INFO), STRING_NUMBER);

-      FormSet->EnUsStringList.CachedIdNum = 0;

-      FormSet->EnUsStringList.MaxIdNum = STRING_NUMBER;

-      FormSet->UqiStringList.StringInfoList = calloc (sizeof (STRING_INFO), STRING_NUMBER);

-      FormSet->UqiStringList.CachedIdNum = 0;

-      FormSet->UqiStringList.MaxIdNum = STRING_NUMBER;

-      //

-      // Insert the FormSet to mFormSet

-      //

-      InsertTailList (&mFormSetListEntry, &FormSet->Link);

-    } else {

-      IfrOffset += IfrOpHdr->Length;

-    }

-  }

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Store all defaultId to mMultiPlatformParam.

-

-  The mMultiPlatformParam.DefaultId[0] is used to store standard default.

-

-  @param DefaultId      The current defaultID.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS   It was complete successfully

-  @return EFI_ABORTED   An error occurred

-**/

-VOID

-StoreAllDefaultId (

-  IN  UINT16   DefaultId

-)

-{

-  UINT32            Index;

-

-  if ((mMultiPlatformParam.DefaultIdNum == 0) && (DefaultId != 0)) {

-      mMultiPlatformParam.DefaultId[0] = DefaultId;

-      mMultiPlatformParam.DefaultIdNum++;

-      return;

-  }

-  //

-  // Only store the different value to mMultiPlatformParam.DefaultId[1] - mMultiPlatformParam.DefaultId[n]

-  //

-  for (Index = 0; Index < mMultiPlatformParam.DefaultIdNum; Index++) {

-    if (mMultiPlatformParam.DefaultId[Index] == DefaultId) {

-      return;

-    }

-  }

-  mMultiPlatformParam.DefaultId[Index] = DefaultId;

-  mMultiPlatformParam.DefaultIdNum++;

-}

-

-/**

-  Read all defaultId and platformId from binary.

-

-  @param  Binary        The pointer to the bianry

-  @param  Storage       The pointer to the Storage

-**/

-VOID

-ReadDefaultAndPlatformIdFromBfv (

-  IN  UINT8             *Binary,

-  IN  FORMSET_STORAGE   *Storage

-)

-{

-  UINT16   Length;

-  UINT16   Size;

-  UINT32   Index;

-

-  Length = *(UINT16 *)Binary - sizeof (UINT16);

-  Index  = 0;

-  Size   = 0;

-

-  Binary = Binary + sizeof (UINT16);

-

-  for (Size = 0; Size < Length; Size += sizeof (UINT16) + mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformIdWidth, Index++) {

-    Storage->DefaultId[Index] = *(UINT16 *)(Binary + Size);

-    memcpy (&Storage->PlatformId[Index], (Binary + Size + sizeof (UINT16)), mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformIdWidth);

-  }

-  Storage->DefaultPlatformIdNum = Index - 1;

-}

-

-/**

-  Store all defaultId and platformId to binary.

-

-  @param  Binary        The pointer to the bianry

-  @param  Storage       The pointer to the Storage

-

-  @retval Length        Return the length of the header

-**/

-UINT32

-WriteDefaultAndPlatformId (

-  IN  UINT8             *Binary,

-  IN  FORMSET_STORAGE   *Storage

-)

-{

-  UINT16   Length;

-  UINT32   Index;

-  UINT8    *Buffer;

-

-  Length = 0;

-  Buffer = Binary;

-

-  Buffer = Buffer + sizeof (CHAR16);

-

-  for (Index = 0; Index <= Storage->DefaultPlatformIdNum; Index++) {

-    *(UINT16 *)Buffer = Storage->DefaultId[Index];

-    Buffer = Buffer + sizeof (CHAR16);

-    memcpy (Buffer, &Storage->PlatformId[Index], mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformIdWidth);

-    Buffer = Buffer + mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformIdWidth;

-  }

-  Length = (UINT16) (Buffer - Binary);

-  //

-  // Record the offset to the first two bytes

-  //

-  *(UINT16 *)Binary = Length;

-

-  return Length;

-}

-

-/**

-  Store all defaultId and platformId to binary.

-

-  @param  Binary        The pointer to the bianry

-  @param  Storage       The pointer to the Storage

-

-  @retval Length        Return the length of the header

-**/

-UINT32

-WriteNvStoreDefaultAndPlatformId (

-  IN  UINT8             *Binary,

-  IN  FORMSET_STORAGE   *Storage

-)

-{

-  UINT16   Length;

-  UINT32   Index;

-  UINT8    *Buffer;

-

-  Length = 0;

-  Buffer = Binary + 8;

-

-  for (Index = 0; Index <= Storage->DefaultPlatformIdNum; Index++) {

-    *(UINT64 *)Buffer = Storage->PlatformId[Index];

-    Buffer = Buffer + sizeof(UINT64);

-    *(UINT16 *)Buffer = Storage->DefaultId[Index];

-    Buffer = Buffer + sizeof(UINT16);

-    // for Resered

-    Buffer = Buffer + 6;

-  }

-  Length = (UINT16) (Buffer - Binary - 8);

-  // for Header size

-  Length += 4;

-  return Length;

-}

-

-/**

-  Read the platformId from questions.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS   It was complete successfully.

-  @return EFI_ABORTED   An error occurred.

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-ReadPlaformId (

-  IN  FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT  *CurQuestion

-)

-{

-  UINT16           Index;

-  UINT64           IdValue;

-  LIST_ENTRY       *Link;

-  QUESTION_OPTION  *Option;

-  UINT64           Step;

-

-  Index            = 0;

-  IdValue          = 0;

-  Step             = 0;

-  //

-  // Check whether it is the question of paltform Id

-  //

-  if (!CompareUqiHeader (&(CurQuestion->Uqi), &(mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi))) {

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  //

-  // Copy the Question with platform to mMultiPlatformParam

-  //

-  memcpy (&mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformIdQuestion, CurQuestion, sizeof (FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT));

-  mMultiPlatformParam.Question = CurQuestion;

-  //

-  // Pick up the value of NUMERIC and ONE_OF from current question and fill it in mMultiPlatformParam

-  //

-  mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformIdWidth = CurQuestion->StorageWidth;

-

-  if (CurQuestion->Operand == EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_OP) {

-    Index = 0;

-    if (CurQuestion->Step == 0) {

-      Step  = 1;

-    } else {

-      Step  = CurQuestion->Step;

-    }

-    for (IdValue = CurQuestion->Minimum; IdValue < CurQuestion->Maximum; IdValue += Step) {

-      mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformId[Index++] = (UINT64)IdValue;

-    }

-  }

-

-  if (CurQuestion->Operand == EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP) {

-    Index = 0;

-

-    Link = GetFirstNode (&CurQuestion->OptionListHead);

-    while (!IsNull (&CurQuestion->OptionListHead, Link)) {

-      Option = QUESTION_OPTION_FROM_LINK (Link);

-      mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformId[Index++] = Option->Value.Value.u64;

-      Link = GetNextNode (&CurQuestion->OptionListHead, Link);

-    }

-  }

-

-  if (Index >= MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM) {

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformIdNum = Index;

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Clear the buffer of Storage list.

-

-  @param StorageListHead The pointer to the entry of the storage list

-  @param DefaultId       The default Id for multi-platform support

-  @param PlatformId      The platform Id for multi-platform support

-

-  @retval NULL

-**/

-VOID

-ClearStorageEntryList (

-  IN  LIST_ENTRY   *StorageListHead,

-  IN  UINT16       DefaultId,

-  IN  UINT64       PlatformId

-  )

-{

-

-  LIST_ENTRY        *StorageLink;

-  FORMSET_STORAGE   *Storage;

-

-  Storage = NULL;

-

-  StorageLink = GetFirstNode (StorageListHead);

-

-  while (!IsNull (StorageListHead, StorageLink)) {

-    Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);

-    if (Storage != NULL) {

-      memset (Storage->Buffer, 0x0, Storage->Size);

-      Storage->DefaultId[0]   = DefaultId;

-      Storage->PlatformId[0] = PlatformId;

-      Storage->DefaultPlatformIdNum = 0;

-    }

-    StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);

-  }

-}

-

-/**

-  Append the platformid and default to the variables of CurDefaultId and CurPlatformId

-

-  @param  StorageListHead     The pointer to the storage list

-  @param  CurDefaultId        The default Id for multi-platform mode

-  @param  CurPlatformId       The platform Id for multi-platform mode

-  @param  DefaultId           The default Id for multi-platform mode

-  @param  PlatformId          The platform Id for multi-platform mode

-

-  @retval NULL

-**/

-VOID

-AppendIdToVariables (

-  IN  LIST_ENTRY   *StorageListHead,

-  IN  UINT16       CurDefaultId,

-  IN  UINT64       CurPlatformId,

-  IN  UINT16       DefaultId,

-  IN  UINT64       PlatformId

-)

-{

-  LIST_ENTRY        *StorageLink;

-  FORMSET_STORAGE   *Storage;

-

-  Storage          = NULL;

-

-  StorageLink = GetFirstNode (StorageListHead);

-

-  while (!IsNull (StorageListHead, StorageLink)) {

-    Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);

-

-    if ((Storage->DefaultId[0] == CurDefaultId)

-      && (Storage->PlatformId[0] == CurPlatformId)

-      ) {

-      ++Storage->DefaultPlatformIdNum;

-      Storage->DefaultId[Storage->DefaultPlatformIdNum]  = DefaultId;

-      Storage->PlatformId[Storage->DefaultPlatformIdNum] = PlatformId;

-    }

-

-    StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);

-  }

-}

-

-

-/**

-  Check whether StorageListHead2 is included in StorageListHead1

-

-  @param  StorageListHead1    The pointer to the entry of storage list

-  @param  StorageListHead2    The pointer to the entry of storage list

-  @param  DefaultId           The default Id for multi-platform mode

-  @param  PlatformId          The platform Id for multi-platform mode

-

-  @retval TRUE        Totally included.

-  @return FALSE       Other cases.

-**/

-BOOLEAN

-ComparePartSameVariableList (

-  IN   LIST_ENTRY   *StorageListHead1,

-  IN   LIST_ENTRY   *StorageListHead2,

-  OUT  UINT16       *DefaultId,

-  OUT  UINT64       *PlatformId

-)

-{

-  LIST_ENTRY        *StorageLink;

-  LIST_ENTRY        *TempStorageHead;

-  LIST_ENTRY        *TempStorageLink;

-  LIST_ENTRY        *TempStorageHead2;

-  LIST_ENTRY        *TempStorageLink2;

-  FORMSET_STORAGE   *Storage;

-  FORMSET_STORAGE   *TempStorage;

-  FORMSET_STORAGE   *TempStorage2;

-  UINT16            CurDefaultId;

-  UINT64            CurPlatformId;

-  UINT32            VariableNum;

-  UINT32            Index;

-

-  StorageLink      = NULL;

-  TempStorageHead  = NULL;

-  TempStorageLink  = NULL;

-  TempStorageHead2 = NULL;

-  TempStorageLink2 = NULL;

-  Storage          = NULL;

-  TempStorage      = NULL;

-  TempStorage2     = NULL;

-  CurDefaultId     = 0;

-  CurPlatformId    = 0;

-  VariableNum      = 0;

-  Index            = 0;

-  TempStorageHead  = StorageListHead1;

-

-

-  //

-  // Get the number of variables in StorageListHead2;

-  //

-  StorageLink = GetFirstNode (StorageListHead2);

-

-  while (!IsNull (StorageListHead2, StorageLink)) {

-    Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);

-    //

-    // For multi-platform support, only need to calcuate the type of EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP.

-    //

-    if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot &&

-        (Storage->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP) && (Storage->Name != NULL) && (Storage->NewEfiVarstore) &&

-        ((Storage->Attributes & EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE) == EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE)) {

-      VariableNum++;

-    }

-    StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead2, StorageLink);

-  }

-  //

-  // Parse every variables in StorageListHead1 and compare with ones in StorageListHead2

-  // Only all variables in StorageListHead2 are included in StorageListHead1, return TRUE.

-  //

-  StorageLink = GetFirstNode (StorageListHead1);

-

-  while (!IsNull (StorageListHead1, StorageLink)) {

-    Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);

-    //

-    // Get specified DefaultId and PlatformId firstly

-    //

-    CurDefaultId  = Storage->DefaultId[0];

-    CurPlatformId = Storage->PlatformId[0];

-    Index         = 0;

-    //

-    // Compare all variables under same defaultId and platformId

-    //

-    TempStorageLink = GetFirstNode (TempStorageHead);

-    while (!IsNull (TempStorageHead, TempStorageLink)) {

-      TempStorage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (TempStorageLink);

-      if ((TempStorage->DefaultId[0] == CurDefaultId)

-        && (TempStorage->PlatformId[0] == CurPlatformId)

-        && (TempStorage->Name != NULL)

-        && (TempStorage->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP)

-        && (TempStorage->NewEfiVarstore)

-        && ((TempStorage->Attributes & EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE) == EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE)

-        ) {

-        //

-        //Search the matched variable by Guid and name in StorageListHead2

-        //

-        TempStorageHead2 = StorageListHead2;

-        TempStorageLink2 = GetFirstNode (TempStorageHead2);

-

-        while (!IsNull (TempStorageHead2, TempStorageLink2)) {

-          TempStorage2     = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (TempStorageLink2);

-          if ((TempStorage2->Name != NULL)

-            && (TempStorage2->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP)

-            && (TempStorage2->NewEfiVarstore)

-            && ((TempStorage2->Attributes & EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE) == EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE)

-            && !FceStrCmp (TempStorage->Name, TempStorage2->Name)

-            && !CompareGuid(&TempStorage->Guid, &TempStorage2->Guid)

-            ) {

-            if (CompareMem (TempStorage->Buffer, TempStorage2->Buffer, TempStorage->Size) == 0) {

-              Index++;

-            }

-          }

-          TempStorageLink2 = GetNextNode (TempStorageHead2, TempStorageLink2);

-        }

-      }

-      TempStorageLink = GetNextNode (TempStorageHead, TempStorageLink);

-    }

-    //

-    // Check the matched variable number

-    //

-    if (Index == VariableNum) {

-      *DefaultId  = CurDefaultId;

-      *PlatformId = CurPlatformId;

-      return TRUE;

-    }

-    StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead1, StorageLink);

-  }

-  return FALSE;

-}

-

-/**

-  Check whether the defaultId and platformId mathched the variable or not

-

-  @param  Storage             The pointer to the storage

-  @param  DefaultId           The default Id for multi-platform mode

-  @param  PlatformId          The platform Id for multi-platform mode

-

-  @retval TRUE    Not Matched.

-  @return FALSE   Matched any one

-**/

-BOOLEAN

-NotEqualAnyIdOfStorage (

-IN  FORMSET_STORAGE   *Storage,

-IN  UINT16            DefaultId,

-IN  UINT64            PlatformId

-)

-{

-  UINT32  Index;

-

-  for (Index = 0; Index <= Storage->DefaultPlatformIdNum; Index++) {

-    if ((Storage->DefaultId[Index] == DefaultId)

-      &&(Storage->PlatformId[Index] == PlatformId)

-      ) {

-      return FALSE;

-    }

-  }

-  return TRUE;

-}

-

-/**

-  Copy Stroage from StorageListHead2 to StorageListHead1

-

-  @param  NewStorageListHead  The pointer to the entry of storage list

-  @param  OldStorageListHead  The pointer to the entry of storage list

-  @param  DefaultId           The default Id for multi-platform mode

-  @param  PlatformId          The platform Id for multi-platform mode

-  @param  AssignIdOrNot       If True, assign the platform Id and default Id to storage;

-                              Or else, only copy the variables under the specified platform

-                              Id and default to the other list.

-  @param  Mode                The operation of mode

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS   It was complete successfully

-  @return EFI_ABORTED   An error occurred

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-BuildVariableList (

-  IN  LIST_ENTRY     *NewStorageListHead,

-  IN  LIST_ENTRY     *OldStorageListHead,

-  IN  UINT16         DefaultId,

-  IN  UINT64         PlatformId,

-  IN  BOOLEAN        AssignIdOrNot,

-  IN  OPERATION_TYPE Mode

-)

-{

-  LIST_ENTRY        *StorageLink;

-  LIST_ENTRY        *NameValueLink;

-  FORMSET_STORAGE   *Storage;

-  FORMSET_STORAGE   *StorageCopy;

-  IN  LIST_ENTRY    *StorageListHead1;

-  IN  LIST_ENTRY    *StorageListHead2;

-  NAME_VALUE_NODE   *NameValueNode;

-  NAME_VALUE_NODE   *CopyNameValueNode;

-

-  Storage          = NULL;

-  NameValueNode    = NULL;

-  StorageListHead1 = NewStorageListHead;

-  StorageListHead2 = OldStorageListHead;

-

-  StorageLink = GetFirstNode (StorageListHead2);

-

-  while (!IsNull (StorageListHead2, StorageLink)) {

-    Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);

-

-    if ((Storage->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP)

-      ||(Storage->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_OP)

-      ) {

-      //

-      // Only support EfiVarStore in Multi-Platform mode, and the attribute must be EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE

-      //

-      if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot) {

-        if (Storage->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_OP) {

-          StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead2, StorageLink);

-          continue;

-        }

-        if ((Storage->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP)

-          && Storage->NewEfiVarstore

-          && ((Storage->Attributes & EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE) == 0)

-          ) {

-          StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead2, StorageLink);

-          continue;

-        }

-        if (AssignIdOrNot) {

-          Storage->DefaultId[0]  = DefaultId;

-          Storage->PlatformId[0] = PlatformId;

-        } else {

-          //

-          //only copy the variables under the specified platform Id and default to the other list.

-          //

-          if ((Mode == VERIFY) && (NotEqualAnyIdOfStorage (Storage, DefaultId, PlatformId))) {

-            StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead2, StorageLink);

-            continue;

-          } else if ((Mode != VERIFY) && (Storage->DefaultId[0] != DefaultId || Storage->PlatformId[0] != PlatformId) ) {

-            StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead2, StorageLink);

-            continue;

-          }

-        }

-      }

-      //

-      // Copy Storage Node

-      //

-      if (Storage->Name == NULL) {

-        return EFI_ABORTED;

-      }

-      StorageCopy     = NULL;

-      StorageCopy     = calloc (sizeof (FORMSET_STORAGE), sizeof (CHAR8));

-      if (StorageCopy == NULL) {

-        printf ("Memory allocation failed.\n");

-        return EFI_ABORTED;

-      }

-      memcpy (StorageCopy, Storage, sizeof (FORMSET_STORAGE));

-

-      if (Mode == VERIFY) {

-        StorageCopy->DefaultId[0]  = DefaultId;

-        StorageCopy->PlatformId[0] = PlatformId;

-      }

-      //

-      //Set the flags for sorting out the variables

-      //

-      StorageCopy->Skip = FALSE;

-

-      StorageCopy->Name = NULL;

-      StorageCopy->Name = calloc (FceStrLen (Storage->Name) + 1, sizeof (CHAR16));

-      if (StorageCopy->Name == NULL) {

-        printf ("Memory allocation failed.\n");

-        free (StorageCopy);

-        return EFI_ABORTED;

-      }

-      StrCpy (StorageCopy->Name, Storage->Name);

-

-      StorageCopy->Buffer = NULL;

-      StorageCopy->Buffer = calloc (Storage->Size, sizeof (CHAR8));

-      if (StorageCopy->Buffer == NULL) {

-        free (StorageCopy->Name);

-        free (StorageCopy);

-        printf ("Memory allocation failed.\n");

-        return EFI_ABORTED;

-      }

-      CopyMem (StorageCopy->Buffer, Storage->Buffer, Storage->Size);

-      //

-      // Copy NameValue list of storage node

-      //

-      InitializeListHead (&StorageCopy->NameValueListHead);

-

-      NameValueLink = GetFirstNode (&Storage->NameValueListHead);

-

-      while (!IsNull (&Storage->NameValueListHead, NameValueLink)) {

-

-        NameValueNode     = NAME_VALUE_NODE_FROM_LINK (NameValueLink);

-        CopyNameValueNode = NULL;

-        CopyNameValueNode = calloc (sizeof (NAME_VALUE_NODE), sizeof (CHAR8));

-        if (CopyNameValueNode == NULL) {

-          free (StorageCopy->Name);

-          free (StorageCopy->Buffer);

-          free (StorageCopy);

-          printf ("Memory allocation failed.\n");

-          return EFI_ABORTED;

-        }

-        memcpy (CopyNameValueNode, NameValueNode, sizeof (NAME_VALUE_NODE));

-

-        CopyNameValueNode->Name      = NULL;

-        CopyNameValueNode->Value     = NULL;

-        CopyNameValueNode->EditValue = NULL;

-

-        CopyNameValueNode->Name      = calloc (FceStrLen (NameValueNode->Name) + 1, sizeof (CHAR16));

-        CopyNameValueNode->Value     = calloc (FceStrLen (NameValueNode->Value) + 1, sizeof (CHAR16));

-        CopyNameValueNode->EditValue = calloc (FceStrLen (NameValueNode->EditValue) + 1, sizeof (CHAR16));

-        if ((CopyNameValueNode->Name == NULL)

-          || (CopyNameValueNode->Value == NULL)

-          || (CopyNameValueNode->EditValue == NULL)

-          ) {

-          free (StorageCopy->Name);

-          free (StorageCopy->Buffer);

-          free (StorageCopy);

-          if (CopyNameValueNode->Name != NULL) {

-            free (CopyNameValueNode->Name );

-          }

-          if (CopyNameValueNode->Value != NULL) {

-            free (CopyNameValueNode->Value);

-          }

-          if (CopyNameValueNode->EditValue != NULL) {

-            free (CopyNameValueNode->EditValue);

-          }

-          free (CopyNameValueNode);

-          printf ("Memory allocation failed.\n");

-          return EFI_ABORTED;

-        }

-        StrCpy (CopyNameValueNode->Name, NameValueNode->Name);

-        StrCpy (CopyNameValueNode->Value, NameValueNode->Value);

-        StrCpy (CopyNameValueNode->EditValue, NameValueNode->EditValue);

-        //

-        // Insert it to StorageCopy->NameValueListHead

-        //

-        InsertTailList(&StorageCopy->NameValueListHead,&CopyNameValueNode->Link);

-        NameValueLink = GetNextNode (&Storage->NameValueListHead, NameValueLink);

-      }

-

-      //

-      // Insert it to StorageListHead1

-      //

-      InsertTailList(StorageListHead1,&StorageCopy->Link);

-    }

-    StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead2, StorageLink);

-  }

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Check whether the current defaultId and platfrom is equal to the first one of one

-  group of defaultId and platformId which have the same variable data.

-

-  @param DefaultId      The default Id

-  @param PlatformId     The platform Id

-

-  @retval TRUE          If not equal to the first defaultId and platformId, return TRUE

-  @return EFI_ABORTED   Others

-**/

-BOOLEAN

-NoTheKeyIdOfGroup (

-  IN  UINT16   DefaultId,

-  IN  UINT64   PlatformId

-  )

-{

-  UINT32   Index;

-

-  for (Index = 0; Index < mMultiPlatformParam.KeyIdNum; Index++) {

-    if (

-      (DefaultId == mMultiPlatformParam.KeyDefaultId[Index])

-      && (PlatformId == mMultiPlatformParam.KeyPlatformId[Index])

-      ) {

-      return FALSE;

-    }

-  }

-  return TRUE;

-}

-

-/**

-  Evaluate the value in all formset according to the defaultId and platformId.

-

-  If not the multi-platform mode, the defaultId is 0. In this case, the

-  platform Id will be the default value of that question.

-

-  @param UpdateMode     It will be TRUE in update Mode

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS   It was complete successfully

-  @return EFI_ABORTED   An error occurred

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EvaluateTheValueInFormset (

-  IN  BOOLEAN  UpdateMode

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS              Status;

-  UINT16                  DefaultId;

-  UINT64                  PlatformId;

-  UINT16                  CurDefaultId;

-  UINT64                  CurPlatformId;

-  UINT16                  DefaultIndex;

-  UINT16                  PlatformIndex;

-  UINT32                  Index;

-  UQI_PARAM_LIST          *CurUqiList;

-

-  Status        = EFI_SUCCESS;

-

-  if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot) {

-    ScanUqiFullList (mUqiList);

-

-    //

-    // Multi-platform mode support

-    //

-    for (DefaultIndex = 0; DefaultIndex < mMultiPlatformParam.DefaultIdNum; DefaultIndex++) {

-      for (PlatformIndex = 0; PlatformIndex < mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformIdNum; PlatformIndex++) {

-        DefaultId  = mMultiPlatformParam.DefaultId[DefaultIndex];

-        PlatformId = mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformId[PlatformIndex];

-        //

-        //Only parse one time, if a group of defaultId and platformId which have the same variable

-        // Take the first one as a key Id of a group

-        //

-        if (UpdateMode && NoTheKeyIdOfGroup (DefaultId, PlatformId)) {

-          continue;

-        }

-        //

-        // Initialize the Storage of mVarListEntry

-        //

-        ClearStorageEntryList (&mVarListEntry, DefaultId, PlatformId);

-

-        Status = ExtractDefault (

-                   NULL,

-                   NULL,

-                   DefaultId,

-                   PlatformId,

-                   SystemLevel

-                 );

-        if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-          return EFI_ABORTED;

-        }

-        //

-        // Clear the platformId as 0 after calculation.

-        //

-        Status = AssignThePlatformId (0);

-        if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-          printf ("Failed to clear the platformid.\n");

-          return Status;

-        }

-        //

-        // Update the value from script file

-        //

-        if (UpdateMode) {

-          SetUqiParametersMultiMode (mUqiList,DefaultId, PlatformId);

-        }

-        //

-        // If not existed the same variables in mAllVarListEntry, insert the new ones.

-        // Or else, only add the defaultId and platformId to the former one.

-        //

-        if (ComparePartSameVariableList (&mAllVarListEntry, &mVarListEntry, &CurDefaultId, &CurPlatformId)) {

-          AppendIdToVariables (&mAllVarListEntry, CurDefaultId, CurPlatformId, DefaultId, PlatformId);

-        } else {

-          //

-          // Copy Stroage from mVarListEntry to mAllVarListEntry and assign the defaultId and platformId as well

-          //

-          Status = BuildVariableList (&mAllVarListEntry, &mVarListEntry, DefaultId, PlatformId, TRUE, UPDATE);

-          if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-            return EFI_ABORTED;

-          }

-          //

-          // In update mode, add the other defaultId and platform of a group to the variale list

-          //

-          if (UpdateMode) {

-            CurUqiList = mUqiList;

-

-            while (CurUqiList != NULL) {

-              if ((DefaultId == CurUqiList->Header.DefaultId[0])

-                && (PlatformId == CurUqiList->Header.PlatformId[0])

-                ) {

-                break;

-              }

-              CurUqiList = CurUqiList->Next;

-            }

-

-            if (CurUqiList == NULL) {

-              return EFI_ABORTED;

-            }

-

-            for (Index = 1; Index < CurUqiList->Header.IdNum; Index++) {

-              CurDefaultId  =  CurUqiList->Header.DefaultId[Index];

-              CurPlatformId =  CurUqiList->Header.PlatformId[Index];

-              AppendIdToVariables (&mAllVarListEntry, DefaultId, PlatformId, CurDefaultId, CurPlatformId);

-            }

-          }

-        }

-      }

-    }

-  } else {

-      //

-      // General mode

-      //

-      Status = ExtractDefault (

-                 NULL,

-                 NULL,

-                 0,

-                 0,

-                 SystemLevel

-               );

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        return EFI_ABORTED;

-      }

-      //

-      // If existed the variable in NvStorage, copy them to mVarListEntry.

-      // Synchronize the default value from the EFI variable zone to variable list

-      //

-      Status = EfiVarAndListExchange (TRUE, &mVarListEntry);

-      if (Status == EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER) {

-        Status = EFI_ABORTED;

-        return Status;

-      }

-      //

-      // Update the value from script file

-      //

-      if (UpdateMode) {

-        Status = SetUqiParameters (mUqiList,0, 0);

-        if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-          return EFI_ABORTED;

-        }

-      }

-      //

-      // Copy Stroage from mVarListEntry to mAllVarListEntry

-      //

-      Status = BuildVariableList (&mAllVarListEntry, &mVarListEntry, 0, 0, TRUE, UPDATE);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        return EFI_ABORTED;

-      }

-    }

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Check and compare the value between the script file and variable from BFV.

-

-  It's used in the update operation of multi-plaform mode.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS   It was complete successfully

-  @return EFI_ABORTED   An error occurred

-**/

-static

-EFI_STATUS

-CheckValueUpdateList (

-  VOID

-  )

-{

-  UINT16              DefaultId;

-  UINT64              PlatformId;

-  UINT16              DefaultIndex;

-  UINT16              PlatformIndex;

-  EFI_STATUS          Status;

-  FORMSET_STORAGE     *Storage;

-  LIST_ENTRY          *StorageLink;

-  UINT16              PreDefaultId;

-  UINT64              PrePlatformId;

-

-  Storage             = NULL;

-  PreDefaultId        = 0xFFFF;

-  PrePlatformId       = 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF;

-

-  ScanUqiFullList (mUqiList);

-  if (gEfiFdInfo.ExistNvStoreDatabase) {

-    StorageLink = GetFirstNode (&mBfvVarListEntry);

-    while (!IsNull (&mBfvVarListEntry, StorageLink)) {

-      Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);

-      if (PreDefaultId == Storage->DefaultId[0] && PrePlatformId == Storage->PlatformId[0]) {

-        StorageLink = GetNextNode (&mBfvVarListEntry, StorageLink);

-        continue;

-      } else {

-        PreDefaultId = Storage->DefaultId[0];

-        PrePlatformId = Storage->PlatformId[0];

-      }

-      DefaultId = PreDefaultId;

-      PlatformId = PrePlatformId;

-        //

-        //Only parse one time, if a group of defaultId and platformId which have the same variable

-        // Take the first one as a key Id of a group

-        //

-        if (NoTheKeyIdOfGroup (DefaultId, PlatformId)) {

-          continue;

-        }

-        //

-        // Copy Stroage from mBfvVarListEntry to mVarListEntry. The mVarListEntry was attached to

-        // the FormSet->StorageListHead.

-        //

-        DestroyAllStorage (&mVarListEntry);

-        Status = BuildVariableList (&mVarListEntry, &mBfvVarListEntry, DefaultId, PlatformId, FALSE, UPDATE);

-        if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-          return EFI_ABORTED;

-        }

-        SetUqiParametersMultiMode (mUqiList,DefaultId, PlatformId);

-        //

-        // Copy Stroage from mVarListEntry to mAllVarListEntry and assign the defaultId and platformId as well

-        //

-        Status = BuildVariableList (&mAllVarListEntry, &mVarListEntry, DefaultId, PlatformId, TRUE, UPDATE);

-        if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-          return EFI_ABORTED;

-        }

-        StorageLink = GetNextNode (&mBfvVarListEntry, StorageLink);

-     }

-  } else {

-    for (DefaultIndex = 0; DefaultIndex < mMultiPlatformParam.DefaultIdNum; DefaultIndex++) {

-      for (PlatformIndex = 0; PlatformIndex < mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformIdNum; PlatformIndex++) {

-        DefaultId  = mMultiPlatformParam.DefaultId[DefaultIndex];

-        PlatformId = mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformId[PlatformIndex];

-        //

-        //Only parse one time, if a group of defaultId and platformId which have the same variable

-        // Take the first one as a key Id of a group

-        //

-        if (NoTheKeyIdOfGroup (DefaultId, PlatformId)) {

-          continue;

-        }

-        //

-        // Copy Stroage from mBfvVarListEntry to mVarListEntry. The mVarListEntry was attached to

-        // the FormSet->StorageListHead.

-        //

-        DestroyAllStorage (&mVarListEntry);

-        Status = BuildVariableList (&mVarListEntry, &mBfvVarListEntry, DefaultId, PlatformId, FALSE, UPDATE);

-        if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-          return EFI_ABORTED;

-        }

-        SetUqiParametersMultiMode (mUqiList,DefaultId, PlatformId);

-        //

-        // Copy Stroage from mVarListEntry to mAllVarListEntry and assign the defaultId and platformId as well

-        //

-        Status = BuildVariableList (&mAllVarListEntry, &mVarListEntry, DefaultId, PlatformId, TRUE, UPDATE);

-        if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-          return EFI_ABORTED;

-        }

-      }

-    }

-  }

-   return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-/**

-  Read defaultId and platformId from the whole FD, and store these two values to mMultiPlatformParam.

-

-  If not multi-platform mode, only return EFI_ABORTED.

-

-  @param Fv             the Pointer to the FFS

-  @param Length         the length of FFS

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS   It was complete successfully

-  @return EFI_ABORTED   An error occurred

-**/

-static

-EFI_STATUS

-ReadAllIfrToFromset (

-  IN VOID      *Fv,

-  IN UINTN     Length

-  )

-{

-  UINT8               NumberofMachingVfrBin;

-  UINTN               *VfrBinBaseAddress;

-  UINTN               *UniBinBaseAddress;

-  EFI_STATUS          Status;

-  UINT8               Index;

-  EFI_SECTION_STRUCT  *EfiBufferHeader;

-  VOID                *EfiAddr;

-

-  NumberofMachingVfrBin = 0;

-  VfrBinBaseAddress     = NULL;

-  UniBinBaseAddress     = NULL;

-  Status                = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  EfiBufferHeader       = NULL;

-  EfiAddr               = NULL;

-

-  //

-  // Locate the efi base address

-  //

-  EfiBufferHeader = malloc (sizeof (EFI_SECTION_STRUCT));

-  if (EfiBufferHeader == NULL) {

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  memset (

-    EfiBufferHeader,

-    0,

-    sizeof (EFI_SECTION_STRUCT)

-    );

-

-  Status = ParseSection (

-             TRUE,

-             (UINT8 *)Fv,

-             Length,

-             &EfiBufferHeader

-             );

-  if (Status != EFI_SUCCESS) {

-    Status = EFI_ABORTED;

-    goto Done;

-  }

-

-  EfiAddr = (VOID *)EfiBufferHeader->BufferBase;

-  //

-  //Search the Offset at the end of FFS, whatever it is compressed or not

-  //

-  Status = SearchVfrBinInFFS (Fv, EfiAddr, Length, &VfrBinBaseAddress, &NumberofMachingVfrBin);

-  if (Status != EFI_SUCCESS) {

-    Status = EFI_ABORTED;

-    goto Done;

-  }

-  Status = SearchUniBinInFFS (

-             Fv,

-             EfiAddr,

-             Length,

-             &UniBinBaseAddress

-             );

-  if (Status != EFI_SUCCESS) {

-    Status = EFI_ABORTED;

-    goto Done;

-  }

-  //

-  // Read all Ifr information into Formset and Form structure

-  //

-  for (Index = 0; Index < NumberofMachingVfrBin; Index++) {

-    if ((EfiBufferHeader->BufferBase + EfiBufferHeader->Length) < *(VfrBinBaseAddress + Index)

-      || (EfiBufferHeader->BufferBase + EfiBufferHeader->Length) < *UniBinBaseAddress

-    ) {

-      printf ("Failed to locate Ifr data from efi by the offset.\n");

-      Status = EFI_ABORTED;

-      goto Done;

-    }

-    Status = ParseFormSetInVfrBin (

-               (UINTN **)VfrBinBaseAddress,

-               (UINTN *)*UniBinBaseAddress,

-               Index

-             );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      Status = EFI_ABORTED;

-      goto Done;

-    }

-  }

-

-Done:

-  //

-  // Free the memory which stores the offset

-  //

-  if (VfrBinBaseAddress != NULL) {

-    free (VfrBinBaseAddress);

-  }

-  if (UniBinBaseAddress != NULL) {

-    free (UniBinBaseAddress);

-  }

-  //

-  // Free the memory for uncompressed space in section

-  //

-  for (Index = 0; Index < EfiBufferHeader->UnCompressIndex; Index++) {

-    if ((VOID *)EfiBufferHeader->UncompressedBuffer[Index] != NULL) {

-      free ((VOID *)EfiBufferHeader->UncompressedBuffer[Index]);

-    }

-  }

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Get next questions of four kinds in FormSet list.

-

-  If not one kinds of ONE_OF CHECK_BOX ORDER_LIST and NUMERIC, continue to parse next question.

-  If parse to the end of questions, return NULL.

-

-  @param FormSetEntryListHead  the pointer to the LIST_ENTRY

-  @param OrderOfQuestion       the order of question

-

-  @retval If succeed, return the pointer to the question

-  @return NULL

-**/

-FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *

-GetNextQuestion (

-  IN     LIST_ENTRY     *FormSetEntryListHead,

-  IN OUT UINT32         *OrderOfQuestion

-  )

-{

-  FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET    *FormSet;

-  LIST_ENTRY              *FormSetLink;

-  FORM_BROWSER_FORM       *Form;

-  LIST_ENTRY              *FormLink;

-  FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT  *Question;

-  LIST_ENTRY              *QuestionLink;

-  UINT32                  Index;

-

-  FormSet      = NULL;

-  FormSetLink  = NULL;

-  Form         = NULL;

-  FormLink     = NULL;

-  Question     = NULL;

-  QuestionLink = NULL;

-  Index        = 0;

-

-  FormSetLink = GetFirstNode (FormSetEntryListHead);

-  while (!IsNull (FormSetEntryListHead, FormSetLink)) {

-    FormSet = FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET_FROM_LINK (FormSetLink);

-    //

-    // Parse all forms in formset

-    //

-    FormLink = GetFirstNode (&FormSet->FormListHead);

-

-    while (!IsNull (&FormSet->FormListHead, FormLink)) {

-      Form = FORM_BROWSER_FORM_FROM_LINK (FormLink);

-      //

-      // Parse five kinds of Questions in Form

-      //

-      QuestionLink = GetFirstNode (&Form->StatementListHead);

-

-      while (!IsNull (&Form->StatementListHead, QuestionLink)) {

-        Question = FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT_FROM_LINK (QuestionLink);

-        //

-        // Parse five kinds of Questions in Form

-        //

-        if ((Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP)

-          || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_OP)

-          || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_OP)

-          || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST_OP)

-          || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_STRING_OP)

-          ) {

-          if (*OrderOfQuestion == Index++) {

-            (*OrderOfQuestion)++;

-            return Question;

-          }

-        }

-        QuestionLink = GetNextNode (&Form->StatementListHead, QuestionLink);

-      }

-

-      FormLink = GetNextNode (&FormSet->FormListHead, FormLink);

-    }

-    FormSetLink = GetNextNode (FormSetEntryListHead, FormSetLink);

-  }

-  return NULL;

-}

-

-/**

-  Read defaultId and platformId from the whole FD, and store these two values to mMultiPlatformParam.

-

-  If not multi-platform mode, only return EFI_ABORTED.

-

-  @param Fv             the Pointer to the FFS

-  @param Length         the length of FFS

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS   It was complete successfully

-  @return EFI_ABORTED   An error occurred

-**/

-static

-EFI_STATUS

-ReadDefaultAndPlatformId (

-  IN  LIST_ENTRY     *FormSetEntryListHead

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS              Status;

-  FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET    *FormSet;

-  LIST_ENTRY              *FormLink;

-  FORMSET_DEFAULTSTORE    *DefaultStore;

-  LIST_ENTRY              *DefaultStoreLink;

-  FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT  *CurQuestion;

-  UINT32                  MatchedNum;

-  UINT32                  QuestionOrder;

-

-  Status                = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  CurQuestion           = NULL;

-  MatchedNum            = 0;

-  QuestionOrder         = 0;

-  //

-  //Check whether it is the Multi-Platform solution or not

-  //

-  if (!mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot) {

-    Status = EFI_SUCCESS;

-    goto Done;

-  }

-  //

-  // Read defaultId from FormSet List

-  //

-  FormLink = GetFirstNode (FormSetEntryListHead);

-  while (!IsNull (FormSetEntryListHead, FormLink)) {

-    FormSet = FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET_FROM_LINK (FormLink);

-    //

-    // Parse Default Store in formset

-    //

-    DefaultStoreLink = GetFirstNode (&FormSet->DefaultStoreListHead);

-

-    while (!IsNull (&FormSet->DefaultStoreListHead, DefaultStoreLink)) {

-      DefaultStore = FORMSET_DEFAULTSTORE_FROM_LINK (DefaultStoreLink);

-      StoreAllDefaultId (DefaultStore->DefaultId);

-      DefaultStoreLink = GetNextNode (&FormSet->DefaultStoreListHead, DefaultStoreLink);

-    }

-    FormLink = GetNextNode (FormSetEntryListHead, FormLink);

-  }

-

-  //

-  //Read the platformId from FormSetList

-  //

-  while ((CurQuestion = GetNextQuestion (FormSetEntryListHead, &QuestionOrder)) != NULL) {

-    Status = ReadPlaformId (CurQuestion);

-    if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      MatchedNum++;

-    }

-  }

-

-  if (MatchedNum == 0) {

-    printf ("There are no questions included in the platformid in the FD.");

-    Status = EFI_ABORTED;

-  } else if (MatchedNum > 1) {

-    printf ("There are %d questions included in the platformid in the FD.", MatchedNum);

-    Status = EFI_ABORTED;

-  } else {

-    Status = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  }

-

-Done:

-

-   return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Read the first two bytes to check whether it is Ascii or UCS2.

-

-  @param  ScriptFile   Pointer to the script file.

-

-  @reture TRUE         If ascii, return TRUE

-  @reture FALSE        Others, return FALSE.

-

-**/

-FILE_TYPE

-IsAsciiOrUcs2 (

-  IN   FILE    *ScriptFile

-  )

-{

-  CHAR16    FirstTwoBytes;

-

-  fread(&FirstTwoBytes, 1, 2, ScriptFile);

-

-  if (FirstTwoBytes == BigUnicodeFileTag) {

-    return BIG_UCS2;

-  } else if (FirstTwoBytes == LittleUnicodeFileTag) {

-    return LITTLE_UCS2;

-  } else {

-    return ASCII;

-  }

-}

-

-/**

-  Read Unicode characters and transfer it to ASCII.

-

-  @param  ScriptFile   The pointer to the script file.

-  @param  Type         The type of BigUCS2 or LittleUCS2

-

-  @return              The ASCII characters

-

-**/

-CHAR8 *

-ReadUcs2ToStr (

-  IN OUT  FILE       *ScriptFile,

-  IN      FILE_TYPE  Type

-)

-{

-  CHAR16    TempChar16;

-  CHAR16    TempChar8;

-  CHAR8     *StrChar8;

-  UINTN     Index;

-  BOOLEAN   FirstParse;

-

-  TempChar16 = L'\0';

-  TempChar8  = '\0';

-  StrChar8   = NULL;

-  Index      = 0;

-  FirstParse = TRUE;

-

-  if (ScriptFile == NULL) {

-    return NULL;

-  }

-  StrChar8 = calloc (MAX_STR_LEN_FOR_PICK_UQI, sizeof (CHAR8));

-  assert (StrChar8);

-

-  for (Index = 0; Index < MAX_STR_LEN_FOR_PICK_UQI; Index++) {

-    //

-    // The first parse should skip the 0x0020 (BigUCS2) or 0x2000 (LittleUCS2)

-    //

-    if (FirstParse) {

-      do {

-        fread(&TempChar16, sizeof (CHAR16), 1, ScriptFile);

-      } while ((TempChar16 == 0x0020) || (TempChar16 == 0x2000));

-      FirstParse = FALSE;

-    } else {

-      fread(&TempChar16, sizeof (CHAR16), 1, ScriptFile);

-    }

-    //

-    // Read until break the "Space"

-    //

-    if ((TempChar16 == 0x0020) || (TempChar16 == 0x2000)) {

-      break;

-    }

-    if (Type == BIG_UCS2) {

-      TempChar8 = (CHAR8)TempChar16;

-    } else {

-      TempChar8 = (CHAR8)(TempChar16 >> 8);

-    }

-    memcpy (StrChar8 + Index, &TempChar8, 0x1);

-  }

-  if (Index == MAX_STR_LEN_FOR_PICK_UQI) {

-    free (StrChar8);

-    return  NULL;

-  }

-  *(StrChar8 + Index) = '\0';

-

-  return StrChar8;

-}

-

-/**

-  Read Unicode characters and transfer it to ASCII.

-

-  @param  AsciiStr     The pointer to the Ascii string. It may inlcudes blank space.

-  @param  IdArray      The pointer to the array of Id.

-

-  @return              The number of default or platform Id

-

-**/

-static

-UINT16

-GetNumFromAsciiString (

-  IN       CHAR8      *AsciiStr,

-  IN OUT   UINT64     *IdArray

-)

-{

-  UINT16   Index1;

-  UINT16   Index2;

-  UINT16   NumofId;

-  CHAR8    CharArray[16];

-  BOOLEAN  ExistedValue;

-

-  Index1       = 0;

-  Index2       = 0;

-  NumofId      = 0;

-  ExistedValue = FALSE;

-

-  while (*(AsciiStr + Index1) != '\n') {

-

-    Index2       = 0;

-    ExistedValue = FALSE;

-    memset (CharArray, 0, 16);

-    for (; *(AsciiStr + Index1) == ' '; Index1++);

-    for (; (*(AsciiStr + Index1) != ' ') && (*(AsciiStr + Index1) != '\n'); Index1++) {

-      assert (Index2 <= 15);

-      *(CharArray + Index2++) = *(AsciiStr + Index1);

-      ExistedValue = TRUE;

-    }

-    if (ExistedValue && (*(AsciiStr + Index1 - 1) != '\n')) {

-      sscanf(CharArray, "%lld", (long long *)&IdArray[NumofId++]);

-    }

-  }

-  return NumofId;

-}

-

-/**

-  Parse the script file to build the linked list of question structures.

-

-  Pick up the UQI information and save it to the UqiList. The current scripts

-  could be Ascii or UCS2 (Little or Big Mode).

-

-  @param  ScriptFile   The pointer to the script file.

-

-  @return EFI_SUCCESS

-  @return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER  ScriptFile is NULL

-

-**/

-static

-EFI_STATUS

-PickUpUqiFromScript (

-  IN     FILE            *ScriptFile

-  )

-{

-  CHAR8           TempChar;

-  BOOLEAN         InQuote;

-  CHAR16          TempChar16;

-  UINT32          UqiSize;

-  CHAR16          *UqiBuffer;

-  CHAR8           Type[32];

-  UINT16          Index;

-  UQI_PARAM_LIST  *UqiNode;

-  UINTN           MaxContainers;

-  UINT32          ScriptsLine;

-  FILE_TYPE       AsciiOrUcs2;

-  CHAR8           *Char8Str;

-  CHAR8           DefaultIdStr[30];

-  CHAR8           PlatformIdStr[30];

-  CHAR8           PlatformUqi[30];

-  UINT16          Index1;

-  UINT16          Index2;

-  UINT16          Index3;

-  UINT16          Index4;

-  UINT16          Index5;

-  BOOLEAN         ReadDefaultId;

-  BOOLEAN         ReadPlatformId;

-  BOOLEAN         ReadPlatformIdUqi;

-  UINT64          DefaultId[MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM];

-  UINT64          PlatformId[MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM];

-  UINT16          DefaultIdNum;

-  UINT16          PlatformIdNum;

-  UINT8           Array[MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM * MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM];

-  UINT16          IdStart;

-  UINT16          IdEnd;

-

-  Char8Str          = NULL;

-  ScriptsLine       = 0;

-  AsciiOrUcs2       = ASCII;

-  Index1            = 0;

-  Index2            = 0;

-  Index3            = 0;

-  Index4            = 0;

-  Index5            = 0;

-  ReadDefaultId     = FALSE;

-  ReadPlatformId    = FALSE;

-  ReadPlatformIdUqi = FALSE;

-  DefaultIdNum      = 1;

-  PlatformIdNum     = 1;

-  InQuote           = FALSE;

-

-  memset (DefaultId,  0, MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM * sizeof (UINT64));

-  memset (PlatformId, 0, MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM * sizeof (UINT64));

-  memcpy (DefaultIdStr, "/ FCEKEY DEFAULT_ID:",  strlen ("/ FCEKEY DEFAULT_ID:") + 1);

-  memcpy (PlatformIdStr,"/FCEKEY PLATFORM_ID:",  strlen ("/FCEKEY PLATFORM_ID:") + 1);

-  memcpy (PlatformUqi,  "/FCEKEY PLATFORM_UQI:", strlen ("/FCEKEY PLATFORM_UQI:") + 1);

-

-  if (ScriptFile == NULL) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-  //

-  // Check the file type

-  //

-  AsciiOrUcs2 = IsAsciiOrUcs2 (ScriptFile);

-  if (AsciiOrUcs2 == ASCII) {

-    fseek (ScriptFile, 0, SEEK_SET);

-  }

-

-  while(!feof(ScriptFile)) {

-    //

-    //  Reset local data

-    //

-    TempChar      = '\0';

-    TempChar16    = L'\0';

-    UqiSize       = 0;

-    UqiBuffer     = NULL;

-    MaxContainers = 0;

-    UqiNode       = NULL;

-    memset(Type, 0, 32);

-    //

-    //  Read first character of the line to find the line type

-    //

-    if (AsciiOrUcs2 == ASCII) {

-      fread(&TempChar, sizeof (CHAR8), 1, ScriptFile);

-    } else {

-      fread(&TempChar16, sizeof (CHAR16), 1, ScriptFile);

-      if (AsciiOrUcs2 == BIG_UCS2) {

-        TempChar = (CHAR8)TempChar16;

-      } else {

-        TempChar = (CHAR8)(TempChar16 >> 8);

-      }

-    }

-    //

-    // Take "\n\r" one line

-    //

-     if (TempChar != 0x0d) {

-       ScriptsLine++;

-     }

-    switch (TempChar) {

-

-    case 'Q':

-      //

-      //  Process question line

-      //

-      //  Read size of UQI string

-      //

-      if (AsciiOrUcs2 == ASCII) {

-        fscanf(ScriptFile, " %x", (INT32 *)&UqiSize);

-      } else {

-        Char8Str = ReadUcs2ToStr (ScriptFile, AsciiOrUcs2);

-        if (Char8Str == NULL) {

-          return EFI_ABORTED;

-        }

-        sscanf(Char8Str, " %x", (INT32 *)&UqiSize);

-        if (Char8Str != NULL) {

-          free (Char8Str);

-          Char8Str = NULL;

-        }

-      }

-      if (UqiSize > MAX_INPUT_ALLOCATE_SIZE) {

-        return EFI_ABORTED;

-      }

-      if (UqiSize == 0) {

-        do {

-          if (AsciiOrUcs2 == ASCII) {

-            fread(&TempChar, sizeof (CHAR8), 1, ScriptFile);

-          } else {

-            fread(&TempChar16, sizeof (CHAR16), 1, ScriptFile);

-            if (AsciiOrUcs2 == BIG_UCS2) {

-              TempChar = (CHAR8)TempChar16;

-            } else {

-              TempChar = (CHAR8)(TempChar16 >> 8);

-            }

-          }

-        } while((TempChar != '\n') && !feof(ScriptFile));

-        break;

-      }

-      //

-      //  Malloc buffer for string size + null termination

-      //

-      UqiBuffer = (CHAR16 *)calloc(UqiSize + 1, sizeof(CHAR16));

-

-      if (UqiBuffer == NULL) {

-        printf("Error. Unable to allocate 0x%04lx bytes for UQI string -- FAILURE\n", (unsigned long)((UqiSize + 1) * sizeof(CHAR16)));

-        break;

-      }

-      //

-      //  Read UQI string

-      //

-      for (Index = 0; Index < UqiSize; Index++) {

-        if (AsciiOrUcs2 == ASCII) {

-          fscanf(ScriptFile, " %hx", (short *)&(UqiBuffer[Index]));

-        } else {

-          Char8Str = ReadUcs2ToStr (ScriptFile, AsciiOrUcs2);

-          if (Char8Str == NULL) {

-            free (UqiBuffer );

-            return EFI_ABORTED;

-          }

-          sscanf(Char8Str, " %hx", (short *)&(UqiBuffer[Index]));

-          if (Char8Str != NULL) {

-            free (Char8Str);

-            Char8Str = NULL;

-          }

-        }

-      }

-      //

-      //  Set null termination

-      //

-      UqiBuffer[Index] = 0;

-      //

-      //  Read question type

-      //

-      if (AsciiOrUcs2 == ASCII) {

-        fscanf(ScriptFile, "%31s", Type);

-      } else {

-        Char8Str = ReadUcs2ToStr (ScriptFile, AsciiOrUcs2);

-        if (Char8Str == NULL) {

-          free (UqiBuffer);

-          return EFI_ABORTED;

-        }

-        sscanf(Char8Str, " %31s", Type);

-        if (Char8Str != NULL) {

-          free (Char8Str);

-          Char8Str = NULL;

-        }

-      }

-      if (stricmp(Type, "ONE_OF") == 0) {

-        UqiNode = CreateInsertUqiNode ();

-        if (UqiNode == NULL) {

-          free (UqiBuffer);

-          return EFI_ABORTED;

-        }

-        UqiNode->Header.Type       = ONE_OF;

-        UqiNode->Header.HexNum     = UqiSize;

-        UqiNode->Header.Data       = UqiBuffer;

-        UqiNode->Header.Value      = (UINT8 *)calloc(1, sizeof(UINT64));

-        UqiNode->Header.DiffValue  = (UINT8 *)calloc(1, sizeof(UINT64));

-        UqiNode->Header.IdNum      = PlatformIdNum;

-        UqiNode->Header.DefaultId  = (UINT16 *)calloc (PlatformIdNum, sizeof (UINT16));

-        if (UqiNode->Header.DefaultId == NULL) {

-          printf("Fail to allocate memory");

-          return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-        }

-        UqiNode->Header.PlatformId = (UINT64 *)calloc (PlatformIdNum, sizeof (UINT64));

-        if (UqiNode->Header.PlatformId == NULL) {

-          printf("Fail to allocate memory");

-          return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-        }

-        for (Index5 = 0; Index5 < PlatformIdNum; Index5++) {

-          UqiNode->Header.DefaultId[Index5] = (UINT16)DefaultId[Index5];

-        }

-        memcpy (UqiNode->Header.PlatformId, PlatformId, PlatformIdNum * sizeof (UINT64));

-

-        if (AsciiOrUcs2 == ASCII) {

-          fscanf(ScriptFile, " %llx", (long long *)UqiNode->Header.Value);

-        } else {

-          Char8Str = ReadUcs2ToStr (ScriptFile, AsciiOrUcs2);

-          if (Char8Str == NULL) {

-            return EFI_ABORTED;

-          }

-          sscanf(Char8Str, " %llx", (long long *)UqiNode->Header.Value);

-          if (Char8Str != NULL) {

-            free (Char8Str);

-            Char8Str = NULL;

-          }

-        }

-

-      } else if (stricmp(Type, "CHECKBOX") == 0) {

-        UqiNode = CreateInsertUqiNode ();

-        if (UqiNode == NULL) {

-          free (UqiBuffer);

-          return EFI_ABORTED;

-        }

-        UqiNode->Header.Type       = CHECKBOX;

-        UqiNode->Header.HexNum     = UqiSize;

-        UqiNode->Header.Data       = UqiBuffer;

-        UqiNode->Header.Value      = (UINT8 *)calloc(1, sizeof(UINT64));

-        UqiNode->Header.DiffValue  = (UINT8 *)calloc(1, sizeof(UINT64));

-        UqiNode->Header.IdNum      = PlatformIdNum;

-        UqiNode->Header.DefaultId  = (UINT16 *)calloc (PlatformIdNum, sizeof (UINT16));

-        if (UqiNode->Header.DefaultId == NULL) {

-          printf ("Fali to allocate memory!\n");

-          return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-        }

-        UqiNode->Header.PlatformId = (UINT64 *)calloc (PlatformIdNum, sizeof (UINT64));

-        if (UqiNode->Header.PlatformId == NULL) {

-          printf ("Fali to allocate memory!\n");

-          return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-        }

-        for (Index5 = 0; Index5 < PlatformIdNum; Index5++) {

-          UqiNode->Header.DefaultId[Index5] = (UINT16)DefaultId[Index5];

-        }

-        memcpy (UqiNode->Header.PlatformId, PlatformId, PlatformIdNum * sizeof (UINT64));

-

-        if (AsciiOrUcs2 == ASCII) {

-          fscanf(ScriptFile, " %llx", (long long *)UqiNode->Header.Value);

-        } else {

-          Char8Str = ReadUcs2ToStr (ScriptFile, AsciiOrUcs2);

-          if (Char8Str == NULL) {

-            return EFI_ABORTED;

-          }

-          sscanf(Char8Str, " %llx", (long long *)UqiNode->Header.Value);

-          if (Char8Str != NULL) {

-            free (Char8Str);

-            Char8Str = NULL;

-          }

-        }

-

-      } else if (stricmp(Type, "STRING") == 0) {

-        UqiNode = CreateInsertUqiNode ();

-        if (UqiNode == NULL) {

-          free (UqiBuffer);

-          return EFI_ABORTED;

-        }

-

-        UqiNode->Header.Type       = STRING;

-        UqiNode->Header.HexNum     = UqiSize;

-        UqiNode->Header.Data       = UqiBuffer;

-        UqiNode->Header.Value      = (UINT8 *)calloc(MAX_INPUT_ALLOCATE_SIZE, sizeof(CHAR16));

-        UqiNode->Header.DiffValue  = (UINT8 *)calloc(MAX_INPUT_ALLOCATE_SIZE, sizeof(CHAR16));

-        if (UqiNode->Header.Value == NULL) {

-          printf ("Fali to allocate memory!\n");

-          return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-        }

-        if (UqiNode->Header.DiffValue == NULL) {

-          printf ("Fali to allocate memory!\n");

-          return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-        }

-        UqiNode->Header.IdNum      = PlatformIdNum;

-        UqiNode->Header.DefaultId  = (UINT16 *)calloc (PlatformIdNum, sizeof (UINT16));

-        if (UqiNode->Header.DefaultId == NULL) {

-          printf ("Fali to allocate memory!\n");

-          return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-        }

-        UqiNode->Header.PlatformId = (UINT64 *)calloc (PlatformIdNum, sizeof (UINT64));

-        if (UqiNode->Header.PlatformId == NULL) {

-          printf ("Fali to allocate memory!\n");

-          return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-        }

-        for (Index5 = 0; Index5 < PlatformIdNum; Index5++) {

-          UqiNode->Header.DefaultId[Index5] = (UINT16)DefaultId[Index5];

-        }

-        memcpy (UqiNode->Header.PlatformId, PlatformId, PlatformIdNum * sizeof (UINT64));

-       InQuote = FALSE;

-       IdStart = 0;

-       IdEnd = 0;

-        for (Index = 0; Index < MAX_INPUT_ALLOCATE_SIZE; Index ++) {

-          if (AsciiOrUcs2 == ASCII) {

-            fread(&TempChar, sizeof (CHAR8), 1, ScriptFile);

-          } else {

-            fread(&TempChar16, sizeof (CHAR16), 1, ScriptFile);

-            if (AsciiOrUcs2 == BIG_UCS2) {

-              TempChar = (CHAR8)TempChar16;

-            } else {

-              TempChar = (CHAR8)(TempChar16 >> 8);

-            }

-          }

-         if (TempChar == '\"') {

-             if (InQuote == TRUE) {

-                 InQuote = FALSE;

-                 IdEnd = Index;

-             } else {

-                 InQuote = TRUE;

-                 IdStart = Index;

-             }

-         }

-          if (Index > IdStart) {

-             if (InQuote == FALSE) {

-                 break;

-             }

-             *(UqiNode->Header.Value + Index - IdStart -1) = TempChar;

-             Index ++;

-          }

-

-        }

-       if (IdEnd < IdStart) {

-           printf("The STRING is not end with \" character!\n");

-           return EFI_ABORTED;

-       }

-       if (IdStart == 0) {

-           printf("The STRING is not start with \" character!\n");

-           return EFI_ABORTED;

-       }

-

-      } else if (stricmp(Type, "NUMERIC") == 0) {

-        UqiNode = CreateInsertUqiNode ();

-        if (UqiNode == NULL) {

-          free (UqiBuffer);

-          return EFI_ABORTED;

-        }

-        UqiNode->Header.Type       = NUMERIC;

-        UqiNode->Header.HexNum     = UqiSize;

-        UqiNode->Header.Data       = UqiBuffer;

-        UqiNode->Header.Value      = (UINT8 *)calloc(1, sizeof(UINT64));

-        UqiNode->Header.DiffValue  = (UINT8 *)calloc(1, sizeof(UINT64));

-        UqiNode->Header.IdNum      = PlatformIdNum;

-        UqiNode->Header.DefaultId  = (UINT16 *)calloc (PlatformIdNum, sizeof (UINT16));

-        if (UqiNode->Header.DefaultId == NULL) {

-          printf ("Fali to allocate memory!\n");

-          return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-        }

-        UqiNode->Header.PlatformId = (UINT64 *)calloc (PlatformIdNum, sizeof (UINT64));

-        if (UqiNode->Header.PlatformId == NULL) {

-          printf ("Fali to allocate memory!\n");

-          return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-        }

-        for (Index5 = 0; Index5 < PlatformIdNum; Index5++) {

-          UqiNode->Header.DefaultId[Index5] = (UINT16)DefaultId[Index5];

-        }

-        memcpy (UqiNode->Header.PlatformId, PlatformId, PlatformIdNum * sizeof (UINT64));

-

-        if (AsciiOrUcs2 == ASCII) {

-          fscanf(ScriptFile, " %llx", (long long *)UqiNode->Header.Value);

-        } else {

-          Char8Str = ReadUcs2ToStr (ScriptFile, AsciiOrUcs2);

-          if (Char8Str == NULL) {

-            return EFI_ABORTED;

-          }

-          sscanf(Char8Str, " %llx", (long long *)UqiNode->Header.Value);

-          if (Char8Str != NULL) {

-            free (Char8Str);

-            Char8Str = NULL;

-          }

-        }

-

-      } else if (stricmp(Type, "ORDERED_LIST") == 0) {

-        UqiNode = CreateInsertUqiNode ();

-        if (UqiNode == NULL) {

-          free (UqiBuffer);

-          return EFI_ABORTED;

-        }

-        UqiNode->Header.Type       = ORDERED_LIST;

-        UqiNode->Header.HexNum     = UqiSize;

-        UqiNode->Header.Data       = UqiBuffer;

-        UqiNode->Header.IdNum      = PlatformIdNum;

-        UqiNode->Header.DefaultId  = (UINT16 *)calloc (PlatformIdNum, sizeof (UINT16));

-        if (UqiNode->Header.DefaultId == NULL) {

-          printf ("Fali to allocate memory!\n");

-          return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-        }

-        UqiNode->Header.PlatformId = (UINT64 *)calloc (PlatformIdNum, sizeof (UINT64));

-        if (UqiNode->Header.PlatformId == NULL) {

-          printf ("Fali to allocate memory!\n");

-          return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-        }

-        for (Index5 = 0; Index5 < PlatformIdNum; Index5++) {

-          UqiNode->Header.DefaultId[Index5] = (UINT16)DefaultId[Index5];

-        }

-        memcpy (UqiNode->Header.PlatformId, PlatformId, PlatformIdNum * sizeof (UINT64));

-

-        if (AsciiOrUcs2 == ASCII) {

-          fscanf(ScriptFile, " %x", (INT32 *)&MaxContainers);

-        } else {

-          Char8Str = ReadUcs2ToStr (ScriptFile, AsciiOrUcs2);

-          if (Char8Str == NULL) {

-            return EFI_ABORTED;

-          }

-          sscanf(Char8Str, " %x", (INT32 *)&MaxContainers);

-          if (Char8Str != NULL) {

-            free (Char8Str);

-            Char8Str = NULL;

-          }

-        }

-        if (MaxContainers > MAX_INPUT_ALLOCATE_SIZE) {

-          return EFI_ABORTED;

-        }

-        UqiNode->Header.Value      = (UINT8 *)calloc(MaxContainers + 1, sizeof(UINT64));

-        if (UqiNode->Header.Value == NULL) {

-          printf ("Fali to allocate memory!\n");

-          return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-        }

-        UqiNode->Header.DiffValue  = (UINT8 *)calloc(MaxContainers + 1, sizeof(UINT64));

-        if (UqiNode->Header.DiffValue == NULL) {

-          printf ("Fali to allocate memory!\n");

-          return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-        }

-        *UqiNode->Header.Value     = (UINT8) MaxContainers;

-        *UqiNode->Header.DiffValue = (UINT8) MaxContainers;

-

-        for (Index = 1; Index <= MaxContainers; Index++) {

-          if (*(UqiNode->Header.Value + Index) == '/') {

-            printf ("Error.  Failed to parse the value of ORDERED_LIST.\n");

-            return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-          }

-          if (AsciiOrUcs2 == ASCII) {

-            fscanf(ScriptFile, " %llx", ((long long *)UqiNode->Header.Value + Index));

-          } else {

-            Char8Str = ReadUcs2ToStr (ScriptFile, AsciiOrUcs2);

-            if (Char8Str == NULL) {

-              return EFI_ABORTED;

-            }

-            sscanf(Char8Str, " %llx", ((long long *)UqiNode->Header.Value + Index));

-            if (Char8Str != NULL) {

-              free (Char8Str);

-              Char8Str = NULL;

-            }

-          }

-        }

-

-      } else {

-        //

-        //  Unknown type

-        //

-        //  Free UQI buffer before skipping to next line

-        //

-        free(UqiBuffer);

-        UqiBuffer = NULL;

-        printf ("Error.  Invalid parameters exist in scripts line %d", ScriptsLine);

-        return EFI_ABORTED;

-      }

-      UqiNode->Header.ScriptsLine = ScriptsLine;

-      //

-      //  Skip to next line

-      //

-      do {

-        if (AsciiOrUcs2 == ASCII) {

-          fread(&TempChar, sizeof (CHAR8), 1, ScriptFile);

-        } else {

-          fread(&TempChar16, sizeof (CHAR16), 1, ScriptFile);

-          if (AsciiOrUcs2 == BIG_UCS2) {

-            TempChar = (CHAR8)TempChar16;

-          } else {

-            TempChar = (CHAR8)(TempChar16 >> 8);

-          }

-        }

-      } while((TempChar != '\n') && !feof(ScriptFile));

-      break;

-

-    case '\n':

-    case '\r':

-      //

-      //  Newline, skip to next character

-      //

-      break;

-

-     case '/':

-      //

-      // Get the value of PlatformId and DefaultId from comments

-      //

-      do {

-        if (AsciiOrUcs2 == ASCII) {

-          fread(&TempChar, sizeof (CHAR8), 1, ScriptFile);

-        } else {

-          fread(&TempChar16, sizeof (CHAR16), 1, ScriptFile);

-          if (AsciiOrUcs2 == BIG_UCS2) {

-             TempChar = (CHAR8)TempChar16;

-           } else {

-             TempChar = (CHAR8)(TempChar16 >> 8);

-           }

-        }

-        //

-        //"/ DefaultId :"

-        //

-        if (!ReadDefaultId) {

-          if (TempChar == DefaultIdStr[Index1]) {

-            Index1++;

-          } else {

-            Index1 = 0;

-          }

-          if (Index1 == strlen (DefaultIdStr)) {

-            Index1        = 0;

-            Index3        = 0;

-            memset (Array, 0, MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM * MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM);

-            ReadDefaultId = TRUE;

-            mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot = TRUE;

-          }

-        } else if (ReadDefaultId) {

-          if (TempChar == '\n') {

-            ReadDefaultId = FALSE;

-            Array[Index3] = TempChar;

-            DefaultIdNum  = GetNumFromAsciiString ((CHAR8 *)Array, DefaultId);

-            mMultiPlatformParam.KeyDefaultId[mMultiPlatformParam.KeyIdNum] = (UINT16)DefaultId[0];

-          } else {

-            Array[Index3++] = TempChar;

-          }

-        }

-        //

-        //"/ PlatformId:"

-        //

-        if (!ReadPlatformId) {

-          if (TempChar == PlatformIdStr[Index2]) {

-            Index2++;

-          } else {

-            Index2 = 0;

-          }

-          if (Index2 == strlen (PlatformIdStr)) {

-            Index2         = 0;

-            Index3         = 0;

-            memset (Array, 0, MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM * MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM);

-            ReadPlatformId = TRUE;

-          }

-        } else if (ReadPlatformId) {

-          if (TempChar == '\n') {

-            ReadPlatformId = FALSE;

-            Array[Index3]  = TempChar;

-            PlatformIdNum  = GetNumFromAsciiString ((CHAR8 *)Array, PlatformId);

-            //

-            // Take the first defaultid an platformid as the key of this group

-            //

-            mMultiPlatformParam.KeyPlatformId[mMultiPlatformParam.KeyIdNum++] = PlatformId[0];

-            assert (DefaultIdNum == PlatformIdNum);

-          } else {

-            Array[Index3++] = TempChar;

-          }

-        }

-        //

-        //"/ PlatformIdUqi:"

-        //

-        if (!ReadPlatformIdUqi) {

-          if (TempChar == PlatformUqi[Index4]) {

-            Index4++;

-          } else {

-            Index4 = 0;

-          }

-          if (Index4 == strlen (PlatformUqi)) {

-            Index4         = 0;

-            Index3         = 0;

-            memset (Array, 0, MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM * MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM);

-            ReadPlatformIdUqi = TRUE;

-          }

-        } else if (ReadPlatformIdUqi) {

-          if (mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.HexNum > 0) {

-            continue;

-          }

-          //

-          //  Read size of UQI string

-          //

-          if (AsciiOrUcs2 == ASCII) {

-            fscanf(ScriptFile, " %x", (INT32 *)&mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.HexNum);

-          } else {

-            Char8Str = ReadUcs2ToStr (ScriptFile, AsciiOrUcs2);

-            if (Char8Str == NULL) {

-              return EFI_ABORTED;

-            }

-            sscanf(Char8Str, " %x", (INT32 *)&mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.HexNum);

-            if (Char8Str != NULL) {

-              free (Char8Str);

-              Char8Str = NULL;

-            }

-          }

-          if (mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.HexNum > MAX_INPUT_ALLOCATE_SIZE) {

-            return EFI_ABORTED;

-          }

-          //

-          //  Malloc buffer for string size + null termination

-          //

-          if (mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.Data != NULL) {

-            free (mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.Data);

-            mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.Data = NULL;

-          }

-          mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.Data = (CHAR16 *)calloc(mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.HexNum + 1, sizeof(CHAR16));

-

-          if (mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.Data == NULL) {

-            printf("Error. Unable to allocate 0x%04zx bytes for UQI string -- FAILURE\n", (mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.HexNum + 1) * sizeof(CHAR16));

-            break;

-          }

-          //

-          //  Read UQI string

-          //

-          for (Index = 0; Index < mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.HexNum; Index++) {

-            if (AsciiOrUcs2 == ASCII) {

-              fscanf(ScriptFile, " %hx", (short *)&(mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.Data[Index]));

-            } else {

-              Char8Str = ReadUcs2ToStr (ScriptFile, AsciiOrUcs2);

-              if (Char8Str == NULL) {

-                return EFI_ABORTED;

-              }

-              sscanf(Char8Str, " %hx", (short *)&(mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.Data[Index]));

-              if (Char8Str != NULL) {

-                free (Char8Str);

-                Char8Str = NULL;

-              }

-            }

-          }

-          //

-          //  Set null termination

-          //

-          mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.Data[Index] = 0;

-          ReadPlatformIdUqi = FALSE;

-        }

-

-      } while((TempChar != '\n') && !feof(ScriptFile));

-      break;

-      //

-      // To do: Get and set DefaultId and PlatformId here!

-      //

-     default:

-      //

-      //  Comment or garbage, skip to next line

-      //

-       do {

-         if (AsciiOrUcs2 == ASCII) {

-           fread(&TempChar, sizeof (CHAR8), 1, ScriptFile);

-         } else {

-           fread(&TempChar16, sizeof (CHAR16), 1, ScriptFile);

-           if (AsciiOrUcs2 == BIG_UCS2) {

-              TempChar = (CHAR8)TempChar16;

-            } else {

-              TempChar = (CHAR8)(TempChar16 >> 8);

-            }

-         }

-       } while((TempChar != '\n') && !feof(ScriptFile));

-       break;

-    }

-  }

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Get the offset of file name from the whole path.

-

-  @param  NameStr    The whole file path.

-

-  @retval Offset     Return the offset of file name in path

-**/

-static

-UINTN

-GetOffsetOfFileName (

-  IN CHAR8   *NameStr

-  )

-{

-  CHAR8       *Str;

-  UINTN       Index;

-  UINTN       CurIndex;

-

-  Index    = 0;

-  CurIndex = 0;

-  Str      = NameStr;

-

-  if (NameStr == NULL) {

-    return 0;

-  }

-  while (*Str != '\0') {

-    if (*Str == OS_SEP) {

-      CurIndex = Index;

-    }

-    Str++;

-    Index++;

-  }

-  if (*(NameStr + CurIndex) == OS_SEP) {

-    return CurIndex + 1;

-  } else {

-    return 0;

-  }

-}

-/**

-  Print the questions which is updated to the current platform successfully.

-

-  Parse the Uqi List, and print it till break NULL.

-

-  @param  List          Pointer to a List.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS   The Print was complete successfully

-  @return EFI_ABORTED   An error occurred

-**/

-static

-VOID

-PrintUpdateListInfo (

-  IN UQI_PARAM_LIST   *UqiList

-  )

-{

-  UINT32           Index;

-  UINT32           Index1;

-  UINT32           Index2;

-  UQI_PARAM_LIST   *CurList;

-

-  Index1   = 0;

-  Index2   = 0;

-  Index    = 0;

-  CurList  = UqiList;

-

-  printf ("\n\n                            -- Update List --                         ");

-

-  while (CurList != NULL) {

-    if (!CurList->ErrorOrNot && CurList->ParseOrNot && !CurList->SameOrNot) {

-      ++Index;

-      printf ("\n\n[Script line %d] Update No.%d:\n", CurList->Header.ScriptsLine, ++Index1);

-      printf ("Q  %04x ", CurList->Header.HexNum);

-      for (Index2 = 0; Index2 < CurList->Header.HexNum; Index2++) {

-        printf ("%04x ", CurList->Header.Data[Index2]);

-      }

-      if (CurList->Header.Type == ORDERED_LIST) {

-        printf ("ORDERED_LIST ");

-      } else if (CurList->Header.Type == CHECKBOX) {

-        printf ("CHECKBOX ");

-      } else if (CurList->Header.Type == ONE_OF) {

-        printf ("ONE_OF ");

-      } else if (CurList->Header.Type == NUMERIC) {

-        printf ("NUMERIC ");

-      } else if (CurList->Header.Type == STRING) {

-        printf ("STRING ");

-      } else {

-        printf ("UNKNOWN ");

-      }

-      //

-      //Print the value of scripts

-      //

-      printf ("\n[ Update Value From: ");

-      if (CurList->Header.Type == ORDERED_LIST) {

-        for (Index2 = 0; Index2 <= *(CurList->Header.DiffValue); Index2++) {

-          printf ("%02x ", *(CurList->Header.DiffValue + Index2));

-        }

-      } else if (CurList->Header.Type == STRING) {

-        printf("\"");

-        WriteUnicodeStr((CHAR16 *)CurList->Header.DiffValue);

-        printf("\"");

-      } else {

-        printf ("%llx ", *(unsigned long long*)(UINT64 *)CurList->Header.DiffValue);

-      }

-      //

-      //Print the value of current platform

-      //

-      printf (" To: ");

-      if (CurList->Header.Type == ORDERED_LIST) {

-        for (Index2 = 0; Index2 <= *(CurList->Header.Value); Index2++) {

-          printf ("%02x ", *(CurList->Header.Value + Index2));

-        }

-      } else if (CurList->Header.Type == STRING) {

-        printf("\"");

-        WriteUnicodeStr((CHAR16 *)CurList->Header.Value);

-        printf("\"");

-      } else {

-        printf ("%llx ", *(unsigned long long*)(UINT64 *)CurList->Header.Value);

-      }

-      printf ("]");

-    }

-    CurList = CurList->Next;

-  }

-  if (Index > 1) {

-    printf ("\n\n\n[Results]: %d questions have been updated successfully in total. \n", Index);

-  } else {

-    printf ("\n\n\n[Results]: %d question has been updated successfully in total. \n", Index);

-  }

-}

-

-

-/**

-  Print the error, when update questions.

-

-  Parse the Uqi List, and print it till break NULL.

-

-  @param  List          The Pointer to a List.

-

-**/

-static

-BOOLEAN

-PrintErrorInfo (

-  IN UQI_PARAM_LIST   *UqiList

-  )

-{

-  UINT32           Index1;

-  UINT32           Index2;

-  UINT32           Index;

-  UQI_PARAM_LIST   *CurList;

-  BOOLEAN          IsError;

-

-  Index1   = 0;

-  Index2   = 0;

-  Index    = 0;

-  CurList  = UqiList;

-  IsError  = FALSE;

-

-  while (CurList != NULL) {

-    if (CurList->ErrorOrNot && CurList->ParseOrNot) {

-      IsError  = TRUE;

-      ++Index;

-      printf ("\n\n[Script line %d] Error Information No.%d:\n", CurList->Header.ScriptsLine, ++Index1);

-      printf ("Q  %04x ", CurList->Header.HexNum);

-      for (Index2 = 0; Index2 < CurList->Header.HexNum; Index2++) {

-        printf ("%04x ", CurList->Header.Data[Index2]);

-      }

-      if (CurList->Header.Type == ORDERED_LIST) {

-        printf ("ORDERED_LIST ");

-      } else if (CurList->Header.Type == CHECKBOX) {

-        printf ("CHECKBOX ");

-      } else if (CurList->Header.Type == ONE_OF) {

-        printf ("ONE_OF ");

-      } else if (CurList->Header.Type == NUMERIC) {

-        printf ("NUMERIC ");

-      } else if (CurList->Header.Type == STRING) {

-        printf ("STRING ");

-      } else {

-        printf ("UNKNOWN ");

-      }

-      //

-      //Print the Input value of scripts

-      //

-      if (CurList->Header.Type == ORDERED_LIST) {

-        for (Index2 = 0; Index2 <= *CurList->Header.Value; Index2++) {

-          printf ("%02x ", *(CurList->Header.Value + Index2));

-        }

-      } else if (CurList->Header.Type == STRING) {

-        printf("\"");

-        WriteUnicodeStr((CHAR16 *)CurList->Header.Value);

-        printf("\"");

-      } else {

-        printf ("%llx ", *(unsigned long long*)(UINT64 *)CurList->Header.Value);

-      }

-      //

-      //Print the Error information

-      //

-      if (CurList->Error != NULL) {

-        printf ("\n%s ", CurList->Error);

-      }

-    }

-    CurList = CurList->Next;

-  }

-  if (IsError) {

-    if (Index > 1) {

-      printf ("\n\n[Results]: Occurred %d errors during the update process. \n", Index);

-    } else {

-      printf ("\n\n[Results]: Occurred %d error during the update process. \n", Index);

-    }

-  }

-  return IsError;

-}

-

-/**

-  Any questions that exist in both the script and the current platform and have

-  different values will be logged to the screen.

-

-  Parse the Uqi List, and print it till break NULL.

-

-  @param  List          Pointer to a List.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS   The Print was complete successfully

-  @return EFI_ABORTED   An error occurreds

-**/

-static

-VOID

-PrintVerifiedListInfo (

-  IN UQI_PARAM_LIST   *UqiList

-  )

-{

-  UINT32           Index1;

-  UINT32           Index2;

-  UINT32           Index3;

-  UINT32           Index;

-  UQI_PARAM_LIST   *CurList;

-  UINT32           StrLen;

-  UINT32           StrLen1;

-  UINT32           StrLen2;

-

-  Index1   = 0;

-  Index2   = 0;

-  Index    = 0;

-  StrLen   = 0;

-  CurList  = UqiList;

-

-  StrLen1  = strlen (mSetupTxtName + GetOffsetOfFileName (mSetupTxtName));

-  StrLen2  = strlen (mInputFdName + GetOffsetOfFileName (mInputFdName));

-

-  StrLen   = (StrLen1 > StrLen2) ? StrLen1:StrLen2;

-

-  printf ("\n\n                            -- Different List --                         ");

-

-  while (CurList != NULL) {

-    if (!CurList->SameOrNot && CurList->ParseOrNot) {

-      ++Index;

-      printf ("\n\n[Script line %d] Difference No.%d:", CurList->Header.ScriptsLine, ++Index1);

-      printf ("\n[%s", mSetupTxtName + GetOffsetOfFileName (mSetupTxtName));

-      for (Index3 = 0; Index3 < StrLen - StrLen1; Index3++) {

-        printf (" ");

-      }

-      printf ("]:");

-      printf (" Q  %04x ", CurList->Header.HexNum);

-      for (Index2 = 0; Index2 < CurList->Header.HexNum; Index2++) {

-        printf ("%04x ", CurList->Header.Data[Index2]);

-      }

-      if (CurList->Header.Type == ORDERED_LIST) {

-        printf ("ORDERED_LIST ");

-      } else if (CurList->Header.Type == CHECKBOX) {

-        printf ("CHECKBOX ");

-      } else if (CurList->Header.Type == ONE_OF) {

-        printf ("ONE_OF ");

-      } else if (CurList->Header.Type == NUMERIC) {

-        printf ("NUMERIC ");

-      } else if (CurList->Header.Type == STRING) {

-        printf ("STRING ");

-      } else {

-        printf ("UNKNOWN ");

-      }

-      //

-      //Print the Input value of scripts

-      //

-      if (CurList->Header.Type == ORDERED_LIST) {

-        for (Index2 = 0; Index2 <= *(CurList->Header.Value); Index2++) {

-          printf ("%02x ", *(CurList->Header.Value + Index2));

-        }

-      } else if (CurList->Header.Type == STRING) {

-        printf("\"");

-        WriteUnicodeStr((CHAR16 *)CurList->Header.Value);

-        printf("\"");

-      } else {

-        printf ("%llx ", *(unsigned long long*)(UINT64 *)CurList->Header.Value);

-      }

-      //

-      //Print the value of current platform

-      //

-      printf ("\n[%s", mInputFdName + GetOffsetOfFileName (mInputFdName));

-      for (Index3 = 0; Index3 < StrLen - StrLen2; Index3++) {

-        printf (" ");

-      }

-      printf ("]:");

-      printf (" Q  %04x ", CurList->Header.HexNum);

-      for (Index2 = 0; Index2 < CurList->Header.HexNum; Index2++) {

-        printf ("%04x ", CurList->Header.Data[Index2]);

-      }

-      if (CurList->Header.Type == ORDERED_LIST) {

-        printf ("ORDERED_LIST ");

-      } else if (CurList->Header.Type == CHECKBOX) {

-        printf ("CHECKBOX ");

-      } else if (CurList->Header.Type == ONE_OF) {

-        printf ("ONE_OF ");

-      } else if (CurList->Header.Type == NUMERIC) {

-        printf ("NUMERIC ");

-      } else if (CurList->Header.Type == STRING) {

-        printf ("STRING ");

-      } else {

-        printf ("UNKNOWN ");

-      }

-      if (CurList->Header.Type == ORDERED_LIST) {

-        for (Index2 = 0; Index2 <= *(CurList->Header.DiffValue); Index2++) {

-          printf ("%02x ", *(CurList->Header.DiffValue + Index2));

-        }

-      } else if (CurList->Header.Type == STRING) {

-        printf("\"");

-        WriteUnicodeStr((CHAR16 *)CurList->Header.DiffValue);

-        printf("\"");

-      } else {

-        printf ("%llx ", *(unsigned long long*)(UINT64 *)CurList->Header.DiffValue);

-      }

-    }

-    CurList = CurList->Next;

-  }

-  if (Index > 1) {

-    printf (

-      "\n\n\n[Results]: There are %d differences between '%s' and '%s' in total.\n\n\n",

-      Index,

-      mSetupTxtName + GetOffsetOfFileName (mSetupTxtName),

-      mInputFdName + GetOffsetOfFileName (mInputFdName)

-      );

-  } else {

-    printf (

-      "\n\n\n[Results]: There is %d difference between '%s' and '%s' in total.\n\n\n",

-      Index,

-      mSetupTxtName + GetOffsetOfFileName (mSetupTxtName),

-      mInputFdName + GetOffsetOfFileName (mInputFdName)

-     );

-  }

-}

-

-/**

-  Insert Uqi object to the end of unidirection List.

-

-  @param  InList           The Pointer to the current object

-  @param  UqiListEntry     The pointer to the entry of UqiList

-

-  @return EFI_SUCCESS

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-InsertUnidirectionList (

-  IN     UQI_PARAM_LIST  *InList,

-  IN     UQI_PARAM_LIST  **UqiListEntry

-  )

-{

-  UQI_PARAM_LIST **UqiCurList;

-  UQI_PARAM_LIST *UqiNext;

-

-  UqiCurList = NULL;

-  UqiNext    = NULL;

-

-  if (UqiListEntry == NULL) {

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  //

-  // Insert to Uqi Node to UqiList

-  //

-  UqiCurList = UqiListEntry;

-  UqiNext    = *UqiCurList;

-  if (UqiNext == NULL) {

-    //

-    //Insert is the first node as node header

-    //

-    *UqiCurList = InList;

-  } else {

-    while ((UqiNext != NULL) && (UqiNext->Next != NULL)) {

-      UqiNext = UqiNext->Next;

-    }

-    UqiNext->Next = InList;

-  }

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Free variable unidirection List.

-

-  @param  UqiListEntry     The pointer to the entry of UqiList

-

-  @return EFI_SUCCESS

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-FreeUnidirectionList (

-  IN     UQI_PARAM_LIST  *UqiListEntry

-  )

-{

-  UQI_PARAM_LIST  *Next;

-

-  Next = NULL;

-  //

-  // Free Uqi List

-  //

-  while (UqiListEntry != NULL) {

-    Next = UqiListEntry->Next;

-    if (UqiListEntry->Header.Value != NULL) {

-      free (UqiListEntry->Header.Value);

-    }

-    if (UqiListEntry->Header.DiffValue != NULL) {

-      free (UqiListEntry->Header.DiffValue);

-    }

-    if (UqiListEntry->Header.Data != NULL) {

-      free (UqiListEntry->Header.Data);

-    }

-    if (UqiListEntry->Header.DefaultId != NULL) {

-      free (UqiListEntry->Header.DefaultId);

-    }

-    if (UqiListEntry->Header.PlatformId != NULL) {

-      free (UqiListEntry->Header.PlatformId);

-    }

-    if (UqiListEntry->Error != NULL) {

-      free (UqiListEntry->Error);

-    }

-    free (UqiListEntry);

-    UqiListEntry = Next;

-  }

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Delete a directory and files in it.

-

-  @param   DirName   Name of the directory need to be deleted.

-

-  @return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER

-  @return EFI_SUCCESS

-**/

-static

-EFI_STATUS

-LibRmDir (

-  IN  CHAR8*  DirName

-)

-{

-  CHAR8*          SystemCommand;

-

-  SystemCommand             = NULL;

-

-  if (DirName == NULL) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Delete a directory and files in it.

-  //

-

-  SystemCommand = malloc (

-    strlen (RMDIR_STR) +

-    strlen (DirName)     +

-    1

-    );

-  if (SystemCommand == NULL) {

-    return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-  }

-

-  sprintf (

-    SystemCommand,

-    RMDIR_STR,

-    DirName

-    );

-

-  system (SystemCommand);

-  free(SystemCommand);

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Pick up the FFS from the FD image.

-

-  Call BfmLib to get all FFS in one FD image, and save all which includes IFR

-  Binary to gEfiFdInfo structure.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS          Get the address successfully.

-**/

-static

-EFI_STATUS

-PickUpFfsFromFd (

-  VOID

-  )

-{

-  CHAR8          *SystemCommandFormatString;

-  CHAR8          *SystemCommand;

-  CHAR8          *TempSystemCommand;

-  CHAR8          *TemDir;

-  EFI_STATUS     Status;

-  INT32          ReturnValue;

-

-  Status                    = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  SystemCommandFormatString = NULL;

-  SystemCommand             = NULL;

-  TempSystemCommand         = NULL;

-  TemDir                    = NULL;

-  ReturnValue               = 0;

-

-  memset (&gEfiFdInfo, 0, sizeof (G_EFI_FD_INFO));

-  //

-  // Construction 'system' command string

-  //

-  SystemCommandFormatString = "BfmLib -e \"%s\" ";

-

-  SystemCommand = malloc (

-                    strlen (SystemCommandFormatString) + strlen (mInputFdName) + 1

-                  );

-

-  if (SystemCommand == NULL) {

-    printf ("Fail to allocate memory.\n");

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-

-  sprintf (

-    SystemCommand,

-    "BfmLib -e \"%s\" ",

-    mInputFdName

-    );

-

-  if (mFullGuidToolDefinitionDir[0] != 0) {

-    TempSystemCommand = SystemCommand;

-    SystemCommand = malloc (

-                    strlen (mFullGuidToolDefinitionDir) + strlen (OS_SEP_STR) + strlen (TempSystemCommand) + 1

-                  );

-

-    if (SystemCommand == NULL) {

-      free (TempSystemCommand);

-      return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-    }

-    strcpy (SystemCommand, mFullGuidToolDefinitionDir);

-    strcat (SystemCommand, OS_SEP_STR);

-    strcat (SystemCommand, TempSystemCommand);

-    free (TempSystemCommand);

-

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Call BfmLib to get all FFS in Temp folder of current path

-  //

-  ReturnValue = system (SystemCommand);

-  free (SystemCommand);

-  if (ReturnValue == -1) {

-    printf ("Error. Call BfmLib failed.\n");

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  //

-  //Pick up the FFS which is interrelated with the IFR binary.

-  //

-  TemDir = getcwd (NULL, _MAX_PATH);

-  if (strlen (TemDir) + strlen (OS_SEP_STR) + strlen (TEMP_DIR_NAME)> _MAX_PATH - 1) {

-    printf ("The directory is too long \n");

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  strncat (TemDir, OS_SEP_STR, _MAX_PATH - strlen (TemDir) - 1);

-  strncat (TemDir, TEMP_DIR_NAME, _MAX_PATH - strlen (TemDir) - 1);

-  mMultiPlatformParam.ExistStorageFfsInBfv = FALSE;

-  Status = FindFileInFolder (TemDir, &mMultiPlatformParam.ExistStorageFfsInBfv, &mMultiPlatformParam.SizeOptimized);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-#define BUILD_IN_TOOL_COUNT 4

-/**

-  Generate pre-defined guided tools data.

-

-  @return  An EFI_HANDLE contain guided tools data.

-

-**/

-static

-EFI_HANDLE

-PreDefinedGuidedTools (

-  VOID

-)

-{

-  EFI_GUID            Guid;

-  STRING_LIST         *Tool;

-  GUID_SEC_TOOL_ENTRY *FirstGuidTool;

-  GUID_SEC_TOOL_ENTRY *LastGuidTool;

-  GUID_SEC_TOOL_ENTRY *NewGuidTool;

-  UINT8               Index;

-  EFI_STATUS          Status;

-

-  CHAR8 PreDefinedGuidedTool[BUILD_IN_TOOL_COUNT][255] = {

-    "a31280ad-481e-41b6-95e8-127f4c984779 TIANO TianoCompress",

-    "ee4e5898-3914-4259-9d6e-dc7bd79403cf LZMA LzmaCompress",

-    "fc1bcdb0-7d31-49aa-936a-a4600d9dd083 CRC32 GenCrc32",

-    "3d532050-5cda-4fd0-879e-0f7f630d5afb BROTLI BrotliCompress"

-  };

-

-  Tool            = NULL;

-  FirstGuidTool   = NULL;

-  LastGuidTool    = NULL;

-  NewGuidTool     = NULL;

-

-  for (Index = 0; Index < BUILD_IN_TOOL_COUNT; Index++) {

-    Tool = SplitStringByWhitespace (PreDefinedGuidedTool[Index]);

-    if ((Tool != NULL) &&

-        (Tool->Count == 3)

-       ) {

-      Status = StringToGuid (Tool->Strings[0], &Guid);

-      if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        NewGuidTool = malloc (sizeof (GUID_SEC_TOOL_ENTRY));

-        if (NewGuidTool != NULL) {

-          memcpy (&(NewGuidTool->Guid), &Guid, sizeof (Guid));

-          NewGuidTool->Name = CloneString(Tool->Strings[1]);

-          NewGuidTool->Path = CloneString(Tool->Strings[2]);

-          NewGuidTool->Next = NULL;

-        } else {

-          printf ( "Fail to allocate memory. \n");

-          if (Tool != NULL) {

-            FreeStringList (Tool);

-          }

-          return NULL;

-        }

-        if (FirstGuidTool == NULL) {

-          FirstGuidTool = NewGuidTool;

-        } else {

-          LastGuidTool->Next = NewGuidTool;

-        }

-        LastGuidTool = NewGuidTool;

-      }

-

-    } else {

-      fprintf (stdout, "Error");

-    }

-    if (Tool != NULL) {

-      FreeStringList (Tool);

-      Tool = NULL;

-    }

-  }

-  return FirstGuidTool;

-}

-

-/**

-  Read all storages under a specified platformId and defaultId from BFV.

-

-  @param  Binary            The pointer to the buffer of binary.

-  @param  StorageListEntry  The pointer to the storage list.

-

-  @return length          The length of storage

-**/

-UINT32

-ReadStorageFromBinary (

-  IN  UINT8             *Binary,

-  IN  LIST_ENTRY        *StorageListEntry

-  )

-{

-  UINT32                       Length;

-  UINT8                        *DataBase;

-  BOOLEAN                      AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot;

-  BOOLEAN                      AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot;

-

-  Length                      = 0;

-  AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot = FALSE;

-  AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot = FALSE;

-  DataBase                    = Binary + sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER);

-  //

-  // Judge the layout of NV by Variable Guid

-  //

-  AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot  = CheckMonotonicBasedVarStore ((VOID *)(DataBase + *(UINT16 *)DataBase));

-  AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot  = CheckTimeBasedVarStoreOrNot ((VOID *)(DataBase + *(UINT16 *)DataBase));

-

-  if (AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot) {

-    //

-    // Read variable with Monotonic based layout from binary

-    //

-    Length = ReadMonotonicBasedVariableToList (Binary, StorageListEntry);

-  } else if (AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot){

-    //

-    // Read variable with time-based layout from binary

-    //

-    Length = ReadTimeBasedVariableToList (Binary, StorageListEntry);

-  } else {

-    //

-    // Read variable with normal layout from binary

-    //

-    Length = ReadVariableToList (Binary, StorageListEntry);

-  }

-

-  return Length;

-}

-

-/**

-  Insert one storage to the raw bianry, and return its length.

-

-  @param  Storage         The pointer to a storage in storage list.

-  @param  Binary          The pointer to the buffer of binary.

-

-  @return length          The length of storage

-**/

-UINT32

-PutStorageToBinary (

-  IN  FORMSET_STORAGE   *Storage,

-  IN  UINT8             *Binary,

-  IN  LIST_ENTRY        *StorageListEntry

-  )

-{

-  EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER   *VarAddr;

-  UINT32                       Length;

-  UINT32                       Index;

-  UINT8                        *BinaryBeginning;

-  FORMSET_STORAGE              *CurStorage;

-  LIST_ENTRY                   *StorageLink;

-  VOID                         *VariableStoreHeader;

-  BOOLEAN                      AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot;

-  BOOLEAN                      AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot;

-

-  VarAddr                     = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER   *) gEfiFdInfo.EfiVariableAddr;

-  Length                      = 0;

-  Index                       = 0;

-  BinaryBeginning             = Binary;

-  VariableStoreHeader         = (VOID *)((CHAR8 *)VarAddr + VarAddr->HeaderLength);

-  AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot = FALSE;

-  AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot = FALSE;

-  //

-  // Judge the layout of NV by gEfiVariableGuid

-  //

-  AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot  = CheckMonotonicBasedVarStore (VariableStoreHeader);

-  AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot  = CheckTimeBasedVarStoreOrNot (VariableStoreHeader);

-  //

-  // Build the binary for BFV

-  //

-  StorageLink = GetFirstNode (StorageListEntry);

-

-  while (!IsNull (StorageListEntry, StorageLink)) {

-    CurStorage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);

-    if ((CurStorage->DefaultId[0] == Storage->DefaultId[0])

-      && (CurStorage->PlatformId[0] == Storage->PlatformId[0])

-      && !CurStorage->Skip

-      ) {

-      CurStorage->Skip = TRUE;

-

-      if (AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot) {

-        //

-        // Copy variable with Monotonic based layout to binary

-        //

-        Length = CopyMonotonicBasedVariableToBinary (CurStorage, BinaryBeginning, Index);

-      } else if (AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot){

-        //

-        // Copy variable with time-based layout to binary

-        //

-        Length = CopyTimeBasedVariableToBinary (CurStorage, BinaryBeginning, Index);

-      } else {

-        //

-        // Copy variable with normall layout to binary

-        //

-        Length = CopyVariableToBinary (CurStorage, BinaryBeginning, Index);

-      }

-      Index++;

-    }

-    StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListEntry, StorageLink);

-  }

-  //

-  // Fix the length of storage header under a specified DefaultId and PlatformId

-  //

-  if (AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot) {

-    FixMontonicVariableHeaderSize (BinaryBeginning, Length);

-  } else if (AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot){

-    FixBasedTimeVariableHeaderSize (BinaryBeginning, Length);

-  } else {

-    FixVariableHeaderSize (BinaryBeginning, Length);

-  }

-  return Length;

-}

-

-/**

-  Insert one storage to Fd's NvStoreDatabase, and return its length.

-

-  @param  Storage         The pointer to a storage in storage list.

-  @param  Binary          The pointer to the buffer of binary.

-

-  @return length          The length of storage

-**/

-UINT32

-PutStorageToNvStoreBinary (

-  IN  FORMSET_STORAGE   *Storage,

-  IN  UINT8             *Binary,

-  IN  LIST_ENTRY        *StorageListEntry

-  )

-{

-  UINT32                       Length;

-  UINT32                       Index;

-  UINT8                        *BinaryBeginning;

-  FORMSET_STORAGE              *CurStorage;

-  LIST_ENTRY                   *StorageLink;

-

-  Length                      = 0;

-  Index                       = 0;

-  BinaryBeginning             = Binary;

-  //

-  // Build the binary for NvStorDatabase

-  //

-  StorageLink = GetFirstNode (StorageListEntry);

-  while (!IsNull (StorageListEntry, StorageLink)) {

-    CurStorage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);

-    if ((CurStorage->PlatformId[0] == Storage->PlatformId[0])

-      && (CurStorage->DefaultId[0] == Storage->DefaultId[0])

-      && !CurStorage->Skip

-      ) {

-      CurStorage->Skip = TRUE;

-      Length = CopyVariableToNvStoreBinary (CurStorage, BinaryBeginning, Index);

-      Index++;

-    }

-    StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListEntry, StorageLink);

-  }

-  // Alignment

-  Length = (Length + 3) & ~3;

-  FixNvStoreVariableHeaderSize (BinaryBeginning, Length);

-  return Length;

-}

-

-/**

-  Optimize the Delta binary size based on the default setting binary, and

-  create a new binary with new size on the Storage.ffs.

-

-  @param  DefaultBinary         The pointer to a default setting binary

-  @param  DefaultHeaderLen      The header lenght of default setting binary

-  @param  DeltaBinary           The pointer to a delta setting binary

-  @param  CurrentSize           The size of current delta data.

-

-  @return length          The length of new storage

-**/

-UINT32

-OptimizeStorageDeltaData (

-  IN      UINT8             *DefaultBinary,

-  IN      UINT8             *CurrentBinary,

-  IN  OUT UINT8             *DeltaBinary,

-  IN      UINT32            CurrentSize

-  )

-{

-  UINT32         Size;

-  UINT16         Index;

-  UINT32         DefaultHeaderSize;

-  UINT32         DeltaHeaderSize;

-  UINT32         AlignSize;

-  PCD_DATA_DELTA   DeltaData;

-  DefaultHeaderSize = ((PCD_DEFAULT_DATA *)DefaultBinary)->HeaderSize + 4;

-  DeltaHeaderSize   = ((PCD_DEFAULT_DATA *)CurrentBinary)->HeaderSize + 4;

-  //

-  // Copy the Delta Header directly

-  //

-  Size = DeltaHeaderSize;

-  memcpy (DeltaBinary, CurrentBinary, Size);

-  //

-  // Compare the delta data and optimize the size

-  //

-  for (Index = 0; Index < CurrentSize - DeltaHeaderSize; Index++) {

-    if (*(DefaultBinary + DefaultHeaderSize + Index) != *(CurrentBinary + DeltaHeaderSize + Index)) {

-      DeltaData.Offset = Index;

-      DeltaData.Value  = *(CurrentBinary + DeltaHeaderSize + Index);

-      memcpy (DeltaBinary + Size, &DeltaData, sizeof (DeltaData));

-      Size = Size + sizeof(DeltaData);

-    }

-  }

-  *(UINT32 *)DeltaBinary = Size;

-  AlignSize = (Size + 7) & ~7;

-  //set Alignment data 0x00

-  for (Index = 0; Index < AlignSize - Size; Index++){

-    *(DeltaBinary + Size + Index) = 0x0;

-  }

-  return Size;

-}

-

-/**

-  Optimize the Delta binary size based on the default setting binary, and

-  create a new binary with new size on the Storage.ffs.

-

-  @param  DefaultBinary         The pointer to a default setting binary

-  @param  DefaultHeaderLen      The header lenght of default setting binary

-  @param  DeltaBinary           The pointer to a delta setting binary

-  @param  CurrentSize           The size of current delta data.

-

-  @return length          The length of new storage

-**/

-UINT32

-OptimizeStorageSection (

-  IN      UINT8             *DefaultBinary,

-  IN      UINT8             *CurrentBinary,

-  IN  OUT UINT8             *DeltaBinary,

-  IN      UINT32            CurrentSize

-  )

-{

-  UINT32         Size;

-  UINT16         Index;

-  UINT32         DefaultHeaderSize;

-  UINT32         DeltaHeaderSize;

-  DATA_DELTA     DeltaData;

-

-  DefaultHeaderSize = *(UINT16 *)DefaultBinary;

-  DeltaHeaderSize   = *(UINT16 *)CurrentBinary;

-

-  //

-  // Copy the Delta Header directly

-  //

-  Size = DeltaHeaderSize;

-  memcpy (DeltaBinary, CurrentBinary, Size);

-  //

-  // Compare the delta data and optimize the size

-  //

-  for (Index = 0; Index < CurrentSize - DeltaHeaderSize; Index++) {

-    if (*(DefaultBinary + DefaultHeaderSize + Index) != *(CurrentBinary + DeltaHeaderSize + Index)) {

-    DeltaData.Offset = Index;

-    DeltaData.Value  = *(CurrentBinary + DeltaHeaderSize + Index);

-    memcpy (DeltaBinary + Size, &DeltaData, sizeof (DeltaData));

-    Size = Size + sizeof(DeltaData);

-    }

-  }

-  return Size;

-}

-

-/**

-  Create the storage section and copy it to memory.

-

-  @param  Buffer       The pointer to the buffer

-  @param  Size         The size of input buffer.

-

-  @return the new size

-**/

-UINT32

-CreateStorageSection (

-  IN OUT  UINT8   *Buffer,

-  IN      UINT32  Size,

-  IN      CHAR8   *FileName

-)

-{

-  FILE            *BinaryFd;

-  UINTN           BytesWrite;

-  UINT32          SectionSize;

-

-  BinaryFd   = NULL;

-  //

-  // Create the raw section files in FFS

-  //

-  BinaryFd = fopen (FileName, "wb+");

-  if (BinaryFd == NULL) {

-    printf ("Error. Failed to create the raw data section.\n");

-    return 0;

-  }

-  fseek (BinaryFd, 0, SEEK_SET);

-  BytesWrite = fwrite (Buffer, sizeof (CHAR8), Size, BinaryFd);

-  fclose (BinaryFd);

-  if (BytesWrite != Size) {

-    printf ("Error. Failed to write the raw data section.\n");

-    return 0;

-  }

-  CreateRawSection (FileName, FileName);

-

-  BinaryFd = fopen (FileName, "rb");

-  if (BinaryFd == NULL) {

-    printf ("Error. Failed to open the raw data section.\n");

-    return 0;

-  }

-  fseek (BinaryFd, 0, SEEK_SET);

-  BytesWrite = fread (Buffer, sizeof (CHAR8), (Size + sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER)), BinaryFd);

-  fclose (BinaryFd);

-  if (BytesWrite != (Size + sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER))) {

-    printf ("Error. Failed to read the raw data section.\n");

-    return 0;

-  }

-

-  SectionSize = FvBufExpand3ByteSize (((EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *)Buffer)->Size);

-  return SectionSize;

-}

-

-/**

-  Read NvStoreDataBase and insert it to the Storage list.

-

-  @param  InputFdName     The pointer to the input fd name.

-  @param  VarListEntry    The pointer to the variable list.

-

-  @return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER

-  @return EFI_SUCCESS

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-ReadStorageFromNvStoreDatabase (

-  IN  LIST_ENTRY  *VarListEntry

-)

-{

-

-  UINT8               *Binary;

-  UINT8               *FullBinary;

-  UINT8               *VarDataBinary;

-  UINT8               *PreVarDataBinary;

-  UINT8               *DataBase;

-  PCD_DEFAULT_DATA      *DeltaVarStoreHeader;

-  PCD_DEFAULT_DATA    *PrePcdDefaultData;

-  UINT8               *DeltaData;

-  UINT32              DeltaSize;

-  UINT32              DataSize;

-  UINT32              HeaderSize;

-  UINT32              BinaryLength;

-  UINT32              Size;

-  UINT32              PreVarDataSize;

-  PCD_NV_STORE_DEFAULT_BUFFER_HEADER *NvStoreHeader;

-  UINT32              Offset;

-  UINT32              Value;

-  UINT32              Index;

-

-  BinaryLength              = 0;

-  Binary                    = NULL;

-  FullBinary                = NULL;

-  DataBase                  = NULL;

-  DeltaVarStoreHeader       = NULL;

-  PreVarDataBinary          = NULL;

-  PreVarDataSize            = 0;

-  DeltaSize                 = 0;

-  Size                      = sizeof (PCD_NV_STORE_DEFAULT_BUFFER_HEADER);

-  VarDataBinary             = NULL;

-

-  //

-  // Check whether the FD has included the storage FFS

-  //

-  //if (!mMultiPlatformParam.ExistStorageFfsInBfv) {

-  //  return EFI_ABORTED;

-  //}

-  NvStoreHeader    = (PCD_NV_STORE_DEFAULT_BUFFER_HEADER *)gEfiFdInfo.NvStoreDatabase;

-  BinaryLength     = NvStoreHeader->Length;

-  Binary       = (UINT8 *)gEfiFdInfo.NvStoreDatabase;

-  //

-  // If detect size optimized format, transfer it to normal format

-  // before parse it

-  //

-  if (mMultiPlatformParam.SizeOptimized) {

-    FullBinary = calloc(gEfiFdInfo.FdSize, sizeof(UINT8));

-    if (FullBinary == NULL) {

-      printf ("Error. Memory allocation failed.\n");

-      return EFI_ABORTED;

-    }

-  }

-  while (Size < BinaryLength) {

-    DataBase = Binary + Size;

-    DataSize = *(UINT32 *)DataBase;

-    if (Size == sizeof (PCD_NV_STORE_DEFAULT_BUFFER_HEADER)) {

-      PrePcdDefaultData = (PCD_DEFAULT_DATA *) DataBase;

-      HeaderSize = PrePcdDefaultData->HeaderSize;

-      PreVarDataSize   = DataSize - 4 - HeaderSize;

-      VarDataBinary    = malloc(DataSize);

-      if (VarDataBinary == NULL) {

-        printf ("Error. Memory allocation failed.\n");

-        return EFI_ABORTED;

-      }

-      memcpy (VarDataBinary, DataBase, DataSize);

-      PreVarDataBinary = malloc(DataSize - 4 - HeaderSize);

-      if (PreVarDataBinary == NULL) {

-        printf ("Error. Memory allocation failed.\n");

-        return EFI_ABORTED;

-      }

-      memcpy (PreVarDataBinary, DataBase + 4 + HeaderSize , DataSize - 4 - HeaderSize);

-    } else {

-      DeltaVarStoreHeader = (PCD_DEFAULT_DATA *)DataBase;

-      DeltaSize           = DeltaVarStoreHeader->DataSize;

-      HeaderSize     = DeltaVarStoreHeader->HeaderSize;

-      DeltaData           = (UINT8*) DeltaVarStoreHeader;

-

-    VarDataBinary = malloc(PreVarDataSize + HeaderSize + 4);

-    if (VarDataBinary == NULL) {

-        printf ("Error. Memory allocation failed.\n");

-        return EFI_ABORTED;

-      }

-      //

-      // Copy the default setting data

-      //

-      memcpy (VarDataBinary, DataBase, HeaderSize + 4);

-      memcpy (VarDataBinary + HeaderSize + 4, PreVarDataBinary, PreVarDataSize);

-      //

-      // Merge the delta data with default setting to get the full delta data

-      //

-      for (Index = 0; Index < (DeltaSize - HeaderSize - 4)/sizeof(PCD_DATA_DELTA); Index++) {

-        Offset = ((PCD_DATA_DELTA *)(DeltaData + HeaderSize + 4 + Index * sizeof(PCD_DATA_DELTA)))->Offset;

-        Value  = ((PCD_DATA_DELTA *)(DeltaData + HeaderSize + 4 + Index * sizeof(PCD_DATA_DELTA)))->Value;

-        if (*(VarDataBinary + HeaderSize + 4 + Offset) != Value) {

-          *(VarDataBinary + HeaderSize + 4 + Offset) = (UINT8)Value;

-        }

-      }

-    }

-    //

-    // Store the Variable Data to VarListEntry

-    //

-

-    ReadNvStoreVariableToList(VarDataBinary, VarListEntry);

-    Size += (DataSize + 7) & ~7;

-  }

-

-  if (VarDataBinary != NULL) {

-    free (VarDataBinary);

-  }

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Read FFS from BFV and insert it to the Storage list.

-

-  @param  InputFdName     The pointer to the input fd name.

-  @param  VarListEntry    The pointer to the variable list.

-

-  @return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER

-  @return EFI_SUCCESS

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-ReadStorageFromBfv (

-  IN  LIST_ENTRY  *VarListEntry

-)

-{

-

-  UINT8               *Binary;

-  UINT8               *FullBinary;

-  UINT8               *DataBase;

-  UINT8               *PreVarStoreHeader;

-  DATA_DELTA          *DeltaVarStoreHeader;

-  UINT8               *DeltaData;

-  UINT32              PreDataSize;

-  UINT32              DeltaSize;

-  UINT32              BinaryLength;

-  UINT32              Size;

-  UINT32              SectionSize;

-  UINT32              FullSectionLen;

-  UINT32              FullSectionSize;

-  EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsHeader;

-  UINT16              Offset;

-  UINT8               Value;

-  UINT32              Index;

-  CHAR8               *SectionName;

-

-  BinaryLength              = 0;

-  Binary                    = NULL;

-  FullBinary                = NULL;

-  DataBase                  = NULL;

-  PreVarStoreHeader         = NULL;

-  DeltaVarStoreHeader       = NULL;

-  PreDataSize               = 0;

-  DeltaSize                 = 0;

-  FullSectionSize           = 0;

-  Size                      = sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);

-  FfsHeader                 = NULL;

-  FullSectionLen            = 0;

-  SectionName               = NULL;

-

-  SectionName = getcwd(NULL, _MAX_PATH);

-  if (strlen (SectionName) + 2 * strlen (OS_SEP_STR) + strlen ("Temp") + strlen ("TempSection.sec") >

-      _MAX_PATH - 1) {

-    printf ("Error. The current path is too long.\n");

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-

-  sprintf (SectionName + strlen (SectionName), "%cTemp%cTempSection.sec", OS_SEP, OS_SEP);

-  //

-  // Check whether the FD has included the storage FFS

-  //

-  if (!mMultiPlatformParam.ExistStorageFfsInBfv) {

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  FfsHeader    = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *)gEfiFdInfo.StorageFfsInBfv;

-  BinaryLength = FvBufExpand3ByteSize (FfsHeader->Size);

-  Binary       = (UINT8 *)FfsHeader;

-  //

-  // If detect size optimized format, transfer it to normal format

-  // before parse it

-  //

-  if (mMultiPlatformParam.SizeOptimized) {

-    FullBinary = calloc(gEfiFdInfo.FdSize, sizeof(UINT8));

-  if (FullBinary == NULL) {

-      printf ("Error. Memory allocation failed.\n");

-      return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  while (Size < BinaryLength) {

-    SectionSize = FvBufExpand3ByteSize (((EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *)(Binary + Size))->Size);

-    DataBase    = Binary + Size + sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER);

-    if (Size == sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER)) {

-      PreVarStoreHeader     = DataBase + *(UINT16 *)DataBase;

-    PreDataSize           = SectionSize - (*(UINT16 *)DataBase + sizeof(EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER));

-      memcpy (FullBinary, DataBase, SectionSize - sizeof(EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER));

-    FullSectionLen        = CreateStorageSection (FullBinary, *(UINT16 *)DataBase + PreDataSize, SectionName);

-    } else {

-    DeltaVarStoreHeader = (DATA_DELTA *)(DataBase + *(UINT16 *)DataBase);

-    DeltaSize           = *(UINT16 *)DataBase + PreDataSize;

-    DeltaData           = FullBinary + FullSectionSize + *(UINT16 *)DataBase;

-    //

-    // Copy the DefaultId and PlatformId directly

-    //

-      memcpy (FullBinary + FullSectionSize, DataBase, *(UINT16 *)DataBase);

-    //

-    // Copy the default setting data

-    //

-    memcpy (DeltaData, PreVarStoreHeader, PreDataSize);

-    //

-    // Merge the delta data with default setting to get the full delta data

-    //

-    for (Index = 0; Index < (SectionSize - *(UINT16 *)DataBase - sizeof(EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER))/sizeof(DATA_DELTA); Index++) {

-      Offset = (DeltaVarStoreHeader + Index)->Offset;

-      Value  = (DeltaVarStoreHeader + Index)->Value;

-      if (*(DeltaData + Offset) != Value) {

-        *(DeltaData + Offset) = Value;

-      }

-    }

-    FullSectionLen = CreateStorageSection (FullBinary + FullSectionSize, DeltaSize, SectionName);

-    }

-    //

-    // Store the previous binary information

-    //

-    DataBase              = FullBinary + FullSectionSize + sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER);

-    PreVarStoreHeader     = DataBase + *(UINT16 *)DataBase;

-

-    Size                 += (SectionSize + 3) & ~3;

-    FullSectionSize      += (FullSectionLen + 3) & ~3;;

-  }

-  //

-  // Update to the new size

-  //

-    BinaryLength = FullSectionSize;

-  Binary       = FullBinary;

-  Size         = 0;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Read the storage from BFV and insert to storage list

-  //

-  while (Size < BinaryLength) {

-    SectionSize = ReadStorageFromBinary ((Binary + Size), VarListEntry);

-  Size += (SectionSize + 3) & ~3;

-  }

-  if (FullBinary != NULL) {

-    free (FullBinary);

-  }

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-#define SIZE_64K 0x10000

-

-/**

-  Create the storage and insert it to BFV by calling BfmLib.

-

-  @param  InputFdName     The pointer to the input fd name.

-  @param  OutputFdName    The pointer to the input fd name.

-  @param  VarListEntry    The pointer to the variable list.

-

-  @return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER

-  @return EFI_SUCCESS

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-InsertBinaryToBfv (

-  IN  CHAR8       *InputFdName,

-  IN  CHAR8       *OutputFdName,

-  IN  LIST_ENTRY  *VarListEntry

-)

-{

-  UINT8             *Binary;

-  UINT8             *PreBinary;

-  UINT32            BinaryLength;

-  UINT32            PreBinaryLength;

-  UINT32            OptimizedBinaryLength;

-  UINT32            Size;

-  UINT32            OptimizedSize;

-  EFI_STATUS        Status;

-  LIST_ENTRY        *StorageLink;

-  FORMSET_STORAGE   *Storage;

-  CHAR8             *SystemCommandFormatString;

-  CHAR8             *SectionNameFormatString;

-  CHAR8             *SystemCommand;

-  CHAR8             *TempSystemCommand;

-  INT32             ReturnValue;

-  CHAR8             *FileName;

-  BOOLEAN           SizeOptimizedFlag;

-  CHAR8             *SectionName[_MAXIMUM_SECTION_FILE_NUM];

-  UINT32            Index;

-  CHAR8             *TemDir;

-  //

-  // Workaround for static code checkers.

-  // Ensures the size of 'IndexStr' can hold all the digits of an unsigned

-  // 32-bit integer.

-  //

-  CHAR8             IndexStr[16];

-

-  BinaryLength              = 0;

-  PreBinaryLength           = 0;

-  Storage                   = NULL;

-  StorageLink               = NULL;

-  Binary                    = NULL;

-  PreBinary                 = NULL;

-  Size                      = 0;

-  OptimizedSize             = 0;

-  Status                    = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  SystemCommandFormatString = NULL;

-  SectionNameFormatString   = NULL;

-  SystemCommand             = NULL;

-  TempSystemCommand         = NULL;

-  SizeOptimizedFlag         = FALSE;

-  Index                     = 0;

-  FileName                  = NULL;

-

-  TemDir = getcwd (NULL, _MAX_PATH);

-  SectionNameFormatString = "%s%cTemp%c%s.sec";

-

-  memset (SectionName, 0, _MAXIMUM_SECTION_FILE_NUM * sizeof(CHAR8 *));

-  FileName = malloc (strlen (TemDir) + 1 + strlen ("Storage.ffs") + 1);

-  if (FileName == NULL) {

-    printf ("Error. Memory allocation failed.\n");

-    Status = EFI_ABORTED;

-    goto Done;

-  }

-  sprintf (FileName, "%s%cStorage.ffs", TemDir, OS_SEP);

-  //

-  // Allocate the buffer which is the same with the input FD

-  //

-  Binary = malloc (SIZE_64K);

-  if (Binary == NULL) {

-    printf ("Error. Memory allocation failed.\n");

-    Status = EFI_ABORTED;

-    goto Done;

-  }

-  PreBinary = malloc (SIZE_64K);

-  if (PreBinary == NULL) {

-    printf ("Error. Memory allocation failed.\n");

-    Status = EFI_ABORTED;

-    goto Done;

-  }

-  //

-  // If already existed a Storage.ffs in FD, keep the same format when execute update operation whatever input -a or not -a options.

-  //

-  if (mMultiPlatformParam.SizeOptimized

-    || (!mMultiPlatformParam.ExistStorageFfsInBfv && mMultiPlatformParam.SizeOptimizedParam)

-    ) {

-    SizeOptimizedFlag = TRUE;

-  } else if (mMultiPlatformParam.ExistStorageFfsInBfv && mMultiPlatformParam.SizeOptimizedParam && !mMultiPlatformParam.SizeOptimized) {

-    printf ("\nWarning. The \"-a\" parameter is ignored.\n");

-  }

-  //

-  // Build the binary for BFV

-  //

-  StorageLink           = GetFirstNode (VarListEntry);

-

-  while (!IsNull (VarListEntry, StorageLink)) {

-    Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);

-    if (!Storage->Skip) {

-    //

-    // Assign the section name under the Temp directory

-    //

-      sprintf (IndexStr, "%d", Index);

-    SectionName[Index] = calloc (

-                      strlen (SectionNameFormatString) + strlen (TemDir) + strlen(IndexStr) + 1,

-                      sizeof(CHAR8)

-                    );

-    if (SectionName[Index] == NULL) {

-        printf ("Error. Memory allocation failed.\n");

-        Status = EFI_ABORTED;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-    sprintf (

-        SectionName[Index],

-        "%s%cTemp%c%s.sec",

-        TemDir,

-        OS_SEP,

-        OS_SEP,

-        IndexStr

-      );

-    memset(Binary, 0, SIZE_64K);

-      Size = PutStorageToBinary (Storage, Binary, VarListEntry);

-      assert (Size < SIZE_64K);

-    //

-    // Re-calculate the storage section by size optimization

-    //

-      if (PreBinaryLength != 0 && SizeOptimizedFlag) {

-    OptimizedSize = OptimizeStorageSection (

-                    PreBinary + sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER),

-                          Binary,

-                    PreBinary + PreBinaryLength,

-                    Size

-                  );

-    if (OptimizedSize == 0) {

-        printf ("Error. Failed to optimize the storage section.\n");

-          Status = EFI_ABORTED;

-          goto Done;

-    }

-      }

-    //

-    // Create the raw section with normal format

-    //

-      assert (Size < SIZE_64K - sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER));

-    BinaryLength = CreateStorageSection (Binary, Size, SectionName[Index]);

-      if (BinaryLength == 0) {

-      printf ("Error. Failed to create the storage section.\n");

-        Status = EFI_ABORTED;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-      assert (BinaryLength < SIZE_64K);

-

-    //

-    // Create the raw section with optimized format

-    //

-      if (PreBinaryLength != 0 && SizeOptimizedFlag) {

-      OptimizedBinaryLength = CreateStorageSection (PreBinary + PreBinaryLength, OptimizedSize, SectionName[Index]);

-        if (OptimizedBinaryLength == 0) {

-        printf ("Error. Failed to create the storage section.\n");

-          Status = EFI_ABORTED;

-          goto Done;

-        }

-      }

-      PreBinaryLength = BinaryLength;

-    memcpy (PreBinary, Binary, PreBinaryLength);

-    Index++;

-    }

-    StorageLink = GetNextNode (VarListEntry, StorageLink);

-  }

-  //

-  // Create the raw ffs by GenFfs

-  //

-  CreateRawFfs (&SectionName[0], FileName, SizeOptimizedFlag);

-

-  //

-  // Call BfmLib to insert this binary into the BFV of FD.

-  //

-  //

-  // Construction 'system' command string

-  //

-  if (mMultiPlatformParam.ExistStorageFfsInBfv) {

-    if (mFvNameGuidString != NULL) {

-      SystemCommandFormatString = "BfmLib -r \"%s\" \"%s\" \"%s\" -g %s";

-      SystemCommand = malloc (

-                      strlen (SystemCommandFormatString) + strlen (mInputFdName) + strlen (mOutputFdName) + strlen (FileName) + strlen (mFvNameGuidString) + 1

-                    );

-      if (SystemCommand == NULL) {

-        Status = EFI_ABORTED;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-      sprintf (

-        SystemCommand,

-        "BfmLib -r \"%s\" \"%s\" \"%s\" -g %s",

-        mInputFdName,

-        FileName,

-        mOutputFdName,

-        mFvNameGuidString

-        );

-    } else {

-      SystemCommandFormatString = "BfmLib -r \"%s\" \"%s\" \"%s\"";

-      SystemCommand = malloc (

-                      strlen (SystemCommandFormatString) + strlen (mInputFdName) + strlen (mOutputFdName) + strlen (FileName) + 1

-                    );

-      if (SystemCommand == NULL) {

-        Status = EFI_ABORTED;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-      sprintf (

-        SystemCommand,

-        "BfmLib -r \"%s\" \"%s\" \"%s\"",

-        mInputFdName,

-        FileName,

-        mOutputFdName

-        );

-    }

-  } else {

-    if (mFvNameGuidString != NULL) {

-      SystemCommandFormatString = "BfmLib -i \"%s\" \"%s\" \"%s\" -g %s";

-      SystemCommand = malloc (

-                      strlen (SystemCommandFormatString) + strlen (mInputFdName) + strlen (mOutputFdName) + strlen (FileName) + strlen (mFvNameGuidString) + 1

-                    );

-      if (SystemCommand == NULL) {

-        Status = EFI_ABORTED;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-      sprintf (

-        SystemCommand,

-        "BfmLib -i \"%s\" \"%s\" \"%s\" -g %s",

-        mInputFdName,

-        FileName,

-        mOutputFdName,

-        mFvNameGuidString

-        );

-    } else {

-      SystemCommandFormatString = "BfmLib -i \"%s\" \"%s\" \"%s\"";

-      SystemCommand = malloc (

-                      strlen (SystemCommandFormatString) + strlen (mInputFdName) + strlen (mOutputFdName) + strlen (FileName) + 1

-                    );

-      if (SystemCommand == NULL) {

-        Status = EFI_ABORTED;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-      sprintf (

-        SystemCommand,

-        "BfmLib -i \"%s\" \"%s\" \"%s\"",

-        mInputFdName,

-        FileName,

-        mOutputFdName

-        );

-    }

-  }

-

-  if (mFullGuidToolDefinitionDir[0] != 0) {

-    TempSystemCommand = SystemCommand;

-    SystemCommand = malloc (

-                    strlen (mFullGuidToolDefinitionDir) + strlen ("\\") + strlen (TempSystemCommand ) + 1

-                  );

-

-    if (SystemCommand == NULL) {

-      free (TempSystemCommand);

-      goto Done;

-    }

-    strcpy (SystemCommand, mFullGuidToolDefinitionDir);

-    strcat (SystemCommand, OS_SEP_STR);

-    strcat (SystemCommand, TempSystemCommand);

-    free (TempSystemCommand);

-  }

-

-  ReturnValue = system (SystemCommand);

-  free (SystemCommand);

-  remove (FileName);

-  if (ReturnValue == -1) {

-    Status = EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-Done:

-  for (Index = 0; SectionName[Index] != NULL; Index++) {

-    free (SectionName[Index]);

-  }

-  if (PreBinary != NULL) {

-    free (PreBinary);

-  }

-  if (Binary) {

-    free (Binary);

-  }

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Create the storage and insert it to NvStoreDatabase.

-

-  @param  InputFdName     The pointer to the input fd name.

-  @param  OutputFdName    The pointer to the input fd name.

-  @param  VarListEntry    The pointer to the variable list.

-

-  @return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER

-  @return EFI_SUCCESS

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-InsertBinaryToNvStoreDatabase (

-  IN  CHAR8       *InputFdName,

-  IN  CHAR8       *OutputFdName,

-  IN  LIST_ENTRY  *VarListEntry

-)

-{

-  UINT8             *Binary;

-  UINT8             *PreBinary;

-  UINT8             *NvStoreDatabaseBuffer;

-  UINT32            PreBinaryLength;

-  UINT32            Size;

-  UINT32            NvStoreDatabaseSize;

-  UINT32            OptimizedSize;

-  EFI_STATUS        Status;

-  LIST_ENTRY        *StorageLink;

-  FORMSET_STORAGE   *Storage;

-  BOOLEAN           SizeOptimizedFlag;

-  PCD_NV_STORE_DEFAULT_BUFFER_HEADER  *NvStoreBufferHeader;

-  PCD_DEFAULT_DATA  *PcdDefaultData;

-

-  //

-  // Workaround for static code checkers.

-  // Ensures the size of 'IndexStr' can hold all the digits of an unsigned

-  // 32-bit integer.

-  //

-

-  PreBinaryLength           = 0;

-  Storage                   = NULL;

-  StorageLink               = NULL;

-  Binary                    = NULL;

-  PreBinary                 = NULL;

-  NvStoreDatabaseBuffer     = NULL;

-  PcdDefaultData            = NULL;

-  Size                      = 0;

-  NvStoreDatabaseSize       = 0;

-  OptimizedSize             = 0;

-  Status                    = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  SizeOptimizedFlag         = FALSE;

-

-  //

-  // Allocate the buffer which is the same with the input FD

-  //

-

-  Binary = malloc (SIZE_64K);

-  if (Binary == NULL) {

-    printf ("Error. Memory allocation failed.\n");

-    Status = EFI_ABORTED;

-    goto Done;

-  }

-  NvStoreBufferHeader = (PCD_NV_STORE_DEFAULT_BUFFER_HEADER *) gEfiFdInfo.NvStoreDatabase;

-  NvStoreDatabaseBuffer = malloc (NvStoreBufferHeader->MaxLength);

-  if (NvStoreDatabaseBuffer == NULL) {

-    printf ("Error. Memory allocation failed.\n");

-    Status = EFI_ABORTED;

-    goto Done;

-  }

-  memcpy(NvStoreDatabaseBuffer, gEfiFdInfo.NvStoreDatabase, NvStoreBufferHeader->MaxLength);

-  PreBinary = malloc (SIZE_64K);

-  if (PreBinary == NULL) {

-    printf ("Error. Memory allocation failed.\n");

-    Status = EFI_ABORTED;

-    goto Done;

-  }

-

-  if (gEfiFdInfo.ExistNvStoreDatabase) {

-    SizeOptimizedFlag = TRUE;

-  } else {

-    Status = EFI_ABORTED;

-    goto Done;

-  }

-  //

-  // Build the binary for BFV

-  //

-  StorageLink           = GetFirstNode (VarListEntry);

-  while (!IsNull (VarListEntry, StorageLink)) {

-    Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);

-    if (!Storage->Skip) {

-      memset(Binary, 0, SIZE_64K);

-      Size = PutStorageToNvStoreBinary (Storage, Binary, VarListEntry);

-      assert (Size < SIZE_64K);

-      //

-      // Re-calculate the storage section by size optimization

-      //

-      if (PreBinaryLength != 0 && SizeOptimizedFlag) {

-         OptimizedSize = OptimizeStorageDeltaData (

-                  PreBinary,

-                  Binary,

-                  NvStoreDatabaseBuffer + NvStoreDatabaseSize,

-                  Size

-                  );

-         if (OptimizedSize == 0) {

-           printf ("Error. Failed to optimize the storage section.\n");

-           Status = EFI_ABORTED;

-           goto Done;

-         }

-         //Alignment

-         OptimizedSize = (OptimizedSize + 7) & ~7;

-         NvStoreDatabaseSize += OptimizedSize;

-      } else {

-        //Alignment

-        Size = (Size + 7) & ~7;

-        PcdDefaultData = (PCD_DEFAULT_DATA *)Binary;

-        memcpy(NvStoreDatabaseBuffer + sizeof(PCD_NV_STORE_DEFAULT_BUFFER_HEADER), Binary, Size + PcdDefaultData->HeaderSize + 4 );

-        PreBinaryLength = Size  + PcdDefaultData->HeaderSize + 4;

-        NvStoreDatabaseSize = sizeof(PCD_NV_STORE_DEFAULT_BUFFER_HEADER) + PreBinaryLength;

-        memcpy(PreBinary, Binary, PreBinaryLength);

-      }

-    }

-    StorageLink = GetNextNode (VarListEntry, StorageLink);

-  }

-  if (NvStoreBufferHeader->Length != NvStoreDatabaseSize) {

-    ((PCD_NV_STORE_DEFAULT_BUFFER_HEADER *)NvStoreDatabaseBuffer)->Length = NvStoreDatabaseSize;

-    }

-  memcpy(gEfiFdInfo.NvStoreDatabase, NvStoreDatabaseBuffer, NvStoreDatabaseSize);

-

-Done:

-  DestroyAllStorage (&mAllVarListEntry);

-  if (PreBinary != NULL) {

-    free (PreBinary);

-  }

-  if (Binary) {

-    free (Binary);

-  }

-  return Status;

-}

-

-extern UINT32 mMaxCount;

-extern UINT32 mCount;

-extern CHAR8  *mStringBuffer;

-

-/**

-  Read the HII configure file from all FFS

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       It was complete successfully

-  @return EFI_ABORTED       An error occurred

-**/

-static

-EFI_STATUS

-ReadCongFile (

-  VOID

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS     Status;

-  UINT32         Index;

-  UINT16         DefaultIndex;

-  UINT16         PlatformIndex;

-  UINT16         PreDefaultId;

-  UINT64         PrePlatformId;

-  LIST_ENTRY     NewStorageListHead;

-  BOOLEAN        BfvOverried;

-  FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage;

-  LIST_ENTRY      *StorageLink;

-

-  Storage        = NULL;

-  Status         = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  BfvOverried    = FALSE;

-  Index          = 0;

-  PreDefaultId   = 0xFFFF;

-  PrePlatformId  = 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF;

-  //

-  // Read all Ifr information to Formset list

-  //

-  for (Index = 0; (gEfiFdInfo.FfsArray[Index] != NULL) && (gEfiFdInfo.Length[Index] != 0); Index++) {

-    Status = ReadAllIfrToFromset (

-               gEfiFdInfo.FfsArray[Index],

-               gEfiFdInfo.Length[Index]

-               );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return EFI_ABORTED;

-    }

-  }

-  //

-  // Read defaultId and platformId

-  //

-  if (!gEfiFdInfo.ExistNvStoreDatabase) {

-    Status = ReadDefaultAndPlatformId (&mFormSetListEntry);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return EFI_ABORTED;

-    }

-  }

-  //

-  // If existed the variable data in BFV, abstract them to a variable list.

-  // If not exsited, just skip it.

-  //

-  if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot) {

-    if (gEfiFdInfo.ExistNvStoreDatabase) {

-      Status = ReadStorageFromNvStoreDatabase(&mBfvVarListEntry);

-    } else {

-      Status = ReadStorageFromBfv (&mBfvVarListEntry);

-    }

-    if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      BfvOverried = TRUE;

-    }

-  }

-    //

-    // If not existed the storage data in BFV, evaluate the

-    // default value according to the defaultId and platformId

-    // Or else, skip it.

-    //

-  if (!BfvOverried) {

-    Status = EvaluateTheValueInFormset (FALSE);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return EFI_ABORTED;

-    }

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Output the question and value information on screen

-  //

-  if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot) {

-    //

-    // Multi-platform mode support

-    //

-    if (gEfiFdInfo.ExistNvStoreDatabase) {

-      StorageLink = GetFirstNode (&mBfvVarListEntry);

-      while (!IsNull (&mBfvVarListEntry, StorageLink)) {

-        Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);

-        if (PreDefaultId == Storage->DefaultId[0] && PrePlatformId == Storage->PlatformId[0]) {

-          StorageLink = GetNextNode (&mBfvVarListEntry, StorageLink);

-          continue;

-        } else {

-          PreDefaultId = Storage->DefaultId[0];

-          PrePlatformId = Storage->PlatformId[0];

-        }

-        InitializeListHead(&NewStorageListHead);

-        //

-        // Use the varaible stroage list from BFV

-        //

-        Status = BuildVariableList(

-                       &NewStorageListHead,

-                       &mBfvVarListEntry,

-                       Storage->DefaultId[0],

-                       Storage->PlatformId[0],

-                       FALSE,

-                       READ

-                     );

-

-        if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-          DestroyAllStorage (&NewStorageListHead);

-          return EFI_ABORTED;

-        }

-        if (IsListEmpty (&NewStorageListHead)) {

-          continue;

-        }

-        Status = PrintInfoInAllFormset (&mFormSetListEntry, &NewStorageListHead);

-        if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-          DestroyAllStorage (&NewStorageListHead);

-          return EFI_ABORTED;

-        }

-        DestroyAllStorage (&NewStorageListHead);

-        StorageLink = GetNextNode (&mBfvVarListEntry, StorageLink);

-      }

-    } else {

-      for (DefaultIndex = 0; DefaultIndex < mMultiPlatformParam.DefaultIdNum; DefaultIndex++) {

-        for (PlatformIndex = 0; PlatformIndex < mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformIdNum; PlatformIndex++) {

-          InitializeListHead(&NewStorageListHead);

-          if (BfvOverried) {

-            //

-            // Use the varaible stroage list from BFV

-            //

-            Status = BuildVariableList(

-                       &NewStorageListHead,

-                       &mBfvVarListEntry,

-                       mMultiPlatformParam.DefaultId[DefaultIndex],

-                       mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformId[PlatformIndex],

-                       FALSE,

-                       READ

-                     );

-           } else {

-             //

-             // Use the varaible storage list from IFR

-             //

-             Status = BuildVariableList(

-                       &NewStorageListHead,

-                       &mAllVarListEntry,

-                       mMultiPlatformParam.DefaultId[DefaultIndex],

-                       mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformId[PlatformIndex],

-                       FALSE,

-                       READ

-                     );

-           }

-          if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-            DestroyAllStorage (&NewStorageListHead);

-            return EFI_ABORTED;

-          }

-          if (IsListEmpty (&NewStorageListHead)) {

-            continue;

-          }

-          Status = PrintInfoInAllFormset (&mFormSetListEntry, &NewStorageListHead);

-          if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-            DestroyAllStorage (&NewStorageListHead);

-            return EFI_ABORTED;

-          }

-          DestroyAllStorage (&NewStorageListHead);

-        }

-      }

-    }

-  } else {

-    Status = PrintInfoInAllFormset (&mFormSetListEntry, &mAllVarListEntry);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return EFI_ABORTED;

-    }

-  }

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Update the HII setup value.

-

-  Read the Config information from config file, and then compare it with the current FFS.

-  Record the different value to EFI variable.

-

-  @param Fv             the Pointer to the FFS

-  @param Length         the length of FFS

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       It was complete successfully

-  @return EFI_ABORTED       An error occurred

-**/

-static

-EFI_STATUS

-UpdateCongFile (

-  VOID

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS     Status;

-  UINT32         Index;

-  BOOLEAN        BfvOverried;

-

-  Status         = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  BfvOverried    = FALSE;

-  Index          = 0;

-  //

-  // Read all Ifr information to Formset list

-  //

-  for (Index = 0; (gEfiFdInfo.FfsArray[Index] != NULL) && (gEfiFdInfo.Length[Index] != 0); Index++) {

-    Status = ReadAllIfrToFromset (

-               gEfiFdInfo.FfsArray[Index],

-               gEfiFdInfo.Length[Index]

-               );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return EFI_ABORTED;

-    }

-  }

-  //

-  // Read defaultId and platformId

-  //

-  if (!gEfiFdInfo.ExistNvStoreDatabase) {

-    Status = ReadDefaultAndPlatformId (&mFormSetListEntry);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return EFI_ABORTED;

-    }

-  }

-  //

-  // If existed the variable data in BFV, abstract them to a variable list.

-  // If not exsited, just skip it.

-  //

-  if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot) {

-    if (gEfiFdInfo.ExistNvStoreDatabase) {

-      Status = ReadStorageFromNvStoreDatabase (&mBfvVarListEntry);

-    } else {

-      Status = ReadStorageFromBfv (&mBfvVarListEntry);

-    }

-    if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      BfvOverried = TRUE;

-    }

-  }

-  if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot && BfvOverried) {

-    if (mUqiList == NULL) {

-      return EFI_SUCCESS;

-    }

-    Status = CheckValueUpdateList ();

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return EFI_ABORTED;

-    }

-  } else {

-    //

-    // Evaluate the default value according to the defaultId and platformId

-    //

-    if (mUqiList == NULL) {

-      Status = EvaluateTheValueInFormset (FALSE);

-    } else {

-      Status = EvaluateTheValueInFormset (TRUE);

-    }

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return EFI_ABORTED;

-    }

-  }

-  //

-  // print error information in UQI list

-  //

-  if (PrintErrorInfo (mUqiList)) {

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  //

-  // Output the variable information to BFV in multi-platform mode

-  // Or write it to the Nvstrage in general mode

-  //

-  if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot) {

-    if (ExistEfiVarOrNot (&mAllVarListEntry) && Operations == UPDATE) {

-      printf ("Error. Please use --remove or --ignore to update the variable storage for an FD with variables in its NvStorage.\n");

-      return EFI_ABORTED;

-    }

-  } else {

-    //

-    // Sync the data from List data to efi variable.

-    //

-    Status = EfiVarAndListExchange (FALSE, &mAllVarListEntry);

-    if (Status == EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES) {

-      printf ("Error. There is no available space in efi variable. \n");

-      return EFI_ABORTED;

-    }

-    if (Status == EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER) {

-      return EFI_ABORTED;

-    }

-  }

-

-  PrintUpdateListInfo (mUqiList);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Quick Update the HII setup value.

-

-  Read the Config information from command line directly, and then compare it with the current FFS.

-  Record the different value to EFI variable.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS   It was complete successfully

-  @return EFI_ABORTED   An error occurred

-**/

-

-EFI_STATUS

-QuickUpdateCongFile (

-  VOID

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS     Status;

-  UINT32         Index;

-

-  Status         = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  Index          = 0;

-

-  if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot) {

-    printf ("Error. The quick update operation is not supported in multi-platform mode.\n");

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  //

-  // Check whether the FD has included the storage FFS

-  //

-  if (mMultiPlatformParam.ExistStorageFfsInBfv) {

-    printf ("Error. Variable storage exists in BFV of Fd. This is generated in multi-platform mode.\n");

-    printf ("Error. The quick update operation is not supported in multi-platform mode.\n");

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  //

-  // Read all Ifr information to Formset list

-  //

-  for (Index = 0; (gEfiFdInfo.FfsArray[Index] != NULL) && (gEfiFdInfo.Length[Index] != 0); Index++) {

-    Status = ReadAllIfrToFromset (

-               gEfiFdInfo.FfsArray[Index],

-               gEfiFdInfo.Length[Index]

-               );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return EFI_ABORTED;

-    }

-  }

-  //

-  // Evaluate the default value according to the defaultId and platformId

-  //

-  Status = EvaluateTheValueInFormset (TRUE);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  //

-  // print error information in UQI list

-  //

-  if (PrintErrorInfo (mUqiList)) {

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  //

-  // Sync the data from mAllVarListEntry data to efi variable.

-  //

-  Status = EfiVarAndListExchange (FALSE, &mAllVarListEntry);

-  if (Status == EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES) {

-    printf ("Error. There is no available space in Nvstorage. \n");

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  if (Status == EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER) {

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-

-  PrintUpdateListInfo (mUqiList);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Check the HII setup value.

-

-  Read the Config information from config file, and then compare it with the current FFS.

-  Print the different values on screen.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS       It was complete successfully

-  @return EFI_ABORTED       An error occurred

-**/

-static

-EFI_STATUS

-CheckCongFile (

-  VOID

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS     Status;

-  UINT32         Index;

-  UINT16         DefaultIndex;

-  UINT16         PlatformIndex;

-  UINT16         DefaultId;

-  UINT64         PlatformId;

-

-  Status         = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  Index          = 0;

-  DefaultIndex   = 0;

-  PlatformIndex  = 0;

-  DefaultId      = 0;

-  PlatformId     = 0;

-  //

-  // Read all Ifr information to Formset list

-  //

-  for (Index = 0; (gEfiFdInfo.FfsArray[Index] != NULL) && (gEfiFdInfo.Length[Index] != 0); Index++) {

-    Status = ReadAllIfrToFromset (

-               gEfiFdInfo.FfsArray[Index],

-               gEfiFdInfo.Length[Index]

-               );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return EFI_ABORTED;

-    }

-  }

-  //

-  // Read defaultId and platformId

-  //

-  Status = ReadDefaultAndPlatformId (&mFormSetListEntry);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  //

-  // Read the config data from BFV in multi-platform mode

-  //

-  if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot) {

-    Status = ReadStorageFromBfv (&mAllVarListEntry);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      printf ("Error. No storage variable data exists in BFV.\n");

-      return EFI_ABORTED;

-    }

-  }

-

-  if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot) {

-    ScanUqiFullList (mUqiList);

-

-    //

-    // Multi-platform mode support

-    //

-    for (DefaultIndex = 0; DefaultIndex < mMultiPlatformParam.DefaultIdNum; DefaultIndex++) {

-      for (PlatformIndex = 0; PlatformIndex < mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformIdNum; PlatformIndex++) {

-        DefaultId  = mMultiPlatformParam.DefaultId[DefaultIndex];

-        PlatformId = mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformId[PlatformIndex];

-        //

-        //Only parse one time, if a group of defaultId and platformId which have the same variable

-        // Take the first one as a key Id of a group

-        //

-        if (NoTheKeyIdOfGroup (DefaultId, PlatformId)) {

-          continue;

-        }

-

-        InitializeListHead(&mVarListEntry);

-        Status = BuildVariableList(

-                   &mVarListEntry,

-                   &mAllVarListEntry,

-                   DefaultId,

-                   PlatformId,

-                   FALSE,

-                   VERIFY

-                   );

-        if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-          return EFI_ABORTED;

-        }

-        if (IsListEmpty (&mVarListEntry)) {

-          continue;

-        }

-        SetUqiParametersMultiMode (mUqiList, DefaultId, PlatformId);

-        DestroyAllStorage (&mVarListEntry);

-      }

-    }

-  } else {

-    //

-    // General mode

-    //

-    Status = ExtractDefault (

-               NULL,

-               NULL,

-               0,

-               0,

-               SystemLevel

-             );

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return EFI_ABORTED;

-    }

-    //

-    // If existed the variable in NvStorage, copy them to mVarListEntry.

-    // Synchronize the default value from the EFI variable zone to variable list

-    //

-    Status = EfiVarAndListExchange (TRUE, &mVarListEntry);

-    if (Status == EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER) {

-      Status = EFI_ABORTED;

-      return Status;

-    }

-    //

-    // Update the value from script file

-    //

-    Status = SetUqiParameters (mUqiList,0, 0);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return EFI_ABORTED;

-    }

-    //

-    // Copy Stroage from mVarListEntry to mAllVarListEntry

-    //

-    Status = BuildVariableList (&mAllVarListEntry, &mVarListEntry, 0, 0, TRUE, VERIFY);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      return EFI_ABORTED;

-    }

-  }

-  PrintVerifiedListInfo (mUqiList);

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Search the config file from the path list.

-

-  Split the path from env PATH, and then search the cofig

-  file from these paths. The priority is from left to

-  right of PATH string. When met the first Config file, it

-  will break and return the pointer to the full file name.

-

-  @param  PathList         the pointer to the path list.

-  @param  FileName         the pointer to the file name.

-

-  @retval The pointer to the file name.

-  @return NULL       An error occurred.

-**/

-CHAR8 *

-SearchConfigFromPathList (

-  IN  CHAR8  *PathList,

-  IN  CHAR8  *FileName

-)

-{

-  CHAR8  *CurDir;

-  CHAR8  *FileNamePath;

-

-  CurDir       = NULL;

-  FileNamePath = NULL;

-#ifndef __GNUC__

-  CurDir = strtok (PathList,";");

-#else

-  CurDir = strtok (PathList,":");

-#endif

-  while (CurDir != NULL) {

-    FileNamePath  = (char *)calloc(

-                     strlen (CurDir) + strlen (OS_SEP_STR) +strlen (FileName) + 1,

-                     sizeof(char)

-                     );

-    if (FileNamePath == NULL) {

-      return NULL;

-    }

-    sprintf(FileNamePath, "%s%c%s", CurDir, OS_SEP, FileName);

-    if (access (FileNamePath, 0) != -1) {

-      return FileNamePath;

-    }

-#ifndef __GNUC__

-    CurDir = strtok(NULL, ";");

-#else

-    CurDir = strtok(NULL, ":");

-#endif

-    free (FileNamePath);

-    FileNamePath = NULL;

-  }

-  return NULL;

-}

-

-/**

-  FCE application entry point

-

-  @param  argc     The number of input parameters.

-  @param  *argv[]  The array pointer to the parameters.

-

-  @retval  0       The application exited normally.

-  @retval  1       An error occurred.

-  @retval  2       An error about check occurred.

-

-**/

-int

-main (

-  int       argc,

-  char      *argv[]

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS        Status;

-  FILE              *OutputFd;

-  FILE              *ScriptFile;

-  UINTN             BytesWrite;

-  UINTN             Index;

-  CHAR8             *TemDir;

-  BOOLEAN           IsFileExist;

-  CHAR8             FullGuidToolDefinition[_MAX_PATH];

-  CHAR8             *PathList;

-  UINTN             EnvLen;

-  CHAR8             *NewPathList;

-  UINTN             FileNameIndex;

-  CHAR8             *InFilePath;

-  BOOLEAN           UqiIsSet;

-

-  Status             = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  OutputFd           = NULL;

-  ScriptFile         = NULL;

-  Operations         = NONE;

-  BytesWrite         = 0;

-  Index              = 0;

-  TemDir             = NULL;

-  mFormSetOrderRead  = 0;

-  mFormSetOrderParse = 0;

-  IsFileExist        = TRUE;

-  PathList           = NULL;

-  NewPathList        = NULL;

-  EnvLen             = 0;

-  UqiIsSet           = FALSE;

-

-  TemDir = getcwd (NULL, _MAX_PATH);

-  if (strlen (TemDir) + strlen (OS_SEP_STR) + strlen (TEMP_DIR_NAME) > _MAX_PATH - 1) {

-    printf ("The directory is too long \n");

-    return FAIL;

-  }

-  strncat (TemDir, OS_SEP_STR, _MAX_PATH - strlen (TemDir) - 1);

-  strncat (TemDir, TEMP_DIR_NAME, _MAX_PATH - strlen (TemDir) - 1);

-  memset (&mMultiPlatformParam, 0, sizeof (MULTI_PLATFORM_PARAMETERS));

-

-  SetUtilityName (UTILITY_NAME);

-  //

-  // Workaroud: the first call to this function

-  //            returns a file name ends with dot

-  //

-#ifndef __GNUC__

-  tmpnam (NULL);

-#else

-  CHAR8 tmp[] = "/tmp/fileXXXXXX";

-  UINTN Fdtmp;

-  Fdtmp = mkstemp(tmp);

-  close(Fdtmp);

-#endif

-  //

-  // Save, and then skip filename arg

-  //

-  mUtilityFilename = argv[0];

-  argc--;

-  argv++;

-  //

-  // Get the same path with the application itself

-  //

-  if (strlen (mUtilityFilename) > _MAX_PATH - 1) {

-    Error (NULL, 0, 2000, "Parameter: The input file name is too long", NULL);

-    return FAIL;

-  }

-  strncpy (FullGuidToolDefinition, mUtilityFilename, _MAX_PATH - 1);

-  FullGuidToolDefinition[_MAX_PATH - 1] = 0;

-  FileNameIndex = strlen (FullGuidToolDefinition);

-  while (FileNameIndex != 0) {

-    FileNameIndex --;

-    if (FullGuidToolDefinition[FileNameIndex] == OS_SEP) {

-    FullGuidToolDefinition[FileNameIndex] = 0;

-      strcpy (mFullGuidToolDefinitionDir, FullGuidToolDefinition);

-      break;

-    }

-  }

-  //

-  // Build the path list for Config file scan. The priority is below.

-  // 1. Scan the current path

-  // 2. Scan the same path with the application itself

-  // 3. Scan the current %PATH% of OS environment

-  // 4. Use the build-in default configuration

-  //

-  PathList = getenv("PATH");

-  if (PathList == NULL) {

-    Error (NULL, 0, 1001, "Option: Environment variable 'PATH' does not exist", NULL);

-    return FAIL;

-  }

-  EnvLen = strlen(PathList);

-  NewPathList  = (char *)calloc(

-                     strlen (".")

-                     + strlen (";")

-                     + strlen (mFullGuidToolDefinitionDir)

-                     + strlen (";")

-                     + EnvLen

-                     + 1,

-                     sizeof(char)

-                  );

-  if (NewPathList == NULL) {

-    Error (NULL, 0, 4001, "Resource: Memory can't be allocated", NULL);

-    PathList = NULL;

-    free (PathList);

-    return -1;

-  }

-#ifndef __GNUC__

-  sprintf (NewPathList, "%s;%s;%s", ".", mFullGuidToolDefinitionDir, PathList);

-#else

-  sprintf (NewPathList, "%s:%s:%s", ".", mFullGuidToolDefinitionDir, PathList);

-#endif

-

-  PathList = NULL;

-  free (PathList);

-

-  //

-  // Load Guid Tools definition

-  //

-  InFilePath = SearchConfigFromPathList(NewPathList, mGuidToolDefinition);

-  free (NewPathList);

-  if (InFilePath != NULL) {

-    printf ("\nThe Guid Tool Definition comes from the '%s'. \n", InFilePath);

-    mParsedGuidedSectionTools = ParseGuidedSectionToolsFile (InFilePath);

-    free (InFilePath);

-  } else {

-    //

-    // Use the pre-defined standard guided tools.

-    //

-  printf ("\nThe Guid Tool Definition comes from the build-in default configuration. \n");

-    mParsedGuidedSectionTools = PreDefinedGuidedTools ();

-  }

-  //

-  // Parse the command line

-  //

-  strcpy (mSetupTxtName, "NoSetupFile");

-  Status = ParseCommmadLine (argc,argv);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return FAIL;

-  }

-  //

-  // Print utility header

-  //

-  printf ("\nIntel(R) Firmware Configuration Editor. (Intel(R) %s) Version %d.%d. %s.\n\n",

-    UTILITY_NAME,

-    UTILITY_MAJOR_VERSION,

-    UTILITY_MINOR_VERSION,

-    __BUILD_VERSION

-    );

-  //

-  // Check the revision of BfmLib

-  //

-  Status = CheckBfmLibRevision ();

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    printf ("Please use the correct revision of BfmLib %s. \n", __BUILD_VERSION);

-    return FAIL;

-  }

-  if (strcmp (mSetupTxtName, "NoSetupFile")) {

-    ScriptFile = fopen (mSetupTxtName, "r");

-    if (ScriptFile == NULL) {

-      printf ("Error. Cannot open the script file.\n");

-      return FAIL;

-    }

-    Status = PickUpUqiFromScript (ScriptFile);

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      fclose (ScriptFile);

-      IsFileExist = FALSE;

-      goto Done;

-    }

-    fclose (ScriptFile);

-  }

-  if (!mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot

-    && (Operations == UPDATE_REMOVE || Operations == UPDATE_IGNORE)

-    ) {

-    printf ("Error. --remove and --ignore cannot be used in normal mode.\n");

-    Status      = FAIL;

-    goto Done;

-  }

-

-   if (access (TemDir, 0) != -1) {

-    LibRmDir (TemDir);

-   }

-

-  //

-  // Initialize the variables

-  //

-  Status = PickUpFfsFromFd ();

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    printf ("Error. Invalid FD file.\n");

-    IsFileExist = FALSE;

-    Status      = FAIL;

-    goto Done;

-  }

-  if (gEfiFdInfo.FfsArray[0] == NULL) {

-    printf ("Error. Cannot find any HII offset in current FD files, please check the BaseTools.\n");

-    Status  = FAIL;

-    goto Done;

-  }

-  //

-  //Config the global variables

-  //

-  if (mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.Data != NULL) {

-    UqiIsSet = TRUE;

-  }

-  Status = GetEfiVariablesAddr (UqiIsSet);

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    printf ("Error. Cannot locate the EFI variable zone in FD.\n");

-    Status = FAIL;

-    goto Done;

-  }

-  if (gEfiFdInfo.ExistNvStoreDatabase && !mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot) {

-    mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot = TRUE;

-  }

-  //

-  // Initialize the FormSet and VarList List

-  //

-  InitializeListHead (&mFormSetListEntry);

-  InitializeListHead (&mVarListEntry);

-  InitializeListHead (&mBfvVarListEntry);

-  InitializeListHead (&mAllVarListEntry);

-

-  mStringBuffer = malloc (mMaxCount);

-  if (mStringBuffer == NULL) {

-    printf ("Fali to allocate memory!\n");

-    Status = FAIL;

-    goto Done;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Decide how to deal with the Fd

-  //

-  switch (Operations) {

-

-  case READ:

-    printf ("\nStart the Read Mode:\n");

-    Status = ReadCongFile ();

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      Status = FAIL;

-    }

-    break;

-

-  case UPDATE:

-  case UPDATE_REMOVE:

-  case UPDATE_IGNORE:

-    printf ("\nStart the Update Mode:\n");

-    Status = UpdateCongFile ();

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      Status = FAIL;

-    }

-    break;

-

-  case VERIFY:

-    printf ("\nStart the Verify Mode:\n");

-    Status = CheckCongFile ();

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      Status = VR_FAIL;

-    }

-    break;

-

-  case UPDATEQ:

-    printf ("\nStart the Update Quick Mode:\n");

-    Status = QuickUpdateCongFile ();

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      Status = FAIL;

-    }

-    break;

-

-  default:

-    break;

-  }

-

-  if (mCount > 0) {

-    mStringBuffer[mCount] = '\0';

-    fwrite (mStringBuffer, sizeof (CHAR8), mCount, stdout);

-  }

-  free (mStringBuffer);

-

-  if (Status != SUCCESS) {

-    goto Done;

-  }

-  //

-  // If multi-platform mode, insert the variables to BFV

-  //

-  if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot

-    && (IsListEmpty (&mAllVarListEntry) == FALSE)

-    &&((Operations == UPDATE) || (Operations == UPDATE_REMOVE) || (Operations == UPDATE_IGNORE) || (Operations == UPDATEQ))

-    ) {

-    IsFileExist = FALSE;

-    if (gEfiFdInfo.ExistNvStoreDatabase) {

-      Status = InsertBinaryToNvStoreDatabase (mInputFdName, mOutputFdName, &mAllVarListEntry);

-    } else {

-      Status = InsertBinaryToBfv (mInputFdName, mOutputFdName, &mAllVarListEntry);

-    }

-    if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      goto Done;

-    }

-    //

-    // Remove the variables in NvStorage in multi-platform mode by user specified requirement

-    //

-    if (Operations == UPDATE_REMOVE) {

-      if (gEfiFdInfo.Fd != NULL) {

-        free (gEfiFdInfo.Fd);

-      }

-      gEfiFdInfo.Fd = ReadFileToMemory (mOutputFdName, &gEfiFdInfo.FdSize);

-      if (gEfiFdInfo.Fd == NULL) {

-        Status = EFI_ABORTED;

-      } else {

-        Status = RemoveEfiVar (&mAllVarListEntry);

-      }

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        printf ("Error. Failed to remove the variable from NVRAM.\n");

-        Status = FAIL;

-        goto Done;

-      }

-    }

-  }

-

-  if (

-  (!mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot &&((Operations == UPDATE) || (Operations == UPDATEQ)))

-  || (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot && (Operations == UPDATE_REMOVE || ((Operations == UPDATE) && IsListEmpty (&mAllVarListEntry))))

-    ) {

-    OutputFd = fopen (mOutputFdName, "wb+");

-    if (OutputFd == NULL) {

-      printf ("Error. Failed to create the output FD file.\n");

-      Status = FAIL;

-      goto Done;

-    }

-    fseek (OutputFd, 0, SEEK_SET);

-    BytesWrite = fwrite (gEfiFdInfo.Fd, sizeof (CHAR8), gEfiFdInfo.FdSize, OutputFd);

-    fclose (OutputFd);

-    if (BytesWrite != gEfiFdInfo.FdSize) {

-      printf ("Error. Failed to create the FD image. \n");

-      Status = FAIL;

-      goto Done;

-    }

-  }

-  if ((Operations == UPDATE) || (Operations == UPDATE_REMOVE) || (Operations == UPDATE_IGNORE) || (Operations == UPDATEQ)) {

-    printf ("\nCongratulations. The output Fd file '%s' has been completed successfully.\n", mOutputFdName);

-  }

-Done:

-  //

-  // Delete the temporary directory and files

-  //

-  if (IsFileExist) {

-    LibRmDir (TemDir);

-  }

-  //

-  // Clean up

-  //

-  if (gEfiFdInfo.Fd != NULL) {

-    free (gEfiFdInfo.Fd);

-  }

-

-  if (mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.Value != NULL) {

-    free (mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.Value);

-  }

-  if (mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.Data != NULL) {

-    free (mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.Data);

-  }

-  while (gEfiFdInfo.FfsArray[Index] != NULL) {

-    free (gEfiFdInfo.FfsArray[Index++]);

-  }

-

-  DestroyAllFormSet (&mFormSetListEntry);

-  DestroyAllStorage (&mVarListEntry);

-  DestroyAllStorage (&mBfvVarListEntry);

-  DestroyAllStorage (&mAllVarListEntry);

-  FreeUnidirectionList (mUqiList);

-

-  return Status;

-}

-

diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Fce.h b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Fce.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 32cc3a1ccc..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Fce.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,447 +0,0 @@
-/** @file

-

- FCE is a tool which enables developers to retrieve and change HII configuration ("Setup")

- data in Firmware Device files (".fd" files).

-

- Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

- SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#ifndef _FCE_H_

-#define _FCE_H_ 1

-

-//#define NDEBUG

-

-#include "Common.h"

-#include "IfrParse.h"

-#include "VariableCommon.h"

-#include "BinaryParse.h"

-#include "BinaryCreate.h"

-///

-/// Utility global variables

-///

-#define UTILITY_MAJOR_VERSION      0

-#define UTILITY_MINOR_VERSION      34

-

-#define UTILITY_NAME               "FCE"

-

-#define SUCCESS                    0

-#define FAIL                       1

-#define VR_FAIL                    2

-#define MAX_INPUT_ALLOCATE_SIZE    256

-

-///

-/// The type of file input and operations

-///

-typedef enum {

-  INFD,

-  OUTFD,

-  OUTTXT,

-  SETUPTXT

-} FILETYPE;

-

-typedef enum {

-  NONE,

-  READ,

-  UPDATE,

-  UPDATE_REMOVE,

-  UPDATE_IGNORE,

-  VERIFY,

-  UPDATEQ

-} OPERATION_TYPE;

-

-typedef struct _GUID_SEC_TOOL_ENTRY {

-  EFI_GUID                     Guid;

-  CHAR8*                       Name;

-  CHAR8*                       Path;

-  struct _GUID_SEC_TOOL_ENTRY  *Next;

-} GUID_SEC_TOOL_ENTRY;

-

-///

-/// The tag for use in identifying UNICODE files.

-/// If the file is UNICODE, the first 16 bits of the file will equal this value.

-///

-enum {

-  BigUnicodeFileTag    = 0xFEFF,

-  LittleUnicodeFileTag = 0xFFFE

-};

-

-typedef enum {

-  ASCII,

-  BIG_UCS2,

-  LITTLE_UCS2

-} FILE_TYPE;

-

-/**

-  Exchange the data between Efi variable and the data of VarList when the

-  variable use the authenticated variable header

-

-  If VarToList is TRUE, copy the efi variable data to the VarList; Otherwise,

-  update the data from varlist to efi variable.

-

-  @param VarToList          The flag to control the direction of exchange.

-   @param StorageListHead   Decide which variale list be updated

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           Get the address successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  No available in the EFI variable zone.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid variable name.

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SynAuthEfiVariable (

-  IN  BOOLEAN     VarToList,

-  IN  LIST_ENTRY  *StorageListHead

-  );

-

-/**

-  Remove the variable from Efi variable

-

-  Found the variable with the same name in StorageListHead and remove it.

-

-  @param StorageListHead   Decide which variale list be removed.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS      Remove the variables successfully.

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-RemoveAuthEfiVariable (

-  IN  LIST_ENTRY  *StorageListHead

-  );

-

-/**

-  Exchange the data between Efi variable and the data of VarList when the

-  variable use the time stamp authenticated variable header

-

-  If VarToList is TRUE, copy the efi variable data to the VarList; Otherwise,

-  update the data from varlist to efi variable.

-

-  @param VarToList              The flag to control the direction of exchange.

-  @param StorageListHead        Decide which variale list be updated

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           Get the address successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  No available in the EFI variable zone.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid variable name.

-**/

-

-EFI_STATUS

-SynAuthEfiVariableBasedTime (

-  IN  BOOLEAN     VarToList,

-  IN  LIST_ENTRY  *StorageListHead

-  );

-

-/**

-  Remove the variable from Efi variable

-

-  Found the variable with the same name in StorageListHead and remove it.

-

-  @param StorageListHead   Decide which variale list be removed.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS      Remove the variables successfully.

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-RemoveAuthEfiVariableBasedTime (

-  IN  LIST_ENTRY  *StorageListHead

-  );

-

-/**

-  Exchange the data between Efi variable and the data of VarList when the

-  variable use the authenticated variable header

-

-  If VarToList is TRUE, copy the efi variable data to the VarList; Otherwise,

-  update the data from varlist to efi variable.

-

-  @param VarToList         The flag to control the direction of exchange.

-  @param StorageListHead   Decide which variale list be updated

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           Get the address successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  No available in the EFI variable zone.

-**/

-

-EFI_STATUS

-SynEfiVariable (

-  IN  BOOLEAN     VarToList,

-  IN  LIST_ENTRY  *StorageListHead

-  );

-

-/**

-  Remove the variable from Efi variable

-

-  Found the variable with the same name in StorageListHead and remove it.

-

-  @param StorageListHead   Decide which variale list be removed.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS      Remove the variables successfully.

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-RemoveNormalEfiVariable (

-  IN  LIST_ENTRY  *StorageListHead

-  );

-

-/**

-  Read all defaultId and platformId from binary.

-

-  @param  Binary        The pointer to the bianry

-  @param  Storage       The pointer to the Storage

-**/

-VOID

-ReadDefaultAndPlatformIdFromBfv (

-  IN  UINT8             *Binary,

-  IN  FORMSET_STORAGE   *Storage

-);

-

-/**

-  Store all defaultId and platformId to binary.

-

-  @param  Binary        The pointer to the bianry

-  @param  Storage       The pointer to the Storage

-

-  @retval Length        Return the length of the header

-**/

-

-UINT32

-WriteDefaultAndPlatformId (

-  IN  UINT8             *Binary,

-  IN  FORMSET_STORAGE   *Storage

-);

-

-/**

-  Store all defaultId and platformId to binary.

-

-  @param  Binary        The pointer to the bianry

-  @param  Storage       The pointer to the Storage

-

-  @retval Length        Return the length of the header

-**/

-UINT32

-WriteNvStoreDefaultAndPlatformId (

-  IN  UINT8             *Binary,

-  IN  FORMSET_STORAGE   *Storage

-);

-

-/**

-  Copy variable to binary in multi-platform mode

-

-  @param  Storage           The pointer to a storage in storage list.

-  @param  StorageBeginning  The pointer to the beginning of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId

-  @param  Index             The number of the storage. If the Index is 0, record the variable header to

-                            the binary. Or else, only record the storage.

-

-  @return length          The length of storage

-**/

-UINT32

-CopyVariableToBinary (

-  IN      FORMSET_STORAGE   *Storage,

-  IN OUT  UINT8             *StorageBeginning,

-  IN      UINT32            Index

-  );

-

-/**

-  Copy variable to binary in multi-platform mode

-

-  @param  Storage           The pointer to a storage in storage list.

-  @param  StorageBeginning  The pointer to the beginning of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId

-  @param  Index             The number of the storage. If the Index is 0, record the variable header to

-                            the binary. Or else, only record the storage.

-

-  @return length          The length of storage

-**/

-UINT32

-CopyVariableToNvStoreBinary (

-  IN      FORMSET_STORAGE   *Storage,

-  IN OUT  UINT8             *StorageBeginning,

-  IN      UINT32            Index

-  );

-

-

-/**

-  Read variable to storage list in multi-platform mode

-

-  @param  Binary            The pointer to the header of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId

-  @param  StorageListEntry  The pointer to the storage list.

-

-  @return length          The length of storage

-**/

-

-UINT32

-ReadNvStoreVariableToList (

-  IN      UINT8             *Binary,

-  IN      LIST_ENTRY        *StorageListEntry

-  );

-

-/**

-  Read variable to storage list in multi-platform mode

-

-  @param  Binary            The pointer to the header of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId

-  @param  StorageListEntry  The pointer to the storage list.

-

-  @return length          The length of storage

-**/

-UINT32

-ReadVariableToList (

-  IN      UINT8             *Binary,

-  IN      LIST_ENTRY        *StorageListEntry

-  );

-

-/**

-  Check whether exists the valid normal variables in NvStorage or not.

-

-  @retval TRUE      If existed, return TRUE.

-  @retval FALSE     Others

-**/

-BOOLEAN

-ExistNormalEfiVarOrNot (

-  IN  LIST_ENTRY  *StorageListHead

-  );

-

-/**

-  Fix the size of variable header.

-

-  @param  Binary            The pointer to the header of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId

-  @param  Length            The length of binary.

-

-**/

-VOID

-FixVariableHeaderSize (

-  IN  UINT8   *BinaryBeginning,

-  IN  UINT32  Length

-  );

-

-/**

-  Fix the size of variable header.

-

-  @param  Binary            The pointer to the header of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId

-  @param  Length            The length of binary.

-

-**/

-

-VOID

-FixNvStoreVariableHeaderSize (

-  IN  UINT8   *BinaryBeginning,

-  IN  UINT32  Length

-  );

-/**

-  Copy time-based authenticated variable to binary in multi-platform mode

-

-  @param  Storage           The pointer to a storage in storage list.

-  @param  StorageBeginning  The pointer to the beginning of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId

-  @param  Index             The number of the storage. If the Index is 0, record the variable header to

-                            the binary. Or else, only record the storage.

-  @return length            The length of storage

-**/

-UINT32

-CopyTimeBasedVariableToBinary (

-  IN      FORMSET_STORAGE   *Storage,

-  IN OUT  UINT8             *StorageBeginning,

-  IN      UINT32            Index

-  );

-

-/**

-  Read time-based authenticated variable to storage list in multi-platform mode

-

-  @param  Binary            The pointer to the header of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId

-  @param  StorageListEntry  The pointer to the storage list.

-

-  @return length          The length of storage

-**/

-UINT32

-ReadTimeBasedVariableToList (

-  IN      UINT8             *Binary,

-  IN      LIST_ENTRY        *StorageListEntry

-  );

-

-/**

-  Check whether exists the valid time-based variables in NvStorage or not.

-

-  @retval TRUE      If existed, return TRUE.

-  @retval FALSE     Others

-**/

-BOOLEAN

-ExistTimeBasedEfiVarOrNot (

-  IN  LIST_ENTRY  *StorageListHead

-  );

-

-/**

-  Fix the size of time-based variable header.

-

-  @param  Binary            The pointer to the header of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId

-  @param  Length            The length of binary.

-

-**/

-VOID

-FixBasedTimeVariableHeaderSize (

-  IN  UINT8   *BinaryBeginning,

-  IN  UINT32  Length

-  );

-

-/**

-  Copy Monotonic-Based authenticated variable to binary in multi-platform mode

-

-  @param  Storage           The pointer to a storage in storage list.

-  @param  StorageBeginning  The pointer to the beginning of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId

-  @param  Index             The number of the storage. If the Index is 0, record the variable header to

-                            the binary. Or else, only record the storage.

-

-  @return length            The length of storage

-**/

-UINT32

-CopyMonotonicBasedVariableToBinary (

-  IN      FORMSET_STORAGE   *Storage,

-  IN OUT  UINT8             *StorageBeginning,

-  IN      UINT32            Index

-  );

-

-/**

-  Read Monotonic-based authenticated variable to storage list in multi-platform mode

-

-  @param  Binary            The pointer to the header of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId

-  @param  StorageListEntry  The pointer to the storage list.

-

-  @return length          The length of storage

-**/

-UINT32

-ReadMonotonicBasedVariableToList (

-  IN      UINT8             *Binary,

-  IN      LIST_ENTRY        *StorageListEntry

-  );

-

-/**

-  Check whether exists the valid MonotonicBased variables in NvStorage or not.

-

-  @retval TRUE      If existed, return TRUE.

-  @retval FALSE     Others

-**/

-BOOLEAN

-ExistMonotonicBasedEfiVarOrNot (

-  IN  LIST_ENTRY  *StorageListHead

-  );

-

-/**

-  Fix the size of montonic variable header.

-

-  @param  Binary            The pointer to the header of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId

-  @param  Length            The length of binary.

-

-**/

-VOID

-FixMontonicVariableHeaderSize (

-  IN  UINT8   *BinaryBeginning,

-  IN  UINT32  Length

-  );

-

-/**

-  FCE application entry point

-

-  @param  argc     The number of input parameters.

-  @param  *argv[]  The array pointer to the parameters.

-

-  @retval  0       The application exited normally.

-  @retval  1       An error occurred.

-  @retval  2       An error about check occurred.

-

-**/

-int

-main (

-  int       argc,

-  char      *argv[]

-  );

-

-#endif

diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/GNUmakefile b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/GNUmakefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e1b6a85e2..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/GNUmakefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-## @file GNUmakefile

-#

-# GNU makefile for 'FCE' module build.

-#

-# Copyright (c) 2007 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-#

-# This program and the accompanying materials

-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License

-# which accompanies this distribution.  The full text of the license may be found at

-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php

-#

-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,

-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.

-#

-

-ifndef ARCH

-  #

-  # If ARCH is not defined, then we use 'uname -m' to attempt

-  # try to figure out the appropriate ARCH.

-  #

-  uname_m = $(shell uname -m)

-  $(info Attempting to detect ARCH from 'uname -m': $(uname_m))

-  ifneq (,$(strip $(filter $(uname_m), x86_64 amd64)))

-    ARCH=X64

-  endif

-  ifeq ($(patsubst i%86,IA32,$(uname_m)),IA32)

-    ARCH=IA32

-  endif

-  ifneq (,$(findstring aarch64,$(uname_m)))

-    ARCH=AARCH64

-  endif

-  ifneq (,$(findstring arm,$(uname_m)))

-    ARCH=ARM

-  endif

-  ifndef ARCH

-    $(info Could not detected ARCH from uname results)

-    $(error ARCH is not defined!)

-  endif

-  $(info Detected ARCH of $(ARCH) using uname.)

-endif

-

-export ARCH

-export HOST_ARCH=$(ARCH)

-

-MAKEROOT ?= $(EDK_TOOLS_PATH)/Source/C

-

-APPNAME = FCE

-

-OBJECTS = Fce.o Variable.o TimeBasedVariable.o MonotonicBasedVariable.o IfrParse.o Common.o BinaryParse.o BinaryCreate.o Expression.o

-

-include $(MAKEROOT)/Makefiles/app.makefile

-

-LIBS = -lCommon -lm

-

-

diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/IfrParse.c b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/IfrParse.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f5a87baf3..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/IfrParse.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4836 +0,0 @@
-/** @file

-

- Parser for IFR binary encoding.

-

- Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

- SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#include "IfrParse.h"

-

-#ifndef EDKII_IFR_BIT_VARSTORE_GUID

-#define EDKII_IFR_BIT_VARSTORE_GUID \

-  {0x82DDD68B, 0x9163, 0x4187, {0x9B, 0x27, 0x20, 0xA8, 0xFD, 0x60 ,0xA7, 0x1D}}

-#endif

-

-#ifndef EDKII_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_BIT

-#define EDKII_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_BIT  0x3F

-#endif

-

-UINT16           mStatementIndex;

-UINT16           mExpressionOpCodeIndex;

-

-BOOLEAN          mInScopeSubtitle;

-BOOLEAN          mInScopeSuppress;

-BOOLEAN          mInScopeGrayOut;

-BOOLEAN          mInScopeDisable;

-FORM_EXPRESSION  *mSuppressExpression;

-FORM_EXPRESSION  *mGrayOutExpression;

-FORM_EXPRESSION  *mDisableExpression;

-

-extern MULTI_PLATFORM_PARAMETERS   mMultiPlatformParam;

-extern LIST_ENTRY                  mVarListEntry;

-extern LIST_ENTRY                  mFormSetListEntry;

-extern UINT32                      mFormSetOrderParse;

-

-#define FORM_SET_GUID_PREFIX    "Form Set GUID: "

-#define EFI_GUID_FORMAT         "%08x-%04x-%04x-%02x%02x-%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x"

-

-UINT32 mMaxCount = 0x100000;

-UINT32 mCount = 0;

-CHAR8  *mStringBuffer = NULL;

-static EFI_GUID gEdkiiIfrBitVarGuid = EDKII_IFR_BIT_VARSTORE_GUID;

-

-/**

-  Produces a Null-terminated ASCII string in mStringBuffer based on a Null-terminated

-  ASCII format string and variable argument list.

-

-  @param  FormatString    A null-terminated ASCII format string.

-  @param  ...             The variable argument list whose contents are accessed based on the

-                          format string specified by FormatString.

-**/

-VOID

-StringPrint (

-  CHAR8 *FormatString,

-  ...

-)

-{

-  va_list Marker;

-  INT32   Count;

-

-  va_start (Marker, FormatString);

-  Count = vsprintf (mStringBuffer + mCount, FormatString, Marker);

-  mCount = mCount + Count;

-  va_end (Marker);

-  if (mCount + 0x400 > mMaxCount) {

-    mStringBuffer[mCount] = '\0';

-    fwrite (mStringBuffer, sizeof (CHAR8), mCount, stdout);

-    mCount = 0;

-  }

-}

-

-/**

-  Print the information of questions.

-

-  @param  FormSet     The pointer to the formset.

-  @param  FormSet     The pointer to the form.

-  @param  Question    The pointer to the question.

-  @param  PrintOrNot  Decide whether print or not.

-

-  @return NULL.

-

-**/

-static

-VOID

-PrintQuestion (

-  IN  FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET    *FormSet,

-  IN  FORM_BROWSER_FORM       *Form,

-  IN  FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT  *Question,

-  IN  BOOLEAN                  PrintOrNot

-  );

-

-/**

-  Writes a Unicode string specified by iStringToken and iLanguage to the script file (converted to ASCII).

-

-  @param  Package        A pointer to the Unicode string.

-

-  @return NULL

-

-**/

-static

-VOID

-LogUnicodeString (

-  IN     CHAR16              *pcString

-  )

-{

-  UINTN  Index;

-

-  if (pcString == NULL) {

-    return;

-  }

-  //

-  // replace the 0x0D to 0x20, because if the pcString has 0D 0A, then after print it,

-  // different editor may have different format

-  //

-  for (Index = 0; pcString[Index] != 0; Index++) {

-    if (pcString[Index] == 0x0D) {

-       pcString[Index] = 0x20;

-    }

-

-    StringPrint("%c", pcString[Index] & 0x00FF);

-  }

-}

-

-/**

-  Writes a UQIL Unicode string specified by iStringToken to the script file as an array of 16-bit integers in ASCII.

-

-  @param  Package        A pointer to the Unicode string.

-

-  @return NULL

-

-**/

-static

-VOID

-LogUqi (

-  IN     CHAR16              *pcString

-  )

-{

-  UINT16         Index;

-  //

-  //  Find the UNICODE string length (in CHAR16)

-  //

-  for (Index = 0; pcString[Index] != 0; Index++);

-  //

-  //  Write each word as a hex integer

-  //

-  for (Index = 0; pcString[Index] != 0; Index++) {

-    StringPrint("%04X ", pcString[Index]);

-  }

-}

-

-/**

-  Get the question value with bit field from the buffer.

-

-  @param  Question        The question refer to bit field.

-  @param  Buffer          The buffer which the question value get from.

-  @param  Value           Retun the value.

-

-**/

-VOID

-GetBitsQuestionValue(

-  IN  FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Question,

-  IN  UINT8                  *Buffer,

-  OUT UINT32                 *Value

-  )

-{

-  UINT32        PreBits;

-  UINT32        Mask;

-

-  PreBits = Question->BitVarOffset - Question->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset * 8;

-  Mask = (1<< Question->BitStorageWidth) -1;

-

-  *Value = *(UINT32*)Buffer;

-  (*Value) >>= PreBits;

-  (*Value) &= Mask;

-}

-

-/**

-  Set the question value with bit field to the buffer.

-

-  @param  Question        The question refer to bit field.

-  @param  Buffer          The buffer which the question value set to.

-  @param  Value           The value need to set.

-

-**/

-VOID

-SetBitsQuestionValue (

-  IN     FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Question,

-  IN OUT UINT8                  *Buffer,

-  IN     UINT32                 Value

-  )

-{

-  UINT32        PreBits;

-  UINT32        Mask;

-  UINT32        TmpValue;

-

-  PreBits = Question->BitVarOffset - Question->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset * 8;

-  Value <<= PreBits;

-  Mask = (1<< Question->BitStorageWidth) -1;

-  Mask <<= PreBits;

-

-  TmpValue = *(UINT32*)(Buffer);

-  TmpValue = (TmpValue & (~Mask)) | Value;

-  CopyMem ((UINT32*)Buffer, &TmpValue, sizeof (UINT32));

-}

-

-/**

-  Print the current value of the specified question.

-

-  @param  Question       The pointer to question

-

-  @return EFI_SUCCESS

-**/

-static

-EFI_STATUS

-LogIfrValue (

-  IN  FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET     *FormSet,

-  IN  FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT   *Question

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS          Status;

-  FORMSET_STORAGE     *VarList;

-  UINT8               *VarBuffer;

-  UINT32              Value;

-

-  VarBuffer    = NULL;

-

-  Status = SearchVarStorage (

-             Question,

-             NULL,

-             Question->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset,

-             FormSet->StorageListHead,

-             (CHAR8 **)&VarBuffer,

-             &VarList

-             );

-

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    StringPrint("\nCouldn't read current variable data.");

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  //

-  //  Log the Value

-  //

-  if (

-    (Question->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset > VarList->Size)   \

-    && (VarList->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_OP)

-    ) {

-    StringPrint("0000 // Offset larger than Variable Size -- FAILURE");

-  } else if (

-    (Question->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset > VarList->Size) \

-    && (VarList->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP)       \

-    && VarList->NewEfiVarstore

-    ) {

-    StringPrint("0000 // Offset larger than Variable Size -- FAILURE");

-  }  else if (

-    (Question->StorageWidth > VarList->Size)           \

-    && (VarList->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP)      \

-    && !VarList->NewEfiVarstore

-    ) {

-    StringPrint("0000 // Offset larger than Variable Size -- FAILURE");

-  } else {

-    if (Question->QuestionReferToBitField) {

-      GetBitsQuestionValue (Question, VarBuffer, &Value);

-      VarBuffer = (UINT8*)(&Value);

-    }

-    switch (Question->StorageWidth) {

-

-    case sizeof (UINT8):

-      StringPrint("%02X", (*(UINT8 *)VarBuffer) & 0xFF);

-      break;

-

-    case sizeof (UINT16):

-      StringPrint("%04X", (*(UINT16 *)VarBuffer) & 0xFFFF);

-      break;

-

-    case sizeof (UINT32):

-      StringPrint("%08X", (*(UINT32 *)VarBuffer) & 0xFFFFFFFF);

-      break;

-

-    case sizeof (UINT64):

-      StringPrint("%016llX", *((UINT64 *)VarBuffer));

-      break;

-

-    default:

-      StringPrint("0000 // Width > 16 is not supported -- FAILURE");

-      break;

-    }

-  }

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Print the current value of the STRING question.

-

-  @param  Question       The pointer to question

-

-  @return EFI_SUCCESS

-**/

-static

-EFI_STATUS

-LogIfrValueStr (

-  IN  FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET     *FormSet,

-  IN  FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT   *Question

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS          Status;

-  FORMSET_STORAGE     *VarList;

-  UINT8               *VarBuffer;

-

-  VarBuffer = NULL;

-  Status = SearchVarStorage (

-             Question,

-             NULL,

-             Question->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset,

-             FormSet->StorageListHead,

-             (CHAR8 **)&VarBuffer,

-             &VarList

-             );

-

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    StringPrint("\nCouldn't read current variable data.");

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-

-  //

-  //  Log the Value

-  //

-  if (

-    (Question->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset > VarList->Size)   \

-    && (VarList->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_OP)

-    ) {

-    StringPrint("0000 // Offset larger than Variable Size -- FAILURE");

-  } else if (

-    (Question->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset > VarList->Size) \

-    && (VarList->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP)       \

-    && VarList->NewEfiVarstore

-    ) {

-    StringPrint("0000 // Offset larger than Variable Size -- FAILURE");

-  }  else if (

-    (Question->StorageWidth > VarList->Size)           \

-    && (VarList->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP)      \

-    && !VarList->NewEfiVarstore

-    ) {

-    StringPrint("0000 // Offset larger than Variable Size -- FAILURE");

-  } else {

-      StringPrint("\"");

-      LogUnicodeString((CHAR16 *)VarBuffer);

-      StringPrint("\"");

-  }

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Print the current values of an Ordered List question.

-

-  @param  Question       The pointer to question

-  @param  MaxEntries       The max number of options

-  @param  VarList          The dual pointer to the Node of VarList

-

-  @return EFI_SUCCESS

-**/

-static

-EFI_STATUS

-LogIfrValueList (

-  IN  FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET     *FormSet,

-  IN  FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT   *Question

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS          Status;

-  FORMSET_STORAGE     *VarList;

-  UINT8               CurrentEntry;

-  UINT8               *VarBuffer;

-

-  CurrentEntry = 0;

-  VarBuffer    = NULL;

-

-  Status = SearchVarStorage (

-             Question,

-             NULL,

-             Question->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset,

-             FormSet->StorageListHead,

-             (CHAR8 **)&VarBuffer,

-             &VarList

-             );

-

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    StringPrint("\nCouldn't read current variable data.");

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  //

-  // Log the value

-  //

-  if (

-    ((Question->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset +  Question->MaxContainers) > VarList->Size)   \

-    && (VarList->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_OP)

-    ) {

-    StringPrint("0000 // Offset larger than Variable Size -- FAILURE");

-  } else if (

-    (Question->MaxContainers > VarList->Size) \

-    && (VarList->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP)

-    ) {

-    StringPrint("0000 // Offset larger than Variable Size -- FAILURE");

-  } else {

-    for (CurrentEntry = 0; CurrentEntry < Question->MaxContainers; CurrentEntry++) {

-

-      switch (Question->StorageWidth/Question->MaxContainers){

-

-      case 1:

-        StringPrint("%02X ", VarBuffer[CurrentEntry]);

-        break;

-

-      case 2:

-        StringPrint("%04X ", *((UINT16 *)VarBuffer + CurrentEntry));

-        break;

-

-      case 4:

-        StringPrint("%08X ", *((UINT32 *)VarBuffer + CurrentEntry));

-        break;

-

-      case 8:

-        StringPrint("%016llX ", *((UINT64 *)VarBuffer + CurrentEntry));

-        break;

-

-      default:

-        StringPrint("%02X ", VarBuffer[CurrentEntry]);

-      }

-    }

-  }

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Compare two Uqi parameters

-

-  @param UqiParm1       The pointer to the first Uqi parameter.

-  @param UqiParm2       The pointer to the second Uqi parameter.

-

-  @retval TRUE          If these two Uqi parameters are the same, return TRUE;

-  @return FALSE         Otherwise, return FALSE;

-**/

-BOOLEAN

-CompareUqiHeader (

-  IN  CONST UQI_HEADER  *UqiParm1,

-  IN  CONST UQI_HEADER  *UqiParm2

-  )

-{

-  INT32    Index;

-

-  if (UqiParm1->HexNum != UqiParm2->HexNum) {

-    return FALSE;

-  }

-

-  for (Index = UqiParm1->HexNum - 1; Index >= 0; Index--) {

-    if (UqiParm1->Data[Index] != UqiParm2->Data[Index]) {

-      return FALSE;

-    }

-  }

-

-  return TRUE;

-}

-

-

-/**

-  Check whether existed a same variable in the LIST_ENTRY.

-

-  @param  CurVarList        A pointer to a variable node.

-

-  @return Pointer          If existed the same variable, return the pointer to the Node.

-  @return NULL              Otherwise, return FALSE

-

-**/

-static

-FORMSET_STORAGE *

-NotSameVariableInVarList (

-  IN  LIST_ENTRY         *VariableListEntry,

-  IN  FORMSET_STORAGE    *StorageNode

-  )

-{

-  FORMSET_STORAGE    *CurNode;

-  LIST_ENTRY         *Link;

-  LIST_ENTRY         *StorageListHead;

-

-  StorageListHead       =  VariableListEntry;

-  CurNode               = NULL;

-

-  //

-  // Find Storage for this Question

-  //

-  Link = GetFirstNode (StorageListHead);

-  while (!IsNull (StorageListHead, Link)) {

-    CurNode = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (Link);

-

-    if (!CompareGuid (&StorageNode->Guid, &CurNode->Guid)   \

-      && (CurNode->Name != NULL)                            \

-      && (StorageNode->Name != NULL)                        \

-      && !FceStrCmp (StorageNode->Name, CurNode->Name)         \

-      && (StorageNode - CurNode != 0)

-      ) {

-      //

-      // If not multi-plaform support mode, take VarStore as the EfiVarStore. So If there are

-      // two variables with same guid same name, but different type, we will take as the same

-      // in general mode

-      //

-      if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot && (CurNode->Type == StorageNode->Type)) {

-        //

-        // If matched, get the address of EFI_IFR_VARSTORE data.

-        //

-        return CurNode;

-        break;

-      } else if (!mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot) {

-        return CurNode;

-        break;

-      }

-    }

-    Link = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, Link);

-  }

-  return NULL;

-}

-

-/**

-  Get the UniString by the offset.

-

-  @param  UniPackge         A pointer to the beginning of Null-terminated Unicode string Array.

-  @param  CurUniPackge      A pointer to the current position of Null-terminated Unicode string Array.

-  @param  VarDefaultNameId  The string ID.

-  @param  CurOrDefaultLang  Use the current language or the default language.

-  @param  VarDefaultName    return the name string.

-

-  @return EFI_SUCCESS

-  @return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER

-  @return EFI_NOT_FOUND

-**/

-static

-EFI_STATUS

-GetStringByOffset (

-  IN     UINT8               *UniPackge,

-  IN     UINT8               *CurUniPackge,

-  IN     UINT16              VarDefaultNameId,

-  IN     BOOLEAN             CurOrDefaultLang,

-  IN OUT CHAR16              **VarDefaultName

-  )

-{

-  UINT8                          *HiiStringHeader;

-  UINT32                         Offset;

-  UINT32                         Count;

-  UINT32                         Index;

-  EFI_HII_STRING_BLOCK           *Block;

-  VOID                           *ThisBlock;

-

-  assert ((UniPackge != NULL) && (CurUniPackge != NULL));

-

-  HiiStringHeader  = NULL;

-  Offset           = 1;

-  Count            = 0;

-  Block            = NULL;

-  ThisBlock        = NULL;

-

-  if (VarDefaultNameId == 0) {

-    return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-  if (CurOrDefaultLang) {

-    HiiStringHeader = CurUniPackge;

-  } else {

-    HiiStringHeader  = UniPackge + 4;

-  }

-

-  Block = (EFI_HII_STRING_BLOCK *)((UINT8*)HiiStringHeader + ((EFI_HII_STRING_PACKAGE_HDR *)HiiStringHeader)->HdrSize);

-  //

-  // Search the matched String in specificated language package by the Offset

-  //

-  while( Block->BlockType != EFI_HII_SIBT_END ) {

-    switch (Block->BlockType) {

-    case EFI_HII_SIBT_STRING_SCSU:

-      ThisBlock = (VOID *)Block;

-      for (Index = 0 ; ((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRING_SCSU_BLOCK *)ThisBlock)->StringText[Index] != 0 ; Index++) ;

-      Block = (EFI_HII_STRING_BLOCK *)&((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRING_SCSU_BLOCK *)ThisBlock)->StringText[Index + 1];

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_HII_SIBT_STRING_SCSU_FONT:

-      ThisBlock = (VOID *)Block;

-      for (Index = 0 ; ((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRING_SCSU_FONT_BLOCK *)ThisBlock)->StringText[Index] != 0 ; Index++) ;

-      Block = (EFI_HII_STRING_BLOCK *)(((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRING_SCSU_FONT_BLOCK *)ThisBlock) + 1);

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_HII_SIBT_STRINGS_SCSU:

-      ThisBlock = (VOID *)Block;

-      for( Count= ((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRINGS_SCSU_BLOCK *)ThisBlock)->StringCount, Index = 0 ; Count; Count--, Index++ ) {

-        for ( ; ((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRINGS_SCSU_BLOCK *)ThisBlock)->StringText[Index] != 0 ; Index++) ;

-      }

-      Block = (EFI_HII_STRING_BLOCK *)&((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRINGS_SCSU_BLOCK *)ThisBlock)->StringText[Index];

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_HII_SIBT_STRINGS_SCSU_FONT:

-      ThisBlock = (VOID *)Block;

-      for( Count = ((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRINGS_SCSU_FONT_BLOCK *)ThisBlock)->StringCount, Index = 0 ; Count; Count--, Index++ ) ;

-      Block = (EFI_HII_STRING_BLOCK *) & ((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRINGS_SCSU_FONT_BLOCK *)ThisBlock)->StringText[Index];

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_HII_SIBT_STRING_UCS2:

-      ThisBlock = (VOID *)Block;

-      if (Offset == VarDefaultNameId)  {

-      *VarDefaultName = malloc ((FceStrLen ((CHAR16 *) ((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRING_UCS2_BLOCK *)ThisBlock)->StringText) + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16));

-      if (*VarDefaultName == NULL) {

-        printf ("Fail to allocate memory");

-        return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-      }

-      memset (

-        *VarDefaultName,

-        0,

-        (FceStrLen ((CHAR16 *) ((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRING_UCS2_BLOCK *)ThisBlock)->StringText) + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16)

-      );

-      StrCpy (

-        *VarDefaultName,

-        (CHAR16 *) ((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRING_UCS2_BLOCK *) ThisBlock)->StringText

-      );

-      return EFI_SUCCESS;

-    }

-

-      for (Index = 0 ; ((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRING_UCS2_BLOCK *)ThisBlock)->StringText[Index] != 0 ; Index++) ;

-      Block = (EFI_HII_STRING_BLOCK *) & ((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRING_UCS2_BLOCK *) ThisBlock)->StringText[Index + 1];

-      Offset += 1;

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_HII_SIBT_STRING_UCS2_FONT:

-      ThisBlock = (VOID *)Block;

-      for (Index = 0 ; ((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRING_UCS2_FONT_BLOCK *) ThisBlock)->StringText[Index] != 0 ; Index++) ;

-      Block = (EFI_HII_STRING_BLOCK *)& ((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRING_UCS2_FONT_BLOCK *) ThisBlock)->StringText[Index + 1];

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_HII_SIBT_STRINGS_UCS2:

-      ThisBlock = (VOID *)Block;

-      for( Count = ((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRINGS_UCS2_BLOCK *)ThisBlock)->StringCount, Index = 0 ; Count; Count--, Index++ ) {

-        for ( ; ((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRINGS_UCS2_BLOCK *) ThisBlock)->StringText[Index] != 0 ; Index++) ;

-      }

-      Block = (EFI_HII_STRING_BLOCK *) & ((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRINGS_UCS2_BLOCK *) ThisBlock)->StringText[Index];

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_HII_SIBT_STRINGS_UCS2_FONT:

-      ThisBlock = (VOID *)Block;

-      for( Count= ((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRINGS_UCS2_FONT_BLOCK *) ThisBlock)->StringCount, Index = 0 ; Count ; Count--, Index++ ) {

-        for ( ; ((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRINGS_UCS2_FONT_BLOCK *) ThisBlock)->StringText[Index] != 0 ; Index++) ;

-      }

-      Block = (EFI_HII_STRING_BLOCK *) & ((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRINGS_UCS2_FONT_BLOCK *)ThisBlock)->StringText[Index];

-      break;

-

-     case EFI_HII_SIBT_DUPLICATE:

-       ThisBlock = (VOID *)Block;

-       Block = (EFI_HII_STRING_BLOCK *)((EFI_HII_SIBT_DUPLICATE_BLOCK *) ThisBlock + 1);

-       break;

-

-     case EFI_HII_SIBT_SKIP2:

-       ThisBlock = (VOID *)Block;

-       Offset += ((EFI_HII_SIBT_SKIP2_BLOCK *) ThisBlock)->SkipCount;

-       Block = (EFI_HII_STRING_BLOCK *)( (EFI_HII_SIBT_SKIP2_BLOCK *) ThisBlock + 1);

-       break;

-

-     case EFI_HII_SIBT_SKIP1:

-       ThisBlock = (VOID *)Block;

-       Offset += ((EFI_HII_SIBT_SKIP1_BLOCK *) ThisBlock)->SkipCount;

-       Block = (EFI_HII_STRING_BLOCK *)((EFI_HII_SIBT_SKIP1_BLOCK *)ThisBlock + 1);

-       break;

-

-     case EFI_HII_SIBT_EXT1:

-       ThisBlock = (VOID *)Block;

-       Block = (EFI_HII_STRING_BLOCK *)((UINT8*)ThisBlock + ((EFI_HII_SIBT_EXT1_BLOCK *) ThisBlock)->Length);

-       break;

-

-     case EFI_HII_SIBT_EXT2:

-       ThisBlock = (VOID *)Block;

-       Block = (EFI_HII_STRING_BLOCK *)((UINT8*)ThisBlock + ((EFI_HII_SIBT_EXT2_BLOCK *) ThisBlock)->Length);

-       break;

-

-     case EFI_HII_SIBT_EXT4:

-       ThisBlock = (VOID *)Block;

-       Block = (EFI_HII_STRING_BLOCK *)((UINT8*)ThisBlock + ((EFI_HII_SIBT_EXT4_BLOCK *)ThisBlock)->Length);

-       break;

-

-     case EFI_HII_SIBT_FONT:

-       ThisBlock = (VOID *)Block;

-       for (Index = 0 ; ((EFI_HII_SIBT_FONT_BLOCK *) ThisBlock)->FontName[Index] != 0 ; Index++) ;

-       Block = (EFI_HII_STRING_BLOCK *)& ((EFI_HII_SIBT_FONT_BLOCK *) ThisBlock)->FontName[Index + 1];

-       break;

-

-     default:

-       StringPrint("Unhandled type = 0x%x\n", Block->BlockType);

-     }

-   }

-

-  return EFI_NOT_FOUND;

-}

-

-/**

-  Parse the UniString to get the string information.

-

-  @param  CachedStringList  A pointer to cached string list

-  @param  UniPackge         A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string Array.

-  @param  VarDefaultNameId  The string ID.

-  @param  Language          The language, en-US UQI or eng.

-  @param  VarDefaultName    return the name string.

-

-  @return EFI_SUCCESS       If get the name string successfully

-  @return EFI_NOT_FOUND       An error occurred.

-  @return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-FindDefaultName (

-  IN     FORMSET_STRING_LIST *CachedStringList,

-  IN     UINT8               *UniPackge,

-  IN     UINT16              VarDefaultNameId,

-  IN     LANGUAGE            Language,

-  IN OUT CHAR16              **VarDefaultName

-  )

-{

-  CHAR8          *UniPackgeEnd;

-  CHAR8          *UniBin;

-  CHAR8          LangStr[10];

-  BOOLEAN        IsFound;

-  EFI_STATUS     Status;

-  EFI_STRING_ID  Index;

-  STRING_INFO    *TempBuffer;

-

-  UniBin     = NULL;

-  IsFound    = FALSE;

-  Status     = EFI_NOT_FOUND;

-

-  UniBin       = (CHAR8 *) UniPackge + 4;

-  UniPackgeEnd = (CHAR8 *) UniPackge + *(UINT32 *)UniPackge;

-

-  //

-  //Handle with the invalid usage "STRING_TOKEN(0)"

-  //

-  if (VarDefaultNameId == 0) {

-    *VarDefaultName = L"";

-    return EFI_SUCCESS;

-  }

-

-  if (CachedStringList != NULL) {

-    for (Index = 0; Index < CachedStringList->CachedIdNum; Index ++) {

-      if (VarDefaultNameId == CachedStringList->StringInfoList[Index].StringId) {

-        *VarDefaultName = CachedStringList->StringInfoList[Index].String;

-        return EFI_SUCCESS;

-      }

-    }

-  }

-

-  switch (Language) {

-

-  case UQI:

-    strcpy (LangStr, "uqi");

-    break;

-

-  case EN_US:

-    strcpy (LangStr, "en-US");

-    break;

-

-  case ENG:

-    strcpy (LangStr, "eng");

-    break;

-

-  default:

-    strcpy (LangStr, "en-US");

-    break;

-  }

-  IsFound    = FALSE;

-

-  if (((EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *)UniBin)->Type == EFI_HII_PACKAGE_STRINGS) {

-    //

-    // Search the specified language package

-    //

-    while ((UniBin < UniPackgeEnd) && ((EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *)UniBin)->Type == EFI_HII_PACKAGE_STRINGS) {

-      if (strcmp (((EFI_HII_STRING_PACKAGE_HDR *)UniBin)->Language, LangStr) == 0) {

-        IsFound = TRUE;

-        break;

-      }

-      UniBin += ((EFI_HII_STRING_PACKAGE_HDR *)UniBin)->Header.Length;

-    }

-    //

-    //If not find the string ID, use the en eng or en-US instead.

-    //

-    if (!IsFound) {

-      UniBin     = (CHAR8 *) UniPackge + 4;

-

-      while ((UniBin < UniPackgeEnd) && ((EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *)UniBin)->Type == EFI_HII_PACKAGE_STRINGS) {

-        if ((strcmp (((EFI_HII_STRING_PACKAGE_HDR *)UniBin)->Language, "en") == 0)    \

-          || (strcmp (((EFI_HII_STRING_PACKAGE_HDR *)UniBin)->Language, "en-US") == 0) \

-          || (strcmp (((EFI_HII_STRING_PACKAGE_HDR *)UniBin)->Language, "eng") == 0)   \

-          ) {

-          IsFound = TRUE;

-          break;

-        }

-        UniBin += ((EFI_HII_STRING_PACKAGE_HDR *)UniBin)->Header.Length;

-      }

-    }

-     //

-     //If not still find the string ID, use the first one instead.

-     //

-     Status = GetStringByOffset (

-                UniPackge,

-                (UINT8 *)UniBin,

-                VarDefaultNameId,

-                IsFound,

-                VarDefaultName

-                );

-     if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-       goto Done;

-     }

-    //

-    //If not find the specified string in UQI package, we use the en en-us eng or uqi insteadly

-    //

-    IsFound    = FALSE;

-    UniBin     = (CHAR8 *) UniPackge + 4;

-

-    while ((UniBin < UniPackgeEnd) && ((EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *)UniBin)->Type == EFI_HII_PACKAGE_STRINGS) {

-      if (strcmp (((EFI_HII_STRING_PACKAGE_HDR *)UniBin)->Language, "en") == 0) {

-        IsFound = TRUE;

-        break;

-      }

-      UniBin += ((EFI_HII_STRING_PACKAGE_HDR *)UniBin)->Header.Length;

-    }

-    Status = GetStringByOffset (

-              UniPackge,

-              (UINT8 *)UniBin,

-              VarDefaultNameId,

-              IsFound,

-              VarDefaultName

-              );

-    if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      goto Done;

-    }

-

-    IsFound    = FALSE;

-    UniBin     = (CHAR8 *) UniPackge + 4;

-

-    while ((UniBin < UniPackgeEnd) && ((EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *)UniBin)->Type == EFI_HII_PACKAGE_STRINGS) {

-      if (strcmp (((EFI_HII_STRING_PACKAGE_HDR *)UniBin)->Language, "en-US") == 0) {

-        IsFound = TRUE;

-        break;

-      }

-      UniBin += ((EFI_HII_STRING_PACKAGE_HDR *)UniBin)->Header.Length;

-    }

-    Status = GetStringByOffset (

-              UniPackge,

-              (UINT8 *)UniBin,

-              VarDefaultNameId,

-              IsFound,

-              VarDefaultName

-              );

-    if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      goto Done;

-    }

-

-    IsFound    = FALSE;

-    UniBin     = (CHAR8 *) UniPackge + 4;

-

-    while ((UniBin < UniPackgeEnd) && ((EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *)UniBin)->Type == EFI_HII_PACKAGE_STRINGS) {

-      if (strcmp (((EFI_HII_STRING_PACKAGE_HDR *)UniBin)->Language, "eng") == 0) {

-        IsFound = TRUE;

-        break;

-      }

-      UniBin += ((EFI_HII_STRING_PACKAGE_HDR *)UniBin)->Header.Length;

-    }

-    Status = GetStringByOffset (

-              UniPackge,

-              (UINT8 *)UniBin,

-              VarDefaultNameId,

-              IsFound,

-              VarDefaultName

-              );

-    if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      goto Done;

-    }

-

-    IsFound    = FALSE;

-    UniBin     = (CHAR8 *) UniPackge + 4;

-

-    while ((UniBin < UniPackgeEnd) && ((EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *)UniBin)->Type == EFI_HII_PACKAGE_STRINGS) {

-      if (strcmp (((EFI_HII_STRING_PACKAGE_HDR *)UniBin)->Language, "uqi") == 0) {

-        IsFound = TRUE;

-        break;

-      }

-      UniBin += ((EFI_HII_STRING_PACKAGE_HDR *)UniBin)->Header.Length;

-    }

-    Status = GetStringByOffset (

-              UniPackge,

-              (UINT8 *)UniBin,

-              VarDefaultNameId,

-              IsFound,

-              VarDefaultName

-              );

-    if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-      goto Done;

-    }

-  }

-

-Done:

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    *VarDefaultName = NULL;

-    return EFI_NOT_FOUND;

-  }

-

-  if (CachedStringList != NULL) {

-    if (CachedStringList->CachedIdNum >= CachedStringList->MaxIdNum) {

-      TempBuffer = calloc (sizeof (STRING_INFO), CachedStringList->MaxIdNum + STRING_NUMBER);

-      if (TempBuffer == NULL) {

-        printf ("Fail to allocate memory! \n");

-        free (*VarDefaultName);

-        *VarDefaultName = NULL;

-        return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-      }

-      CopyMem (TempBuffer, CachedStringList->StringInfoList, sizeof (STRING_INFO) * CachedStringList->MaxIdNum);

-      FreePool (CachedStringList->StringInfoList);

-      CachedStringList->StringInfoList = TempBuffer;

-      CachedStringList->MaxIdNum = CachedStringList->MaxIdNum + STRING_NUMBER;

-    }

-    CachedStringList->StringInfoList[CachedStringList->CachedIdNum].StringId = VarDefaultNameId;

-    CachedStringList->StringInfoList[CachedStringList->CachedIdNum].String   = *VarDefaultName;

-    CachedStringList->CachedIdNum ++;

-  }

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Get the variable Guid and Name by the variableId and FormSetOrder.

-

-  @param  FormSet        The pointer to the formset.

-  @param  FormSet        The pointer to the form.

-  @param  ListEntry      The pointer to the LIST_ENTRY.

-

-  @return EFI_SUCCESS

-  @return EFI_NOT_FOUND  If not find the the variable, or the variable doesn't belong to EfiVarStore or VarStore.

-**/

-static

-EFI_STATUS

-GetGuidNameByVariableId (

-  IN       FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET    *FormSet,

-  IN  OUT  FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT  *Question,

-  IN       LIST_ENTRY              *ListEntry

-  )

-{

-  FORMSET_STORAGE    *CurNode;

-  LIST_ENTRY         *Link;

-  LIST_ENTRY         *StorageListHead;

-  EFI_STATUS         Status;

-  CHAR16             *EfiVariableName;

-

-  StorageListHead       = ListEntry;

-  CurNode               = NULL;

-  Status                = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  EfiVariableName       = NULL;

-

-  Link = GetFirstNode (StorageListHead);

-  while (!IsNull (StorageListHead, Link)) {

-    CurNode = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (Link);

-

-    if ((FormSet->FormSetOrder == CurNode->FormSetOrder) \

-      && (Question->VarStoreId == CurNode->VarStoreId)

-      ) {

-      //

-      // Copy type to question to avoid the case that EfiVarStore and VarStore have the same Guid and name.

-      //

-      Question->Type           = CurNode->Type;

-      Question->NewEfiVarstore = CurNode->NewEfiVarstore;

-      Question->Attributes     = CurNode->Attributes;

-

-      if (CurNode->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP) {

-        CopyMem (&Question->Guid, &CurNode->Guid, sizeof (EFI_GUID));

-        //

-        // If the first time to access the old EfiVarStore, need to sync the variable name

-        //

-        if (!CurNode->NewEfiVarstore) {

-          if (CurNode->Buffer == NULL) {

-            CurNode->Buffer = malloc (Question->StorageWidth);

-          }

-          if (CurNode->Name == NULL) {

-            Status  = FindDefaultName (

-                      &(FormSet->EnUsStringList),

-                      FormSet->UnicodeBinary,

-                      Question->VarStoreInfo.VarName,

-                      EN_US,

-                      &EfiVariableName

-                     );

-            if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {

-              return Status;

-            }

-            CurNode->Name = EfiVariableName;

-          }

-          if (CurNode->Size == 0) {

-            CurNode->Size = Question->StorageWidth;

-          }

-        }

-        //

-        // Check whether the Efivariable variable name is valid.

-        //

-         if ((CurNode->Name == NULL) || (FceStrLen (CurNode->Name) == 0)) {

-          StringPrint ("Error. The variable name of question is NULL. Its UQI is: ");

-          StringPrint("Q %04X ", Question->Uqi.HexNum);

-          LogUqi (Question->Uqi.Data);

-          StringPrint ("\n");

-          return EFI_ABORTED;

-        }

-        if (Question->VariableName == NULL) {

-          Question->VariableName = (CHAR16 *) malloc (2 * (FceStrLen ((CONST CHAR16 *)CurNode->Name) + 1));

-          if (Question->VariableName == NULL) {

-           return EFI_ABORTED;

-          }

-        }

-        StrCpy (Question->VariableName, CurNode->Name);

-

-        return EFI_SUCCESS;

-

-      } else if (CurNode->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_OP) {

-        CopyMem (&Question->Guid, &CurNode->Guid, sizeof (EFI_GUID));

-        if (Question->VariableName == NULL) {

-          Question->VariableName = (CHAR16 *) malloc (2 * (FceStrLen ((CONST CHAR16 *)CurNode->Name) + 1));

-          if (Question->VariableName == NULL) {

-           return EFI_ABORTED;

-          }

-        }

-        //

-        // Check whether the variable variable name is valid.

-        //

-         if ((CurNode->Name == NULL) || (FceStrLen (CurNode->Name) == 0)) {

-          StringPrint ("Error. The variable name of question is NULL. UQI:");

-          StringPrint("Q %04X ", Question->Uqi.HexNum);

-          LogUqi (Question->Uqi.Data);

-          StringPrint ("\n");

-          return EFI_ABORTED;

-        }

-        StrCpy (Question->VariableName, CurNode->Name);

-        return EFI_SUCCESS;

-      }

-    }

-    Link = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, Link);

-  }

-  return EFI_NOT_FOUND;

-}

-

-/**

-  Search the variable list according to the variable Guid and name, and return the pointer

-  of that Node.

-

-  @param  HiiObjList       The pointer to the Question

-  @param  VarName          The EFI variable name need to be updated to VarList

-  @param  Offset           The offset of the variable

-  @param  StorageListHead  The pointer to the LIST_ENTRY of Storage

-  @param  Vaue             The value in that value offset of the variable

-  @param  VarList          The dual pointer of Varlist

-

-  @return EFI_SUCCESS

-  @return EFI_NOT_FOUND

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SearchVarStorage (

-  IN     FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT   *Question,

-  IN     CHAR16*                  VarName,

-  IN     UINT32                   Offset,

-  IN     LIST_ENTRY               *StorageListHead,

-  IN OUT CHAR8                    **Value,

-  IN OUT FORMSET_STORAGE          **VarList

-  )

-{

-  FORMSET_STORAGE   *CurNode;

-  LIST_ENTRY        *Link;

-  BOOLEAN           FindOrNot;

-

-  CurNode         = NULL;

-  FindOrNot       = FALSE;

-  *VarList        = NULL;

-  //

-  // Find Storage for this Question

-  //

-  Link = GetFirstNode (StorageListHead);

-  while (!IsNull (StorageListHead, Link)) {

-    CurNode = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (Link);

-    //

-    // Deal with the old EfiVarstore before UEFI2.31

-    //

-    if (!CompareGuid (&Question->Guid, &CurNode->Guid)          \

-      && (CurNode->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP)             \

-      && !CurNode->NewEfiVarstore                               \

-      && (Question->VariableName != NULL)                       \

-      && (CurNode->Name != NULL)                                \

-      && !FceStrCmp(Question->VariableName, CurNode->Name)

-      ) {

-      //

-      // If not multi-plaform support mode, take VarStore as the EfiVarStore. So If there are

-      // two variables with same guid same name, but different type, we will take as the same

-      // in general mode

-      //

-      if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot && (CurNode->Type == Question->Type)) {

-        //

-        // check whether exist a old EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI or not.

-        //

-        *Value = (CHAR8 *)CurNode->Buffer;

-        *VarList = CurNode;

-        FindOrNot  = TRUE;

-        break;

-      } else if (!mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot) {

-        //

-        // check whether exist a old EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI or not.

-        //

-        *Value = (CHAR8 *)CurNode->Buffer;

-        *VarList = CurNode;

-        FindOrNot  = TRUE;

-        break;

-      }

-    }

-

-    if (!CompareGuid (&Question->Guid, &CurNode->Guid)           \

-      && (CurNode->Name != NULL)                                   \

-      && (Question->VariableName != NULL)                          \

-      && !FceStrCmp(Question->VariableName, CurNode->Name)

-      ) {

-      //

-      // If not multi-plaform support mode, take VarStore as the EfiVarStore. So If there are

-      // two variables with same guid same name, but different type, we will take as the same

-      // in general mode

-      //

-      if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot && (CurNode->Type == Question->Type)) {

-        //

-        // If matched, get the address of EFI_IFR_VARSTORE data.

-        //

-        *Value     = (CHAR8 *)(CurNode->Buffer + Offset);

-        *VarList   = CurNode;

-        FindOrNot  = TRUE;

-        break;

-      } else if (!mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot) {

-        //

-        // If matched, get the address of EFI_IFR_VARSTORE data.

-        //

-        *Value     = (CHAR8 *)(CurNode->Buffer + Offset);

-        *VarList   = CurNode;

-        FindOrNot  = TRUE;

-        break;

-      }

-    }

-    Link = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, Link);

-  }

-  if (!FindOrNot) {

-    return EFI_NOT_FOUND;

-  }

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Get the string based on the StringId and HII Package List Handle.

-

-  @param  Token                  The String's ID.

-  @param  HiiHandle              The package list in the HII database to search for

-                                 the specified string.

-

-  @return The output string.

-

-**/

-CHAR16 *

-GetToken (

-  IN  EFI_STRING_ID                Token,

-  IN  UINT8                        *UniPackge

-  )

-{

-  CHAR16      *VarDefaultName;

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-

-  Status = EFI_SUCCESS;

-

-  if (UniPackge == NULL) {

-    return NULL;

-  }

-

-  Status  = FindDefaultName (

-              NULL,

-              UniPackge,

-              Token,

-              EN_US,

-              &VarDefaultName

-              );

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return NULL;

-  }

-

-  return VarDefaultName;

-}

-

-/**

-  Initialize Statement header members.

-

-  @param  OpCodeData             Pointer of the raw OpCode data.

-  @param  FormSet                Pointer of the current FormSe.

-  @param  Form                   Pointer of the current Form.

-

-  @return The Statement.

-

-**/

-FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *

-CreateStatement (

-  IN UINT8                        *OpCodeData,

-  IN OUT FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET     *FormSet,

-  IN OUT FORM_BROWSER_FORM        *Form

-  )

-{

-  FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT    *Statement;

-  EFI_IFR_STATEMENT_HEADER  *StatementHdr;

-

-  if (Form == NULL) {

-    //

-    // We are currently not in a Form Scope, so just skip this Statement

-    //

-    return NULL;

-  }

-

-  Statement = &FormSet->StatementBuffer[mStatementIndex];

-  mStatementIndex++;

-

-  InitializeListHead (&Statement->DefaultListHead);

-  InitializeListHead (&Statement->OptionListHead);

-  InitializeListHead (&Statement->InconsistentListHead);

-  InitializeListHead (&Statement->NoSubmitListHead);

-  InitializeListHead (&Statement->WarningListHead);

-

-  Statement->Signature = FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT_SIGNATURE;

-

-  Statement->Operand = ((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) OpCodeData)->OpCode;

-  Statement->QuestionReferToBitField = FALSE;

-

-  StatementHdr = (EFI_IFR_STATEMENT_HEADER *) (OpCodeData + sizeof (EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER));

-  CopyMem (&Statement->Prompt, &StatementHdr->Prompt, sizeof (EFI_STRING_ID));

-  CopyMem (&Statement->Help, &StatementHdr->Help, sizeof (EFI_STRING_ID));

-

-  if (mInScopeSuppress) {

-    Statement->SuppressExpression = mSuppressExpression;

-  }

-

-  if (mInScopeGrayOut) {

-    Statement->GrayOutExpression = mGrayOutExpression;

-  }

-

-

-  if (mInScopeDisable) {

-    Statement->DisableExpression = mDisableExpression;

-  }

-

-  Statement->InSubtitle = mInScopeSubtitle;

-

-  //

-  // Insert this Statement into current Form

-  //

-  InsertTailList (&Form->StatementListHead, &Statement->Link);

-

-  return Statement;

-}

-

-/**

-  Initialize Question's members.

-

-  @param  OpCodeData             Pointer of the raw OpCode data.

-  @param  FormSet                Pointer of the current FormSet.

-  @param  Form                   Pointer of the current Form.

-

-  @return The Question.

-

-**/

-FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *

-CreateQuestion (

-  IN UINT8                        *OpCodeData,

-  IN OUT FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET     *FormSet,

-  IN OUT FORM_BROWSER_FORM        *Form

-  )

-{

-  FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT   *Statement;

-  EFI_IFR_QUESTION_HEADER  *QuestionHdr;

-  LIST_ENTRY               *Link;

-  FORMSET_STORAGE          *Storage;

-  NAME_VALUE_NODE          *NameValueNode;

-

-  Statement = CreateStatement (OpCodeData, FormSet, Form);

-  if (Statement == NULL) {

-    return NULL;

-  }

-

-  QuestionHdr = (EFI_IFR_QUESTION_HEADER *) (OpCodeData + sizeof (EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER));

-  CopyMem (&Statement->QuestionId, &QuestionHdr->QuestionId, sizeof (EFI_QUESTION_ID));

-  CopyMem (&Statement->VarStoreId, &QuestionHdr->VarStoreId, sizeof (EFI_VARSTORE_ID));

-  CopyMem (&Statement->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset, &QuestionHdr->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset, sizeof (UINT16));

-

-  Statement->QuestionFlags = QuestionHdr->Flags;

-

-  Statement->FormSetOrder = mFormSetOrderParse;

-

-  if (Statement->VarStoreId == 0) {

-    //

-    // VarStoreId of zero indicates no variable storage

-    //

-    return Statement;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Find Storage for this Question

-  //

-  Link = GetFirstNode (FormSet->StorageListHead);

-  while (!IsNull (FormSet->StorageListHead, Link)) {

-    Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (Link);

-

-    if ((Storage->VarStoreId == Statement->VarStoreId)

-      && (Storage->FormSetOrder == Statement->FormSetOrder)) {

-      Statement->Storage = Storage;

-      break;

-    }

-

-    Link = GetNextNode (FormSet->StorageListHead, Link);

-  }

-  ASSERT (Statement->Storage != NULL);

-

-  if (Statement->Storage->Type == EFI_HII_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE) {

-    Statement->VariableName = GetToken (Statement->VarStoreInfo.VarName, FormSet->UnicodeBinary);

-    ASSERT (Statement->VariableName != NULL);

-    //

-    // Insert to Name/Value varstore list

-    //

-    NameValueNode = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (NAME_VALUE_NODE));

-    ASSERT (NameValueNode != NULL);

-    NameValueNode->Signature = NAME_VALUE_NODE_SIGNATURE;

-    NameValueNode->Name = FceAllocateCopyPool (FceStrSize (Statement->VariableName), Statement->VariableName);

-    ASSERT (NameValueNode->Name != NULL);

-    NameValueNode->Value = AllocateZeroPool (0x10);

-    ASSERT (NameValueNode->Value != NULL);

-    NameValueNode->EditValue = AllocateZeroPool (0x10);

-    ASSERT (NameValueNode->EditValue != NULL);

-

-    InsertTailList (&Statement->Storage->NameValueListHead, &NameValueNode->Link);

-  }

-

-  return Statement;

-}

-

-

-/**

-  Allocate a FORM_EXPRESSION node.

-

-  @param  Form                   The Form associated with this Expression

-

-  @return Pointer to a FORM_EXPRESSION data structure.

-

-**/

-FORM_EXPRESSION *

-CreateExpression (

-  IN OUT FORM_BROWSER_FORM        *Form

-  )

-{

-  FORM_EXPRESSION  *Expression;

-

-  Expression = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (FORM_EXPRESSION));

-  ASSERT (Expression != NULL);

-  Expression->Signature = FORM_EXPRESSION_SIGNATURE;

-  InitializeListHead (&Expression->OpCodeListHead);

-

-  return Expression;

-}

-

-

-/**

-  Allocate a FORMSET_STORAGE data structure and insert to FormSet Storage List.

-

-  @param  FormSet                Pointer of the current FormSet

-

-  @return Pointer to a FORMSET_STORAGE data structure.

-

-**/

-FORMSET_STORAGE *

-CreateStorage (

-  IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET  *FormSet

-  )

-{

-  FORMSET_STORAGE  *Storage;

-

-  Storage = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (FORMSET_STORAGE));

-  ASSERT (Storage != NULL);

-  Storage->Signature = FORMSET_STORAGE_SIGNATURE;

-  InitializeListHead (&Storage->NameValueListHead);

-  InsertTailList (FormSet->StorageListHead, &Storage->Link);

-

-  return Storage;

-}

-

-/**

-  Free resources of a Expression.

-

-  @param  FormSet                Pointer of the Expression

-

-**/

-VOID

-DestroyExpression (

-  IN FORM_EXPRESSION   *Expression

-  )

-{

-  LIST_ENTRY         *Link;

-  EXPRESSION_OPCODE  *OpCode;

-  LIST_ENTRY         *SubExpressionLink;

-  FORM_EXPRESSION    *SubExpression;

-

-  while (!IsListEmpty (&Expression->OpCodeListHead)) {

-    Link = GetFirstNode (&Expression->OpCodeListHead);

-    OpCode = EXPRESSION_OPCODE_FROM_LINK (Link);

-    RemoveEntryList (&OpCode->Link);

-

-    if (OpCode->ValueList != NULL) {

-      FreePool (OpCode->ValueList);

-    }

-

-    if (OpCode->ValueName != NULL) {

-      FreePool (OpCode->ValueName);

-    }

-

-    if (OpCode->MapExpressionList.ForwardLink != NULL) {

-      while (!IsListEmpty (&OpCode->MapExpressionList)) {

-        SubExpressionLink = GetFirstNode(&OpCode->MapExpressionList);

-        SubExpression     = FORM_EXPRESSION_FROM_LINK (SubExpressionLink);

-        RemoveEntryList(&SubExpression->Link);

-        DestroyExpression (SubExpression);

-      }

-    }

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Free this Expression

-  //

-  FreePool (Expression);

-}

-

-

-/**

-  Free resources of a storage.

-

-  @param  Storage                Pointer of the storage

-

-**/

-VOID

-DestroyStorage (

-  IN FORMSET_STORAGE   *Storage

-  )

-{

-  LIST_ENTRY         *Link;

-  NAME_VALUE_NODE    *NameValueNode;

-

-  if (Storage == NULL) {

-    return;

-  }

-

-  if (Storage->Name != NULL) {

-    FreePool (Storage->Name);

-  }

-  if (Storage->Buffer != NULL) {

-    FreePool (Storage->Buffer);

-  }

-

-  while (!IsListEmpty (&Storage->NameValueListHead)) {

-    Link = GetFirstNode (&Storage->NameValueListHead);

-    NameValueNode = NAME_VALUE_NODE_FROM_LINK (Link);

-    RemoveEntryList (&NameValueNode->Link);

-

-    if (NameValueNode->Name != NULL) {

-      FreePool (NameValueNode->Name);

-    }

-    if (NameValueNode->Value != NULL) {

-      FreePool (NameValueNode->Value);

-    }

-    if (NameValueNode->EditValue != NULL) {

-      FreePool (NameValueNode->EditValue);

-    }

-    FreePool (NameValueNode);

-  }

-

-  FreePool (Storage);

-  Storage = NULL;

-}

-

-/**

-  Free resources allocated for all Storage in an LIST_ENTRY.

-

-  @param  FormSet                Pointer of the FormSet

-

-**/

-VOID

-DestroyAllStorage (

-  IN LIST_ENTRY    *StorageEntryListHead

-  )

-{

-  LIST_ENTRY              *Link;

-  FORMSET_STORAGE         *Storage;

-  //

-  // Parse Fromset one by one

-  //

-  if (StorageEntryListHead->ForwardLink != NULL) {

-    while (!IsListEmpty (StorageEntryListHead)) {

-      Link = GetFirstNode (StorageEntryListHead);

-      Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (Link);

-      RemoveEntryList (&Storage->Link);

-

-      DestroyStorage (Storage);

-    }

-  }

-  StorageEntryListHead = NULL;

-}

-

-/**

-  Free resources of a Statement.

-

-  @param  FormSet                Pointer of the FormSet

-  @param  Statement              Pointer of the Statement

-

-**/

-VOID

-DestroyStatement (

-  IN     FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET    *FormSet,

-  IN OUT FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT  *Statement

-  )

-{

-  LIST_ENTRY        *Link;

-  QUESTION_DEFAULT  *Default;

-  QUESTION_OPTION   *Option;

-  FORM_EXPRESSION   *Expression;

-

-  //

-  // Free Default value List

-  //

-  while (!IsListEmpty (&Statement->DefaultListHead)) {

-    Link = GetFirstNode (&Statement->DefaultListHead);

-    Default = QUESTION_DEFAULT_FROM_LINK (Link);

-    RemoveEntryList (&Default->Link);

-

-    if (Default->Value.Buffer != NULL) {

-      FreePool(Default->Value.Buffer);

-    }

-    FreePool (Default);

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Free Options List

-  //

-  while (!IsListEmpty (&Statement->OptionListHead)) {

-    Link = GetFirstNode (&Statement->OptionListHead);

-    Option = QUESTION_OPTION_FROM_LINK (Link);

-    RemoveEntryList (&Option->Link);

-

-    FreePool (Option);

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Free Inconsistent List

-  //

-  while (!IsListEmpty (&Statement->InconsistentListHead)) {

-    Link = GetFirstNode (&Statement->InconsistentListHead);

-    Expression = FORM_EXPRESSION_FROM_LINK (Link);

-    RemoveEntryList (&Expression->Link);

-

-    DestroyExpression (Expression);

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Free NoSubmit List

-  //

-  while (!IsListEmpty (&Statement->NoSubmitListHead)) {

-    Link = GetFirstNode (&Statement->NoSubmitListHead);

-    Expression = FORM_EXPRESSION_FROM_LINK (Link);

-    RemoveEntryList (&Expression->Link);

-

-    DestroyExpression (Expression);

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Free WarningIf List

-  //

-  while (!IsListEmpty (&Statement->WarningListHead)) {

-    Link = GetFirstNode (&Statement->WarningListHead);

-    Expression = FORM_EXPRESSION_FROM_LINK (Link);

-    RemoveEntryList (&Expression->Link);

-

-    DestroyExpression (Expression);

-  }

-  if (Statement->VariableName != NULL) {

-    FreePool (Statement->VariableName);

-  }

-  if (Statement->BufferValue != NULL) {

-    FreePool (Statement->BufferValue);

-  }

-}

-

-/**

-  Free resources of a Form.

-

-  @param  FormSet                Pointer of the FormSet

-  @param  Form                   Pointer of the Form.

-

-**/

-VOID

-DestroyForm (

-  IN     FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET  *FormSet,

-  IN OUT FORM_BROWSER_FORM     *Form

-  )

-{

-  LIST_ENTRY              *Link;

-  FORM_EXPRESSION         *Expression;

-  FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT  *Statement;

-

-  //

-  // Free Form Expressions

-  //

-  while (!IsListEmpty (&Form->ExpressionListHead)) {

-    Link = GetFirstNode (&Form->ExpressionListHead);

-    Expression = FORM_EXPRESSION_FROM_LINK (Link);

-    RemoveEntryList (&Expression->Link);

-

-    DestroyExpression (Expression);

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Free Statements/Questions

-  //

-  while (!IsListEmpty (&Form->StatementListHead)) {

-    Link = GetFirstNode (&Form->StatementListHead);

-    Statement = FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT_FROM_LINK (Link);

-    RemoveEntryList (&Statement->Link);

-

-    DestroyStatement (FormSet, Statement);

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Free this Form

-  //

-  FreePool (Form);

-}

-

-

-/**

-  Free resources allocated for a FormSet.

-

-  @param  FormSet                Pointer of the FormSet

-

-**/

-VOID

-DestroyFormSet (

-  IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET  *FormSet

-  )

-{

-  LIST_ENTRY            *Link;

-  FORMSET_DEFAULTSTORE  *DefaultStore;

-  FORM_EXPRESSION       *Expression;

-  FORM_BROWSER_FORM     *Form;

-  UINT16                Index;

-

-  //

-  // Free FormSet Default Store

-  //

-  if (FormSet->DefaultStoreListHead.ForwardLink != NULL) {

-    while (!IsListEmpty (&FormSet->DefaultStoreListHead)) {

-      Link = GetFirstNode (&FormSet->DefaultStoreListHead);

-      DefaultStore = FORMSET_DEFAULTSTORE_FROM_LINK (Link);

-      RemoveEntryList (&DefaultStore->Link);

-

-      FreePool (DefaultStore);

-    }

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Free Formset Expressions

-  //

-  while (!IsListEmpty (&FormSet->ExpressionListHead)) {

-    Link = GetFirstNode (&FormSet->ExpressionListHead);

-    Expression = FORM_EXPRESSION_FROM_LINK (Link);

-    RemoveEntryList (&Expression->Link);

-

-    DestroyExpression (Expression);

-  }

-

-  //

-  // Free Forms

-  //

-  if (FormSet->FormListHead.ForwardLink != NULL) {

-    while (!IsListEmpty (&FormSet->FormListHead)) {

-      Link = GetFirstNode (&FormSet->FormListHead);

-      Form = FORM_BROWSER_FORM_FROM_LINK (Link);

-      RemoveEntryList (&Form->Link);

-

-      DestroyForm (FormSet, Form);

-    }

-  }

-

-  if (FormSet->StatementBuffer != NULL) {

-    FreePool (FormSet->StatementBuffer);

-  }

-  if (FormSet->ExpressionBuffer != NULL) {

-    FreePool (FormSet->ExpressionBuffer);

-  }

-  if (FormSet->EnUsStringList.StringInfoList != NULL) {

-    for (Index = 0; Index < FormSet->EnUsStringList.CachedIdNum; Index ++) {

-      FreePool (FormSet->EnUsStringList.StringInfoList[Index].String);

-    }

-    FreePool (FormSet->EnUsStringList.StringInfoList);

-  }

-  if (FormSet->UqiStringList.StringInfoList != NULL) {

-    for (Index = 0; Index < FormSet->UqiStringList.CachedIdNum; Index ++) {

-      FreePool (FormSet->UqiStringList.StringInfoList[Index].String);

-    }

-    FreePool (FormSet->UqiStringList.StringInfoList);

-  }

-

-  FreePool (FormSet);

-}

-

-/**

-  Free resources allocated for all FormSet in an LIST_ENTRY.

-

-  @param  FormSet                Pointer of the FormSet

-

-**/

-VOID

-DestroyAllFormSet (

-  IN LIST_ENTRY    *FormSetEntryListHead

-  )

-{

-  LIST_ENTRY              *Link;

-  FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET    *FormSet;

-  //

-  // Parse Fromset one by one

-  //

-  if (FormSetEntryListHead->ForwardLink != NULL) {

-    while (!IsListEmpty (FormSetEntryListHead)) {

-      Link = GetFirstNode (FormSetEntryListHead);

-      FormSet = FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET_FROM_LINK (Link);

-      RemoveEntryList (&FormSet->Link);

-      DestroyFormSet (FormSet);

-    }

-  }

-}

-

-/**

-  Tell whether this Operand is an Expression OpCode or not

-

-  @param  Operand                Operand of an IFR OpCode.

-

-  @retval TRUE                   This is an Expression OpCode.

-  @retval FALSE                  Not an Expression OpCode.

-

-**/

-BOOLEAN

-IsExpressionOpCode (

-  IN UINT8              Operand

-  )

-{

-  if (((Operand >= EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_VAL_OP) && (Operand <= EFI_IFR_NOT_OP)) ||

-      ((Operand >= EFI_IFR_MATCH_OP) && (Operand <= EFI_IFR_SET_OP))  ||

-      ((Operand >= EFI_IFR_EQUAL_OP) && (Operand <= EFI_IFR_SPAN_OP)) ||

-      (Operand == EFI_IFR_CATENATE_OP) ||

-      (Operand == EFI_IFR_TO_LOWER_OP) ||

-      (Operand == EFI_IFR_TO_UPPER_OP) ||

-      (Operand == EFI_IFR_MAP_OP)      ||

-      (Operand == EFI_IFR_VERSION_OP)  ||

-      (Operand == EFI_IFR_SECURITY_OP)) {

-    return TRUE;

-  } else {

-    return FALSE;

-  }

-}

-

-

-/**

-  Calculate number of Statemens(Questions) and Expression OpCodes.

-

-  @param  FormSet                The FormSet to be counted.

-  @param  NumberOfStatement      Number of Statemens(Questions)

-  @param  NumberOfExpression     Number of Expression OpCodes

-

-**/

-VOID

-CountOpCodes (

-  IN  FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET  *FormSet,

-  IN OUT  UINT16            *NumberOfStatement,

-  IN OUT  UINT16            *NumberOfExpression

-  )

-{

-  UINT16  StatementCount;

-  UINT16  ExpressionCount;

-  UINT8   *OpCodeData;

-  UINTN   Offset;

-  UINTN   OpCodeLen;

-

-  Offset = 0;

-  StatementCount = 0;

-  ExpressionCount = 0;

-

-  while (Offset < FormSet->IfrBinaryLength) {

-    OpCodeData = FormSet->IfrBinaryData + Offset;

-    OpCodeLen = ((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) OpCodeData)->Length;

-    Offset += OpCodeLen;

-

-    if (IsExpressionOpCode (((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) OpCodeData)->OpCode)) {

-      ExpressionCount++;

-    } else {

-      StatementCount++;

-    }

-  }

-

-  *NumberOfStatement = StatementCount;

-  *NumberOfExpression = ExpressionCount;

-}

-

-

-

-/**

-  Parse opcodes in the formset IFR binary.

-

-  @param  FormSet                Pointer of the FormSet data structure.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            Opcode parse success.

-  @retval Other                  Opcode parse fail.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-ParseOpCodes (

-  IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET              *FormSet

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS              Status;

-  UINT16                  Index;

-  FORM_BROWSER_FORM       *CurrentForm;

-  FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT  *CurrentStatement;

-  EXPRESSION_OPCODE       *ExpressionOpCode;

-  FORM_EXPRESSION         *CurrentExpression;

-  UINT8                   Operand;

-  UINT8                   Scope;

-  UINTN                   OpCodeOffset;

-  UINTN                   OpCodeLength;

-  UINT8                   *OpCodeData;

-  UINT8                   ScopeOpCode;

-  FORMSET_STORAGE         *Storage;

-  FORMSET_STORAGE         *TempStorage;

-  FORMSET_DEFAULTSTORE    *DefaultStore;

-  QUESTION_DEFAULT        *CurrentDefault;

-  QUESTION_OPTION         *CurrentOption;

-  UINT8                   Width;

-  CHAR8                   *AsciiString;

-  UINT16                  NumberOfStatement;

-  UINT16                  NumberOfExpression;

-  BOOLEAN                 SuppressForQuestion;

-  BOOLEAN                 SuppressForOption;

-  BOOLEAN                 InScopeOptionSuppress;

-  FORM_EXPRESSION         *OptionSuppressExpression;

-  BOOLEAN                 InScopeFormSuppress;

-  FORM_EXPRESSION         *FormSuppressExpression;

-  UINT16                  DepthOfDisable;

-  BOOLEAN                 OpCodeDisabled;

-  BOOLEAN                 SingleOpCodeExpression;

-  BOOLEAN                 InScopeDefault;

-  EFI_HII_VALUE           *Value;

-  UINT8                   MapScopeDepth;

-  LIST_ENTRY              *Link;

-  FORMSET_STORAGE         *VarStorage;

-  LIST_ENTRY              *MapExpressionList;

-  EFI_VARSTORE_ID         TempVarstoreId;

-  BOOLEAN                 ConstantFlag;

-  FORMSET_DEFAULTSTORE    *PreDefaultStore;

-  LIST_ENTRY              *DefaultLink;

-  BOOLEAN                 HaveInserted;

-  BOOLEAN                 BitFieldStorage;

-  UINT16                  TotalBits;

-

-  mInScopeSubtitle         = FALSE;

-  SuppressForQuestion      = FALSE;

-  SuppressForOption        = FALSE;

-  InScopeFormSuppress      = FALSE;

-  mInScopeSuppress         = FALSE;

-  InScopeOptionSuppress    = FALSE;

-  mInScopeGrayOut          = FALSE;

-  mInScopeDisable          = FALSE;

-  DepthOfDisable           = 0;

-  OpCodeDisabled           = FALSE;

-  SingleOpCodeExpression   = FALSE;

-  InScopeDefault           = FALSE;

-  CurrentExpression        = NULL;

-  CurrentDefault           = NULL;

-  CurrentOption            = NULL;

-  OptionSuppressExpression = NULL;

-  FormSuppressExpression   = NULL;

-  MapScopeDepth            = 0;

-  Link                     = NULL;

-  VarStorage               = NULL;

-  MapExpressionList        = NULL;

-  TempVarstoreId           = 0;

-  ConstantFlag             = TRUE;

-  BitFieldStorage          = FALSE;

-

-  //

-  // Get the number of Statements and Expressions

-  //

-  CountOpCodes (FormSet, &NumberOfStatement, &NumberOfExpression);

-

-  mStatementIndex = 0;

-  FormSet->StatementBuffer = AllocateZeroPool (NumberOfStatement * sizeof (FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT));

-  if (FormSet->StatementBuffer == NULL) {

-    return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-  }

-

-  mExpressionOpCodeIndex = 0;

-  FormSet->ExpressionBuffer = AllocateZeroPool (NumberOfExpression * sizeof (EXPRESSION_OPCODE));

-  if (FormSet->ExpressionBuffer == NULL) {

-    return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-  }

-

-  FormSet->StorageListHead = &mVarListEntry;

-  InitializeListHead (&FormSet->DefaultStoreListHead);

-  InitializeListHead (&FormSet->FormListHead);

-  InitializeListHead (&FormSet->ExpressionListHead);

-  ResetCurrentExpressionStack ();

-  ResetMapExpressionListStack ();

-

-  CurrentForm = NULL;

-  CurrentStatement = NULL;

-

-  ResetScopeStack ();

-

-  OpCodeOffset = 0;

-  while (OpCodeOffset < FormSet->IfrBinaryLength) {

-    OpCodeData = FormSet->IfrBinaryData + OpCodeOffset;

-

-    OpCodeLength = ((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) OpCodeData)->Length;

-    OpCodeOffset += OpCodeLength;

-    Operand = ((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) OpCodeData)->OpCode;

-    Scope = ((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) OpCodeData)->Scope;

-

-    //

-    // If scope bit set, push onto scope stack

-    //

-    if (Scope != 0) {

-      PushScope (Operand);

-    }

-

-    if (OpCodeDisabled) {

-      //

-      // DisableIf Expression is evaluated to be TRUE, try to find its end.

-      // Here only cares the EFI_IFR_DISABLE_IF and EFI_IFR_END

-      //

-      if (Operand == EFI_IFR_DISABLE_IF_OP) {

-        DepthOfDisable++;

-      } else if (Operand == EFI_IFR_END_OP) {

-        Status = PopScope (&ScopeOpCode);

-        if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-          return Status;

-        }

-

-        if (ScopeOpCode == EFI_IFR_DISABLE_IF_OP) {

-          if (DepthOfDisable == 0) {

-            mInScopeDisable = FALSE;

-            OpCodeDisabled = FALSE;

-          } else {

-            DepthOfDisable--;

-          }

-        }

-      }

-      continue;

-    }

-

-    if (IsExpressionOpCode (Operand)) {

-      ExpressionOpCode = &FormSet->ExpressionBuffer[mExpressionOpCodeIndex];

-      mExpressionOpCodeIndex++;

-

-      ExpressionOpCode->Signature = EXPRESSION_OPCODE_SIGNATURE;

-      ExpressionOpCode->Operand = Operand;

-      Value = &ExpressionOpCode->Value;

-

-      switch (Operand) {

-      case EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_VAL_OP:

-        CopyMem (&ExpressionOpCode->QuestionId, &((EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_VAL *) OpCodeData)->QuestionId, sizeof (EFI_QUESTION_ID));

-

-        Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_16;

-        CopyMem (&Value->Value.u16, &((EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_VAL *) OpCodeData)->Value, sizeof (UINT16));

-        break;

-

-      case EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_ID_OP:

-        CopyMem (&ExpressionOpCode->QuestionId, &((EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_ID *) OpCodeData)->QuestionId1, sizeof (EFI_QUESTION_ID));

-        CopyMem (&ExpressionOpCode->QuestionId2, &((EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_ID *) OpCodeData)->QuestionId2, sizeof (EFI_QUESTION_ID));

-        break;

-

-      case EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_VAL_LIST_OP:

-        CopyMem (&ExpressionOpCode->QuestionId, &((EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_VAL_LIST *) OpCodeData)->QuestionId, sizeof (EFI_QUESTION_ID));

-        CopyMem (&ExpressionOpCode->ListLength, &((EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_VAL_LIST *) OpCodeData)->ListLength, sizeof (UINT16));

-        ExpressionOpCode->ValueList = FceAllocateCopyPool (ExpressionOpCode->ListLength * sizeof (UINT16), &((EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_VAL_LIST *) OpCodeData)->ValueList);

-        break;

-

-      case EFI_IFR_TO_STRING_OP:

-      case EFI_IFR_FIND_OP:

-        ExpressionOpCode->Format = (( EFI_IFR_TO_STRING *) OpCodeData)->Format;

-        break;

-

-      case EFI_IFR_STRING_REF1_OP:

-        Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING;

-        CopyMem (&Value->Value.string, &(( EFI_IFR_STRING_REF1 *) OpCodeData)->StringId, sizeof (EFI_STRING_ID));

-        break;

-

-      case EFI_IFR_RULE_REF_OP:

-        ExpressionOpCode->RuleId = (( EFI_IFR_RULE_REF *) OpCodeData)->RuleId;

-        break;

-

-      case EFI_IFR_SPAN_OP:

-        ExpressionOpCode->Flags = (( EFI_IFR_SPAN *) OpCodeData)->Flags;

-        break;

-

-      case EFI_IFR_THIS_OP:

-        ASSERT (CurrentStatement != NULL);

-        ExpressionOpCode->QuestionId = CurrentStatement->QuestionId;

-        break;

-

-      case EFI_IFR_SECURITY_OP:

-        CopyMem (&ExpressionOpCode->Guid, &((EFI_IFR_SECURITY *) OpCodeData)->Permissions, sizeof (EFI_GUID));

-        break;

-

-      case EFI_IFR_GET_OP:

-      case EFI_IFR_SET_OP:

-        CopyMem (&TempVarstoreId, &((EFI_IFR_GET *) OpCodeData)->VarStoreId, sizeof (TempVarstoreId));

-        if (TempVarstoreId != 0) {

-          if (FormSet->StorageListHead->ForwardLink != NULL) {

-            Link = GetFirstNode (FormSet->StorageListHead);

-            while (!IsNull (FormSet->StorageListHead, Link)) {

-              VarStorage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (Link);

-              if (VarStorage->VarStoreId == ((EFI_IFR_GET *) OpCodeData)->VarStoreId) {

-                ExpressionOpCode->VarStorage = VarStorage;

-                break;

-              }

-              Link = GetNextNode (FormSet->StorageListHead, Link);

-            }

-          }

-          if (ExpressionOpCode->VarStorage == NULL) {

-            //

-            // VarStorage is not found.

-            //

-            return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-          }

-        }

-        ExpressionOpCode->ValueType = ((EFI_IFR_GET *) OpCodeData)->VarStoreType;

-        switch (ExpressionOpCode->ValueType) {

-        case EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN:

-        case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_8:

-          ExpressionOpCode->ValueWidth = 1;

-          break;

-

-        case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_16:

-        case EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING:

-          ExpressionOpCode->ValueWidth = 2;

-          break;

-

-        case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_32:

-          ExpressionOpCode->ValueWidth = 4;

-          break;

-

-        case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64:

-          ExpressionOpCode->ValueWidth = 8;

-          break;

-

-        case EFI_IFR_TYPE_DATE:

-          ExpressionOpCode->ValueWidth = (UINT8) sizeof (EFI_IFR_DATE);

-          break;

-

-        case EFI_IFR_TYPE_TIME:

-          ExpressionOpCode->ValueWidth = (UINT8) sizeof (EFI_IFR_TIME);

-          break;

-

-        case EFI_IFR_TYPE_REF:

-          ExpressionOpCode->ValueWidth = (UINT8) sizeof (EFI_IFR_REF);

-          break;

-

-        case EFI_IFR_TYPE_OTHER:

-        case EFI_IFR_TYPE_UNDEFINED:

-        case EFI_IFR_TYPE_ACTION:

-        case EFI_IFR_TYPE_BUFFER:

-        default:

-          //

-          // Invalid value type for Get/Set opcode.

-          //

-          return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-        }

-        CopyMem (&ExpressionOpCode->VarStoreInfo.VarName,   &((EFI_IFR_GET *) OpCodeData)->VarStoreInfo.VarName,   sizeof (EFI_STRING_ID));

-        CopyMem (&ExpressionOpCode->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset, &((EFI_IFR_GET *) OpCodeData)->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset, sizeof (UINT16));

-        if ((ExpressionOpCode->VarStorage != NULL) &&

-            ((ExpressionOpCode->VarStorage->Type == EFI_HII_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE)

-            || ((ExpressionOpCode->VarStorage->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP) && !ExpressionOpCode->VarStorage->NewEfiVarstore))

-             ) {

-          ExpressionOpCode->ValueName = GetToken (ExpressionOpCode->VarStoreInfo.VarName, FormSet->UnicodeBinary);

-          if (ExpressionOpCode->ValueName == NULL) {

-            //

-            // String ID is invalid.

-            //

-            return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-          }

-        }

-        break;

-

-      case EFI_IFR_QUESTION_REF1_OP:

-        CopyMem (&ExpressionOpCode->QuestionId, &((EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_VAL_LIST *) OpCodeData)->QuestionId, sizeof (EFI_QUESTION_ID));

-        break;

-

-      case EFI_IFR_QUESTION_REF3_OP:

-        if (OpCodeLength >= sizeof (EFI_IFR_QUESTION_REF3_2)) {

-          CopyMem (&ExpressionOpCode->DevicePath, &(( EFI_IFR_QUESTION_REF3_2 *) OpCodeData)->DevicePath, sizeof (EFI_STRING_ID));

-

-          if (OpCodeLength >= sizeof (EFI_IFR_QUESTION_REF3_3)) {

-            CopyMem (&ExpressionOpCode->Guid, &(( EFI_IFR_QUESTION_REF3_3 *) OpCodeData)->Guid, sizeof (EFI_GUID));

-          }

-        }

-        break;

-

-      //

-      // constant

-      //

-      case EFI_IFR_TRUE_OP:

-        Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN;

-        Value->Value.b = TRUE;

-        break;

-

-      case EFI_IFR_FALSE_OP:

-        Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN;

-        Value->Value.b = FALSE;

-        break;

-

-      case EFI_IFR_ONE_OP:

-        Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_8;

-        Value->Value.u8 = 1;

-        break;

-

-      case EFI_IFR_ZERO_OP:

-        Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_8;

-        Value->Value.u8 = 0;

-        break;

-

-      case EFI_IFR_ONES_OP:

-        Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64;

-        Value->Value.u64 = 0xffffffffffffffffULL;

-        break;

-

-      case EFI_IFR_UINT8_OP:

-        Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_8;

-        Value->Value.u8 = (( EFI_IFR_UINT8 *) OpCodeData)->Value;

-        break;

-

-      case EFI_IFR_UINT16_OP:

-        Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_16;

-        CopyMem (&Value->Value.u16, &(( EFI_IFR_UINT16 *) OpCodeData)->Value, sizeof (UINT16));

-        break;

-

-      case EFI_IFR_UINT32_OP:

-        Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_32;

-        CopyMem (&Value->Value.u32, &(( EFI_IFR_UINT32 *) OpCodeData)->Value, sizeof (UINT32));

-        break;

-

-      case EFI_IFR_UINT64_OP:

-        Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64;

-        CopyMem (&Value->Value.u64, &(( EFI_IFR_UINT64 *) OpCodeData)->Value, sizeof (UINT64));

-        break;

-

-      case EFI_IFR_UNDEFINED_OP:

-        Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_UNDEFINED;

-        break;

-

-      case EFI_IFR_VERSION_OP:

-        Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_16;

-        break;

-

-      default:

-        break;

-      }

-      //

-      // Create sub expression nested in MAP opcode

-      //

-      if ((CurrentExpression == NULL) && (MapScopeDepth > 0)) {

-        CurrentExpression = CreateExpression (CurrentForm);

-        ASSERT (MapExpressionList != NULL);

-        InsertTailList (MapExpressionList, &CurrentExpression->Link);

-        if (Scope == 0) {

-          SingleOpCodeExpression = TRUE;

-        }

-      }

-      ASSERT (CurrentExpression != NULL);

-      InsertTailList (&CurrentExpression->OpCodeListHead, &ExpressionOpCode->Link);

-      if (Operand == EFI_IFR_MAP_OP) {

-        //

-        // Store current Map Expression List.

-        //

-        if (MapExpressionList != NULL) {

-          PushMapExpressionList (MapExpressionList);

-        }

-        //

-        // Initialize new Map Expression List.

-        //

-        MapExpressionList = &ExpressionOpCode->MapExpressionList;

-        InitializeListHead (MapExpressionList);

-        //

-        // Store current expression.

-        //

-        PushCurrentExpression (CurrentExpression);

-        CurrentExpression = NULL;

-        MapScopeDepth ++;

-      } else if (SingleOpCodeExpression) {

-        //

-        // There are two cases to indicate the end of an Expression:

-        // for single OpCode expression: one Expression OpCode

-        // for expression consists of more than one OpCode: EFI_IFR_END

-        //

-        SingleOpCodeExpression = FALSE;

-

-        if (mInScopeDisable && (CurrentForm == NULL)) {

-          //

-          // This is DisableIf expression for Form, it should be a constant expression

-          //

-          ConstantFlag = TRUE;

-          Status = EvaluateExpression (FormSet, CurrentForm, CurrentExpression, &ConstantFlag);

-          if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-            return Status;

-          }

-

-          if (CurrentExpression->Result.Type != EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN) {

-            return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-          }

-          if (!ConstantFlag) {

-            StringPrint ("WARNING. The DisableIf expression for Form should be a constant expression.\n");

-          }

-          OpCodeDisabled = CurrentExpression->Result.Value.b;

-        }

-

-        CurrentExpression = NULL;

-      }

-

-      continue;

-    }

-

-    //

-    // Parse the Opcode

-    //

-    switch (Operand) {

-

-    case EFI_IFR_FORM_SET_OP:

-

-      CopyMem (&FormSet->FormSetTitle, &((EFI_IFR_FORM_SET *) OpCodeData)->FormSetTitle, sizeof (EFI_STRING_ID));

-      CopyMem (&FormSet->Help,         &((EFI_IFR_FORM_SET *) OpCodeData)->Help,         sizeof (EFI_STRING_ID));

-      CopyMem (&FormSet->Guid,         &((EFI_IFR_FORM_SET *) OpCodeData)->Guid,         sizeof (EFI_GUID));

-

-      if (OpCodeLength > OFFSET_OF (EFI_IFR_FORM_SET, Flags)) {

-        //

-        // The formset OpCode contains ClassGuid

-        //

-        FormSet->NumberOfClassGuid = (UINT8) (((EFI_IFR_FORM_SET *) OpCodeData)->Flags & 0x3);

-        CopyMem (FormSet->ClassGuid, OpCodeData + sizeof (EFI_IFR_FORM_SET), FormSet->NumberOfClassGuid * sizeof (EFI_GUID));

-      }

-      FormSet->FormSetOrder = ++mFormSetOrderParse;

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_FORM_OP:

-    case EFI_IFR_FORM_MAP_OP:

-      //

-      // Create a new Form for this FormSet

-      //

-      CurrentForm = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (FORM_BROWSER_FORM));

-      ASSERT (CurrentForm != NULL);

-      CurrentForm->Signature = FORM_BROWSER_FORM_SIGNATURE;

-      InitializeListHead (&CurrentForm->ExpressionListHead);

-      InitializeListHead (&CurrentForm->StatementListHead);

-

-      CurrentForm->FormType = STANDARD_MAP_FORM_TYPE;

-      CopyMem (&CurrentForm->FormId,    &((EFI_IFR_FORM *) OpCodeData)->FormId,    sizeof (UINT16));

-      CopyMem (&CurrentForm->FormTitle, &((EFI_IFR_FORM *) OpCodeData)->FormTitle, sizeof (EFI_STRING_ID));

-

-      if (InScopeFormSuppress) {

-        //

-        // Form is inside of suppressif

-        //

-        CurrentForm->SuppressExpression = FormSuppressExpression;

-      }

-

-      if (Scope != 0) {

-        //

-        // Enter scope of a Form, suppressif will be used for Question or Option

-        //

-        SuppressForQuestion = TRUE;

-      }

-

-      //

-      // Insert into Form list of this FormSet

-      //

-      InsertTailList (&FormSet->FormListHead, &CurrentForm->Link);

-      break;

-    //

-    // Storage

-    //

-    case EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_OP:

-      //

-      // Create a buffer Storage for this FormSet

-      //

-

-      Storage = CreateStorage (FormSet);

-      Storage->Type = EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_OP;

-

-      CopyMem (&Storage->VarStoreId, &((EFI_IFR_VARSTORE *) OpCodeData)->VarStoreId, sizeof (EFI_VARSTORE_ID));

-      CopyMem (&Storage->Guid,       &((EFI_IFR_VARSTORE *) OpCodeData)->Guid,       sizeof (EFI_GUID));

-      CopyMem (&Storage->Size,       &((EFI_IFR_VARSTORE *) OpCodeData)->Size,       sizeof (UINT16));

-

-      Storage->Buffer = AllocateZeroPool (Storage->Size);

-

-      AsciiString = (CHAR8 *) ((EFI_IFR_VARSTORE *) OpCodeData)->Name;

-      Storage->Name = AllocateZeroPool ((strlen (AsciiString) + 1) * 2);

-      ASSERT (Storage->Name != NULL);

-      for (Index = 0; AsciiString[Index] != 0; Index++) {

-        Storage->Name[Index] = (CHAR16) AsciiString[Index];

-      }

-      Storage->FormSetOrder = mFormSetOrderParse;

-

-      //

-      // If not existed the same variable in StorageList, insert the new one. Or else, use the old one.

-      // If these two variales have the same Guid name but different size, report an error.

-      //

-      if ((TempStorage = NotSameVariableInVarList (FormSet->StorageListHead, Storage)) != NULL) {

-        if (Storage->Size != TempStorage->Size) {

-           StringPrint ("Error. Two modules found with VarStore variables with same name %S and GUID %08x-%04x-%04x-%02x%02x-%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x, but with different sizes %d and %d.\n",

-           Storage->Name,

-           Storage->Guid.Data1,

-           Storage->Guid.Data2,

-           Storage->Guid.Data3,

-           Storage->Guid.Data4[0],

-           Storage->Guid.Data4[1],

-           Storage->Guid.Data4[2],

-           Storage->Guid.Data4[3],

-           Storage->Guid.Data4[4],

-           Storage->Guid.Data4[5],

-           Storage->Guid.Data4[6],

-           Storage->Guid.Data4[7],

-           Storage->Size,

-           TempStorage->Size

-           );

-          return EFI_ABORTED;

-        }

-        //

-        // Update the VarStoreId for current question to get the variable guid and name information

-        //

-        TempStorage->VarStoreId   = Storage->VarStoreId;

-        TempStorage->FormSetOrder = Storage->FormSetOrder;

-        RemoveEntryList (&Storage->Link);

-        DestroyStorage(Storage);

-      }

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE_OP:

-      //

-      // Create a name/value Storage for this FormSet

-      //

-      Storage = CreateStorage (FormSet);

-      Storage->Type = EFI_HII_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE;

-

-      CopyMem (&Storage->VarStoreId, &((EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE *) OpCodeData)->VarStoreId, sizeof (EFI_VARSTORE_ID));

-      CopyMem (&Storage->Guid,       &((EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE *) OpCodeData)->Guid,       sizeof (EFI_GUID));

-

-      Storage->FormSetOrder = mFormSetOrderParse;

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP:

-      //

-      // Create a EFI variable Storage for this FormSet

-      //

-      Storage = CreateStorage (FormSet);

-      Storage->Type = EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP;

-      CopyMem (&Storage->VarStoreId, &((EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *) OpCodeData)->VarStoreId, sizeof (EFI_VARSTORE_ID));

-      CopyMem (&Storage->Guid,       &((EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *) OpCodeData)->Guid,       sizeof (EFI_GUID));

-      CopyMem (&Storage->Attributes, &((EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *) OpCodeData)->Attributes, sizeof (UINT32));

-      //

-      // Check whether the EfiVarStore before UEFI2.31 or not

-      //

-      Storage->Size             = sizeof (EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OLD);

-      if (((EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *) OpCodeData)->Header.Length == sizeof (EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OLD)) {

-        Storage->NewEfiVarstore   = FALSE;

-        Storage->Size             = 0;

-        Storage->Buffer           = NULL;

-        Storage->Name             = NULL;

-        Storage->Size             = 0;

-      } else {

-        //

-        // EfiVarStore structure for UEFI2.31

-        //

-        Storage->NewEfiVarstore   = TRUE;

-        CopyMem (&Storage->Size, &((EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *) OpCodeData)->Size, sizeof (UINT16));

-

-        Storage->Buffer = AllocateZeroPool (Storage->Size);

-        AsciiString = (CHAR8 *) ((EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *) OpCodeData)->Name;

-        Storage->Name = AllocateZeroPool ((strlen (AsciiString) + 1) * 2);

-        ASSERT (Storage->Name != NULL);

-        for (Index = 0; AsciiString[Index] != 0; Index++) {

-          Storage->Name[Index] = (CHAR16) AsciiString[Index];

-        }

-      }

-      Storage->FormSetOrder = mFormSetOrderParse;

-      //

-      // If not existed the same variable in StorageList, insert the new one. Or else, use the old one.

-      // If these two variales have the same Guid name but different size, report an error.

-      //

-      if ((TempStorage = NotSameVariableInVarList (FormSet->StorageListHead, Storage)) != NULL) {

-        if (Storage->Size != TempStorage->Size) {

-          StringPrint ("Error. Two modules found with EfiVarStore variables with same name %S and GUID %08x-%04x-%04x-%02x%02x-%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x, but different sizes %d and %d.\n",

-          Storage->Name,

-          Storage->Guid.Data1,

-          Storage->Guid.Data2,

-          Storage->Guid.Data3,

-          Storage->Guid.Data4[0],

-          Storage->Guid.Data4[1],

-          Storage->Guid.Data4[2],

-          Storage->Guid.Data4[3],

-          Storage->Guid.Data4[4],

-          Storage->Guid.Data4[5],

-          Storage->Guid.Data4[6],

-          Storage->Guid.Data4[7],

-          Storage->Size,

-          TempStorage->Size

-          );

-          return EFI_ABORTED;

-        }

-        //

-        // Update the VarStoreId for current question to get the variable guid and name information

-        //

-        TempStorage->VarStoreId   = Storage->VarStoreId;

-        TempStorage->FormSetOrder = Storage->FormSetOrder;

-        RemoveEntryList (&Storage->Link);

-        DestroyStorage( Storage);

-      }

-      break;

-

-    //

-    // DefaultStore

-    //

-    case EFI_IFR_DEFAULTSTORE_OP:

-      HaveInserted = FALSE;

-      DefaultStore = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (FORMSET_DEFAULTSTORE));

-      ASSERT (DefaultStore != NULL);

-      DefaultStore->Signature = FORMSET_DEFAULTSTORE_SIGNATURE;

-

-      CopyMem (&DefaultStore->DefaultId,   &((EFI_IFR_DEFAULTSTORE *) OpCodeData)->DefaultId,   sizeof (UINT16));

-      CopyMem (&DefaultStore->DefaultName, &((EFI_IFR_DEFAULTSTORE *) OpCodeData)->DefaultName, sizeof (EFI_STRING_ID));

-

-      //

-      // Insert it to the DefaultStore list of this Formset with ascending order.

-      //

-      if (!IsListEmpty (&FormSet->DefaultStoreListHead)) {

-        DefaultLink = GetFirstNode (&FormSet->DefaultStoreListHead);

-        while (!IsNull (&FormSet->DefaultStoreListHead, DefaultLink)) {

-          PreDefaultStore = FORMSET_DEFAULTSTORE_FROM_LINK(DefaultLink);

-          DefaultLink = GetNextNode (&FormSet->DefaultStoreListHead, DefaultLink);

-          if (DefaultStore->DefaultId < PreDefaultStore->DefaultId) {

-            InsertTailList (&PreDefaultStore->Link, &DefaultStore->Link);

-            HaveInserted = TRUE;

-            break;

-          }

-        }

-      }

-      if (!HaveInserted) {

-        InsertTailList (&FormSet->DefaultStoreListHead, &DefaultStore->Link);

-      }

-      break;

-

-    //

-    // Statements

-    //

-    case EFI_IFR_SUBTITLE_OP:

-      CurrentStatement = CreateStatement (OpCodeData, FormSet, CurrentForm);

-      ASSERT (CurrentStatement != NULL);

-

-      CurrentStatement->Flags = ((EFI_IFR_SUBTITLE *) OpCodeData)->Flags;

-

-      if (Scope != 0) {

-        mInScopeSubtitle = TRUE;

-      }

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_TEXT_OP:

-      CurrentStatement = CreateStatement (OpCodeData, FormSet, CurrentForm);

-      ASSERT (CurrentStatement != NULL);

-

-      CopyMem (&CurrentStatement->TextTwo, &((EFI_IFR_TEXT *) OpCodeData)->TextTwo, sizeof (EFI_STRING_ID));

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_RESET_BUTTON_OP:

-      CurrentStatement = CreateStatement (OpCodeData, FormSet, CurrentForm);

-      ASSERT (CurrentStatement != NULL);

-      CopyMem (&CurrentStatement->DefaultId, &((EFI_IFR_RESET_BUTTON *) OpCodeData)->DefaultId, sizeof (EFI_DEFAULT_ID));

-      break;

-

-    //

-    // Questions

-    //

-    case EFI_IFR_ACTION_OP:

-      CurrentStatement = CreateQuestion (OpCodeData, FormSet, CurrentForm);

-      ASSERT (CurrentStatement != NULL);

-      CurrentStatement->HiiValue.Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_ACTION;

-      //

-      // No need to deal with the EFI_IFR_ACTION

-      //

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_REF_OP:

-      CurrentStatement = CreateQuestion (OpCodeData, FormSet, CurrentForm);

-      ASSERT (CurrentStatement != NULL);

-      Value = &CurrentStatement->HiiValue;

-      Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_REF;

-      if (OpCodeLength >= sizeof (EFI_IFR_REF)) {

-        CopyMem (&Value->Value.ref.FormId, &((EFI_IFR_REF *) OpCodeData)->FormId, sizeof (EFI_FORM_ID));

-

-        if (OpCodeLength >= sizeof (EFI_IFR_REF2)) {

-          CopyMem (&Value->Value.ref.QuestionId, &((EFI_IFR_REF2 *) OpCodeData)->QuestionId, sizeof (EFI_QUESTION_ID));

-

-          if (OpCodeLength >= sizeof (EFI_IFR_REF3)) {

-            CopyMem (&Value->Value.ref.FormSetGuid, &((EFI_IFR_REF3 *) OpCodeData)->FormSetId, sizeof (EFI_GUID));

-

-            if (OpCodeLength >= sizeof (EFI_IFR_REF4)) {

-              CopyMem (&Value->Value.ref.DevicePath, &((EFI_IFR_REF4 *) OpCodeData)->DevicePath, sizeof (EFI_STRING_ID));

-            }

-          }

-        }

-      }

-      CurrentStatement->StorageWidth = (UINT16) sizeof (EFI_HII_REF);

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP:

-    case EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_OP:

-      CurrentStatement = CreateQuestion (OpCodeData, FormSet, CurrentForm);

-      ASSERT(CurrentStatement != NULL);

-

-      CurrentStatement->Flags = ((EFI_IFR_ONE_OF *) OpCodeData)->Flags;

-      Value = &CurrentStatement->HiiValue;

-

-      if (BitFieldStorage) {

-        //

-        // Get the bit var store info (bit/byte offset, bit/byte offset)

-        //

-        CurrentStatement->QuestionReferToBitField = TRUE;

-        CurrentStatement->BitStorageWidth = CurrentStatement->Flags & EDKII_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_BIT;

-        CurrentStatement->BitVarOffset = CurrentStatement->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset;

-        CurrentStatement->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset = CurrentStatement->BitVarOffset / 8;

-        TotalBits = CurrentStatement->BitVarOffset % 8 + CurrentStatement->BitStorageWidth;

-        CurrentStatement->StorageWidth = (TotalBits % 8 == 0? TotalBits / 8: TotalBits / 8 + 1);

-        //

-        // Get the Minimum/Maximum/Step value(Note: bit field type has been stored as UINT32 type)

-        //

-        CurrentStatement->Minimum = ((EFI_IFR_NUMERIC *) OpCodeData)->data.u32.MinValue;

-        CurrentStatement->Maximum = ((EFI_IFR_NUMERIC *) OpCodeData)->data.u32.MaxValue;

-        CurrentStatement->Step    = ((EFI_IFR_NUMERIC *) OpCodeData)->data.u32.Step;

-      } else {

-        switch (CurrentStatement->Flags & EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE) {

-        case EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_1:

-          CurrentStatement->Minimum = ((EFI_IFR_NUMERIC *) OpCodeData)->data.u8.MinValue;

-          CurrentStatement->Maximum = ((EFI_IFR_NUMERIC *) OpCodeData)->data.u8.MaxValue;

-          CurrentStatement->Step    = ((EFI_IFR_NUMERIC *) OpCodeData)->data.u8.Step;

-          CurrentStatement->StorageWidth = (UINT16) sizeof (UINT8);

-          Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_8;

-          break;

-

-        case EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_2:

-          CopyMem (&CurrentStatement->Minimum, &((EFI_IFR_NUMERIC *) OpCodeData)->data.u16.MinValue, sizeof (UINT16));

-          CopyMem (&CurrentStatement->Maximum, &((EFI_IFR_NUMERIC *) OpCodeData)->data.u16.MaxValue, sizeof (UINT16));

-          CopyMem (&CurrentStatement->Step,    &((EFI_IFR_NUMERIC *) OpCodeData)->data.u16.Step,     sizeof (UINT16));

-          CurrentStatement->StorageWidth = (UINT16) sizeof (UINT16);

-          Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_16;

-          break;

-

-        case EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_4:

-          CopyMem (&CurrentStatement->Minimum, &((EFI_IFR_NUMERIC *) OpCodeData)->data.u32.MinValue, sizeof (UINT32));

-          CopyMem (&CurrentStatement->Maximum, &((EFI_IFR_NUMERIC *) OpCodeData)->data.u32.MaxValue, sizeof (UINT32));

-          CopyMem (&CurrentStatement->Step,    &((EFI_IFR_NUMERIC *) OpCodeData)->data.u32.Step,     sizeof (UINT32));

-          CurrentStatement->StorageWidth = (UINT16) sizeof (UINT32);

-          Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_32;

-          break;

-

-        case EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_8:

-          CopyMem (&CurrentStatement->Minimum, &((EFI_IFR_NUMERIC *) OpCodeData)->data.u64.MinValue, sizeof (UINT64));

-          CopyMem (&CurrentStatement->Maximum, &((EFI_IFR_NUMERIC *) OpCodeData)->data.u64.MaxValue, sizeof (UINT64));

-          CopyMem (&CurrentStatement->Step,    &((EFI_IFR_NUMERIC *) OpCodeData)->data.u64.Step,     sizeof (UINT64));

-          CurrentStatement->StorageWidth = (UINT16) sizeof (UINT64);

-          Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64;

-          break;

-

-        default:

-          break;

-        }

-      }

-      if ((Operand == EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP) && (Scope != 0)) {

-        SuppressForOption = TRUE;

-      }

-      //

-      // Get the UQI information

-      //

-      PrintQuestion(FormSet, CurrentForm, CurrentStatement, FALSE);

-      //

-      // Exchange the Guid and name information between VarList and Question List

-      //

-      Status = GetGuidNameByVariableId (FormSet, CurrentStatement, FormSet->StorageListHead);

-      //

-      // Remove the question which isn't stored by EfiVarStore or VarStore

-      //

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        RemoveEntryList (&CurrentStatement->Link);

-        DestroyStatement (FormSet, CurrentStatement);

-      }

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST_OP:

-      CurrentStatement = CreateQuestion (OpCodeData, FormSet, CurrentForm);

-      ASSERT(CurrentStatement != NULL);

-

-      CurrentStatement->Flags = ((EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST *) OpCodeData)->Flags;

-      CurrentStatement->MaxContainers = ((EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST *) OpCodeData)->MaxContainers;

-

-      CurrentStatement->HiiValue.Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_BUFFER;

-      CurrentStatement->BufferValue   = NULL;

-      if (Scope != 0) {

-        SuppressForOption = TRUE;

-      }

-      //

-      // Get the UQI information

-      //

-      PrintQuestion(FormSet, CurrentForm, CurrentStatement, FALSE);

-      //

-      // Exchange the Guid and name information between VarList and Question List

-      //

-      Status = GetGuidNameByVariableId (FormSet, CurrentStatement, FormSet->StorageListHead);

-      //

-      // Remove the question which isn't stored by EfiVarStore or VarStore

-      //

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        RemoveEntryList (&CurrentStatement->Link);

-        DestroyStatement (FormSet, CurrentStatement);

-      }

-

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_OP:

-      CurrentStatement = CreateQuestion (OpCodeData, FormSet, CurrentForm);

-      ASSERT(CurrentStatement != NULL);

-

-      CurrentStatement->Flags = ((EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX *) OpCodeData)->Flags;

-      CurrentStatement->StorageWidth  = (UINT16) sizeof (BOOLEAN);

-      CurrentStatement->HiiValue.Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN;

-

-      if (BitFieldStorage) {

-        //

-        // Get the bit var store info (bit/byte offset, bit/byte width)

-        //

-        CurrentStatement->QuestionReferToBitField = TRUE;

-        CurrentStatement->BitStorageWidth = 1;

-        CurrentStatement->BitVarOffset = CurrentStatement->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset;

-        CurrentStatement->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset = CurrentStatement->BitVarOffset / 8;

-        TotalBits = CurrentStatement->BitVarOffset % 8 + CurrentStatement->BitStorageWidth;

-        CurrentStatement->StorageWidth = (TotalBits % 8 == 0? TotalBits / 8: TotalBits / 8 + 1);

-      }

-      //

-      // Get the UQI information

-      //

-      PrintQuestion(FormSet, CurrentForm, CurrentStatement, FALSE);

-      //

-      // Exchange the Guid and name information between VarList and Question List

-      //

-      Status = GetGuidNameByVariableId (FormSet, CurrentStatement, FormSet->StorageListHead);

-      //

-      // Remove the question which isn't stored by EfiVarStore or VarStore

-      //

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        RemoveEntryList (&CurrentStatement->Link);

-        DestroyStatement (FormSet, CurrentStatement);

-      }

-

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_STRING_OP:

-      CurrentStatement = CreateQuestion (OpCodeData, FormSet, CurrentForm);

-      ASSERT (CurrentStatement != NULL);

-      //

-      // MinSize is the minimum number of characters that can be accepted for this opcode,

-      // MaxSize is the maximum number of characters that can be accepted for this opcode.

-      // The characters are stored as Unicode, so the storage width should multiply 2.

-      //

-      CurrentStatement->Minimum = ((EFI_IFR_STRING *) OpCodeData)->MinSize;

-      CurrentStatement->Maximum = ((EFI_IFR_STRING *) OpCodeData)->MaxSize;

-      CurrentStatement->StorageWidth = (UINT16)((UINTN) CurrentStatement->Maximum * sizeof (CHAR16));

-      CurrentStatement->Flags = ((EFI_IFR_STRING *) OpCodeData)->Flags;

-

-      CurrentStatement->HiiValue.Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING;

-      CurrentStatement->BufferValue = AllocateZeroPool (CurrentStatement->StorageWidth + sizeof (CHAR16));

-      //

-      // Get the UQI information

-      //

-      PrintQuestion(FormSet, CurrentForm, CurrentStatement, FALSE);

-      //

-      // Exchange the Guid and name information between VarList and Question List

-      //

-      Status = GetGuidNameByVariableId (FormSet, CurrentStatement, FormSet->StorageListHead);

-      //

-      // Remove the question which isn't stored by EfiVarStore or VarStore

-      //

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        RemoveEntryList (&CurrentStatement->Link);

-        DestroyStatement (FormSet, CurrentStatement);

-      }

-

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_PASSWORD_OP:

-      CurrentStatement = CreateQuestion (OpCodeData, FormSet, CurrentForm);

-      ASSERT (CurrentStatement != NULL);

-      //

-      // MinSize is the minimum number of characters that can be accepted for this opcode,

-      // MaxSize is the maximum number of characters that can be accepted for this opcode.

-      // The characters are stored as Unicode, so the storage width should multiply 2.

-      //

-      CopyMem (&CurrentStatement->Minimum, &((EFI_IFR_PASSWORD *) OpCodeData)->MinSize, sizeof (UINT16));

-      CopyMem (&CurrentStatement->Maximum, &((EFI_IFR_PASSWORD *) OpCodeData)->MaxSize, sizeof (UINT16));

-      CurrentStatement->StorageWidth = (UINT16)((UINTN) CurrentStatement->Maximum * sizeof (CHAR16));

-

-      CurrentStatement->HiiValue.Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING;

-      CurrentStatement->BufferValue = AllocateZeroPool ((CurrentStatement->StorageWidth + sizeof (CHAR16)));

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_DATE_OP:

-      CurrentStatement = CreateQuestion (OpCodeData, FormSet, CurrentForm);

-      ASSERT(CurrentStatement != NULL);

-

-      CurrentStatement->Flags = ((EFI_IFR_DATE *) OpCodeData)->Flags;

-      CurrentStatement->HiiValue.Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_DATE;

-

-      if ((CurrentStatement->Flags & EFI_QF_DATE_STORAGE) == QF_DATE_STORAGE_NORMAL) {

-        CurrentStatement->StorageWidth = (UINT16) sizeof (EFI_HII_DATE);

-      } else {

-        //

-        // Don't assign storage for RTC type of date/time

-        //

-        CurrentStatement->Storage = NULL;

-        CurrentStatement->StorageWidth = 0;

-      }

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_TIME_OP:

-      CurrentStatement = CreateQuestion (OpCodeData, FormSet, CurrentForm);

-      ASSERT(CurrentStatement != NULL);

-

-      CurrentStatement->Flags = ((EFI_IFR_TIME *) OpCodeData)->Flags;

-      CurrentStatement->HiiValue.Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_TIME;

-

-      if ((CurrentStatement->Flags & QF_TIME_STORAGE) == QF_TIME_STORAGE_NORMAL) {

-        CurrentStatement->StorageWidth = (UINT16) sizeof (EFI_HII_TIME);

-      } else {

-        //

-        // Don't assign storage for RTC type of date/time

-        //

-        CurrentStatement->Storage = NULL;

-        CurrentStatement->StorageWidth = 0;

-      }

-      break;

-

-    //

-    // Default

-    //

-    case EFI_IFR_DEFAULT_OP:

-      //

-      // EFI_IFR_DEFAULT appear in scope of a Question,

-      // It creates a default value for the current question.

-      // A Question may have more than one Default value which have different default types.

-      //

-      CurrentDefault = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (QUESTION_DEFAULT));

-      ASSERT (CurrentDefault != NULL);

-      CurrentDefault->Signature = QUESTION_DEFAULT_SIGNATURE;

-

-      CurrentDefault->Value.Type = ((EFI_IFR_DEFAULT *) OpCodeData)->Type;

-      CopyMem (&CurrentDefault->DefaultId, &((EFI_IFR_DEFAULT *) OpCodeData)->DefaultId, sizeof (UINT16));

-      if (CurrentDefault->Value.Type == EFI_IFR_TYPE_BUFFER) {

-        CurrentDefault->Value.BufferLen = (UINT16)(OpCodeLength - OFFSET_OF(EFI_IFR_DEFAULT, Value));

-        CurrentDefault->Value.Buffer = FceAllocateCopyPool(CurrentDefault->Value.BufferLen, &((EFI_IFR_DEFAULT *)OpCodeData)->Value);

-        ASSERT(CurrentDefault->Value.Buffer != NULL);

-      } else {

-        CopyMem(&CurrentDefault->Value.Value, &((EFI_IFR_DEFAULT *)OpCodeData)->Value, OpCodeLength - OFFSET_OF(EFI_IFR_DEFAULT, Value));

-        ExtendValueToU64(&CurrentDefault->Value);

-      }

-

-      //

-      // Insert to Default Value list of current Question

-      //

-      InsertTailList (&CurrentStatement->DefaultListHead, &CurrentDefault->Link);

-

-      if (Scope != 0) {

-        InScopeDefault = TRUE;

-      }

-      break;

-

-    //

-    // Option

-    //

-    case EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION_OP:

-      ASSERT (CurrentStatement != NULL);

-      if (CurrentStatement->Operand == EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST_OP &&

-        ((((EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION *)OpCodeData)->Flags & (EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT | EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT_MFG)) != 0)) {

-        //

-        // It's keep the default value for ordered list opcode.

-        //

-        CurrentDefault = AllocateZeroPool(sizeof (QUESTION_DEFAULT));

-        ASSERT(CurrentDefault != NULL);

-        CurrentDefault->Signature = QUESTION_DEFAULT_SIGNATURE;

-

-        CurrentDefault->Value.Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_BUFFER;

-        if ((((EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION *)OpCodeData)->Flags & EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT) != 0) {

-          CurrentDefault->DefaultId = EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_STANDARD;

-        } else {

-          CurrentDefault->DefaultId = EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_MANUFACTURING;

-        }

-

-        CurrentDefault->Value.BufferLen = (UINT16)(OpCodeLength - OFFSET_OF(EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION, Value));

-        CurrentDefault->Value.Buffer = FceAllocateCopyPool(CurrentDefault->Value.BufferLen, &((EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION *)OpCodeData)->Value);

-        ASSERT(CurrentDefault->Value.Buffer != NULL);

-

-        //

-        // Insert to Default Value list of current Question

-        //

-        InsertTailList(&CurrentStatement->DefaultListHead, &CurrentDefault->Link);

-        break;

-      }

-      //

-      // EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION appear in scope of a Question.

-      // It create a selection for use in current Question.

-      //

-      CurrentOption = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (QUESTION_OPTION));

-      ASSERT (CurrentOption != NULL);

-      CurrentOption->Signature = QUESTION_OPTION_SIGNATURE;

-

-      CurrentOption->Flags = ((EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION *) OpCodeData)->Flags;

-      CurrentOption->Value.Type = ((EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION *) OpCodeData)->Type;

-      CopyMem (&CurrentOption->Text, &((EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION *) OpCodeData)->Option, sizeof (EFI_STRING_ID));

-      CopyMem (&CurrentOption->Value.Value, &((EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION *) OpCodeData)->Value, OpCodeLength - OFFSET_OF (EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION, Value));

-      ExtendValueToU64 (&CurrentOption->Value);

-

-      if (InScopeOptionSuppress) {

-        CurrentOption->SuppressExpression = OptionSuppressExpression;

-      }

-

-      //

-      // Insert to Option list of current Question

-      //

-      InsertTailList (&CurrentStatement->OptionListHead, &CurrentOption->Link);

-

-      //

-      // Now we know the Storage width of nested Ordered List

-      //

-      if ((CurrentStatement->Operand == EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST_OP) && (CurrentStatement->BufferValue == NULL)) {

-        Width = 1;

-        switch (CurrentOption->Value.Type) {

-        case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_8:

-          Width = 1;

-          break;

-

-        case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_16:

-          Width = 2;

-          break;

-

-        case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_32:

-          Width = 4;

-          break;

-

-        case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64:

-          Width = 8;

-          break;

-

-        default:

-          //

-          // Invalid type for Ordered List

-          //

-          break;

-        }

-

-        CurrentStatement->StorageWidth = (UINT16) (CurrentStatement->MaxContainers * Width);

-        CurrentStatement->BufferValue = AllocateZeroPool (CurrentStatement->StorageWidth);

-        CurrentStatement->ValueType = CurrentOption->Value.Type;

-        if (CurrentStatement->HiiValue.Type == EFI_IFR_TYPE_BUFFER) {

-          CurrentStatement->HiiValue.Buffer = CurrentStatement->BufferValue;

-          CurrentStatement->HiiValue.BufferLen = CurrentStatement->StorageWidth;

-        }

-      }

-      break;

-

-    //

-    // Conditional

-    //

-    case EFI_IFR_NO_SUBMIT_IF_OP:

-    case EFI_IFR_INCONSISTENT_IF_OP:

-      //

-      // Create an Expression node

-      //

-      CurrentExpression = CreateExpression (CurrentForm);

-      CopyMem (&CurrentExpression->Error, &((EFI_IFR_INCONSISTENT_IF *) OpCodeData)->Error, sizeof (EFI_STRING_ID));

-

-      if (Operand == EFI_IFR_NO_SUBMIT_IF_OP) {

-        CurrentExpression->Type = EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_NO_SUBMIT_IF;

-        InsertTailList (&CurrentStatement->NoSubmitListHead, &CurrentExpression->Link);

-      } else {

-        CurrentExpression->Type = EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_INCONSISTENT_IF;

-        InsertTailList (&CurrentStatement->InconsistentListHead, &CurrentExpression->Link);

-      }

-      //

-      // Take a look at next OpCode to see whether current expression consists

-      // of single OpCode

-      //

-      if (((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) (OpCodeData + OpCodeLength))->Scope == 0) {

-        SingleOpCodeExpression = TRUE;

-      }

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_WARNING_IF_OP:

-      //

-      // Create an Expression node

-      //

-      CurrentExpression = CreateExpression (CurrentForm);

-      CopyMem (&CurrentExpression->Error, &((EFI_IFR_WARNING_IF *) OpCodeData)->Warning, sizeof (EFI_STRING_ID));

-      CurrentExpression->TimeOut = ((EFI_IFR_WARNING_IF *) OpCodeData)->TimeOut;

-      CurrentExpression->Type    = EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_WARNING_IF;

-      InsertTailList (&CurrentStatement->WarningListHead, &CurrentExpression->Link);

-

-      //

-      // Take a look at next OpCode to see whether current expression consists

-      // of single OpCode

-      //

-      if (((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) (OpCodeData + OpCodeLength))->Scope == 0) {

-        SingleOpCodeExpression = TRUE;

-      }

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_SUPPRESS_IF_OP:

-      //

-      // Question and Option will appear in scope of this OpCode

-      //

-      CurrentExpression = CreateExpression (CurrentForm);

-      CurrentExpression->Type = EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_SUPPRESS_IF;

-

-      if (CurrentForm == NULL) {

-        InsertTailList (&FormSet->ExpressionListHead, &CurrentExpression->Link);

-      } else {

-        InsertTailList (&CurrentForm->ExpressionListHead, &CurrentExpression->Link);

-      }

-

-      if (SuppressForOption) {

-        InScopeOptionSuppress = TRUE;

-        OptionSuppressExpression = CurrentExpression;

-      } else if (SuppressForQuestion) {

-        mInScopeSuppress = TRUE;

-        mSuppressExpression = CurrentExpression;

-      } else {

-        InScopeFormSuppress = TRUE;

-        FormSuppressExpression = CurrentExpression;

-      }

-      //

-      // Take a look at next OpCode to see whether current expression consists

-      // of single OpCode

-      //

-      if (((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) (OpCodeData + OpCodeLength))->Scope == 0) {

-        SingleOpCodeExpression = TRUE;

-      }

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_GRAY_OUT_IF_OP:

-      //

-      // Questions will appear in scope of this OpCode

-      //

-      CurrentExpression = CreateExpression (CurrentForm);

-      CurrentExpression->Type = EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_GRAY_OUT_IF;

-      InsertTailList (&CurrentForm->ExpressionListHead, &CurrentExpression->Link);

-

-      mInScopeGrayOut = TRUE;

-      mGrayOutExpression = CurrentExpression;

-

-      //

-      // Take a look at next OpCode to see whether current expression consists

-      // of single OpCode

-      //

-      if (((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) (OpCodeData + OpCodeLength))->Scope == 0) {

-        SingleOpCodeExpression = TRUE;

-      }

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_DISABLE_IF_OP:

-      //

-      // The DisableIf expression should only rely on constant, so it could be

-      // evaluated at initialization and it will not be queued

-      //

-      CurrentExpression = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (FORM_EXPRESSION));

-      ASSERT (CurrentExpression != NULL);

-      CurrentExpression->Signature = FORM_EXPRESSION_SIGNATURE;

-      CurrentExpression->Type = EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_DISABLE_IF;

-      InitializeListHead (&CurrentExpression->OpCodeListHead);

-

-      if (CurrentForm != NULL) {

-        //

-        // This is DisableIf for Question, enqueue it to Form expression list

-        //

-        InsertTailList (&CurrentForm->ExpressionListHead, &CurrentExpression->Link);

-      }

-

-      mDisableExpression = CurrentExpression;

-      mInScopeDisable    = TRUE;

-      OpCodeDisabled     = FALSE;

-

-      //

-      // Take a look at next OpCode to see whether current expression consists

-      // of single OpCode

-      //

-      if (((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) (OpCodeData + OpCodeLength))->Scope == 0) {

-        SingleOpCodeExpression = TRUE;

-      }

-      break;

-

-    //

-    // Expression

-    //

-    case EFI_IFR_VALUE_OP:

-      CurrentExpression = CreateExpression (CurrentForm);

-      CurrentExpression->Type = EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_VALUE;

-      InsertTailList (&CurrentForm->ExpressionListHead, &CurrentExpression->Link);

-

-      if (InScopeDefault) {

-        //

-        // Used for default (EFI_IFR_DEFAULT)

-        //

-        CurrentDefault->ValueExpression = CurrentExpression;

-      } else {

-        //

-        // If used for a question, then the question will be read-only

-        //

-        //

-        // Make sure CurrentStatement is not NULL.

-        // If it is NULL, 1) ParseOpCodes functions may parse the IFR wrongly. Or 2) the IFR

-        // file is wrongly generated by tools such as VFR Compiler. There may be a bug in VFR Compiler.

-        //

-        ASSERT (CurrentStatement != NULL);

-        CurrentStatement->ValueExpression = CurrentExpression;

-      }

-

-      //

-      // Take a look at next OpCode to see whether current expression consists

-      // of single OpCode

-      //

-      if (((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) (OpCodeData + OpCodeLength))->Scope == 0) {

-        SingleOpCodeExpression = TRUE;

-      }

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_RULE_OP:

-      CurrentExpression = CreateExpression (CurrentForm);

-      CurrentExpression->Type = EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_RULE;

-

-      CurrentExpression->RuleId = ((EFI_IFR_RULE *) OpCodeData)->RuleId;

-      InsertTailList (&CurrentForm->ExpressionListHead, &CurrentExpression->Link);

-

-      //

-      // Take a look at next OpCode to see whether current expression consists

-      // of single OpCode

-      //

-      if (((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) (OpCodeData + OpCodeLength))->Scope == 0) {

-        SingleOpCodeExpression = TRUE;

-      }

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_READ_OP:

-      CurrentExpression = CreateExpression (CurrentForm);

-      CurrentExpression->Type = EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_READ;

-      InsertTailList (&CurrentForm->ExpressionListHead, &CurrentExpression->Link);

-

-      //

-      // Make sure CurrentStatement is not NULL.

-      // If it is NULL, 1) ParseOpCodes functions may parse the IFR wrongly. Or 2) the IFR

-      // file is wrongly generated by tools such as VFR Compiler. There may be a bug in VFR Compiler.

-      //

-      ASSERT (CurrentStatement != NULL);

-      CurrentStatement->ReadExpression = CurrentExpression;

-

-      //

-      // Take a look at next OpCode to see whether current expression consists

-      // of single OpCode

-      //

-      if (((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) (OpCodeData + OpCodeLength))->Scope == 0) {

-        SingleOpCodeExpression = TRUE;

-      }

-      break;

-

-    case EFI_IFR_WRITE_OP:

-      CurrentExpression = CreateExpression (CurrentForm);

-      CurrentExpression->Type = EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_WRITE;

-      InsertTailList (&CurrentForm->ExpressionListHead, &CurrentExpression->Link);

-

-      //

-      // Make sure CurrentStatement is not NULL.

-      // If it is NULL, 1) ParseOpCodes functions may parse the IFR wrongly. Or 2) the IFR

-      // file is wrongly generated by tools such as VFR Compiler. There may be a bug in VFR Compiler.

-      //

-      ASSERT (CurrentStatement != NULL);

-      CurrentStatement->WriteExpression = CurrentExpression;

-

-      //

-      // Take a look at next OpCode to see whether current expression consists

-      // of single OpCode

-      //

-      if (((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) (OpCodeData + OpCodeLength))->Scope == 0) {

-        SingleOpCodeExpression = TRUE;

-      }

-      break;

-

-    //

-    // Image

-    //

-    case EFI_IFR_IMAGE_OP:

-      //

-      // Get ScopeOpcode from top of stack

-      //

-      PopScope (&ScopeOpCode);

-      PushScope (ScopeOpCode);

-

-      switch (ScopeOpCode) {

-      case EFI_IFR_FORM_SET_OP:

-        break;

-

-      case EFI_IFR_FORM_OP:

-      case EFI_IFR_FORM_MAP_OP:

-        ASSERT (CurrentForm != NULL);

-        break;

-

-      case EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION_OP:

-        break;

-

-      default:

-        //

-        // Make sure CurrentStatement is not NULL.

-        // If it is NULL, 1) ParseOpCodes functions may parse the IFR wrongly. Or 2) the IFR

-        // file is wrongly generated by tools such as VFR Compiler.

-        //

-        ASSERT (CurrentStatement != NULL);

-        break;

-      }

-      break;

-

-    //

-    // Refresh

-    //

-    case EFI_IFR_REFRESH_OP:

-      break;

-

-    //

-    // Refresh guid.

-    //

-    case EFI_IFR_REFRESH_ID_OP:

-      break;

-

-    //

-    // Modal tag

-    //

-    case EFI_IFR_MODAL_TAG_OP:

-      break;

-

-    //

-    // Vendor specific

-    //

-    case EFI_IFR_GUID_OP:

-      if (CompareGuid ((EFI_GUID *)(OpCodeData + sizeof (EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER)), &gEdkiiIfrBitVarGuid)==0) {

-        Scope = 0;

-        BitFieldStorage = TRUE;

-      }

-      break;

-

-    //

-    // Scope End

-    //

-    case EFI_IFR_END_OP:

-      BitFieldStorage = FALSE;

-      Status = PopScope (&ScopeOpCode);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        ResetScopeStack ();

-        return Status;

-      }

-

-      switch (ScopeOpCode) {

-      case EFI_IFR_FORM_SET_OP:

-        //

-        // End of FormSet, update FormSet IFR binary length

-        // to stop parsing substantial OpCodes

-        //

-        FormSet->IfrBinaryLength = OpCodeOffset;

-        break;

-

-      case EFI_IFR_FORM_OP:

-      case EFI_IFR_FORM_MAP_OP:

-        //

-        // End of Form

-        //

-        CurrentForm = NULL;

-        SuppressForQuestion = FALSE;

-        break;

-

-      case EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION_OP:

-        //

-        // End of Option

-        //

-        CurrentOption = NULL;

-        break;

-

-      case EFI_IFR_SUBTITLE_OP:

-        mInScopeSubtitle = FALSE;

-        break;

-

-      case EFI_IFR_NO_SUBMIT_IF_OP:

-      case EFI_IFR_INCONSISTENT_IF_OP:

-      case EFI_IFR_WARNING_IF_OP:

-        //

-        // Ignore end of EFI_IFR_NO_SUBMIT_IF and EFI_IFR_INCONSISTENT_IF

-        //

-        break;

-

-      case EFI_IFR_SUPPRESS_IF_OP:

-        if (SuppressForOption) {

-          InScopeOptionSuppress = FALSE;

-        } else if (SuppressForQuestion) {

-          mInScopeSuppress = FALSE;

-        } else {

-          InScopeFormSuppress = FALSE;

-        }

-        break;

-

-      case EFI_IFR_GRAY_OUT_IF_OP:

-        mInScopeGrayOut = FALSE;

-        break;

-

-      case EFI_IFR_DISABLE_IF_OP:

-        mInScopeDisable = FALSE;

-        OpCodeDisabled  = FALSE;

-        break;

-

-      case EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP:

-      case EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST_OP:

-        SuppressForOption = FALSE;

-        break;

-

-      case EFI_IFR_DEFAULT_OP:

-        InScopeDefault = FALSE;

-        break;

-

-      case EFI_IFR_MAP_OP:

-        //

-        // Get current Map Expression List.

-        //

-        Status = PopMapExpressionList ((VOID **) &MapExpressionList);

-        if (Status == EFI_ACCESS_DENIED) {

-          MapExpressionList = NULL;

-        }

-        //

-        // Get current expression.

-        //

-        Status = PopCurrentExpression ((VOID **) &CurrentExpression);

-        ASSERT (!EFI_ERROR (Status));

-        ASSERT (MapScopeDepth > 0);

-        MapScopeDepth --;

-        break;

-

-      default:

-        if (IsExpressionOpCode (ScopeOpCode)) {

-          if (mInScopeDisable && (CurrentForm == NULL)) {

-            //

-            // This is DisableIf expression for Form, it should be a constant expression

-            //

-            ASSERT (CurrentExpression != NULL);

-            ConstantFlag = TRUE;

-            Status = EvaluateExpression (FormSet, CurrentForm, CurrentExpression, &ConstantFlag);

-            if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-              return Status;

-            }

-            if (CurrentExpression->Result.Type != EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN) {

-              return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-            }

-            if (!ConstantFlag) {

-              StringPrint ("WARNING. The DisableIf expression for Form should be a constant expression.\n");

-            }

-            OpCodeDisabled = CurrentExpression->Result.Value.b;

-            //

-            // DisableIf Expression is only used once and not queued, free it

-            //

-            DestroyExpression (CurrentExpression);

-          }

-

-          //

-          // End of current Expression

-          //

-          CurrentExpression = NULL;

-        }

-        break;

-      }

-      break;

-

-    default:

-      break;

-    }

-  }

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Search an Option of a Question by its value.

-

-  @param  Question               The Question

-  @param  OptionValue            Value for Option to be searched.

-

-  @retval Pointer                Pointer to the found Option.

-  @retval NULL                   Option not found.

-

-**/

-QUESTION_OPTION *

-ValueToOption (

-  IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET     *FormSet,

-  IN FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT   *Question,

-  IN EFI_HII_VALUE            *OptionValue

-  )

-{

-  LIST_ENTRY       *Link;

-  QUESTION_OPTION  *Option;

-

-  Link = GetFirstNode (&Question->OptionListHead);

-  while (!IsNull (&Question->OptionListHead, Link)) {

-    Option = QUESTION_OPTION_FROM_LINK (Link);

-

-    if (CompareHiiValue (&Option->Value, OptionValue, FormSet) == 0) {

-      return Option;

-    }

-

-    Link = GetNextNode (&Question->OptionListHead, Link);

-  }

-

-  return NULL;

-}

-

-/**

-  Set value of a data element in an Array by its Index.

-

-  @param  Array                  The data array.

-  @param  Type                   Type of the data in this array.

-  @param  Index                  Zero based index for data in this array.

-  @param  Value                  The value to be set.

-

-**/

-VOID

-SetArrayData (

-  IN VOID                     *Array,

-  IN UINT8                    Type,

-  IN UINTN                    Index,

-  IN UINT64                   Value

-  )

-{

-

-  ASSERT (Array != NULL);

-

-  switch (Type) {

-  case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_8:

-    *(((UINT8 *) Array) + Index) = (UINT8) Value;

-    break;

-

-  case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_16:

-    *(((UINT16 *) Array) + Index) = (UINT16) Value;

-    break;

-

-  case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_32:

-    *(((UINT32 *) Array) + Index) = (UINT32) Value;

-    break;

-

-  case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64:

-    *(((UINT64 *) Array) + Index) = (UINT64) Value;

-    break;

-

-  default:

-    break;

-  }

-}

-

-/**

-  Reset Question of five kinds to its default value.

-

-  @param  FormSet                The form set.

-  @param  Form                   The form.

-  @param  Question               The question.

-  @param  DefaultId              The default Id.

-  @param  DefaultId              The platform Id.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            Question is reset to default value.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-GetQuestionDefault (

-  IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET             *FormSet,

-  IN FORM_BROWSER_FORM                *Form,

-  IN FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT           *Question,

-  IN UINT16                           DefaultId,

-  IN UINT64                           PlatformId

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS              Status;

-  LIST_ENTRY              *Link;

-  QUESTION_DEFAULT        *Default;

-  QUESTION_OPTION         *Option;

-  EFI_HII_VALUE           *HiiValue;

-  UINT8                   Index;

-  FORMSET_STORAGE         *VarList;

-  UINT8                   *VarBuffer;

-  BOOLEAN                 ConstantFlag;

-  UINT16                  OriginalDefaultId;

-  FORMSET_DEFAULTSTORE    *DefaultStore;

-  LIST_ENTRY              *DefaultLink;

-  CHAR16                  *VarDefaultName;

-

-  VarDefaultName  = NULL;

-  Status          = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  ConstantFlag    = TRUE;

-  OriginalDefaultId  = DefaultId;

-  DefaultLink        = GetFirstNode (&FormSet->DefaultStoreListHead);

-

-  //

-  // Statement don't have storage, skip them

-  //

-  if (Question->QuestionId == 0) {

-    return EFI_NOT_FOUND;

-  }

-  //

-  // Return if no any kinds of

-  //

-  if ((Question->Operand != EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_OP)

-    && (Question->Operand != EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP)

-    && (Question->Operand != EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST_OP)

-    && (Question->Operand != EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_OP)

-    && (Question->Operand != EFI_IFR_STRING_OP)

-    ) {

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-  //

-  // Search the variable for this question (Compatible with the old EfiVarStore before UEFI2.31)

-  //

-

-  //

-  //VarStoreInfoDepending on the type of variable store selected,

-  //this contains either a 16-bit Buffer Storage offset (VarOffset)

-  //or a Name/Value or EFI Variable name (VarName).

-  //

-  Status = SearchVarStorage (

-             Question,

-             NULL,

-             Question->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset,

-             FormSet->StorageListHead,

-             (CHAR8 **)&VarBuffer,

-             &VarList

-             );

-  if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-  //

-  // There are three ways to specify default value for a Question:

-  //  1, use nested EFI_IFR_DEFAULT

-  //  2, set flags of EFI_ONE_OF_OPTION (provide Standard and Manufacturing default)

-  //  3, set flags of EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX (provide Standard and Manufacturing default) (lowest priority)

-  //

-ReGetDefault:

-  HiiValue = &Question->HiiValue;

-  //

-  // EFI_IFR_DEFAULT has highest priority

-  //

-  if (!IsListEmpty (&Question->DefaultListHead)) {

-    Link = GetFirstNode (&Question->DefaultListHead);

-    while (!IsNull (&Question->DefaultListHead, Link)) {

-      Default = QUESTION_DEFAULT_FROM_LINK (Link);

-

-      if (Default->DefaultId == DefaultId) {

-        if (Default->ValueExpression != NULL) {

-          //

-          // Default is provided by an Expression, evaluate it

-          //

-          Status = EvaluateExpression (FormSet, Form, Default->ValueExpression, &ConstantFlag);

-          if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-            return Status;

-          }

-

-          if (Default->ValueExpression->Result.Type == EFI_IFR_TYPE_BUFFER) {

-            if (Question->StorageWidth > Default->ValueExpression->Result.BufferLen) {

-              CopyMem(Question->HiiValue.Buffer, Default->ValueExpression->Result.Buffer, Default->ValueExpression->Result.BufferLen);

-              Question->HiiValue.BufferLen = Default->ValueExpression->Result.BufferLen;

-            } else {

-              CopyMem(Question->HiiValue.Buffer, Default->ValueExpression->Result.Buffer, Question->StorageWidth);

-              Question->HiiValue.BufferLen = Question->StorageWidth;

-            }

-            FreePool(Default->ValueExpression->Result.Buffer);

-          }

-          HiiValue->Type = Default->ValueExpression->Result.Type;

-          CopyMem(&HiiValue->Value, &Default->ValueExpression->Result.Value, sizeof (EFI_IFR_TYPE_VALUE));

-        } else {

-          //

-          // Default value is embedded in EFI_IFR_DEFAULT

-          //

-          if (Default->Value.Type == EFI_IFR_TYPE_BUFFER) {

-            CopyMem(HiiValue->Buffer, Default->Value.Buffer, Default->Value.BufferLen);

-          } else {

-            CopyMem(HiiValue, &Default->Value, sizeof (EFI_HII_VALUE));

-          }

-        }

-        if (Default->Value.Type == EFI_IFR_TYPE_BUFFER) {

-          CopyMem(VarBuffer, HiiValue->Buffer, HiiValue->BufferLen);

-        } else if (HiiValue->Type == EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING){

-          Status = FindDefaultName (

-                 &(FormSet->EnUsStringList),

-                 FormSet->UnicodeBinary,

-                 HiiValue->Value.string,

-                 EN_US,

-                 &VarDefaultName

-                 );

-          if (VarDefaultName == NULL) {

-            return EFI_NOT_FOUND;

-          }

-          if (Question->StorageWidth > FceStrSize(VarDefaultName)) {

-            ZeroMem (VarBuffer, Question->StorageWidth);

-            CopyMem (VarBuffer, VarDefaultName, FceStrSize(VarDefaultName));

-          } else {

-            CopyMem (VarBuffer, VarDefaultName, Question->StorageWidth);

-          }

-        } else {

-          if (Question->QuestionReferToBitField) {

-            SetBitsQuestionValue(Question, VarBuffer, HiiValue->Value.u32);

-          } else {

-            CopyMem(VarBuffer, &HiiValue->Value.u64, Question->StorageWidth);

-          }

-        }

-        return EFI_SUCCESS;

-      }

-      if (Default->DefaultId == DefaultId) {

-          return EFI_SUCCESS;

-       }

-      Link = GetNextNode (&Question->DefaultListHead, Link);

-    }

-  }

-

-  if (HiiValue->Buffer == NULL) {

-    ZeroMem (HiiValue, sizeof (EFI_HII_VALUE));

-  }

-

-  //

-  // EFI_ONE_OF_OPTION

-  //

-  if ((Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP) && !IsListEmpty (&Question->OptionListHead)) {

-    if (DefaultId <= EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_MANUFACTURING)  {

-      //

-      // OneOfOption could only provide Standard and Manufacturing default

-      //

-      Link = GetFirstNode (&Question->OptionListHead);

-      while (!IsNull (&Question->OptionListHead, Link)) {

-        Option = QUESTION_OPTION_FROM_LINK (Link);

-

-        if (((DefaultId == EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_STANDARD) && ((Option->Flags & EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT) != 0)) ||

-            ((DefaultId == EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_MANUFACTURING) && ((Option->Flags & EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT_MFG) != 0))

-           ) {

-          CopyMem (HiiValue, &Option->Value, sizeof (EFI_HII_VALUE));

-          if (Question->QuestionReferToBitField) {

-            SetBitsQuestionValue(Question, VarBuffer, HiiValue->Value.u32);

-          } else {

-            CopyMem (VarBuffer, &HiiValue->Value.u64, Question->StorageWidth);

-          }

-          return EFI_SUCCESS;

-        }

-

-        Link = GetNextNode (&Question->OptionListHead, Link);

-      }

-    }

-  }

-

-  //

-  // EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX - lowest priority

-  //

-  if (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_OP) {

-    if (DefaultId <= EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_MANUFACTURING)  {

-      //

-      // Checkbox could only provide Standard and Manufacturing default

-      //

-      if (((DefaultId == EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_STANDARD) && ((Question->Flags & EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_DEFAULT) != 0)) ||

-          ((DefaultId == EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_MANUFACTURING) && ((Question->Flags & EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_DEFAULT_MFG) != 0))

-         ) {

-        HiiValue->Value.b = TRUE;

-        if (Question->QuestionReferToBitField) {

-          SetBitsQuestionValue(Question, VarBuffer, HiiValue->Value.u32);

-        } else {

-          CopyMem (VarBuffer, &HiiValue->Value.u64, Question->StorageWidth);

-        }

-        return EFI_SUCCESS;

-      }

-    }

-  }

-

-  //

-  // For question without default value for current default Id, we try to re-get the default value form other default id in the DefaultStoreList.

-  // If get, will exit the function, if not, will choose next default id in the DefaultStoreList.

-  // The default id in DefaultStoreList are in ascending order to make sure choose the smallest default id every time.

-  //

-  while (!IsNull(&FormSet->DefaultStoreListHead, DefaultLink)) {

-    DefaultStore = FORMSET_DEFAULTSTORE_FROM_LINK(DefaultLink);

-    DefaultLink = GetNextNode (&FormSet->DefaultStoreListHead,DefaultLink);

-    DefaultId = DefaultStore->DefaultId;

-    if (DefaultId == OriginalDefaultId) {

-      continue;

-    }

-    goto ReGetDefault;

-  }

-

-  //

-  // For Questions without default

-  //

-  Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;

-  switch (Question->Operand) {

-  case EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_OP:

-    HiiValue->Value.b = FALSE;

-    if (Question->QuestionReferToBitField) {

-      SetBitsQuestionValue(Question, VarBuffer, HiiValue->Value.u32);

-    } else {

-      CopyMem (VarBuffer, &HiiValue->Value.u64, Question->StorageWidth);

-    }

-    break;

-

-  case EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_OP:

-    //

-    // Take minimum value as numeric default value

-    //

-    if ((HiiValue->Value.u64 < Question->Minimum) || (HiiValue->Value.u64 > Question->Maximum)) {

-      HiiValue->Value.u64 = Question->Minimum;

-      if (Question->QuestionReferToBitField) {

-        SetBitsQuestionValue(Question, VarBuffer, HiiValue->Value.u32);

-      } else {

-        CopyMem (VarBuffer, &HiiValue->Value.u64, Question->StorageWidth);

-      }

-      return EFI_SUCCESS;

-    }

-    break;

-

-  case EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP:

-    //

-    // Take first oneof option as oneof's default value

-    //

-    if (ValueToOption (FormSet, Question, HiiValue) == NULL) {

-      Link = GetFirstNode (&Question->OptionListHead);

-      if (!IsNull (&Question->OptionListHead, Link)) {

-        Option = QUESTION_OPTION_FROM_LINK (Link);

-        CopyMem (HiiValue, &Option->Value, sizeof (EFI_HII_VALUE));

-        if (Question->QuestionReferToBitField) {

-          SetBitsQuestionValue(Question, VarBuffer, HiiValue->Value.u32);

-        } else {

-          CopyMem (VarBuffer, &HiiValue->Value.u64, Question->StorageWidth);

-        }

-        return EFI_SUCCESS;

-      }

-    }

-    break;

-

-  case EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST_OP:

-    //

-    // Take option sequence in IFR as ordered list's default value

-    //

-    Index = 0;

-    Link = GetFirstNode (&Question->OptionListHead);

-    while (!IsNull (&Question->OptionListHead, Link)) {

-      Option = QUESTION_OPTION_FROM_LINK (Link);

-

-      SetArrayData (Question->BufferValue, Question->ValueType, Index, Option->Value.Value.u64);

-      SetArrayData (VarBuffer, Question->ValueType, Index, Option->Value.Value.u64);

-

-      Index++;

-      if (Index >= Question->MaxContainers) {

-        break;

-      }

-

-      Link = GetNextNode (&Question->OptionListHead, Link);

-    }

-    break;

-

-  default:

-    break;

-  }

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Set the value to the variable of platformId question.

-

-  @param  PlatformId             The form set.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            Set successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-AssignThePlatformId (

-  IN  UINT64   PlatformId

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS          Status;

-  FORMSET_STORAGE     *VarList;

-  UINT8               *VarBuffer;

-

-  Status       = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  VarBuffer    = NULL;

-  //

-  // Set the Storage

-  //

-  Status = SearchVarStorage (

-             &mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformIdQuestion,

-             NULL,

-             mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformIdQuestion.VarStoreInfo.VarOffset,

-             &mVarListEntry,

-             (CHAR8 **)&VarBuffer,

-             &VarList

-             );

-  if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {

-    return Status;

-  }

-  CopyMem (VarBuffer, &PlatformId, mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformIdWidth);

-  //

-  // Set the  HIIvalue of this questions

-  //

-  CopyMem (&mMultiPlatformParam.Question->HiiValue.Value.u64, &PlatformId, mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformIdWidth);

-

-  switch (mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformIdWidth) {

-    case sizeof (UINT8):

-      mMultiPlatformParam.Question->HiiValue.Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_8;

-      break;

-

-    case sizeof (UINT16):

-      mMultiPlatformParam.Question->HiiValue.Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_16;

-      break;

-

-    case sizeof (UINT32):

-      mMultiPlatformParam.Question->HiiValue.Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_32;

-      break;

-

-    case sizeof (UINT64):

-      mMultiPlatformParam.Question->HiiValue.Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64;

-      break;

-

-    default:

-      mMultiPlatformParam.Question->HiiValue.Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64;

-   }

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-/**

-  Reset Questions to their default value in a Form, Formset or System.

-

-  @param  FormSet                FormSet data structure.

-  @param  Form                   Form data structure.

-  @param  DefaultId              The default Id

-  @param  PlatformId             The platform Id

-  @param  SettingScope           Setting Scope for Default action.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The function completed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED        Unsupport SettingScope.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-ExtractDefault (

-  IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET             *FormSet,

-  IN FORM_BROWSER_FORM                *Form,

-  IN UINT16                           DefaultId,

-  IN UINT64                           PlatformId,

-  IN BROWSER_SETTING_SCOPE            SettingScope

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS              Status;

-  LIST_ENTRY              *FormLink;

-  LIST_ENTRY              *Link;

-  LIST_ENTRY              *FormSetEntryListHead;

-  FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT  *Question;

-  //

-  // Check the supported setting level.

-  //

-  if (SettingScope >= MaxLevel) {

-    return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;

-  }

-

-  if (SettingScope == FormLevel) {

-    //

-    // Extract Form default

-    //

-    Link = GetFirstNode (&Form->StatementListHead);

-    while (!IsNull (&Form->StatementListHead, Link)) {

-      Question = FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT_FROM_LINK (Link);

-      Link = GetNextNode (&Form->StatementListHead, Link);

-      //

-      // Re-set the platformId before calcuate the platformId of every question to avoid over-written.

-      //

-      if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot) {

-        Status = AssignThePlatformId (PlatformId);

-        if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-          StringPrint ("Error. Failed to assign the platformId.\n");

-          return Status;

-        }

-      }

-      //

-      // Reset Question to its default value, and store the default to variable

-      //

-      Status = GetQuestionDefault (FormSet, Form, Question, DefaultId, PlatformId);

-      if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-        continue;

-      }

-    }

-  } else if (SettingScope == FormSetLevel) {

-    FormLink = GetFirstNode (&FormSet->FormListHead);

-    while (!IsNull (&FormSet->FormListHead, FormLink)) {

-      Form = FORM_BROWSER_FORM_FROM_LINK (FormLink);

-      ExtractDefault (FormSet, Form, DefaultId, PlatformId, FormLevel);

-      FormLink = GetNextNode (&FormSet->FormListHead, FormLink);

-    }

-  } else if (SettingScope == SystemLevel) {

-    //

-    // Parse Fromset one by one

-    //

-    FormSetEntryListHead = &mFormSetListEntry;

-

-    FormLink = GetFirstNode (FormSetEntryListHead);

-    while (!IsNull (FormSetEntryListHead, FormLink)) {

-      FormSet = FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET_FROM_LINK (FormLink);

-      ExtractDefault (FormSet, NULL, DefaultId, PlatformId, FormSetLevel);

-      FormLink = GetNextNode (FormSetEntryListHead, FormLink);

-    }

-  }

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Check whether existed the UQI in Current Unicode String.

-

-  @param  UniPackge         A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string Array.

-

-  @return TRUE              If find the uqi, return TRUE

-  @return FALSE             Otherwise, return FALSE

-

-**/

-static

-BOOLEAN

-IsUqiOrNot (

-  IN  UINT8  *UniPackge

-  )

-{

-  CHAR8          *UniBin;

-  UINTN          UniLength;

-  UINTN          Index;

-  BOOLEAN        FindIt;

-

-  UniBin     = (CHAR8 *) UniPackge + 4;

-  Index      = 4;

-  FindIt     = FALSE;

-  UniLength  = *(UINT32 *) UniPackge;

-

-  if (((EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *)UniBin)->Type == EFI_HII_PACKAGE_STRINGS) {

-    //

-    // Search the uqi language

-    //

-    while ((Index < UniLength) && ((EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *)UniBin)->Type == EFI_HII_PACKAGE_STRINGS){

-      if (!strcmp (((EFI_HII_STRING_PACKAGE_HDR *)UniBin)->Language, "uqi")) {

-        FindIt = TRUE;

-        break;

-      }

-      Index = Index + ((EFI_HII_STRING_PACKAGE_HDR *)UniBin)->Header.Length;

-      UniBin += ((EFI_HII_STRING_PACKAGE_HDR *)UniBin)->Header.Length;

-    }

-  }

-  return FindIt;

-}

-

- /**

-  Returns Length of UQI string (in CHAR16) (not including null termination).

-

-  @param  UniPackge         A pointer to a UQI string.

-

-  @return Number            Length of UQIL string (in words) or 0

-

-**/

-static

-UINT16

-GetUqiNum (

-  IN     CHAR16        *UniString

-  )

-{

-  UINT16              Number;

-

-  if (UniString == NULL) {

-    return 0;

-  }

-  for (Number = 0; UniString[Number] != 0; Number++) {

-    ;

-  }

-  return Number;

-}

-

-/**

-  Print the formset title information.

-

-  @param  FormSet    The pointer to the formset.

-

-  @return NULL.

-

-**/

-static

-VOID

-StringPrintormSetTitle (

-  IN  FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET  *FormSet

-  )

-{

-  CHAR16      *VarDefaultName;

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-

-  VarDefaultName = NULL;

-

-  StringPrint("\n\n// Form Set: ");

-

-  Status  = FindDefaultName (

-              &(FormSet->EnUsStringList),

-              FormSet->UnicodeBinary,

-              FormSet->FormSetTitle,

-              EN_US,

-              &VarDefaultName

-             );

-  assert (!EFI_ERROR (Status));

-  LogUnicodeString (VarDefaultName);

-

-  StringPrint("\n// %s",FORM_SET_GUID_PREFIX);

-  StringPrint(

-    EFI_GUID_FORMAT,

-    FormSet->Guid.Data1,   FormSet->Guid.Data2,

-    FormSet->Guid.Data3,   FormSet->Guid.Data4[0],

-    FormSet->Guid.Data4[1],FormSet->Guid.Data4[2],

-    FormSet->Guid.Data4[3],FormSet->Guid.Data4[4],

-    FormSet->Guid.Data4[5],FormSet->Guid.Data4[6],

-    FormSet->Guid.Data4[7]);

-  StringPrint("\n");

-

-  if (&(FormSet->EnUsStringList) == NULL && VarDefaultName != NULL && FormSet->FormSetTitle != 0) {

-    free (VarDefaultName);

-    VarDefaultName = NULL;

-  }

-}

-

-/**

-  Print the formset title information.

-

-  @param  FormSet    The pointer to the formset.

-  @param  Question   The pointer to the question of ONE_OF.

-

-  @return NULL.

-

-**/

-static

-EFI_STATUS

-PrintOneOfOptions (

-  IN  FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET    *FormSet,

-  IN  FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT  *Question

-  )

-{

-  LIST_ENTRY       *Link;

-  QUESTION_OPTION  *Option;

-  CHAR16           *VarDefaultName;

-  EFI_STATUS       Status;

-

-  Status = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  VarDefaultName = NULL;

-

-  if ((Question->Operand != EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP)

-    && (Question->Operand != EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST_OP)

-    ) {

-    return EFI_ABORTED;

-  }

-

-  Link = GetFirstNode (&Question->OptionListHead);

-  while (!IsNull (&Question->OptionListHead, Link)) {

-    Option = QUESTION_OPTION_FROM_LINK (Link);

-    if (Question->QuestionReferToBitField) {

-      StringPrint("// %08X = ", Option->Value.Value.u32);

-    } else {

-      switch(Option->Value.Type) {

-

-        case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_8:

-          StringPrint("// %02X = ", Option->Value.Value.u8);

-          break;

-

-        case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_16:

-          StringPrint("// %04X = ", Option->Value.Value.u16);

-          break;

-

-        case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_32:

-          StringPrint("// %08X = ", Option->Value.Value.u32);

-          break;

-

-        case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64:

-          StringPrint("// %016llX = ", Option->Value.Value.u64);

-          break;

-

-        case EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN:

-          StringPrint("// %X = ", Option->Value.Value.b);

-          break;

-

-        case EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING:

-          StringPrint("// %X = ", Option->Value.Value.string);

-          break;

-

-        default:

-          break;

-        }

-      }

-    Status = FindDefaultName (

-               &(FormSet->EnUsStringList),

-               FormSet->UnicodeBinary,

-               Option->Text,

-               EN_US,

-               &VarDefaultName

-               );

-

-    LogUnicodeString (VarDefaultName);

-    StringPrint("\n");

-    if (&(FormSet->EnUsStringList) == NULL && VarDefaultName != NULL && Option->Text != 0) {

-      free (VarDefaultName);

-      VarDefaultName = NULL;

-    }

-    Link = GetNextNode (&Question->OptionListHead, Link);

-  }

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Print the form title information.

-

-  @param  FormSet    The pointer to the formset.

-  @param  FormSet    The pointer to the form.

-

-  @return NULL.

-

-**/

-static

-VOID

-StringPrintormTitle (

-  IN  FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET  *FormSet,

-  IN  FORM_BROWSER_FORM     *Form

-  )

-{

-  CHAR16      *VarDefaultName;

-  EFI_STATUS  Status;

-

-  VarDefaultName = NULL;

-

-  StringPrint("\n// Form: ");

-  Status  = FindDefaultName (

-              &(FormSet->EnUsStringList),

-              FormSet->UnicodeBinary,

-              Form->FormTitle,

-              EN_US,

-              &VarDefaultName

-             );

-  assert (!EFI_ERROR (Status));

-

-  LogUnicodeString (VarDefaultName);

-  StringPrint("\n");

-

-  if (&(FormSet->EnUsStringList) == NULL && VarDefaultName != NULL && Form->FormTitle != 0) {

-    free (VarDefaultName);

-    VarDefaultName  = NULL;

-  }

-

-}

-

-/**

-  Print the information of questions.

-

-  @param  FormSet     The pointer to the formset.

-  @param  FormSet     The pointer to the form.

-  @param  Question    The pointer to the question.

-  @param  PrintOrNot  Decide whether print or not.

-

-  @return NULL.

-

-**/

-static

-VOID

-PrintQuestion (

-  IN  FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET    *FormSet,

-  IN  FORM_BROWSER_FORM       *Form,

-  IN  FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT  *Question,

-  IN  BOOLEAN                  PrintOrNot

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS       Status;

-  CHAR16           *VarDefaultName;

-  UINT16           UqiStringLength;

-  BOOLEAN          HaveUQIlanguage;

-

-  Status           = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  VarDefaultName   = NULL;

-  UqiStringLength  = 0;

-

-  HaveUQIlanguage = IsUqiOrNot (FormSet->UnicodeBinary);

-

-  switch (Question->Operand) {

-

-  case EFI_IFR_SUBTITLE_OP:

-  if (PrintOrNot) {

-    Status  = FindDefaultName (

-                &(FormSet->EnUsStringList),

-                FormSet->UnicodeBinary,

-                Question->Prompt,

-                EN_US,

-                &VarDefaultName

-                );

-    assert (!EFI_ERROR (Status));

-    if ((VarDefaultName != NULL) && (FceStrCmp (VarDefaultName, L"") != 0)) {

-      StringPrint("// Subtitle: ");

-      StringPrint("// ");

-      LogUnicodeString (VarDefaultName);

-      StringPrint("\n");

-    }

-  }

-    break;

-

-  case EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP:

-

-    if( HaveUQIlanguage ) {

-      Status = FindDefaultName (

-                 &(FormSet->UqiStringList),

-                 FormSet->UnicodeBinary,

-                 Question->Prompt,

-                 UQI,

-                 &VarDefaultName

-                 );

-      assert (!EFI_ERROR (Status));

-

-      UqiStringLength = GetUqiNum (VarDefaultName);

-      if (PrintOrNot) {

-        if (UqiStringLength > 0) {

-          StringPrint("\nQ %04X ", UqiStringLength);

-          LogUqi(VarDefaultName);

-        } else {

-          StringPrint("\n// [No UQI] ");

-        }

-      }

-    } else {

-      Status       = FindDefaultName (

-                       &(FormSet->EnUsStringList),

-                       FormSet->UnicodeBinary,

-                       Question->Prompt,

-                       EN_US,

-                       &VarDefaultName

-                     );

-      assert (!EFI_ERROR (Status));

-      UqiStringLength = GetUqiNum (VarDefaultName);

-

-      if (PrintOrNot) {

-        if (UqiStringLength > 0) {

-          StringPrint("\nQ %04X ", UqiStringLength);

-          LogUqi(VarDefaultName);

-        } else {

-          StringPrint("\n// [No UQI] ");

-        }

-      }

-    }

-    //

-    //Record the UQi to the Question

-    //

-    Question->Uqi.HexNum = UqiStringLength;

-    Question->Uqi.Data   = VarDefaultName;

-    Question->Uqi.Type   = ONE_OF;

-

-    if (PrintOrNot) {

-      StringPrint("ONE_OF ");

-

-      LogIfrValue (

-        FormSet,

-        Question

-        );

-      StringPrint(" // ");

-      Status       = FindDefaultName (

-                       &(FormSet->EnUsStringList),

-                       FormSet->UnicodeBinary,

-                       Question->Prompt,

-                       EN_US,

-                       &VarDefaultName

-                       );

-      assert (!EFI_ERROR (Status));

-      LogUnicodeString (VarDefaultName);

-      StringPrint("\n");

-      //

-      // Print ONE_OF_OPTION

-      //

-      PrintOneOfOptions (FormSet, Question);

-    }

-    break;

-

-  case EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_OP:

-

-    if( HaveUQIlanguage ) {

-      Status = FindDefaultName (

-                 &(FormSet->UqiStringList),

-                 FormSet->UnicodeBinary,

-                 Question->Prompt,

-                 UQI,

-                 &VarDefaultName

-                 );

-      assert (!EFI_ERROR (Status));

-

-      UqiStringLength = GetUqiNum (VarDefaultName);

-      if (PrintOrNot) {

-        if (UqiStringLength > 0) {

-          StringPrint("\nQ %04X ", UqiStringLength);

-          LogUqi(VarDefaultName);

-        } else {

-          StringPrint("\n// [No UQI] ");

-        }

-      }

-    } else {

-      Status = FindDefaultName (

-                 &(FormSet->EnUsStringList),

-                 FormSet->UnicodeBinary,

-                 Question->Prompt,

-                 EN_US,

-                 &VarDefaultName

-                 );

-      assert (!EFI_ERROR (Status));

-

-      UqiStringLength = GetUqiNum (VarDefaultName);

-

-      if (PrintOrNot) {

-        if (UqiStringLength > 0) {

-          StringPrint("\nQ %04X ", UqiStringLength);

-          LogUqi(VarDefaultName);

-        } else {

-          StringPrint("\n// [No UQI] ");

-        }

-      }

-    }

-    //

-    //Record the UQi to the HiiObjList

-    //

-    Question->Uqi.HexNum = UqiStringLength;

-    Question->Uqi.Data   = VarDefaultName;

-    Question->Uqi.Type   = CHECKBOX;

-    if (PrintOrNot) {

-      StringPrint("CHECKBOX ");

-      LogIfrValue (

-        FormSet,

-        Question

-        );

-      StringPrint(" // ");

-      Status = FindDefaultName (

-                 &(FormSet->EnUsStringList),

-                 FormSet->UnicodeBinary,

-                 Question->Prompt,

-                 EN_US,

-                 &VarDefaultName

-                 );

-      assert (!EFI_ERROR (Status));

-      LogUnicodeString (VarDefaultName);

-      StringPrint("\n");

-      StringPrint("// 0 = Unchecked\n");

-      StringPrint("// 1 = Checked\n");

-    }

-    break;

-

-  case EFI_IFR_STRING_OP:

-    if( HaveUQIlanguage ) {

-      Status = FindDefaultName (

-                 &(FormSet->UqiStringList),

-                 FormSet->UnicodeBinary,

-                 Question->Prompt,

-                 UQI,

-                 &VarDefaultName

-                 );

-      assert (!EFI_ERROR (Status));

-

-      UqiStringLength = GetUqiNum (VarDefaultName);

-      if (PrintOrNot) {

-        if (UqiStringLength > 0) {

-          StringPrint("\nQ %04X ", UqiStringLength);

-          LogUqi(VarDefaultName);

-        } else {

-          StringPrint("\n// [No UQI] ");

-        }

-      }

-    } else {

-      Status = FindDefaultName (

-                 &(FormSet->EnUsStringList),

-                 FormSet->UnicodeBinary,

-                 Question->Prompt,

-                 EN_US,

-                 &VarDefaultName

-                 );

-      assert (!EFI_ERROR (Status));

-

-      UqiStringLength = GetUqiNum (VarDefaultName);

-

-      if (PrintOrNot) {

-        if (UqiStringLength > 0) {

-          StringPrint("\nQ %04X ", UqiStringLength);

-          LogUqi(VarDefaultName);

-        } else {

-          StringPrint("\n// [No UQI] ");

-        }

-      }

-    }

-    //

-    //Record the UQi to the HiiObjList

-    //

-    Question->Uqi.HexNum = UqiStringLength;

-    Question->Uqi.Data   = VarDefaultName;

-    Question->Uqi.Type   = STRING;

-    if (PrintOrNot) {

-      StringPrint("STRING ");

-      LogIfrValueStr (

-        FormSet,

-        Question

-        );

-      StringPrint(" // ");

-      Status = FindDefaultName (

-                 &(FormSet->EnUsStringList),

-                 FormSet->UnicodeBinary,

-                 Question->Prompt,

-                 EN_US,

-                 &VarDefaultName

-                 );

-      assert (!EFI_ERROR (Status));

-      LogUnicodeString (VarDefaultName);

-      StringPrint("\n");

-    }

-    break;

-

-  case EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_OP:

-

-    if( HaveUQIlanguage ) {

-      Status = FindDefaultName (

-                 &(FormSet->UqiStringList),

-                 FormSet->UnicodeBinary,

-                 Question->Prompt,

-                 UQI,

-                 &VarDefaultName

-                 );

-      assert (!EFI_ERROR (Status));

-

-      UqiStringLength = GetUqiNum (VarDefaultName);

-      if (PrintOrNot) {

-        if (UqiStringLength > 0) {

-          StringPrint("\nQ %04X ", UqiStringLength);

-          LogUqi(VarDefaultName);

-        } else {

-          StringPrint("\n// [No UQI] ");

-        }

-      }

-    } else {

-      Status = FindDefaultName (

-                 &(FormSet->EnUsStringList),

-                 FormSet->UnicodeBinary,

-                 Question->Prompt,

-                 EN_US,

-                 &VarDefaultName

-                 );

-      assert (!EFI_ERROR (Status));

-

-      UqiStringLength = GetUqiNum (VarDefaultName);

-      if (PrintOrNot) {

-        if (UqiStringLength > 0) {

-          StringPrint("\nQ %04X ", UqiStringLength);

-          LogUqi(VarDefaultName);

-        } else {

-          StringPrint("\n// [No UQI] ");

-        }

-      }

-    }

-    //

-    //Record the UQi to the HiiObjList

-    //

-    Question->Uqi.HexNum = UqiStringLength;

-    Question->Uqi.Data   = VarDefaultName;

-    Question->Uqi.Type   = NUMERIC;

-    if (PrintOrNot) {

-      StringPrint("NUMERIC ");

-      LogIfrValue (

-        FormSet,

-        Question

-      );

-      StringPrint(" // ");

-      Status = FindDefaultName (

-                 &(FormSet->EnUsStringList),

-                 FormSet->UnicodeBinary,

-                 Question->Prompt,

-                 EN_US,

-                 &VarDefaultName

-                 );

-      assert (!EFI_ERROR (Status));

-      LogUnicodeString (VarDefaultName);

-      StringPrint("\n");

-

-      if (Question->QuestionReferToBitField) {

-        StringPrint("// Minimum = %08llX \n", Question->Minimum);

-        StringPrint("// Maximum = %08llX \n", Question->Maximum);

-        StringPrint("// Step    = %08llX \n", Question->Step);

-      } else {

-        switch (Question->StorageWidth) {

-

-        case sizeof (UINT8):

-          StringPrint("// Minimum = %02llX \n", Question->Minimum);

-          StringPrint("// Maximum = %02llX \n", Question->Maximum);

-          StringPrint("// Step    = %02llX \n", Question->Step);

-          break;

-

-        case sizeof (UINT16):

-          StringPrint("// Minimum = %04llX \n", Question->Minimum);

-          StringPrint("// Maximum = %04llX \n", Question->Maximum);

-          StringPrint("// Step    = %04llX \n", Question->Step);

-          break;

-

-        case sizeof (UINT32):

-          StringPrint("// Minimum = %08llX \n", Question->Minimum);

-          StringPrint("// Maximum = %08llX \n", Question->Maximum);

-          StringPrint("// Step    = %08llX \n", Question->Step);

-          break;

-

-        case sizeof (UINT64):

-          StringPrint("// Minimum = %016llX \n", Question->Minimum);

-          StringPrint("// Maximum = %016llX \n", Question->Maximum);

-          StringPrint("// Step    = %016llX \n", Question->Step);

-          break;

-

-        default:

-          StringPrint("0000 // Width > 16 is not supported -- FAILURE");

-          break;

-        }

-      }

-    }

-    break;

-

-  case EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST_OP:

-

-    if( HaveUQIlanguage ) {

-      Status = FindDefaultName (

-                 &(FormSet->UqiStringList),

-                 FormSet->UnicodeBinary,

-                 Question->Prompt,

-                 UQI,

-                 &VarDefaultName

-                 );

-      assert (!EFI_ERROR (Status));

-      UqiStringLength = GetUqiNum (VarDefaultName);

-

-      if (PrintOrNot) {

-        if (UqiStringLength > 0) {

-          StringPrint("\nQ %04X ", UqiStringLength);

-          LogUqi(VarDefaultName);

-        } else {

-          StringPrint("\n// [No UQI] ");

-        }

-      }

-    } else {

-      Status = FindDefaultName (

-                 &(FormSet->EnUsStringList),

-                 FormSet->UnicodeBinary,

-                 Question->Prompt,

-                 EN_US,

-                 &VarDefaultName

-                 );

-

-      assert (!EFI_ERROR (Status));

-

-      UqiStringLength = GetUqiNum (VarDefaultName);

-      if (PrintOrNot) {

-        if (UqiStringLength > 0) {

-          StringPrint("\nQ %04X ", UqiStringLength);

-          LogUqi(VarDefaultName);

-        } else {

-          StringPrint("\n// [No UQI] ");

-        }

-      }

-    }

-    //

-    //Record the UQi to the HiiObjList

-    //

-    Question->Uqi.HexNum = UqiStringLength;

-    Question->Uqi.Data   = VarDefaultName;

-    Question->Uqi.Type   = ORDERED_LIST;

-

-    if (PrintOrNot) {

-      StringPrint("ORDERED_LIST %04X ", Question->MaxContainers);

-

-      LogIfrValueList (

-        FormSet,

-        Question

-        );

-      StringPrint(" // ");

-      Status = FindDefaultName (

-                 &(FormSet->EnUsStringList),

-                 FormSet->UnicodeBinary,

-                 Question->Prompt,

-                 EN_US,

-                 &VarDefaultName

-                 );

-      assert (!EFI_ERROR (Status));

-      LogUnicodeString (VarDefaultName);

-      StringPrint("\n");

-    }

-    //

-    // Print ONE_OF_OPTION

-    //

-    PrintOneOfOptions (FormSet, Question);

-    break;

-

-  default:

-    break;

-  }

-

-  if (&(FormSet->EnUsStringList) == NULL &&VarDefaultName != NULL && Question->Prompt != 0) {

-    free (VarDefaultName);

-    VarDefaultName = NULL;

-  }

-

-  if (PrintOrNot && Question->Storage) {

-    StringPrint("// size = 0x%x", Question->StorageWidth);

-    StringPrint("\n// offset = 0x%x", Question->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset);

-    StringPrint("\n// name = ");

-    LogUnicodeString(Question->VariableName);

-    StringPrint("\n// guid = ");

-    StringPrint(

-      EFI_GUID_FORMAT,

-      Question->Guid.Data1,   Question->Guid.Data2,

-      Question->Guid.Data3,   Question->Guid.Data4[0],

-      Question->Guid.Data4[1],Question->Guid.Data4[2],

-      Question->Guid.Data4[3],Question->Guid.Data4[4],

-      Question->Guid.Data4[5],Question->Guid.Data4[6],

-      Question->Guid.Data4[7]

-    );

-    StringPrint("\n// attribute = 0x%x", Question->Attributes);

-    StringPrint("\n// help = ");

-    Status = FindDefaultName (

-               &(FormSet->EnUsStringList),

-               FormSet->UnicodeBinary,

-               Question->Help,

-               EN_US,

-               &VarDefaultName

-               );

-    assert (!EFI_ERROR (Status));

-    LogUnicodeString (VarDefaultName);

-    StringPrint("\n");

-    if (&(FormSet->EnUsStringList) == NULL &&VarDefaultName != NULL && Question->Help != 0) {

-      free (VarDefaultName);

-      VarDefaultName = NULL;

-    }

-  }

-

-}

-

-/**

-  Check whether current Formset or Form is NULL. If no valid questions, return FASLE.

-

-  @param  FormSet     The pointer to the formset.

-  @param  FormSet     The pointer to the form.

-  @param  IsFormSet   FormSet or Form.

-

-  @retval TRUE

-  @return FALSE

-**/

-BOOLEAN

-CheckFormSetOrFormNull (

-  IN  FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET    *FormSet,

-  IN  FORM_BROWSER_FORM       *Form,

-  IN  BOOLEAN                  IsFormSet

-  )

-{

-  LIST_ENTRY              *FormLink;

-  FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT  *Question;

-  LIST_ENTRY              *QuestionLink;

-

-  FormLink     = NULL;

-  Question     = NULL;

-  QuestionLink = NULL;

-

-  //

-  // Parse all forms in formset

-  //

-  if (IsFormSet) {

-    FormLink = GetFirstNode (&FormSet->FormListHead);

-

-    while (!IsNull (&FormSet->FormListHead, FormLink)) {

-      Form = FORM_BROWSER_FORM_FROM_LINK (FormLink);

-      //

-      // Parse five kinds of Questions in Form

-      //

-      QuestionLink = GetFirstNode (&Form->StatementListHead);

-

-      while (!IsNull (&Form->StatementListHead, QuestionLink)) {

-        Question = FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT_FROM_LINK (QuestionLink);

-        //

-        // Parse five kinds of Questions in Form

-        //

-        if ((Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP)

-          || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_OP)

-          || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_OP)

-          || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST_OP)

-          || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_STRING_OP)

-          ) {

-          if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot) {

-            //

-            // Only compare the valid EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP in multi-platform mode

-            //

-            if (Question->Type != EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP) {

-              QuestionLink = GetNextNode (&Form->StatementListHead, QuestionLink);

-              continue;

-            }

-            if (Question->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP

-              && Question->NewEfiVarstore

-              && ((Question->Attributes & EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE) == 0)) {

-              QuestionLink = GetNextNode (&Form->StatementListHead, QuestionLink);

-              continue;

-            }

-          }

-          //

-          //If invalid variable type, skip it.

-          //

-           if ((Question->Type != EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP)

-             && (Question->Type != EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_OP)) {

-             QuestionLink = GetNextNode (&Form->StatementListHead, QuestionLink);

-             continue;

-          }

-          return TRUE;

-        }

-        QuestionLink = GetNextNode (&Form->StatementListHead, QuestionLink);

-      }

-

-      FormLink = GetNextNode (&FormSet->FormListHead, FormLink);

-    }

- } else {

-   //

-   // Parse five kinds of Questions in Form

-   //

-   QuestionLink = GetFirstNode (&Form->StatementListHead);

-

-   while (!IsNull (&Form->StatementListHead, QuestionLink)) {

-     Question = FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT_FROM_LINK (QuestionLink);

-     //

-     // Parse five kinds of Questions in Form

-     //

-     if ((Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP)

-       || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_OP)

-       || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_OP)

-       || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST_OP)

-       || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_STRING_OP)

-       ) {

-       if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot) {

-         //

-         // Only compare the valid EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP in multi-platform mode

-         //

-         if (Question->Type != EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP) {

-           QuestionLink = GetNextNode (&Form->StatementListHead, QuestionLink);

-           continue;

-         }

-         if ((Question->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP)

-           && Question->NewEfiVarstore

-           && ((Question->Attributes & EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE) == 0)) {

-           QuestionLink = GetNextNode (&Form->StatementListHead, QuestionLink);

-           continue;

-         }

-       }

-       //

-       //If invalid variable type, skip it.

-       //

-       if ((Question->Type != EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP)

-         && (Question->Type != EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_OP)) {

-         QuestionLink = GetNextNode (&Form->StatementListHead, QuestionLink);

-         continue;

-       }

-       return TRUE;

-     }

-     QuestionLink = GetNextNode (&Form->StatementListHead, QuestionLink);

-   }

- }

- return FALSE;

-}

-

-/**

-  Print all ONE_OF ORDER_LIST NUMERIC STRING and CHECKBOX in all fromsets.

-

-  @param Formset        The pointer to the entry of the fromset list

-  @param Formset        The pointer to the entry of the storage list

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS   It was complete successfully

-  @return EFI_ABORTED   An error occurred

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-PrintInfoInAllFormset (

-  IN LIST_ENTRY      *FormSetEntryListHead,

-  IN LIST_ENTRY      *StorageEntryListHead

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS              Status;

-  FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET    *FormSet;

-  LIST_ENTRY              *FormSetLink;

-  LIST_ENTRY              *FormLink;

-  FORM_BROWSER_FORM       *Form;

-  FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT  *Question;

-  LIST_ENTRY              *QuestionLink;

-  FORMSET_STORAGE         *Storage;

-  CHAR8                   *VarBuffer;

-  LIST_ENTRY              *TempStorageLink;

-  UINT32                  Index;

-  BOOLEAN                 Skip;

-  BOOLEAN                 ConstantFlag;

-

-  Status          = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  FormSet         = NULL;

-  FormSetLink     = NULL;

-  FormLink        = NULL;

-  Form            = NULL;

-  Question        = NULL;

-  QuestionLink    = NULL;

-  Storage         = NULL;

-  VarBuffer       = NULL;

-  TempStorageLink = NULL;

-  Index           = 0;

-  Skip            = FALSE;

-  ConstantFlag    = TRUE;

-  //

-  // Print platformId, defaultId and platformIdUqi

-  //

-  if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot) {

-    StringPrint("\n\n// FCEKEY DEFAULT_ID:");

-    TempStorageLink = GetFirstNode (StorageEntryListHead);

-    Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (TempStorageLink);

-    for (Index = 0; Index <= Storage->DefaultPlatformIdNum; Index++) {

-      StringPrint (" %4d", Storage->DefaultId[Index]);

-    }

-    StringPrint("\n\n//FCEKEY PLATFORM_ID:");

-    for (Index = 0; Index <= Storage->DefaultPlatformIdNum; Index++) {

-      StringPrint (" %4lld", Storage->PlatformId[Index]);

-    }

-    if (mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.Data != NULL) {

-      StringPrint("\n\n//FCEKEY PLATFORM_UQI:");

-      StringPrint(" %04X ", mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.HexNum);

-      LogUqi(mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.Data);

-    }

-  }

-  FormSetLink = GetFirstNode (FormSetEntryListHead);

-  while (!IsNull (FormSetEntryListHead, FormSetLink)) {

-    FormSet = FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET_FROM_LINK (FormSetLink);

-    //

-    //Assign the new storage list

-    //

-    FormSet->StorageListHead = StorageEntryListHead;

-

-    if (CheckFormSetOrFormNull (FormSet, NULL, TRUE)) {

-      StringPrintormSetTitle (FormSet);

-    } else {

-      FormSetLink = GetNextNode (FormSetEntryListHead, FormSetLink);

-      continue;

-    }

-    //

-    // Parse all forms in formset

-    //

-    FormLink = GetFirstNode (&FormSet->FormListHead);

-

-    while (!IsNull (&FormSet->FormListHead, FormLink)) {

-      Form = FORM_BROWSER_FORM_FROM_LINK (FormLink);

-

-      if (CheckFormSetOrFormNull (NULL, Form, FALSE)) {

-        StringPrintormTitle(FormSet,Form);

-      } else {

-        FormLink = GetNextNode (&FormSet->FormListHead, FormLink);

-        continue;

-      }

-      //

-      // Parse five kinds of Questions in Form

-      //

-      QuestionLink = GetFirstNode (&Form->StatementListHead);

-

-      while (!IsNull (&Form->StatementListHead, QuestionLink)) {

-        Question = FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT_FROM_LINK (QuestionLink);

-        //

-        // Parse five kinds of Questions in Form

-        //

-        if ((Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP)

-          || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_OP)

-          || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_OP)

-          || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST_OP)

-          || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_SUBTITLE_OP)

-          || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_STRING_OP)

-          ) {

-          Skip = FALSE;

-

-          //

-          //Only output the questions stored by EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP.

-          //

-          if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot

-            && (Question->Operand != EFI_IFR_SUBTITLE_OP)

-            ) {

-            Status = SearchVarStorage (

-                       Question,

-                       NULL,

-                       Question->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset,

-                       StorageEntryListHead,

-                       (CHAR8 **)&VarBuffer,

-                       &Storage

-                     );

-

-            if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-              Skip = TRUE;

-            }

-          }

-          //

-          // If Question is constant expression and "disabledIf True", don't output it.

-          //

-          ConstantFlag    = TRUE;

-          if (!Skip && (Question->DisableExpression != NULL)) {

-            Status = EvaluateExpression (FormSet, Form, Question->DisableExpression, &ConstantFlag);

-            if (!EFI_ERROR (Status) && Question->DisableExpression->Result.Value.b && ConstantFlag) {

-              Skip = TRUE;

-            }

-          }

-

-          if (!Skip) {

-            PrintQuestion(FormSet, Form, Question, TRUE);

-          }

-        }

-        QuestionLink = GetNextNode (&Form->StatementListHead, QuestionLink);

-      }

-

-      FormLink = GetNextNode (&FormSet->FormListHead, FormLink);

-    }

-    FormSetLink = GetNextNode (FormSetEntryListHead, FormSetLink);

-  }

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/IfrParse.h b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/IfrParse.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 29a878a191..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/IfrParse.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,789 +0,0 @@
-/** @file

-

- Parser for IFR binary encoding.

-

- Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

- SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#ifndef _IFR_PARSE_H_

-#define _IFR_PARSE_H_

-

-#include "Common.h"

-#include <Common/UefiInternalFormRepresentation.h>

-#include <Common/MdeModuleHii.h>

-

-//

-// Scope for Browser action. It may be Form, FormSet or System level.

-//

-typedef enum {

-  FormLevel,

-  FormSetLevel,

-  SystemLevel,

-  MaxLevel

-} BROWSER_SETTING_SCOPE;

-

-///

-///Old EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI structure to complible with UEFI 2.3

-///

-typedef struct _EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OLD {

-  EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER        Header;

-  EFI_VARSTORE_ID          VarStoreId;

-  EFI_GUID                 Guid;

-  UINT32                   Attributes;

-} EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OLD;

-

-///

-/// The languages used in HII DB

-///

-typedef enum {

-  UQI,

-  EN_US,

-  ENG

-} LANGUAGE;

-

-///

-/// Define the structure for the parameters of Uqi and Uqi List

-///

-typedef struct _FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT;

-

-typedef enum {

-  ONE_OF,

-  NUMERIC,

-  CHECKBOX,

-  STRING,

-  ORDERED_LIST

-} QUEST_TYPE;

-

-typedef struct {

-  UINT16      *DefaultId;

-  UINT64      *PlatformId;

-  UINT32      IdNum;

-  UINT32      HexNum;

-  QUEST_TYPE  Type;

-  CHAR16      *Data;

-  UINT8       *Value;

-  UINT8       *DiffValue;

-  UINT32      ScriptsLine;

-  FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Question;

-} UQI_HEADER;

-

-typedef struct _UQI_PARAM_LIST {

-  struct _UQI_PARAM_LIST   *Next;

-  UQI_HEADER               Header;

-  BOOLEAN                  ParseOrNot;

-  BOOLEAN                  SameOrNot;

-  BOOLEAN                  ErrorOrNot;

-  CHAR8                    *Error;

-} UQI_PARAM_LIST;

-

-//

-// Incremental size of stack for expression

-//

-#define EXPRESSION_STACK_SIZE_INCREMENT    0x100

-

-//

-// IFR relative definition

-//

-#define EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_INCONSISTENT_IF   0

-#define EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_NO_SUBMIT_IF      1

-#define EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_GRAY_OUT_IF       2

-#define EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_SUPPRESS_IF       3

-#define EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_DISABLE_IF        4

-#define EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_VALUE             5

-#define EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_RULE              6

-#define EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_READ              7

-#define EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_WRITE             8

-#define EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_WARNING_IF        9

-

-#define EFI_HII_VARSTORE_BUFFER              0

-#define EFI_HII_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE          1

-#define EFI_HII_VARSTORE_EFI_VARIABLE        2

-#define EFI_HII_VARSTORE_EFI_VARIABLE_BUFFER 3

-

-#define FORM_INCONSISTENT_VALIDATION         0

-#define FORM_NO_SUBMIT_VALIDATION            1

-

-typedef struct {

-  //

-  // HII Data Type

-  //

-  UINT8               Type;

-  //

-  // Buffer Data and Length if Type is EFI_IFR_TYPE_BUFFER or EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING

-  //

-  UINT8               *Buffer;

-  UINT16              BufferLen;

-  EFI_IFR_TYPE_VALUE  Value;

-} EFI_HII_VALUE;

-

-#define NAME_VALUE_NODE_SIGNATURE  SIGNATURE_32 ('N', 'V', 'S', 'T')

-

-typedef struct {

-  UINTN            Signature;

-  LIST_ENTRY       Link;

-  CHAR16           *Name;

-  CHAR16           *Value;

-  CHAR16           *EditValue;

-} NAME_VALUE_NODE;

-

-#define NAME_VALUE_NODE_FROM_LINK(a)  CR (a, NAME_VALUE_NODE, Link, NAME_VALUE_NODE_SIGNATURE)

-

-#define FORMSET_STORAGE_SIGNATURE  SIGNATURE_32 ('F', 'S', 'T', 'G')

-

-typedef struct {

-  UINTN            Signature;

-  LIST_ENTRY       Link;

-

-  UINT16           DefaultId[MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM];

-  UINT64           PlatformId[MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM];

-  UINT32           DefaultPlatformIdNum;

-  UINT32           FormSetOrder;

-

-  BOOLEAN          NewEfiVarstore; //EfiVarStore for UEFI 2.31 or not

-  BOOLEAN          Skip;           //Flag for sorting out the variables

-

-  UINT8            Type;           // Storage type

-

-  UINT16           VarStoreId;

-  EFI_GUID         Guid;

-

-  CHAR16           *Name;          // For EFI_IFR_VARSTORE

-  UINT16           Size;

-  UINT8            *Buffer;

-

-  LIST_ENTRY       NameValueListHead; // List of NAME_VALUE_NODE

-

-  UINT32           Attributes;     // For EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI: EFI Variable attribute

-} FORMSET_STORAGE;

-

-#define FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK(a)  CR (a, FORMSET_STORAGE, Link, FORMSET_STORAGE_SIGNATURE)

-

-typedef union {

-  EFI_STRING_ID         VarName;

-  UINT16                VarOffset;

-} VAR_STORE_INFO;

-

-#define EXPRESSION_OPCODE_SIGNATURE  SIGNATURE_32 ('E', 'X', 'O', 'P')

-

-typedef struct {

-  UINTN             Signature;

-  LIST_ENTRY        Link;

-

-  UINT8             Operand;

-

-  UINT8             Format;      // For EFI_IFR_TO_STRING, EFI_IFR_FIND

-  UINT8             Flags;       // For EFI_IFR_SPAN

-  UINT8             RuleId;      // For EFI_IFR_RULE_REF

-

-  EFI_HII_VALUE     Value;       // For EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_VAL, EFI_IFR_UINT64, EFI_IFR_UINT32, EFI_IFR_UINT16, EFI_IFR_UINT8, EFI_IFR_STRING_REF1

-

-  EFI_QUESTION_ID   QuestionId;  // For EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_ID, EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_VAL_LIST, EFI_IFR_QUESTION_REF1

-  EFI_QUESTION_ID   QuestionId2;

-

-  UINT16            ListLength;  // For EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_VAL_LIST

-  UINT16            *ValueList;

-

-  EFI_STRING_ID     DevicePath;  // For EFI_IFR_QUESTION_REF3_2, EFI_IFR_QUESTION_REF3_3

-  EFI_GUID          Guid;

-

-  FORMSET_STORAGE   *VarStorage; // For EFI_IFR_SET, EFI_IFR_GET

-  VAR_STORE_INFO    VarStoreInfo;// For EFI_IFR_SET, EFI_IFR_GET

-  UINT8             ValueType;   // For EFI_IFR_SET, EFI_IFR_GET

-  UINT8             ValueWidth;  // For EFI_IFR_SET, EFI_IFR_GET

-  CHAR16            *ValueName;  // For EFI_IFR_SET, EFI_IFR_GET

-  LIST_ENTRY        MapExpressionList;   // nested expressions inside of Map opcode.

-} EXPRESSION_OPCODE;

-

-#define EXPRESSION_OPCODE_FROM_LINK(a)  CR (a, EXPRESSION_OPCODE, Link, EXPRESSION_OPCODE_SIGNATURE)

-

-#define FORM_EXPRESSION_SIGNATURE  SIGNATURE_32 ('F', 'E', 'X', 'P')

-

-typedef struct {

-  UINTN             Signature;

-  LIST_ENTRY        Link;

-

-  UINT8             Type;            // Type for this expression

-

-  UINT8             RuleId;          // For EFI_IFR_RULE only

-  EFI_STRING_ID     Error;           // For EFI_IFR_NO_SUBMIT_IF, EFI_IFR_INCONSISTENT_IF only

-

-  EFI_HII_VALUE     Result;          // Expression evaluation result

-  UINT8             TimeOut;         // For EFI_IFR_WARNING_IF

-

-  LIST_ENTRY        OpCodeListHead;  // OpCodes consist of this expression (EXPRESSION_OPCODE)

-} FORM_EXPRESSION;

-

-#define FORM_EXPRESSION_FROM_LINK(a)  CR (a, FORM_EXPRESSION, Link, FORM_EXPRESSION_SIGNATURE)

-

-#define QUESTION_DEFAULT_SIGNATURE  SIGNATURE_32 ('Q', 'D', 'F', 'T')

-

-typedef struct {

-  UINTN               Signature;

-  LIST_ENTRY          Link;

-

-  UINT16              DefaultId;

-  EFI_HII_VALUE       Value;              // Default value

-

-  FORM_EXPRESSION     *ValueExpression;   // Not-NULL indicates default value is provided by EFI_IFR_VALUE

-} QUESTION_DEFAULT;

-

-#define QUESTION_DEFAULT_FROM_LINK(a)  CR (a, QUESTION_DEFAULT, Link, QUESTION_DEFAULT_SIGNATURE)

-

-#define QUESTION_OPTION_SIGNATURE  SIGNATURE_32 ('Q', 'O', 'P', 'T')

-

-typedef struct {

-  UINTN               Signature;

-  LIST_ENTRY          Link;

-

-  EFI_STRING_ID       Text;

-  UINT8               Flags;

-  EFI_HII_VALUE       Value;

-

-  FORM_EXPRESSION     *SuppressExpression; // Non-NULL indicates nested inside of SuppressIf

-} QUESTION_OPTION;

-

-#define QUESTION_OPTION_FROM_LINK(a)  CR (a, QUESTION_OPTION, Link, QUESTION_OPTION_SIGNATURE)

-

-#define FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT_SIGNATURE  SIGNATURE_32 ('F', 'S', 'T', 'A')

-

-struct _FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT {

-  UINTN                 Signature;

-  LIST_ENTRY            Link;

-  UINT8                 Operand;          // The operand (first byte) of this Statement or Question

-

-  UQI_HEADER            Uqi;

-  UINT32                FormSetOrder;

-  EFI_GUID              Guid;

-  UINT8                 Type;           // Storage type

-  BOOLEAN               NewEfiVarstore; //EfiVarStore for UEFI 2.31 or not

-  UINT32                Attributes;     // For EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI: EFI Variable attribute

-  BOOLEAN               QuestionReferToBitField;// Whether the question is stored in a bit field.

-  //

-  // Statement Header

-  //

-  EFI_STRING_ID         Prompt;

-  EFI_STRING_ID         Help;

-  EFI_STRING_ID         TextTwo;          // For EFI_IFR_TEXT

-

-  //

-  // Question Header

-  //

-  EFI_QUESTION_ID       QuestionId;       // The value of zero is reserved

-  EFI_VARSTORE_ID       VarStoreId;       // A value of zero indicates no variable storage

-  FORMSET_STORAGE       *Storage;

-  VAR_STORE_INFO        VarStoreInfo;

-  UINT16                StorageWidth;

-  UINT16                BitStorageWidth;

-  UINT16                BitVarOffset;

-  UINT8                 QuestionFlags;

-  CHAR16                *VariableName;    // Name/Value or EFI Variable name

-

-  EFI_HII_VALUE         HiiValue;         // Edit copy for checkbox, numberic, oneof

-  UINT8                 *BufferValue;     // Edit copy for string, password, orderedlist

-  UINT8                 ValueType;        // Data type for orderedlist value array

-

-  //

-  // OpCode specific members

-  //

-  UINT8                 Flags;            // for EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX, EFI_IFR_DATE, EFI_IFR_NUMERIC, EFI_IFR_ONE_OF,

-                                          // EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST, EFI_IFR_STRING,EFI_IFR_SUBTITLE,EFI_IFR_TIME, EFI_IFR_BANNER

-  UINT8                 MaxContainers;    // for EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST

-

-  UINT16                BannerLineNumber; // for EFI_IFR_BANNER, 1-based line number

-

-  UINT64                Minimum;          // for EFI_IFR_ONE_OF/EFI_IFR_NUMERIC, it's Min/Max value

-  UINT64                Maximum;          // for EFI_IFR_STRING/EFI_IFR_PASSWORD, it's Min/Max length

-  UINT64                Step;

-

-  EFI_DEFAULT_ID        DefaultId;        // for EFI_IFR_RESET_BUTTON

-  EFI_GUID              RefreshGuid;      // for EFI_IFR_REFRESH_ID

-

-  //

-  // Get from IFR parsing

-  //

-  FORM_EXPRESSION       *ValueExpression;    // nested EFI_IFR_VALUE, provide Question value and indicate Question is ReadOnly

-  LIST_ENTRY            DefaultListHead;     // nested EFI_IFR_DEFAULT list (QUESTION_DEFAULT), provide default values

-  LIST_ENTRY            OptionListHead;      // nested EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION list (QUESTION_OPTION)

-

-  EFI_IMAGE_ID          ImageId;             // nested EFI_IFR_IMAGE

-  UINT8                 RefreshInterval;     // nested EFI_IFR_REFRESH, refresh interval(in seconds) for Question value, 0 means no refresh

-  BOOLEAN               InSubtitle;          // nesting inside of EFI_IFR_SUBTITLE

-

-  LIST_ENTRY            InconsistentListHead;// nested inconsistent expression list (FORM_EXPRESSION)

-  LIST_ENTRY            NoSubmitListHead;    // nested nosubmit expression list (FORM_EXPRESSION)

-  LIST_ENTRY            WarningListHead;     // nested warning expression list (FORM_EXPRESSION)

-  FORM_EXPRESSION       *GrayOutExpression;  // nesting inside of GrayOutIf

-  FORM_EXPRESSION       *SuppressExpression; // nesting inside of SuppressIf

-  FORM_EXPRESSION       *DisableExpression;  // nesting inside of DisableIf

-

-  FORM_EXPRESSION       *ReadExpression;     // nested EFI_IFR_READ, provide this question value by read expression.

-  FORM_EXPRESSION       *WriteExpression;    // nested EFI_IFR_WRITE, evaluate write expression after this question value is set.

-};

-

-#define FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT_FROM_LINK(a)  CR (a, FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT, Link, FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT_SIGNATURE)

-

-#define FORM_BROWSER_FORM_SIGNATURE  SIGNATURE_32 ('F', 'F', 'R', 'M')

-#define STANDARD_MAP_FORM_TYPE 0x01

-

-typedef struct {

-  UINTN             Signature;

-  LIST_ENTRY        Link;

-

-  UINT16            FormId;               // FormId of normal form or formmap form.

-  EFI_STRING_ID     FormTitle;            // FormTile of normal form, or FormMapMethod title of formmap form.

-  UINT16            FormType;             // Specific form type for the different form.

-

- BOOLEAN            ModalForm;            // Whether this is a modal form.

-  LIST_ENTRY        ExpressionListHead;   // List of Expressions (FORM_EXPRESSION)

-  LIST_ENTRY        StatementListHead;    // List of Statements and Questions (FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT)

-  FORM_EXPRESSION   *SuppressExpression;  // nesting inside of SuppressIf

-} FORM_BROWSER_FORM;

-

-#define FORM_BROWSER_FORM_FROM_LINK(a)  CR (a, FORM_BROWSER_FORM, Link, FORM_BROWSER_FORM_SIGNATURE)

-

-#define FORMSET_DEFAULTSTORE_SIGNATURE  SIGNATURE_32 ('F', 'D', 'F', 'S')

-

-typedef struct {

-  UINTN            Signature;

-  LIST_ENTRY       Link;

-

-  UINT16           DefaultId;

-  EFI_STRING_ID    DefaultName;

-} FORMSET_DEFAULTSTORE;

-

-#define STRING_NUMBER 100

-

-typedef struct {

-  EFI_STRING_ID    StringId;

-  CHAR16           *String;

-} STRING_INFO;

-

-typedef struct {

-  EFI_STRING_ID    CachedIdNum;

-  EFI_STRING_ID    MaxIdNum;

-  STRING_INFO      *StringInfoList;

-} FORMSET_STRING_LIST;

-

-#define FORMSET_DEFAULTSTORE_FROM_LINK(a)  CR (a, FORMSET_DEFAULTSTORE, Link, FORMSET_DEFAULTSTORE_SIGNATURE)

-

-#define FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET_SIGNATURE  SIGNATURE_32 ('F', 'B', 'F', 'S')

-

-typedef struct {

-  UINTN                           Signature;

-  LIST_ENTRY                      Link;

-

-  UINT32                          FormSetOrder;

-

-  UINTN                           IfrBinaryLength;

-  UINT8                           *IfrBinaryData;

-  UINT8                           *UnicodeBinary;

-

-  EFI_GUID                        Guid;

-  EFI_STRING_ID                   FormSetTitle;

-  EFI_STRING_ID                   Help;

-  UINT8                           NumberOfClassGuid;

-  EFI_GUID                        ClassGuid[3];         // Up to three ClassGuid

-  UINT16                          Class;                // Tiano extended Class code

-  UINT16                          SubClass;             // Tiano extended Subclass code

-

-  FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT          *StatementBuffer;     // Buffer for all Statements and Questions

-  EXPRESSION_OPCODE               *ExpressionBuffer;    // Buffer for all Expression OpCode

-

-  LIST_ENTRY                      *StorageListHead;      // Storage list (FORMSET_STORAGE)

-  LIST_ENTRY                      DefaultStoreListHead; // DefaultStore list (FORMSET_DEFAULTSTORE)

-  LIST_ENTRY                      FormListHead;         // Form list (FORM_BROWSER_FORM)

-  LIST_ENTRY                      ExpressionListHead;   // List of Expressions (FORM_EXPRESSION)

-  FORMSET_STRING_LIST             EnUsStringList;      // Cache EN_US English list

-  FORMSET_STRING_LIST             UqiStringList;       // Cache EN_US English list

-} FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET;

-

-#define FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET_FROM_LINK(a)  CR (a, FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET, Link, FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET_SIGNATURE)

-

-///

-/// Structure for multi-platform support

-///

-typedef struct {

-  UINT16                 DefaultId[MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM];

-  UINT16                 DefaultIdNum;

-  UINT64                 PlatformId[MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM];

-  UINT16                 PlatformIdNum;

-  UINT16                 KeyDefaultId[MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM];

-  UINT64                 KeyPlatformId[MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM];

-  UINT16                 KeyIdNum;

-  FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT PlatformIdQuestion;

-  FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Question;

-  UINT16                 PlatformIdWidth;

-  UQI_HEADER             Uqi;

-  BOOLEAN                MultiPlatformOrNot;

-  BOOLEAN                ExistStorageFfsInBfv;

-  BOOLEAN                SizeOptimized;

-  BOOLEAN                SizeOptimizedParam;

-} MULTI_PLATFORM_PARAMETERS;

-

-/**

-  Search the variable list according to the variable Guid and name, and return the pointer

-  of that Node.

-

-  @param  HiiObjList       The pointer to the Question

-  @param  VarName          The EFI variable name need to be updated to VarList

-  @param  Offset           The offset of the variable

-  @param  StorageListHead  The pointer to the LIST_ENTRY of Storage

-  @param  Vaue             The value in that value offset of the variable

-  @param  VarList          The dual pointer of Varlist

-

-  @return EFI_SUCCESS

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SearchVarStorage (

-  IN     FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT   *Question,

-  IN     CHAR16*                  VarName,

-  IN     UINT32                   Offset,

-  IN     LIST_ENTRY               *StorageListHead,

-  IN OUT CHAR8                    **Value,

-  IN OUT FORMSET_STORAGE          **VarList

-  );

-

-/**

-  Get the string based on the StringId and HII Package List Handle.

-

-  @param  Token                  The String's ID.

-  @param  HiiHandle              The package list in the HII database to search for

-                                 the specified string.

-

-  @return The output string.

-

-**/

-CHAR16 *

-GetToken (

-  IN  EFI_STRING_ID                Token,

-  IN  UINT8                        *UniPackge

-  );

-

-/**

-  Free resources allocated for all Storage in an LIST_ENTRY.

-

-  @param  FormSet                Pointer of the FormSet

-

-**/

-VOID

-DestroyAllStorage (

-  IN LIST_ENTRY    *StorageEntryListHead

-  );

-

-

-/**

-  Free resources allocated for a FormSet.

-

-  @param  FormSet                Pointer of the FormSet

-

-**/

-VOID

-DestroyFormSet (

-  IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET  *FormSet

-  );

-

-

-/**

-  Free resources allocated for all FormSet in an LIST_ENTRY.

-

-  @param  FormSet                Pointer of the FormSet

-

-**/

-VOID

-DestroyAllFormSet (

-  IN LIST_ENTRY    *FormSetEntryListHead

-  );

-

-/**

-  Parse opcodes in the formset IFR binary.

-

-  @param  FormSet                Pointer of the FormSet data structure.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            Opcode parse success.

-  @retval Other                  Opcode parse fail.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-ParseOpCodes (

-  IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET        *FormSet

-  );

-

-/**

-  Set the value to the variable of platformId question.

-

-  @param  PlatformId             The form set.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            Set successfully.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-AssignThePlatformId (

-  IN  UINT64   PlatformId

-  );

-

-

-/**

-  Reset Questions to their default value in a Form, Formset or System.

-

-  @param  FormSet                FormSet data structure.

-  @param  Form                   Form data structure.

-  @param  DefaultId              The default Id

-  @param  PlatformId             The platform Id

-  @param  SettingScope           Setting Scope for Default action.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The function completed successfully.

-  @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED        Unsupport SettingScope.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-ExtractDefault (

-  IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET             *FormSet,

-  IN FORM_BROWSER_FORM                *Form,

-  IN UINT16                           DefaultId,

-  IN UINT64                           PlatformId,

-  IN BROWSER_SETTING_SCOPE            SettingScope

-  );

-

-

-/**

-  Reset stack pointer to begin of the stack.

-

-**/

-VOID

-ResetCurrentExpressionStack (

-  VOID

-  );

-

-

-/**

-  Push current expression onto the Stack

-

-  @param  Pointer                Pointer to current expression.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The value was pushed onto the stack.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES   There is not enough system memory to grow the stack.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-PushCurrentExpression (

-  IN VOID  *Pointer

-  );

-

-

-/**

-  Pop current expression from the Stack

-

-  @param  Pointer                Pointer to current expression to be pop.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The value was pushed onto the stack.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES   There is not enough system memory to grow the stack.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-PopCurrentExpression (

-  OUT VOID    **Pointer

-  );

-

-/**

-  Reset stack pointer to begin of the stack.

-

-**/

-VOID

-ResetMapExpressionListStack (

-  VOID

-  );

-

-

-/**

-  Push the list of map expression onto the Stack

-

-  @param  Pointer                Pointer to the list of map expression to be pushed.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The value was pushed onto the stack.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES   There is not enough system memory to grow the stack.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-PushMapExpressionList (

-  IN VOID  *Pointer

-  );

-

-

-/**

-  Pop the list of map expression from the Stack

-

-  @param  Pointer                Pointer to the list of map expression to be pop.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The value was pushed onto the stack.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES   There is not enough system memory to grow the stack.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-PopMapExpressionList (

-  OUT VOID    **Pointer

-  );

-

-/**

-  Reset stack pointer to begin of the stack.

-

-**/

-VOID

-ResetScopeStack (

-  VOID

-  );

-

-

-/**

-  Push an Operand onto the Stack

-

-  @param  Operand                Operand to push.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The value was pushed onto the stack.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES   There is not enough system memory to grow the

-                                 stack.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-PushScope (

-  IN UINT8   Operand

-  );

-

-

-/**

-  Pop an Operand from the Stack

-

-  @param  Operand                Operand to pop.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The value was pushed onto the stack.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES   There is not enough system memory to grow the

-                                 stack.

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-PopScope (

-  OUT UINT8     *Operand

-  );

-

-

-/**

-  Zero extend integer/boolean/date/time to UINT64 for comparing.

-

-  @param  Value                  HII Value to be converted.

-

-**/

-VOID

-ExtendValueToU64 (

-  IN  EFI_HII_VALUE   *Value

-  );

-

-

-/**

-  Compare two Hii value.

-

-  @param  Value1                 Expression value to compare on left-hand.

-  @param  Value2                 Expression value to compare on right-hand.

-

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER  Could not perform compare on two values.

-  @retval 0                      Two operators equal.

-  @return Positive value if Value1 is greater than Value2.

-  @retval Negative value if Value1 is less than Value2.

-

-**/

-INTN

-CompareHiiValue (

-  IN  EFI_HII_VALUE        *Value1,

-  IN  EFI_HII_VALUE        *Value2,

-  IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET  *FormSet

-  );

-

-/**

-  Evaluate the result of a HII expression.

-

-  If Expression is NULL, then ASSERT.

-

-  @param  FormSet                FormSet associated with this expression.

-  @param  Form                   Form associated with this expression.

-  @param  Expression             Expression to be evaluated.

-  @param  ConstantExpression     The pointer to the flag of constant expression. If constant, will return TRUE.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS            The expression evaluated successfuly

-  @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND          The Question which referenced by a QuestionId

-                                 could not be found.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES   There is not enough system memory to grow the

-                                 stack.

-  @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED      The pop operation underflowed the stack

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER  Syntax error with the Expression

-

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-EvaluateExpression (

-  IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET  *FormSet,

-  IN FORM_BROWSER_FORM     *Form,

-  IN OUT FORM_EXPRESSION   *Expression,

-  IN OUT BOOLEAN           *ConstantExpression

-  );

-

-/**

-  Compare two Uqi parameters

-

-  @param UqiParm1       The pointer to the first Uqi parameter.

-  @param UqiParm2       The pointer to the second Uqi parameter.

-

-  @retval TRUE          If these two Uqi parameters are the same, return TRUE;

-  @return FALSE         Otherwise, return FALSE;

-**/

-BOOLEAN

-CompareUqiHeader (

-  IN  CONST UQI_HEADER  *UqiParm1,

-  IN  CONST UQI_HEADER  *UqiParm2

-  );

-

-

-/**

-  Print all ONE_OF ORDER_LIST NUMERIC STRING and CHECKBOX in all fromsets.

-

-  @param Formset        The pointer to the entry of the fromset list

-  @param Formset        The pointer to the entry of the storage list

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS   It was complete successfully

-  @return EFI_ABORTED   An error occurred

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-PrintInfoInAllFormset (

-  IN LIST_ENTRY      *FormSetEntryListHead,

-  IN LIST_ENTRY      *StorageEntryListHead

-  );

-

- /**

-  Get the question value with bit field from the buffer.

-

-  @param  Question        The question refer to bit field.

-  @param  Buffer          The buffer which the question value get from.

-  @param  Value           Retun the value.

-

-**/

-VOID

-GetBitsQuestionValue(

-  IN  FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Question,

-  IN  UINT8                  *Buffer,

-  OUT UINT32                 *Value

-  );

-

-/**

-  Set the question value with bit field to the buffer.

-

-  @param  Question        The question refer to bit field.

-  @param  Buffer          The buffer which the question value set to.

-  @param  Value           The value need to set.

-

-**/

-VOID

-SetBitsQuestionValue (

-  IN FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Question,

-  IN UINT8                  *Buffer,

-  IN UINT32                 Value

-  );

-

-#endif

diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Makefile b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index cc33a42a42..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-## @file

-#

-# Windows makefile for 'FCE' module build.

-#

-#Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

-#SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-#

-##

-

-!INCLUDE $(EDK_TOOLS_PATH)\Source\C\Makefiles\ms.common

-

-APPNAME = FCE

-

-LIBS = $(LIB_PATH)\Common.lib

-

-OBJECTS =  Fce.obj Variable.obj TimeBasedVariable.obj MonotonicBasedVariable.obj IfrParse.obj Common.obj BinaryParse.obj BinaryCreate.obj Expression.obj

-

-!INCLUDE $(EDK_TOOLS_PATH)\Source\C\Makefiles\ms.app

-

diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/MonotonicBasedVariable.c b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/MonotonicBasedVariable.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d35bffab6..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/MonotonicBasedVariable.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,874 +0,0 @@
-/** @file

-

- Read and edit the authenticated variables.

-

- Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

- SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#include "Fce.h"

-#include "MonotonicBasedVariable.h"

-

-extern LIST_ENTRY                  mAllVarListEntry;

-extern MULTI_PLATFORM_PARAMETERS   mMultiPlatformParam;

-extern G_EFI_FD_INFO               gEfiFdInfo;

-EFI_GUID  gEfiAuthenticatedVariableGuid     = EFI_AUTHENTICATED_VARIABLE_GUID;

-/**

-

-  Gets the pointer to the first variable header in given variable store area.

-

-  @param VarStoreHeader  Pointer to the Variable Store Header.

-

-  @return Pointer to the first variable header.

-

-**/

-static

-VARIABLE_HEADER *

-GetStartPointer (

-  IN VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER       *VarStoreHeader

-  )

-{

-  //

-  // The end of variable store.

-  //

-  return (VARIABLE_HEADER *) HEADER_ALIGN (VarStoreHeader + 1);

-}

-

-/**

-

-  Gets the pointer to the end of the variable storage area.

-

-  This function gets pointer to the end of the variable storage

-  area, according to the input variable store header.

-

-  @param VarStoreHeader  Pointer to the Variable Store Header.

-

-  @return Pointer to the end of the variable storage area.

-

-**/

-static

-VARIABLE_HEADER *

-GetEndPointer (

-  IN VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER       *VarStoreHeader

-  )

-{

-  //

-  // The end of variable store

-  //

-  return (VARIABLE_HEADER *) HEADER_ALIGN ((UINTN) VarStoreHeader + VarStoreHeader->Size);

-}

-

-

-/**

-

-  This code checks if variable header is valid or not.

-

-  @param Variable        Pointer to the Variable Header.

-

-  @retval TRUE           Variable header is valid.

-  @retval FALSE          Variable header is not valid.

-

-**/

-static

-BOOLEAN

-IsValidVariableHeader (

-  IN  VARIABLE_HEADER   *Variable

-  )

-{

-  if ((Variable == NULL) || (Variable->StartId != VARIABLE_DATA)) {

-    return FALSE;

-  }

-

-  return TRUE;

-}

-

-/**

-

-  This code gets the size of name of variable.

-

-  @param Variable        Pointer to the Variable Header.

-

-  @return UINTN          Size of variable in bytes.

-

-**/

-static

-UINTN

-NameSizeOfVariable (

-  IN  VARIABLE_HEADER   *Variable

-  )

-{

-  if ((Variable->State    == (UINT8) (-1)) ||

-      (Variable->DataSize == (UINT32) (-1)) ||

-      (Variable->NameSize == (UINT32) (-1)) ||

-      (Variable->Attributes == (UINT32) (-1))

-      ) {

-    return 0;

-  }

-  return (UINTN) Variable->NameSize;

-}

-

-/**

-

-  This code gets the size of variable data.

-

-  @param Variable        Pointer to the Variable Header.

-

-  @return Size of variable in bytes.

-

-**/

-static

-UINTN

-DataSizeOfVariable (

-  IN  VARIABLE_HEADER   *Variable

-  )

-{

-  if ((Variable->State    == (UINT8)  (-1)) ||

-      (Variable->DataSize == (UINT32) (-1)) ||

-      (Variable->NameSize == (UINT32) (-1)) ||

-      (Variable->Attributes == (UINT32) (-1))

-      ) {

-    return 0;

-  }

-  return (UINTN) Variable->DataSize;

-}

-

-/**

-

-  This code gets the pointer to the variable name.

-

-  @param Variable        Pointer to the Variable Header.

-

-  @return Pointer to Variable Name which is Unicode encoding.

-

-**/

-static

-CHAR16 *

-GetVariableNamePtr (

-  IN  VARIABLE_HEADER   *Variable

-  )

-{

-  return (CHAR16 *) (Variable + 1);

-}

-

-/**

-

-  This code gets the pointer to the variable data.

-

-  @param Variable        Pointer to the Variable Header.

-

-  @return Pointer to Variable Data.

-

-**/

-static

-UINT8 *

-GetVariableDataPtr (

-  IN  VARIABLE_HEADER   *Variable

-  )

-{

-  UINTN Value;

-

-  //

-  // Be careful about pad size for alignment.

-  //

-  Value =  (UINTN) GetVariableNamePtr (Variable);

-  Value += NameSizeOfVariable (Variable);

-  Value += GET_PAD_SIZE (NameSizeOfVariable (Variable));

-

-  return (UINT8 *) Value;

-}

-

-/**

-

-  This code gets the pointer to the next variable header.

-

-  @param Variable        Pointer to the Variable Header.

-

-  @return Pointer to next variable header.

-

-**/

-static

-VARIABLE_HEADER *

-GetNextVariablePtr (

-  IN  VARIABLE_HEADER   *Variable

-  )

-{

-  UINTN Value;

-

-  if (!IsValidVariableHeader (Variable)) {

-    return NULL;

-  }

-

-  Value =  (UINTN) GetVariableDataPtr (Variable);

-  Value += DataSizeOfVariable (Variable);

-  Value += GET_PAD_SIZE (DataSizeOfVariable (Variable));

-

-  //

-  // Be careful about pad size for alignment.

-  //

-  return (VARIABLE_HEADER *) HEADER_ALIGN (Value);

-}

-

-/**

-  Search and get a free space in the EFI variable zone

-

-  @param VariableStoreHeader       The start of a EFI variable zone.

-  @param VarListSize               The size of a variables needs to be allocated.

-  @param FreeBeginVar              The dual pointer to the free NV space.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS              Return the beginning of a free variable space.

-  @retval RETURN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL  Failed.

-**/

-static

-EFI_STATUS

-GetVariableVar (

-  IN      VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER  *VariableStoreHeader,

-  IN      UINT32                 VarListSize,

-  IN OUT  CHAR8                  **FreeBeginVar

-)

-{

-  BOOLEAN          Flag;

-  VARIABLE_HEADER  *Variable;

-  VARIABLE_HEADER  *EndOfVariable;

-  CHAR8            *BeginVar;

-

-  BeginVar      = NULL;

-  Flag          = FALSE;

-  Variable      = NULL;

-  EndOfVariable = NULL;

-  *FreeBeginVar = NULL;

-

-  if (VariableStoreHeader == NULL) {

-    *FreeBeginVar = NULL;

-    return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-  Variable      = GetStartPointer (VariableStoreHeader);

-  EndOfVariable = GetEndPointer(VariableStoreHeader);

-  //

-  //Search the beginning of free NV

-  //

-  while (Variable != EndOfVariable) {

-    BeginVar = (CHAR8 *)Variable;

-    Variable = GetNextVariablePtr (Variable);

-    if (Variable == NULL) {

-      Flag = TRUE;

-      break;

-    }

-  }

-  //

-  // Check whether the free space is more than what we want

-  //

-  if ((CHAR8 *)BeginVar + VarListSize > (CHAR8 *)EndOfVariable) {

-    return RETURN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;

-  }

-  //

-  // If not find the available space, return NULL

-  //

-  if (!Flag) {

-    return RETURN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;

-  }

-  *FreeBeginVar = BeginVar;

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Search whether the variable in VarList has existed in current NV.

-

-  Parse the FFS or Fd image, and find the valid variable pointer.

-

-  @param VariableStoreHeader    The start of a EFI variable zone.

-  @param VarList                The pointer to the VarList

-

-  @retval address               If the variable existed in current NV, return address

-  @return NULL                  Otherwise, return NULL

-**/

-static

-VARIABLE_HEADER  *

-FindVariableInNv (

-  IN     VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER  *VariableStoreHeader,

-  IN     FORMSET_STORAGE        *Storage

-  )

-{

-  BOOLEAN          Flag;

-  VARIABLE_HEADER  *Variable;

-  VARIABLE_HEADER  *EndOfVariable;

-  CHAR16           *VariableName;

-

-  Flag            = FALSE;

-  Variable        = NULL;

-  EndOfVariable   = NULL;

-  VariableName    = NULL;

-

-  if ((VariableStoreHeader == NULL) || (Storage == NULL) || (Storage->Name == NULL)) {

-    return NULL;

-  }

-  Variable      = GetStartPointer (VariableStoreHeader);

-  EndOfVariable = GetEndPointer(VariableStoreHeader);

-  //

-  // Parse and compare the variable in the NV space one by one

-  //

-  while ((Variable != EndOfVariable) && (Variable != NULL)) {

-    VariableName = (CHAR16 *)((CHAR8 *)Variable + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER));

-    if (!CompareGuid (&Variable->VendorGuid, &Storage->Guid) \

-      && !FceStrCmp (Storage->Name, VariableName) \

-      && (Variable->State == VAR_ADDED)) {

-      Flag = TRUE;

-      break;

-    }

-    Variable = GetNextVariablePtr (Variable);

-  }

-  if (!Flag) {

-    return NULL;

-  }

-  return Variable;

-}

-

-/**

-  Exchange the data between Efi variable and the data of VarList when the

-  variable use the authenticated variable header

-

-  If VarToList is TRUE, copy the efi variable data to the VarList; Otherwise,

-  update the data from varlist to efi variable.

-

-  @param VarToList          The flag to control the direction of exchange.

-  @param StorageListHead    Decide which variale list be updated

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           Get the address successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  No available in the EFI variable zone.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid variable name.

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-SynAuthEfiVariable (

-  IN  BOOLEAN     VarToList,

-  IN  LIST_ENTRY  *StorageListHead

-  )

-{

-  EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER    *VarAddr;

-  LIST_ENTRY                    *StorageLink;

-  FORMSET_STORAGE               *Storage;

-  EFI_STATUS                    Status;

-  CHAR8                         *NewAvailableAddr;

-  CHAR8                         *DataBase;

-  VARIABLE_HEADER               *VariableHeader;

-  VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER         *VariableStoreHeader;

-  UINTN                         VarNameSize;

-

-  Status              = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  DataBase            = NULL;

-  NewAvailableAddr    = NULL;

-  VarNameSize         = 0;

-  VariableHeader      = NULL;

-  VarAddr             = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER   *) gEfiFdInfo.EfiVariableAddr;

-  VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *)((CHAR8 *)VarAddr + VarAddr->HeaderLength);

-  //

-  //Parse the variable range, and check whether there is some existed ones.

-  //

-  StorageLink = GetFirstNode (StorageListHead);

-  while (!IsNull (StorageListHead, StorageLink)) {

-    Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);

-     //

-     // Ignore the invalid varlist node

-     //

-     if (Storage->Buffer == NULL) {

-      StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);

-      continue;

-     }

-     //

-     // Report error, if the variable name is invalid.

-     //

-     if ((Storage->Name == NULL) || (FceStrLen(Storage->Name) == 0)) {

-       printf ("Error. One variable name is NULL. Its GUID is: ");

-       PrintGuid(&(Storage->Guid));

-       return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-     }

-     VariableHeader = FindVariableInNv (

-                        VariableStoreHeader,

-                        Storage

-                        );

-

-   if (VarToList) {

-     //

-     //Copy the data from NV to the VarList.

-     //

-     if (VariableHeader != NULL) {

-       if (Storage->Buffer == NULL) {

-         Storage->Buffer = calloc (Storage->Size, sizeof (CHAR8));

-         ASSERT (Storage->Buffer != NULL);

-       }

-       //

-       // The variable in VarList is CHAR8, but in the EFI variable is CHAR16.

-       //

-       DataBase    = (CHAR8 *)GetVariableDataPtr (VariableHeader);

-       memcpy (

-         Storage->Buffer,

-         (VOID *) DataBase,

-         Storage->Size

-        );

-      }

-    } else {

-       //

-       //If existed, copy the List data to the variable in NV directly. If not found, create a new one.

-       //

-       VarNameSize = 2 * (FceStrLen (Storage->Name) + 1);

-       //

-       //If this variable has existed in current FD, the data in VarList has

-       // been updated, and this variable is not authenticated type, then

-       // update it from VarList to the FD.

-       //

-       if ((VariableHeader != NULL)    \

-         && (Storage->Buffer != NULL)

-         ) {

-         if (!(VariableHeader->Attributes & EFI_VARIABLE_AUTHENTICATED_WRITE_ACCESS)) {

-           DataBase = (CHAR8 *)GetVariableDataPtr (VariableHeader);

-           memcpy (

-             (VOID *) DataBase,

-             Storage->Buffer,

-             Storage->Size

-           );

-         } else {

-           printf ("Error. Not support to update authenticated variables.\n");

-           return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-         }

-       } else if ((VariableHeader == NULL) && (Storage->Buffer != NULL)){

-       //

-         //If EfiVarstore is not EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE, only skip it.

-         //

-         if (Storage->NewEfiVarstore

-           && ((Storage->Attributes & EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE) == 0)

-         ) {

-          StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);

-          continue;

-         }

-         //

-         // Try to get the available zone from the efi variables

-         //

-         Status = GetVariableVar (

-                    VariableStoreHeader,

-                    Storage->Size + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER),

-                    &NewAvailableAddr

-                    );

-

-         if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-           //

-           // Create the authenticated variable header

-           //

-           VariableHeader                  = (VARIABLE_HEADER *) NewAvailableAddr;

-           VariableHeader->StartId         = VARIABLE_DATA;

-           VariableHeader->State           = VAR_ADDED;

-           VariableHeader->Reserved        = 0x0;

-           VariableHeader->MonotonicCount  = 0x0;

-           VariableHeader->PubKeyIndex     = 0x0;

-           if (Storage->NewEfiVarstore) {

-             VariableHeader->Attributes = Storage->Attributes;

-           } else {

-             VariableHeader->Attributes      = EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE|EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS|EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS;

-           }

-           VariableHeader->NameSize        = VarNameSize;

-           VariableHeader->DataSize   = Storage->Size;

-           //

-           //Copy the Guid, variable name, and data in sequence.

-           //

-           memcpy (

-             (VOID *)&(VariableHeader->VendorGuid),

-             &(Storage->Guid),

-             sizeof (EFI_GUID)

-             );

-           NewAvailableAddr = NewAvailableAddr + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER);

-           memcpy (

-             (VOID *) NewAvailableAddr,

-              Storage->Name,

-              VarNameSize

-              );

-

-           NewAvailableAddr = NewAvailableAddr + VarNameSize + GET_PAD_SIZE (VarNameSize);

-           memcpy (

-             (VOID *) NewAvailableAddr,

-             Storage->Buffer,

-             Storage->Size * sizeof (CHAR8)

-             );

-         } else {

-           printf ("Error. No available space in NV ram.\n");

-           return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-         }

-       }

-    }

-    StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);

-  }

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Remove the variable from Efi variable

-

-  Found the variable with the same name in StorageListHead and remove it.

-

-  @param StorageListHead   Decide which variale list be removed.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS      Remove the variables successfully.

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-RemoveAuthEfiVariable (

-  IN  LIST_ENTRY  *StorageListHead

-  )

-{

-  EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER    *VarAddr;

-  LIST_ENTRY                    *StorageLink;

-  FORMSET_STORAGE               *Storage;

-  VARIABLE_HEADER               *VariableHeader;

-  VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER         *VariableStoreHeader;

-

-  VariableHeader      = NULL;

-  VarAddr             = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER   *) gEfiFdInfo.EfiVariableAddr;

-  VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *)((CHAR8 *)VarAddr + VarAddr->HeaderLength);

-  //

-  //Parse the variable range, and check whether there is some existed ones.

-  //

-  StorageLink = GetFirstNode (StorageListHead);

-  while (!IsNull (StorageListHead, StorageLink)) {

-    Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);

-    //

-    // Ignore the invalid varlist node

-    //

-    if (Storage->Buffer == NULL) {

-      StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);

-      continue;

-    }

-    //

-    // Report error, if the variable name is invalid.

-    //

-    if ((Storage->Name == NULL) || (FceStrLen(Storage->Name) == 0)) {

-      printf ("Error. One variable name is NULL. Its GUID is: ");

-      PrintGuid(&(Storage->Guid));

-      return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-    }

-    VariableHeader = FindVariableInNv (

-                       VariableStoreHeader,

-                       Storage

-                       );

-    if (VariableHeader != NULL) {

-      VariableHeader->State = VAR_DELETED;

-    }

-    StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);

-  }

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Check the store variable is Monotonic based authenticated or not

-

-  @param VarToList     The pointer to the header of Variable Store.

-

-  @retval TRUE         If authenticated, return TRUE.

-  @retval FALSE        Otherwise, return FALSE.

-**/

-

-BOOLEAN

-CheckMonotonicBasedVarStore (

-  IN VOID  *VariableStoreHeader

-  )

-{

-  if (!CompareGuid (

-    &gEfiAuthenticatedVariableGuid,

-    &((VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *)VariableStoreHeader)->Signature)

-    ) {

-    return TRUE;

-  } else {

-    return FALSE;

-  }

-}

-

-/**

-  Copy Monotonic-Based authenticated variable to binary in multi-platform mode

-

-  @param  Storage           The pointer to a storage in storage list.

-  @param  StorageBeginning  The pointer to the beginning of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId

-  @param  Index             The number of the storage. If the Index is 0, record the variable header to

-                            the binary. Or else, only record the storage.

-

-  @return length          The length of storage

-**/

-UINT32

-CopyMonotonicBasedVariableToBinary (

-  IN      FORMSET_STORAGE   *Storage,

-  IN OUT  UINT8             *StorageBeginning,

-  IN      UINT32            Index

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                    Status;

-  CHAR8                         *NewAvailableAddr;

-  VARIABLE_HEADER               *VariableHeader;

-  VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER         *VariableStoreHeader;

-  UINTN                         VarNameSize;

-  UINT32                        HeaderLength;

-

-  Status              = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  NewAvailableAddr    = NULL;

-  VarNameSize         = 0;

-  HeaderLength        = 0;

-  VariableHeader      = NULL;

-  VariableStoreHeader = NULL;

-

-  if ((Storage->Name == NULL) || (FceStrLen(Storage->Name) == 0)) {

-    printf ("Error. One variable name is NULL. Its GUID is: ");

-    PrintGuid(&(Storage->Guid));

-    return 0;

-  }

-  //

-  // If the first storage under one specified platformId and defaultId, create the variable header

-  //

-  if (Index == 0) {

-    HeaderLength = WriteDefaultAndPlatformId (StorageBeginning, Storage);

-    VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *) (StorageBeginning + HeaderLength);

-    //

-    //Create the Variable Storage header

-    //

-    memcpy (&(VariableStoreHeader->Signature), &gEfiAuthenticatedVariableGuid, sizeof (EFI_GUID));

-    VariableStoreHeader->Format = 0x5A;

-    VariableStoreHeader->State  = 0xFE;

-    //

-    //Assign a big size here. It will be fixed after the storage under a specifed platformId and defaultId are all written.

-    //

-    VariableStoreHeader->Size   = gEfiFdInfo.FdSize;

-  }

-  VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *) (StorageBeginning + *(UINT16 *)StorageBeginning);

-

-  Status = GetVariableVar (

-             VariableStoreHeader,

-             Storage->Size + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER),

-             &NewAvailableAddr

-           );

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return FAIL;

-  }

-  //

-  // Create the variable header

-  //

-  VarNameSize                = 2 * (FceStrLen (Storage->Name) + 1);

-  VariableHeader             = (VARIABLE_HEADER *) NewAvailableAddr;

-  VariableHeader->StartId    = VARIABLE_DATA;

-  VariableHeader->State      = VAR_ADDED;

-  VariableHeader->Reserved   = 0x0;

-  VariableHeader->MonotonicCount  = 0x0;

-  VariableHeader->PubKeyIndex     = 0x0;

-

-  if (Storage->NewEfiVarstore) {

-    VariableHeader->Attributes = Storage->Attributes;

-  } else {

-    VariableHeader->Attributes = EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE|EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS|EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS;

-  }

-  VariableHeader->NameSize   = VarNameSize;

-  VariableHeader->DataSize   = Storage->Size;

-  //

-  //Copy the Guid, variable name, and data in sequence.

-  //

-  memcpy (

-    (VOID *)&(VariableHeader->VendorGuid),

-    &(Storage->Guid),

-    sizeof (EFI_GUID)

-  );

-  NewAvailableAddr = NewAvailableAddr + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER);

-  memcpy (

-    (VOID *) NewAvailableAddr,

-    Storage->Name,

-    VarNameSize

-  );

-

-  NewAvailableAddr = NewAvailableAddr + VarNameSize + GET_PAD_SIZE (VarNameSize);

-  memcpy (

-    (VOID *) NewAvailableAddr,

-    Storage->Buffer,

-    Storage->Size * sizeof (CHAR8)

-  );

-

-

-  //

-  // Return the length which is from the beginning of Binary

-  //

-  return ((UINT32) ((UINT8*)NewAvailableAddr - StorageBeginning) + Storage->Size);

-}

-

-

-/**

-  Read Monotonic-based authenticated variable to storage list in multi-platform mode

-

-  @param  Binary            The pointer to the header of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId

-  @param  StorageListEntry  The pointer to the storage list.

-

-  @return length          The length of storage

-**/

-UINT32

-ReadMonotonicBasedVariableToList (

-  IN      UINT8             *Binary,

-  IN      LIST_ENTRY        *StorageListEntry

-  )

-{

-  VARIABLE_HEADER               *EndOfVariable;

-  VARIABLE_HEADER               *Variable;

-  VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER         *VariableStoreHeader;

-  FORMSET_STORAGE               *Storage;

-  BOOLEAN                       ReadIdHeaderFlag;

-  UINT32                        Length;

-  EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER     *SectionHeader;

-  UINT8                         *DataBase;

-  static UINT16                 PreDefaultId[MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM];

-  static UINT64                 PrePlatformId[MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM];

-

-  VariableStoreHeader = NULL;

-  Variable            = NULL;

-  ReadIdHeaderFlag    = TRUE;

-  Length              = 0;

-  SectionHeader       = (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *)Binary;

-  DataBase            = Binary + sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER);

-  VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *) (DataBase + *(UINT16 *)DataBase);

-  EndOfVariable       = GetEndPointer(VariableStoreHeader);

-

-  for (Variable = GetStartPointer (VariableStoreHeader);

-    Length < VariableStoreHeader->Size;

-    Length += sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER) + Variable->NameSize + Variable->DataSize

-  ) {

-    //

-    // Create the storage

-    //

-    Storage = NULL;

-    Storage = calloc (sizeof (FORMSET_STORAGE), sizeof (CHAR8));

-    if (Storage == NULL) {

-      printf ("Allocate memory failed.\n");

-      return FAIL;

-    }

-    //

-    // If access the first storage, read the platformId and defaultId

-    //

-    if (ReadIdHeaderFlag) {

-      ReadDefaultAndPlatformIdFromBfv (DataBase, Storage);

-      Length += sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER) + Variable->NameSize + Variable->DataSize;

-      ReadIdHeaderFlag = FALSE;

-      memcpy (PreDefaultId, Storage->DefaultId, MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM * sizeof (UINT16));

-      memcpy (PrePlatformId, Storage->PlatformId, MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM * sizeof (UINT64));

-    } else {

-      //

-      // Store the DefaultId and PlatformId collected from the header to Storage.

-      //

-      memcpy (Storage->DefaultId, PreDefaultId, MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM * sizeof (UINT16));

-      memcpy (Storage->PlatformId, PrePlatformId, MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM * sizeof (UINT64));

-    }

-    Storage->Attributes     = Variable->Attributes;

-    Storage->Size           = (UINT16)Variable->DataSize;

-    Storage->Name           = calloc (Variable->NameSize, sizeof (UINT8));

-    ASSERT (Storage->Name != NULL);

-    Storage->Buffer         = calloc (Variable->DataSize, sizeof (UINT8));

-    ASSERT (Storage->Buffer != NULL);

-    memcpy (

-      &(Storage->Guid),

-      &(Variable->VendorGuid),

-      sizeof (EFI_GUID)

-    );

-    memcpy (

-      Storage->Name,

-      (UINT8 *)Variable + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER),

-      Variable->NameSize

-    );

-    memcpy (

-      Storage->Buffer,

-      (UINT8 *)Variable + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER) + Variable->NameSize + GET_PAD_SIZE (Variable->NameSize),

-      Storage->Size * sizeof (CHAR8)

-    );

-    //

-    // Assigned the value for comparison in verify mode

-    //

-    Storage->Type           = EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP;

-    Storage->NewEfiVarstore = TRUE;

-    InitializeListHead (&Storage->NameValueListHead);

-

-    InsertTailList(StorageListEntry, &Storage->Link);

-    //

-    // If the last variable, exit.

-    //

-    if (Variable == EndOfVariable) {

-      break;

-    }

-

-    Variable = GetNextVariablePtr (Variable);

-    assert (Variable != NULL);

-  }

-  //

-  // Return the length which is from the beginning of Binary

-  //

-  Length = FvBufExpand3ByteSize (SectionHeader->Size);

-

-  return Length;

-}

-

-/**

-  Check whether exists the valid MonotonicBased variables in NvStorage or not.

-

-  @retval TRUE      If existed, return TRUE.

-  @retval FALSE     Others

-**/

-BOOLEAN

-ExistMonotonicBasedEfiVarOrNot (

-  IN  LIST_ENTRY  *StorageListHead

-  )

-{

-  EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER    *VarAddr;

-  LIST_ENTRY                    *StorageLink;

-  FORMSET_STORAGE               *Storage;

-  VARIABLE_HEADER               *VariableHeader;

-  VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER         *VariableStoreHeader;

-

-  VariableHeader      = NULL;

-  VarAddr             = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER   *) gEfiFdInfo.EfiVariableAddr;

-  VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *)((CHAR8 *)VarAddr + VarAddr->HeaderLength);

-  //

-  //Parse the variable range, and check whether there is some existed ones.

-  //

-  StorageLink = GetFirstNode (StorageListHead);

-  while (!IsNull (StorageListHead, StorageLink)) {

-    Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);

-    //

-    // Ignore the invalid varlist node

-    //

-    if ((Storage->Buffer == NULL)

-      || (Storage->Name == NULL)

-      || (FceStrLen(Storage->Name) == 0)

-      ) {

-     StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);

-     continue;

-    }

-    //

-    // Report error, if the variable name is invalid.

-    //

-    if ((Storage->Name == NULL) || (FceStrLen(Storage->Name) == 0)) {

-      StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);

-     continue;

-    }

-    VariableHeader = FindVariableInNv (

-                       VariableStoreHeader,

-                       Storage

-                     );

-

-    if ((VariableHeader != NULL)) {

-       return TRUE;

-    }

-    StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);

-  }

-  return FALSE;

-}

-/**

-  Fix the size of montonic variable header.

-

-  @param  Binary            The pointer to the header of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId

-  @param  Length            The length of binary.

-

-**/

-VOID

-FixMontonicVariableHeaderSize (

-  IN  UINT8   *BinaryBeginning,

-  IN  UINT32  Length

-  )

-{

-  VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER         *VariableStoreHeader;

-

-  VariableStoreHeader       = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *) (BinaryBeginning + *(UINT16 *)BinaryBeginning);

-  VariableStoreHeader->Size =  Length -  *(UINT16 *)BinaryBeginning;

-}

diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/MonotonicBasedVariable.h b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/MonotonicBasedVariable.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 11fc51ed38..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/MonotonicBasedVariable.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,162 +0,0 @@
-/** @file

-

- The header of MonotonicBasedVariable.c.

-

- Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

- SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#ifndef __AUTHENTICATED_VARIABLE_FORMAT_H__

-#define __AUTHENTICATED_VARIABLE_FORMAT_H__

-

-#define EFI_AUTHENTICATED_VARIABLE_GUID \

-  { 0x515fa686, 0xb06e, 0x4550, { 0x91, 0x12, 0x38, 0x2b, 0xf1, 0x6, 0x7b, 0xfb }}

-

-extern EFI_GUID gEfiAuthenticatedVariableGuid;

-

-///

-/// Alignment of variable name and data, according to the architecture:

-/// * For IA-32 and Intel(R) 64 architectures: 1

-/// * For IA-64 architecture: 8

-///

-#if defined (MDE_CPU_IPF)

-#define ALIGNMENT         8

-#else

-#define ALIGNMENT         1

-#endif

-

-///

-/// GET_PAD_SIZE calculates the miminal pad bytes needed to make the current pad size satisfy the alignment requirement.

-///

-#if (ALIGNMENT == 1)

-#define GET_PAD_SIZE(a) (0)

-#else

-#define GET_PAD_SIZE(a) (((~a) + 1) & (ALIGNMENT - 1))

-#endif

-

-///

-/// Alignment of Variable Data Header in Variable Store region

-///

-#define HEADER_ALIGNMENT  4

-#define HEADER_ALIGN(Header)  (((UINTN) (Header) + HEADER_ALIGNMENT - 1) & (~(HEADER_ALIGNMENT - 1)))

-

-///

-/// Status of Variable Store Region

-///

-typedef enum {

-  EfiRaw,

-  EfiValid,

-  EfiInvalid,

-  EfiUnknown

-} VARIABLE_STORE_STATUS;

-

-#pragma pack(1)

-

-#define VARIABLE_STORE_SIGNATURE  EFI_VARIABLE_GUID

-

-///

-/// Variable Store Header Format and State

-///

-#define VARIABLE_STORE_FORMATTED          0x5a

-#define VARIABLE_STORE_HEALTHY            0xfe

-

-///

-/// Variable Store region header

-///

-typedef struct {

-  ///

-  /// Variable store region signature.

-  ///

-  EFI_GUID  Signature;

-  ///

-  /// Size of entire variable store,

-  /// including size of variable store header but not including the size of FvHeader.

-  ///

-  UINT32  Size;

-  ///

-  /// Variable region format state.

-  ///

-  UINT8   Format;

-  ///

-  /// Variable region healthy state.

-  ///

-  UINT8   State;

-  UINT16  Reserved;

-  UINT32  Reserved1;

-} VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER;

-

-///

-/// Variable data start flag.

-///

-#define VARIABLE_DATA                     0x55AA

-

-///

-/// Variable State flags

-///

-#define VAR_IN_DELETED_TRANSITION     0xfe  ///< Variable is in obsolete transition

-#define VAR_DELETED                   0xfd  ///< Variable is obsolete

-#define VAR_HEADER_VALID_ONLY         0x7f  ///< Variable header has been valid

-#define VAR_ADDED                     0x3f  ///< Variable has been completely added

-

-///

-/// Single Variable Data Header Structure.

-///

-typedef struct {

-  ///

-  /// Variable Data Start Flag.

-  ///

-  UINT16      StartId;

-  ///

-  /// Variable State defined above.

-  ///

-  UINT8       State;

-  UINT8       Reserved;

-  ///

-  /// Attributes of variable defined in UEFI spec

-  ///

-  UINT32      Attributes;

-  ///

-  /// Associated monotonic count value against replay attack.

-  ///

-  UINT64      MonotonicCount;

-  ///

-  /// Index of associated public key in database.

-  ///

-  UINT32      PubKeyIndex;

-  ///

-  /// Size of variable null-terminated Unicode string name.

-  ///

-  UINT32      NameSize;

-  ///

-  /// Size of the variable data without this header.

-  ///

-  UINT32      DataSize;

-  ///

-  /// A unique identifier for the vendor that produces and consumes this varaible.

-  ///

-  EFI_GUID    VendorGuid;

-} VARIABLE_HEADER;

-

-#pragma pack()

-

-typedef struct _VARIABLE_INFO_ENTRY  VARIABLE_INFO_ENTRY;

-

-///

-/// This structure contains the variable list that is put in EFI system table.

-/// The variable driver collects all variables that were used at boot service time and produces this list.

-/// This is an optional feature to dump all used variables in shell environment.

-///

-struct _VARIABLE_INFO_ENTRY {

-  VARIABLE_INFO_ENTRY *Next;       ///< Pointer to next entry.

-  EFI_GUID            VendorGuid;  ///< Guid of Variable.

-  CHAR16              *Name;       ///< Name of Variable.

-  UINT32              Attributes;  ///< Attributes of variable defined in UEFI spec.

-  UINT32              ReadCount;   ///< Number of times to read this variable.

-  UINT32              WriteCount;  ///< Number of times to write this variable.

-  UINT32              DeleteCount; ///< Number of times to delete this variable.

-  UINT32              CacheCount;  ///< Number of times that cache hits this variable.

-  BOOLEAN             Volatile;    ///< TRUE if volatile, FALSE if non-volatile.

-};

-

-#endif // _EFI_VARIABLE_H_

diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/TimeBasedVariable.c b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/TimeBasedVariable.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e21c61dde9..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/TimeBasedVariable.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,878 +0,0 @@
-/** @file

-

- Read and edit the time-base authenticated variables.

-

- Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

- SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#include "Fce.h"

-#include "TimeBasedVariable.h"

-

-extern LIST_ENTRY                  mAllVarListEntry;

-extern MULTI_PLATFORM_PARAMETERS   mMultiPlatformParam;

-extern G_EFI_FD_INFO               gEfiFdInfo;

-

-EFI_GUID  gEfiAuthenticatedVariableBasedTimeGuid     = EFI_AUTHENTICATED_VARIABLE_BASED_TIME_GUID;

-/**

-

-  Gets the pointer to the first variable header in given variable store area.

-

-  @param VarStoreHeader  Pointer to the Variable Store Header.

-

-  @return Pointer to the first variable header.

-

-**/

-static

-VARIABLE_HEADER *

-GetStartPointer (

-  IN VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER       *VarStoreHeader

-  )

-{

-  //

-  // The end of variable store.

-  //

-  return (VARIABLE_HEADER *) HEADER_ALIGN (VarStoreHeader + 1);

-}

-

-/**

-

-  Gets the pointer to the end of the variable storage area.

-

-  This function gets pointer to the end of the variable storage

-  area, according to the input variable store header.

-

-  @param VarStoreHeader  Pointer to the Variable Store Header.

-

-  @return Pointer to the end of the variable storage area.

-

-**/

-static

-VARIABLE_HEADER *

-GetEndPointer (

-  IN VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER       *VarStoreHeader

-  )

-{

-  //

-  // The end of variable store

-  //

-  return (VARIABLE_HEADER *) HEADER_ALIGN ((UINTN) VarStoreHeader + VarStoreHeader->Size);

-}

-

-

-/**

-

-  This code checks if variable header is valid or not.

-

-  @param Variable        Pointer to the Variable Header.

-

-  @retval TRUE           Variable header is valid.

-  @retval FALSE          Variable header is not valid.

-

-**/

-static

-BOOLEAN

-IsValidVariableHeader (

-  IN  VARIABLE_HEADER   *Variable

-  )

-{

-  if ((Variable == NULL) || (Variable->StartId != VARIABLE_DATA)) {

-    return FALSE;

-  }

-

-  return TRUE;

-}

-

-/**

-

-  This code gets the size of name of variable.

-

-  @param Variable        Pointer to the Variable Header.

-

-  @return UINTN          Size of variable in bytes.

-

-**/

-static

-UINTN

-NameSizeOfVariable (

-  IN  VARIABLE_HEADER   *Variable

-  )

-{

-  if ((Variable->State    == (UINT8) (-1))  ||

-      (Variable->DataSize == (UINT32) (-1)) ||

-      (Variable->NameSize == (UINT32) (-1)) ||

-      (Variable->Attributes == (UINT32) (-1))

-      ) {

-    return 0;

-  }

-  return (UINTN) Variable->NameSize;

-}

-

-/**

-

-  This code gets the size of variable data.

-

-  @param Variable        Pointer to the Variable Header.

-

-  @return Size of variable in bytes.

-

-**/

-static

-UINTN

-DataSizeOfVariable (

-  IN  VARIABLE_HEADER   *Variable

-  )

-{

-  if ((Variable->State    == (UINT8)  (-1)) ||

-      (Variable->DataSize == (UINT32) (-1)) ||

-      (Variable->NameSize == (UINT32) (-1)) ||

-      (Variable->Attributes == (UINT32) (-1))

-      ) {

-    return 0;

-  }

-  return (UINTN) Variable->DataSize;

-}

-

-/**

-

-  This code gets the pointer to the variable name.

-

-  @param Variable        Pointer to the Variable Header.

-

-  @return Pointer to Variable Name which is Unicode encoding.

-

-**/

-static

-CHAR16 *

-GetVariableNamePtr (

-  IN  VARIABLE_HEADER   *Variable

-  )

-{

-  return (CHAR16 *) (Variable + 1);

-}

-

-/**

-

-  This code gets the pointer to the variable data.

-

-  @param Variable        Pointer to the Variable Header.

-

-  @return Pointer to Variable Data.

-

-**/

-static

-UINT8 *

-GetVariableDataPtr (

-  IN  VARIABLE_HEADER   *Variable

-  )

-{

-  UINTN Value;

-

-  //

-  // Be careful about pad size for alignment.

-  //

-  Value =  (UINTN) GetVariableNamePtr (Variable);

-  Value += NameSizeOfVariable (Variable);

-  Value += GET_PAD_SIZE (NameSizeOfVariable (Variable));

-

-  return (UINT8 *) Value;

-}

-

-/**

-

-  This code gets the pointer to the next variable header.

-

-  @param Variable        Pointer to the Variable Header.

-

-  @return Pointer to next variable header.

-

-**/

-static

-VARIABLE_HEADER *

-GetNextVariablePtr (

-  IN  VARIABLE_HEADER   *Variable

-  )

-{

-  UINTN Value;

-

-  if (!IsValidVariableHeader (Variable)) {

-    return NULL;

-  }

-

-  Value =  (UINTN) GetVariableDataPtr (Variable);

-  Value += DataSizeOfVariable (Variable);

-  Value += GET_PAD_SIZE (DataSizeOfVariable (Variable));

-

-  //

-  // Be careful about pad size for alignment.

-  //

-  return (VARIABLE_HEADER *) HEADER_ALIGN (Value);

-}

-

-/**

-  Search and get a free space in the EFI variable zone

-

-  @param VariableStoreHeader       The start of a EFI variable zone.

-  @param VarListSize               The size of a variables needs to be allocated.

-  @param FreeBeginVar              The dual pointer to the free NV space.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS              Return the beginning of a free variable space.

-  @retval RETURN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL  Failed.

-**/

-static

-EFI_STATUS

-GetVariableVar (

-  IN      VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER  *VariableStoreHeader,

-  IN      UINT32                 VarListSize,

-  IN OUT  CHAR8                  **FreeBeginVar

-)

-{

-  BOOLEAN          Flag;

-  VARIABLE_HEADER  *Variable;

-  VARIABLE_HEADER  *EndOfVariable;

-  CHAR8            *BeginVar;

-

-  BeginVar      = NULL;

-  Flag          = FALSE;

-  Variable      = NULL;

-  EndOfVariable = NULL;

-  *FreeBeginVar = NULL;

-

-  if (VariableStoreHeader == NULL) {

-    *FreeBeginVar = NULL;

-    return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-  Variable      = GetStartPointer (VariableStoreHeader);

-  EndOfVariable = GetEndPointer(VariableStoreHeader);

-  //

-  //Search the beginning of free NV

-  //

-  while (Variable != EndOfVariable) {

-    BeginVar = (CHAR8 *)Variable;

-    Variable = GetNextVariablePtr (Variable);

-    if (Variable == NULL) {

-      Flag = TRUE;

-      break;

-    }

-  }

-  //

-  // Check whether the free space is more than what we want

-  //

-  if ((CHAR8 *)BeginVar + VarListSize > (CHAR8 *)EndOfVariable) {

-    return RETURN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;

-  }

-  //

-  // If not find the available space, return NULL

-  //

-  if (!Flag) {

-    return RETURN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;

-  }

-  *FreeBeginVar = BeginVar;

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Search whether the variable in VarList has existed in current NV.

-

-  Parse the FFS or Fd image, and find the valid variable pointer.

-

-  @param VariableStoreHeader    The start of a EFI variable zone.

-  @param VarList                The pointer to the VarList

-

-  @retval address               If the variable existed in current NV, return address

-  @return NULL                  Otherwise, return NULL

-**/

-static

-VARIABLE_HEADER  *

-FindVariableInNv (

-  IN     VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER  *VariableStoreHeader,

-  IN     FORMSET_STORAGE        *Storage

-  )

-{

-  BOOLEAN          Flag;

-  VARIABLE_HEADER  *Variable;

-  VARIABLE_HEADER  *EndOfVariable;

-  CHAR16           *VariableName;

-

-  Flag            = FALSE;

-  Variable        = NULL;

-  EndOfVariable   = NULL;

-  VariableName    = NULL;

-

-  if ((VariableStoreHeader == NULL) || (Storage == NULL) || (Storage->Name == NULL)) {

-    return NULL;

-  }

-  Variable      = GetStartPointer (VariableStoreHeader);

-  EndOfVariable = GetEndPointer(VariableStoreHeader);

-  //

-  // Parse and compare the variable in the NV space one by one

-  //

-  while ((Variable != EndOfVariable) && (Variable != NULL)) {

-    VariableName = (CHAR16 *)((CHAR8 *)Variable + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER));

-    if (!CompareGuid (&Variable->VendorGuid, &Storage->Guid) \

-      && !FceStrCmp (Storage->Name, VariableName) \

-      && (Variable->State == VAR_ADDED)

-      ) {

-      Flag = TRUE;

-      break;

-    }

-    Variable = GetNextVariablePtr (Variable);

-  }

-  if (!Flag) {

-    return NULL;

-  }

-  return Variable;

-}

-/**

-  Exchange the data between Efi variable and the data of VarList when the

-  variable use the time stamp authenticated variable header

-

-  If VarToList is TRUE, copy the efi variable data to the VarList; Otherwise,

-  update the data from varlist to efi variable.

-

-  @param VarToList              The flag to control the direction of exchange.

-  @param StorageListHead        Decide which variale list be updated

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           Get the address successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  No available in the EFI variable zone.

-  @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid variable name.

-**/

-

-EFI_STATUS

-SynAuthEfiVariableBasedTime (

-  IN  BOOLEAN     VarToList,

-  IN  LIST_ENTRY  *StorageListHead

-  )

-{

-  EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER    *VarAddr;

-  LIST_ENTRY                    *StorageLink;

-  FORMSET_STORAGE               *Storage;

-  EFI_STATUS                    Status;

-  CHAR8                         *NewAvailableAddr;

-  CHAR8                         *DataBase;

-  VARIABLE_HEADER               *VariableHeader;

-  VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER         *VariableStoreHeader;

-  UINTN                         VarNameSize;

-

-  Status              = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  DataBase            = NULL;

-  NewAvailableAddr    = NULL;

-  VarNameSize         = 0;

-  VariableHeader      = NULL;

-  VarAddr             = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER   *) gEfiFdInfo.EfiVariableAddr;

-  VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *)((CHAR8 *)VarAddr + VarAddr->HeaderLength);

-  //

-  //Parse the variable range, and check whether there is some existed ones.

-  //

-  StorageLink = GetFirstNode (StorageListHead);

-  while (!IsNull (StorageListHead, StorageLink)) {

-    Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);

-     //

-     // Ignore the invalid varlist node

-     //

-     if (Storage->Buffer == NULL) {

-      StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);

-      continue;

-     }

-     //

-     // Report error, if the variable name is invalid.

-     //

-     if ((Storage->Name == NULL) || (FceStrLen(Storage->Name) == 0)) {

-       printf ("Error. One variable name is NULL. Its GUID is: ");

-       PrintGuid(&(Storage->Guid));

-       return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-     }

-     VariableHeader = FindVariableInNv (

-                        VariableStoreHeader,

-                        Storage

-                        );

-

-   if (VarToList) {

-     //

-     //Copy the data from NV to the VarList.

-     //

-     if (VariableHeader != NULL) {

-       if (Storage->Buffer == NULL) {

-         Storage->Buffer = calloc (Storage->Size, sizeof (CHAR8));

-         ASSERT (Storage->Buffer != NULL);

-       }

-       //

-       // The variable in VarList is CHAR8, but in the EFI variable is CHAR16.

-       //

-       DataBase    = (CHAR8 *)GetVariableDataPtr (VariableHeader);

-       memcpy (

-         Storage->Buffer,

-         (VOID *) DataBase,

-         Storage->Size

-        );

-      }

-    } else {

-       //

-       //If existed, copy the List data to the variable in NV directly. If not found, create a new one.

-       //

-       VarNameSize = 2 * (FceStrLen (Storage->Name) + 1);

-       //

-       //If this variable has existed in current FD, the data in VarList has

-       // been updated, and this variable is not authenticated type, then

-       // update it from VarList to the FD.

-       //

-       if ((VariableHeader != NULL)    \

-         && (Storage->Buffer != NULL)

-         ) {

-         if (!(VariableHeader->Attributes & EFI_VARIABLE_AUTHENTICATED_WRITE_ACCESS)) {

-           DataBase = (CHAR8 *)GetVariableDataPtr (VariableHeader);

-           memcpy (

-             (VOID *) DataBase,

-             Storage->Buffer,

-             Storage->Size

-           );

-         } else {

-           printf ("Error. Not support to update authenticated variables.\n");

-           return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-         }

-       } else if ((VariableHeader == NULL) && (Storage->Buffer != NULL)){

-         //

-         //If EfiVarstore is not EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE, only skip it.

-         //

-         if (Storage->NewEfiVarstore

-           && ((Storage->Attributes & EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE) == 0)

-         ) {

-          StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);

-          continue;

-         }

-         //

-         // Try to get the available zone from the efi variables

-         //

-         Status = GetVariableVar (

-                    VariableStoreHeader,

-                    Storage->Size + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER),

-                    &NewAvailableAddr

-                    );

-

-         if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-           //

-           // Create the authenticated variable header

-           //

-           VariableHeader                  = (VARIABLE_HEADER *) NewAvailableAddr;

-           VariableHeader->StartId         = VARIABLE_DATA;

-           VariableHeader->State           = VAR_ADDED;

-           VariableHeader->Reserved        = 0x0;

-           VariableHeader->MonotonicCount  = 0x0;

-           memset (&(VariableHeader->TimeStamp), 0, sizeof (EFI_TIME));

-           VariableHeader->PubKeyIndex     = 0x0;

-           if (Storage->NewEfiVarstore) {

-             VariableHeader->Attributes = Storage->Attributes;

-           } else {

-             VariableHeader->Attributes      = EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE|EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS|EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS;

-           }

-           VariableHeader->NameSize        = VarNameSize;

-           VariableHeader->DataSize   = Storage->Size;

-           //

-           //Copy the Guid, variable name, and data in sequence.

-           //

-           memcpy (

-             (VOID *)&(VariableHeader->VendorGuid),

-             &(Storage->Guid),

-             sizeof (EFI_GUID)

-             );

-           NewAvailableAddr = NewAvailableAddr + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER);

-           memcpy (

-             (VOID *) NewAvailableAddr,

-              Storage->Name,

-              VarNameSize

-              );

-

-           NewAvailableAddr = NewAvailableAddr + VarNameSize + GET_PAD_SIZE (VarNameSize);

-           memcpy (

-             (VOID *) NewAvailableAddr,

-             Storage->Buffer,

-             Storage->Size * sizeof (CHAR8)

-             );

-         } else {

-           printf ("Error. No available space in NV ram.\n");

-           return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-         }

-       }

-    }

-    StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);

-  }

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Remove the variable from Efi variable

-

-  Found the variable with the same name in StorageListHead and remove it.

-

-  @param StorageListHead   Decide which variale list be removed.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS      Remove the variables successfully.

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-RemoveAuthEfiVariableBasedTime (

-  IN  LIST_ENTRY  *StorageListHead

-  )

-{

-  EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER    *VarAddr;

-  LIST_ENTRY                    *StorageLink;

-  FORMSET_STORAGE               *Storage;

-  VARIABLE_HEADER               *VariableHeader;

-  VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER         *VariableStoreHeader;

-

-  VariableHeader      = NULL;

-  VarAddr             = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER   *) gEfiFdInfo.EfiVariableAddr;

-  VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *)((CHAR8 *)VarAddr + VarAddr->HeaderLength);

-  //

-  //Parse the variable range, and check whether there is some existed ones.

-  //

-  StorageLink = GetFirstNode (StorageListHead);

-  while (!IsNull (StorageListHead, StorageLink)) {

-    Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);

-    //

-    // Ignore the invalid varlist node

-    //

-    if (Storage->Buffer == NULL) {

-      StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);

-      continue;

-    }

-    //

-    // Report error, if the variable name is invalid.

-    //

-    if ((Storage->Name == NULL) || (FceStrLen(Storage->Name) == 0)) {

-      printf ("Error. One variable name is NULL. Its GUID is: ");

-      PrintGuid(&(Storage->Guid));

-      return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-    }

-    VariableHeader = FindVariableInNv (

-                       VariableStoreHeader,

-                       Storage

-                       );

-    if (VariableHeader != NULL) {

-      VariableHeader->State = VAR_DELETED;

-    }

-    StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);

-  }

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Check the store variable is Time stamp authenticated or not

-

-  @param VarToList     The pointer to the header of Variable Store.

-

-  @retval TRUE         If authenticated, return TRUE.

-  @retval FALSE        Otherwise, return FALSE.

-**/

-

-BOOLEAN

-CheckTimeBasedVarStoreOrNot (

-  IN VOID  *VariableStoreHeader

-  )

-{

-  if (!CompareGuid (

-    &gEfiAuthenticatedVariableBasedTimeGuid,

-    &((VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *)VariableStoreHeader)->Signature)

-    ) {

-    return TRUE;

-  } else {

-    return FALSE;

-  }

-}

-

-/**

-  Copy time-based authenticated variable to binary in multi-platform mode

-

-  @param  Storage           The pointer to a storage in storage list.

-  @param  StorageBeginning  The pointer to the beginning of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId

-  @param  Index             The number of the storage. If the Index is 0, record the variable header to

-                            the binary. Or else, only record the storage.

-

-  @return length          The length of storage

-**/

-UINT32

-CopyTimeBasedVariableToBinary (

-  IN      FORMSET_STORAGE   *Storage,

-  IN OUT  UINT8             *StorageBeginning,

-  IN      UINT32            Index

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                    Status;

-  CHAR8                         *NewAvailableAddr;

-  VARIABLE_HEADER               *VariableHeader;

-  VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER         *VariableStoreHeader;

-  UINTN                         VarNameSize;

-  UINT32                        HeaderLength;

-

-  Status              = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  NewAvailableAddr    = NULL;

-  VarNameSize         = 0;

-  HeaderLength        = 0;

-  VariableHeader      = NULL;

-  VariableStoreHeader = NULL;

-

-  if ((Storage->Name == NULL) || (FceStrLen(Storage->Name) == 0)) {

-    printf ("Error. One variable name is NULL. Its GUID is: ");

-    PrintGuid(&(Storage->Guid));

-    return 0;

-  }

-  //

-  // If the first storage under one specified platformId and defaultId, create the variable header

-  //

-  if (Index == 0) {

-    HeaderLength = WriteDefaultAndPlatformId (StorageBeginning, Storage);

-    VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *) (StorageBeginning + HeaderLength);

-    //

-    //Create the Variable Storage header

-    //

-    memcpy (&(VariableStoreHeader->Signature), &gEfiAuthenticatedVariableBasedTimeGuid, sizeof (EFI_GUID));

-    VariableStoreHeader->Format = 0x5A;

-    VariableStoreHeader->State  = 0xFE;

-    //

-    //Assign a big size here. It will be fixed after the storage under a specifed platformId and defaultId are all written.

-    //

-    VariableStoreHeader->Size   = gEfiFdInfo.FdSize;

-  }

-

-  VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *) (StorageBeginning + *(UINT16 *)StorageBeginning);

-

-  Status = GetVariableVar (

-             VariableStoreHeader,

-             Storage->Size + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER),

-             &NewAvailableAddr

-           );

-

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return FAIL;

-  }

-  //

-  // Create the variable header

-  //

-  VarNameSize                = 2 * (FceStrLen (Storage->Name) + 1);

-  VariableHeader             = (VARIABLE_HEADER *) NewAvailableAddr;

-  VariableHeader->StartId    = VARIABLE_DATA;

-  VariableHeader->State      = VAR_ADDED;

-  VariableHeader->Reserved   = 0x0;

-  VariableHeader->MonotonicCount  = 0x0;

-  memset (&(VariableHeader->TimeStamp), 0, sizeof (EFI_TIME));

-  VariableHeader->PubKeyIndex     = 0x0;

-

-  if (Storage->NewEfiVarstore) {

-    VariableHeader->Attributes = Storage->Attributes;

-  } else {

-    VariableHeader->Attributes = EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE|EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS|EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS;

-  }

-  VariableHeader->NameSize   = VarNameSize;

-  VariableHeader->DataSize   = Storage->Size;

-  //

-  //Copy the Guid, variable name, and data in sequence.

-  //

-  memcpy (

-    (VOID *)&(VariableHeader->VendorGuid),

-    &(Storage->Guid),

-    sizeof (EFI_GUID)

-  );

-  NewAvailableAddr = NewAvailableAddr + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER);

-  memcpy (

-    (VOID *) NewAvailableAddr,

-    Storage->Name,

-    VarNameSize

-  );

-

-  NewAvailableAddr = NewAvailableAddr + VarNameSize + GET_PAD_SIZE (VarNameSize);

-  memcpy (

-    (VOID *) NewAvailableAddr,

-    Storage->Buffer,

-    Storage->Size * sizeof (CHAR8)

-  );

-  //

-  // Return the length which is from the beginning of Binary

-  //

-  return ((UINT32) ((UINT8*)NewAvailableAddr - StorageBeginning) + Storage->Size);

-}

-

-/**

-  Read time-based authenticated variable to storage list in multi-platform mode

-

-  @param  Binary            The pointer to the header of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId

-  @param  StorageListEntry  The pointer to the storage list.

-

-  @return length          The length of storage

-**/

-UINT32

-ReadTimeBasedVariableToList (

-  IN      UINT8             *Binary,

-  IN      LIST_ENTRY        *StorageListEntry

-  )

-{

-  VARIABLE_HEADER               *EndOfVariable;

-  VARIABLE_HEADER               *Variable;

-  VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER         *VariableStoreHeader;

-  FORMSET_STORAGE               *Storage;

-  BOOLEAN                       ReadIdHeaderFlag;

-  UINT32                        Length;

-  EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER     *SectionHeader;

-  UINT8                         *DataBase;

-  static UINT16                 PreDefaultId[MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM];

-  static UINT64                 PrePlatformId[MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM];

-

-  VariableStoreHeader = NULL;

-  Variable            = NULL;

-  ReadIdHeaderFlag    = TRUE;

-  Length              = 0;

-  SectionHeader       = (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *)Binary;

-  DataBase            = Binary + sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER);

-  VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *) (DataBase + *(UINT16 *)DataBase);

-  EndOfVariable       = GetEndPointer(VariableStoreHeader);

-

-  for (Variable = GetStartPointer (VariableStoreHeader);

-    Length < VariableStoreHeader->Size;

-    Length += sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER) + Variable->NameSize + Variable->DataSize

-  ) {

-    //

-    // Create the storage

-    //

-    Storage = NULL;

-    Storage = calloc (sizeof (FORMSET_STORAGE), sizeof (CHAR8));

-    if (Storage == NULL) {

-      printf ("Allocate memory failed.\n");

-      return FAIL;

-    }

-    //

-    // If access the first storage, read the platformId and defaultId

-    //

-    if (ReadIdHeaderFlag) {

-      ReadDefaultAndPlatformIdFromBfv (DataBase, Storage);

-      Length += sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER) + Variable->NameSize + Variable->DataSize;

-      ReadIdHeaderFlag = FALSE;

-      memcpy (PreDefaultId, Storage->DefaultId, MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM * sizeof (UINT16));

-      memcpy (PrePlatformId, Storage->PlatformId, MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM * sizeof (UINT64));

-    } else {

-      //

-      // Store the DefaultId and PlatformId collected from the header to Storage.

-      //

-      memcpy (Storage->DefaultId, PreDefaultId, MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM * sizeof (UINT16));

-      memcpy (Storage->PlatformId, PrePlatformId, MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM * sizeof (UINT64));

-    }

-    Storage->Attributes     = Variable->Attributes;

-    Storage->Size           = (UINT16)Variable->DataSize;

-    Storage->Name           = calloc (Variable->NameSize, sizeof (UINT8));

-    ASSERT (Storage->Name != NULL);

-    Storage->Buffer         = calloc (Variable->DataSize, sizeof (UINT8));

-    ASSERT (Storage->Buffer != NULL);

-    memcpy (

-      &(Storage->Guid),

-      &(Variable->VendorGuid),

-      sizeof (EFI_GUID)

-    );

-    memcpy (

-      Storage->Name,

-      (UINT8 *)Variable + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER),

-      Variable->NameSize

-    );

-    memcpy (

-      Storage->Buffer,

-      (UINT8 *)Variable + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER) + Variable->NameSize + GET_PAD_SIZE (Variable->NameSize),

-      Storage->Size * sizeof (CHAR8)

-    );

-    //

-    // Assigned the value for comparison in verify mode

-    //

-    Storage->Type           = EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP;

-    Storage->NewEfiVarstore = TRUE;

-    InitializeListHead (&Storage->NameValueListHead);

-

-    InsertTailList(StorageListEntry, &Storage->Link);

-    //

-    // If the last variable, exit.

-    //

-    if (Variable == EndOfVariable) {

-      break;

-    }

-

-    Variable = GetNextVariablePtr (Variable);

-    assert (Variable != NULL);

-  }

-  //

-  // Return the length which is from the beginning of Binary

-  //

-  Length = FvBufExpand3ByteSize (SectionHeader->Size);

-

-  return Length;

-}

-

-/**

-  Check whether exists the valid time-based variables in NvStorage or not.

-

-  @retval TRUE      If existed, return TRUE.

-  @retval FALSE     Others

-**/

-BOOLEAN

-ExistTimeBasedEfiVarOrNot (

-  IN  LIST_ENTRY  *StorageListHead

-  )

-{

-  EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER    *VarAddr;

-  LIST_ENTRY                    *StorageLink;

-  FORMSET_STORAGE               *Storage;

-  VARIABLE_HEADER               *VariableHeader;

-  VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER         *VariableStoreHeader;

-

-  VariableHeader      = NULL;

-  VarAddr             = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER   *) gEfiFdInfo.EfiVariableAddr;

-  VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *)((CHAR8 *)VarAddr + VarAddr->HeaderLength);

-  //

-  //Parse the variable range, and check whether there is some existed ones.

-  //

-  StorageLink = GetFirstNode (StorageListHead);

-  while (!IsNull (StorageListHead, StorageLink)) {

-    Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);

-    //

-    // Ignore the invalid varlist node

-    //

-    if ((Storage->Buffer == NULL)

-      || (Storage->Name == NULL)

-      || (FceStrLen(Storage->Name) == 0)

-      ) {

-     StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);

-     continue;

-    }

-    //

-    // Report error, if the variable name is invalid.

-    //

-    if ((Storage->Name == NULL) || (FceStrLen(Storage->Name) == 0)) {

-      StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);

-     continue;

-    }

-    VariableHeader = FindVariableInNv (

-                       VariableStoreHeader,

-                       Storage

-                     );

-

-    if ((VariableHeader != NULL)) {

-       return TRUE;

-    }

-    StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);

-  }

-  return FALSE;

-}

-

-/**

-  Fix the size of time-based variable header.

-

-  @param  Binary            The pointer to the header of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId

-  @param  Length            The length of binary.

-

-**/

-VOID

-FixBasedTimeVariableHeaderSize (

-  IN  UINT8   *BinaryBeginning,

-  IN  UINT32  Length

-  )

-{

-  VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER         *VariableStoreHeader;

-

-  VariableStoreHeader       = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *) (BinaryBeginning + *(UINT16 *)BinaryBeginning);

-  VariableStoreHeader->Size =  Length -  *(UINT16 *)BinaryBeginning;

-}

diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/TimeBasedVariable.h b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/TimeBasedVariable.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ffd939443..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/TimeBasedVariable.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,166 +0,0 @@
-/** @file

-

- The header of TimeBasedVariable.c.

-

- Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

- SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#ifndef __AUTHENTICATED_VARIABLE_FORMAT_BASED_TIME_H__

-#define __AUTHENTICATED_VARIABLE_FORMAT_BASED_TIME_H__

-

-#define EFI_AUTHENTICATED_VARIABLE_BASED_TIME_GUID \

-  { 0xaaf32c78, 0x947b, 0x439a, { 0xa1, 0x80, 0x2e, 0x14, 0x4e, 0xc3, 0x77, 0x92 } }

-

-extern EFI_GUID gEfiAuthenticatedVariableBasedTimeGuid;

-

-///

-/// Alignment of variable name and data, according to the architecture:

-/// * For IA-32 and Intel(R) 64 architectures: 1

-/// * For IA-64 architecture: 8

-///

-#if defined (MDE_CPU_IPF)

-#define ALIGNMENT         8

-#else

-#define ALIGNMENT         1

-#endif

-

-///

-/// GET_PAD_SIZE calculates the miminal pad bytes needed to make the current pad size satisfy the alignment requirement.

-///

-#if (ALIGNMENT == 1)

-#define GET_PAD_SIZE(a) (0)

-#else

-#define GET_PAD_SIZE(a) (((~a) + 1) & (ALIGNMENT - 1))

-#endif

-

-///

-/// Alignment of Variable Data Header in Variable Store region

-///

-#define HEADER_ALIGNMENT  4

-#define HEADER_ALIGN(Header)  (((UINTN) (Header) + HEADER_ALIGNMENT - 1) & (~(HEADER_ALIGNMENT - 1)))

-

-///

-/// Status of Variable Store Region

-///

-typedef enum {

-  EfiRaw,

-  EfiValid,

-  EfiInvalid,

-  EfiUnknown

-} VARIABLE_STORE_STATUS;

-

-#pragma pack(1)

-

-#define VARIABLE_STORE_SIGNATURE  EFI_VARIABLE_GUID

-

-///

-/// Variable Store Header Format and State

-///

-#define VARIABLE_STORE_FORMATTED          0x5a

-#define VARIABLE_STORE_HEALTHY            0xfe

-

-///

-/// Variable Store region header

-///

-typedef struct {

-  ///

-  /// Variable store region signature.

-  ///

-  EFI_GUID  Signature;

-  ///

-  /// Size of entire variable store,

-  /// including size of variable store header but not including the size of FvHeader.

-  ///

-  UINT32  Size;

-  ///

-  /// Variable region format state.

-  ///

-  UINT8   Format;

-  ///

-  /// Variable region healthy state.

-  ///

-  UINT8   State;

-  UINT16  Reserved;

-  UINT32  Reserved1;

-} VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER;

-

-///

-/// Variable data start flag.

-///

-#define VARIABLE_DATA                     0x55AA

-

-///

-/// Variable State flags

-///

-#define VAR_IN_DELETED_TRANSITION     0xfe  ///< Variable is in obsolete transition

-#define VAR_DELETED                   0xfd  ///< Variable is obsolete

-#define VAR_HEADER_VALID_ONLY         0x7f  ///< Variable header has been valid

-#define VAR_ADDED                     0x3f  ///< Variable has been completely added

-

-///

-/// Single Variable Data Header Structure.

-///

-typedef struct {

-  ///

-  /// Variable Data Start Flag.

-  ///

-  UINT16      StartId;

-  ///

-  /// Variable State defined above.

-  ///

-  UINT8       State;

-  UINT8       Reserved;

-  ///

-  /// Attributes of variable defined in UEFI spec

-  ///

-  UINT32      Attributes;

-  ///

-  /// Associated monotonic count value against replay attack.

-  ///

-  UINT64      MonotonicCount;

-  ///

-  /// Associated TimeStamp value against replay attack.

-  ///

-  EFI_TIME    TimeStamp;

-  ///

-  /// Index of associated public key in database.

-  ///

-  UINT32      PubKeyIndex;

-  ///

-  /// Size of variable null-terminated Unicode string name.

-  ///

-  UINT32      NameSize;

-  ///

-  /// Size of the variable data without this header.

-  ///

-  UINT32      DataSize;

-  ///

-  /// A unique identifier for the vendor that produces and consumes this varaible.

-  ///

-  EFI_GUID    VendorGuid;

-} VARIABLE_HEADER;

-

-#pragma pack()

-

-typedef struct _VARIABLE_INFO_ENTRY  VARIABLE_INFO_ENTRY;

-

-///

-/// This structure contains the variable list that is put in EFI system table.

-/// The variable driver collects all variables that were used at boot service time and produces this list.

-/// This is an optional feature to dump all used variables in shell environment.

-///

-struct _VARIABLE_INFO_ENTRY {

-  VARIABLE_INFO_ENTRY *Next;       ///< Pointer to next entry.

-  EFI_GUID            VendorGuid;  ///< Guid of Variable.

-  CHAR16              *Name;       ///< Name of Variable.

-  UINT32              Attributes;  ///< Attributes of variable defined in UEFI spec.

-  UINT32              ReadCount;   ///< Number of times to read this variable.

-  UINT32              WriteCount;  ///< Number of times to write this variable.

-  UINT32              DeleteCount; ///< Number of times to delete this variable.

-  UINT32              CacheCount;  ///< Number of times that cache hits this variable.

-  BOOLEAN             Volatile;    ///< TRUE if volatile, FALSE if non-volatile.

-};

-

-#endif // _EFI_VARIABLE_H_

diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Variable.c b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Variable.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 5c92060309..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Variable.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1091 +0,0 @@
-/** @file

-

- Read and edit the EFI variable.

-

- Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

- SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#include "Fce.h"

-#include "Variable.h"

-

-extern LIST_ENTRY                  mAllVarListEntry;

-extern MULTI_PLATFORM_PARAMETERS   mMultiPlatformParam;

-extern G_EFI_FD_INFO               gEfiFdInfo;

-

-EFI_GUID  gEfiVariableGuid     = EFI_VARIABLE_GUID;

-/**

-

-  Gets the pointer to the first variable header in given variable store area.

-

-  @param VarStoreHeader  Pointer to the Variable Store Header.

-

-  @return Pointer to the first variable header.

-

-**/

-static

-VARIABLE_HEADER *

-GetStartPointer (

-  IN VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER       *VarStoreHeader

-  )

-{

-  //

-  // The end of variable store.

-  //

-  return (VARIABLE_HEADER *) HEADER_ALIGN (VarStoreHeader + 1);

-}

-

-/**

-

-  Gets the pointer to the end of the variable storage area.

-

-  This function gets pointer to the end of the variable storage

-  area, according to the input variable store header.

-

-  @param VarStoreHeader  Pointer to the Variable Store Header.

-

-  @return Pointer to the end of the variable storage area.

-

-**/

-static

-VARIABLE_HEADER *

-GetEndPointer (

-  IN VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER       *VarStoreHeader

-  )

-{

-  //

-  // The end of variable store

-  //

-  return (VARIABLE_HEADER *) HEADER_ALIGN ((UINTN) VarStoreHeader + VarStoreHeader->Size);

-}

-

-

-/**

-

-  This code checks if variable header is valid or not.

-

-  @param Variable        Pointer to the Variable Header.

-

-  @retval TRUE           Variable header is valid.

-  @retval FALSE          Variable header is not valid.

-

-**/

-static

-BOOLEAN

-IsValidVariableHeader (

-  IN  VARIABLE_HEADER   *Variable

-  )

-{

-  if ((Variable == NULL) || (Variable->StartId != VARIABLE_DATA)) {

-    return FALSE;

-  }

-

-  return TRUE;

-}

-

-/**

-

-  This code gets the size of name of variable.

-

-  @param Variable        Pointer to the Variable Header.

-

-  @return UINTN          Size of variable in bytes.

-

-**/

-static

-UINTN

-NameSizeOfVariable (

-  IN  VARIABLE_HEADER   *Variable

-  )

-{

-  if ((Variable->State    == (UINT8) (-1)) ||

-      (Variable->DataSize == (UINT32) (-1)) ||

-      (Variable->NameSize == (UINT32) (-1)) ||

-      (Variable->Attributes == (UINT32) (-1))

-      ) {

-    return 0;

-  }

-  return (UINTN) Variable->NameSize;

-}

-

-/**

-

-  This code gets the size of variable data.

-

-  @param Variable        Pointer to the Variable Header.

-

-  @return Size of variable in bytes.

-

-**/

-static

-UINTN

-DataSizeOfVariable (

-  IN  VARIABLE_HEADER   *Variable

-  )

-{

-  if ((Variable->State    == (UINT8)  (-1)) ||

-      (Variable->DataSize == (UINT32) (-1)) ||

-      (Variable->NameSize == (UINT32) (-1)) ||

-      (Variable->Attributes == (UINT32) (-1))

-      ) {

-    return 0;

-  }

-  return (UINTN) Variable->DataSize;

-}

-

-/**

-

-  This code gets the pointer to the variable name.

-

-  @param Variable        Pointer to the Variable Header.

-

-  @return Pointer to Variable Name which is Unicode encoding.

-

-**/

-static

-CHAR16 *

-GetVariableNamePtr (

-  IN  VARIABLE_HEADER   *Variable

-  )

-{

-

-  return (CHAR16 *) (Variable + 1);

-}

-

-/**

-

-  This code gets the pointer to the variable data.

-

-  @param Variable        Pointer to the Variable Header.

-

-  @return Pointer to Variable Data.

-

-**/

-static

-UINT8 *

-GetVariableDataPtr (

-  IN  VARIABLE_HEADER   *Variable

-  )

-{

-  UINTN Value;

-

-  //

-  // Be careful about pad size for alignment.

-  //

-  Value =  (UINTN) GetVariableNamePtr (Variable);

-  Value += NameSizeOfVariable (Variable);

-  Value += GET_PAD_SIZE (NameSizeOfVariable (Variable));

-

-  return (UINT8 *) Value;

-}

-

-/**

-

-  This code gets the pointer to the next variable header.

-

-  @param Variable        Pointer to the Variable Header.

-

-  @return Pointer to next variable header.

-

-**/

-static

-VARIABLE_HEADER *

-GetNextVariablePtr (

-  IN  VARIABLE_HEADER   *Variable

-  )

-{

-  UINTN Value;

-

-  if (!IsValidVariableHeader (Variable)) {

-    return NULL;

-  }

-

-  Value =  (UINTN) GetVariableDataPtr (Variable);

-  Value += DataSizeOfVariable (Variable);

-  Value += GET_PAD_SIZE (DataSizeOfVariable (Variable));

-

-  //

-  // Be careful about pad size for alignment.

-  //

-  return (VARIABLE_HEADER *) HEADER_ALIGN (Value);

-}

-

-/**

-  Search and get a free space in the EFI variable zone

-

-  @param VariableStoreHeader       The start of a EFI variable zone.

-  @param VarListSize               The size of a variables needs to be allocated.

-  @param FreeBeginVar              The dual pointer to the free NV space.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS              Return the beginning of a free variable space.

-  @retval RETURN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL  Failed.

-**/

-static

-EFI_STATUS

-GetVariableVar (

-  IN      VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER  *VariableStoreHeader,

-  IN      UINT32                 VarListSize,

-  IN OUT  CHAR8                  **FreeBeginVar

-)

-{

-  BOOLEAN          Flag;

-  VARIABLE_HEADER  *Variable;

-  VARIABLE_HEADER  *EndOfVariable;

-  CHAR8            *BeginVar;

-

-  BeginVar      = NULL;

-  Flag          = FALSE;

-  Variable      = NULL;

-  EndOfVariable = NULL;

-  *FreeBeginVar = NULL;

-

-  if (VariableStoreHeader == NULL) {

-    *FreeBeginVar = NULL;

-    return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-  }

-  Variable      = GetStartPointer (VariableStoreHeader);

-  EndOfVariable = GetEndPointer(VariableStoreHeader);

-  //

-  //Search the beginning of free NV

-  //

-  while (Variable != EndOfVariable) {

-    BeginVar = (CHAR8 *)Variable;

-    Variable = GetNextVariablePtr (Variable);

-    if (Variable == NULL) {

-      Flag = TRUE;

-      break;

-    }

-  }

-  //

-  // Check whether the free space is more than what we want

-  //

-  if ((CHAR8 *)BeginVar + VarListSize > (CHAR8 *)EndOfVariable) {

-    return RETURN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;

-  }

-  //

-  // If not find the available space, return NULL

-  //

-  if (!Flag) {

-    return RETURN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;

-  }

-  *FreeBeginVar = BeginVar;

-

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Search whether the variable in VarList has existed in current NV.

-

-  Parse the FFS or Fd image, and find the valid variable pointer.

-

-  @param VariableStoreHeader    The start of a EFI variable zone.

-  @param VarList                The pointer to the VarList

-

-  @retval address               If the variable existed in current NV, return address

-  @return NULL                  Otherwise, return NULL

-**/

-static

-VARIABLE_HEADER  *

-FindVariableInNv (

-  IN     VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER  *VariableStoreHeader,

-  IN     FORMSET_STORAGE        *Storage

-  )

-{

-  BOOLEAN          Flag;

-  VARIABLE_HEADER  *Variable;

-  VARIABLE_HEADER  *EndOfVariable;

-  CHAR16           *VariableName;

-

-  Flag            = FALSE;

-  Variable        = NULL;

-  EndOfVariable   = NULL;

-  VariableName    = NULL;

-

-  if ((VariableStoreHeader == NULL) || (Storage == NULL) || (Storage->Name == NULL)) {

-    return NULL;

-  }

-  Variable      = GetStartPointer (VariableStoreHeader);

-  EndOfVariable = GetEndPointer(VariableStoreHeader);

-  //

-  // Parse and compare the variable in the NV space one by one

-  //

-  while ((Variable != EndOfVariable) && (Variable != NULL)) {

-    VariableName = (CHAR16 *)((CHAR8 *)Variable + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER));

-    if (!CompareGuid (&Variable->VendorGuid, &Storage->Guid) \

-      && !FceStrCmp (Storage->Name, VariableName) \

-      && (Variable->State == VAR_ADDED)) {

-      Flag = TRUE;

-      break;

-    }

-    Variable = GetNextVariablePtr (Variable);

-  }

-  if (!Flag) {

-    return NULL;

-  }

-  return Variable;

-}

-/**

-  Exchange the data between Efi variable and the data of VarList when the

-  variable use the authenticated variable header

-

-  If VarToList is TRUE, copy the efi variable data to the VarList; Otherwise,

-  update the data from varlist to efi variable.

-

-  @param VarToList         The flag to control the direction of exchange.

-  @param StorageListHead   Decide which variale list be updated

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS           Get the address successfully.

-  @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES  No available in the EFI variable zone.

-**/

-

-EFI_STATUS

-SynEfiVariable (

-  IN  BOOLEAN     VarToList,

-  IN  LIST_ENTRY  *StorageListHead

-  )

-{

-  EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER    *VarAddr;

-  LIST_ENTRY                    *StorageLink;

-  FORMSET_STORAGE               *Storage;

-  EFI_STATUS                    Status;

-  CHAR8                         *NewAvailableAddr;

-  CHAR8                         *DataBase;

-  VARIABLE_HEADER               *VariableHeader;

-  VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER         *VariableStoreHeader;

-  UINTN                         VarNameSize;

-

-  Status              = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  DataBase            = NULL;

-  NewAvailableAddr    = NULL;

-  VarNameSize         = 0;

-  VariableHeader      = NULL;

-  VarAddr             = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER   *) gEfiFdInfo.EfiVariableAddr;

-  VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *)((CHAR8 *)VarAddr + VarAddr->HeaderLength);

-  //

-  //Parse the variable range, and check whether there is some existed ones.

-  //

-  StorageLink = GetFirstNode (StorageListHead);

-  while (!IsNull (StorageListHead, StorageLink)) {

-    Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);

-     //

-     // Ignore the invalid varlist node

-     //

-     if (Storage->Buffer == NULL) {

-      StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);

-      continue;

-     }

-     //

-     // Report error, if the variable name is invalid.

-     //

-     if ((Storage->Name == NULL) || (FceStrLen(Storage->Name) == 0)) {

-       printf ("Error. One variable name is NULL. Its GUID is: ");

-       PrintGuid(&(Storage->Guid));

-       return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-     }

-     VariableHeader = FindVariableInNv (

-                        VariableStoreHeader,

-                        Storage

-                        );

-

-    if (VarToList) {

-     //

-     //Copy the data from NV to the VarList.

-     //

-     if (VariableHeader != NULL) {

-       if (Storage->Buffer == NULL) {

-         Storage->Buffer = calloc (Storage->Size, sizeof (CHAR8));

-         ASSERT (Storage->Buffer != NULL);

-       }

-       DataBase    = (CHAR8*)GetVariableDataPtr (VariableHeader);

-       memcpy (

-         Storage->Buffer,

-         (VOID *) DataBase,

-         Storage->Size

-        );

-      }

-    } else {

-       //

-       //If existed, copy the List data to the variable in NV directly. If not found, create a new one.

-       //

-       VarNameSize = 2 * (FceStrLen (Storage->Name) + 1);

-       //

-       //If this variable has existed in current FD, the data in VarList has

-       // been updated, and this variable is not authenticated type, then

-       // update it from VarList to the FD.

-       //

-       if ((VariableHeader != NULL)    \

-         && (Storage->Buffer != NULL)

-         ) {

-           DataBase = (CHAR8*)GetVariableDataPtr (VariableHeader);

-           memcpy (

-             (VOID *) DataBase,

-             Storage->Buffer,

-             Storage->Size

-           );

-       } else if ((VariableHeader == NULL) && (Storage->Buffer != NULL)){

-         //

-         //If EfiVarstore is not EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE, only skip it.

-         //

-         if (Storage->NewEfiVarstore

-           && ((Storage->Attributes & EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE) == 0)

-         ) {

-          StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);

-          continue;

-         }

-         //

-         // Try to get the available zone from the efi variables

-         //

-         Status = GetVariableVar (

-                    VariableStoreHeader,

-                    Storage->Size + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER),

-                    &NewAvailableAddr

-                    );

-

-         if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-           //

-           // Create the variable header

-           //

-           VariableHeader             = (VARIABLE_HEADER *) NewAvailableAddr;

-           VariableHeader->StartId    = VARIABLE_DATA;

-           VariableHeader->State      = VAR_ADDED;

-           VariableHeader->Reserved   = 0x0;

-           if (Storage->NewEfiVarstore) {

-             VariableHeader->Attributes = Storage->Attributes;

-           } else {

-             VariableHeader->Attributes = EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE|EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS|EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS;

-           }

-           VariableHeader->NameSize   = VarNameSize;

-           VariableHeader->DataSize   = Storage->Size;

-           //

-           //Copy the Guid, variable name, and data in sequence.

-           //

-           memcpy (

-             (VOID *)&(VariableHeader->VendorGuid),

-             &(Storage->Guid),

-             sizeof (EFI_GUID)

-             );

-           NewAvailableAddr = NewAvailableAddr + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER);

-           memcpy (

-             (VOID *) NewAvailableAddr,

-              Storage->Name,

-              VarNameSize

-              );

-

-           NewAvailableAddr = NewAvailableAddr + VarNameSize + GET_PAD_SIZE (VarNameSize);

-           memcpy (

-             (VOID *) NewAvailableAddr,

-             Storage->Buffer,

-             Storage->Size * sizeof (CHAR8)

-             );

-         } else {

-           printf ("Error. No available space in NV ram.\n");

-           return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;

-         }

-       }

-    }

-    StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);

-  }

-  return Status;

-}

-

-/**

-  Remove the variable from Efi variable

-

-  Found the variable with the same name in StorageListHead and remove it.

-

-  @param StorageListHead   Decide which variale list be removed.

-

-  @retval EFI_SUCCESS      Remove the variables successfully.

-**/

-EFI_STATUS

-RemoveNormalEfiVariable (

-  IN  LIST_ENTRY  *StorageListHead

-  )

-{

-  EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER    *VarAddr;

-  LIST_ENTRY                    *StorageLink;

-  FORMSET_STORAGE               *Storage;

-  VARIABLE_HEADER               *VariableHeader;

-  VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER         *VariableStoreHeader;

-

-  VariableHeader      = NULL;

-  VarAddr             = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER   *) gEfiFdInfo.EfiVariableAddr;

-  VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *)((CHAR8 *)VarAddr + VarAddr->HeaderLength);

-  //

-  //Parse the variable range, and check whether there is some existed ones.

-  //

-  StorageLink = GetFirstNode (StorageListHead);

-  while (!IsNull (StorageListHead, StorageLink)) {

-    Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);

-    //

-    // Ignore the invalid varlist node

-    //

-    if (Storage->Buffer == NULL) {

-      StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);

-      continue;

-    }

-    //

-    // Report error, if the variable name is invalid.

-    //

-    if ((Storage->Name == NULL) || (FceStrLen(Storage->Name) == 0)) {

-      printf ("Error. One variable name is NULL. Its GUID is: ");

-      PrintGuid(&(Storage->Guid));

-      return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;

-    }

-    VariableHeader = FindVariableInNv (

-                       VariableStoreHeader,

-                       Storage

-                       );

-    if (VariableHeader != NULL) {

-      VariableHeader->State = VAR_DELETED;

-    }

-    StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);

-  }

-  return EFI_SUCCESS;

-}

-

-/**

-  Check the store variable is no-authenticated or not

-

-  @param VarToList     The pointer to the header of Variable Store.

-

-  @retval TRUE         If no-authenticated, return TRUE.

-  @retval FALSE        Otherwise, return FALSE.

-**/

-

-BOOLEAN

-CheckNormalVarStoreOrNot (

-  IN VOID  *VariableStoreHeader

-  )

-{

-  if (!CompareGuid (

-    &gEfiVariableGuid,

-    &((VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *)VariableStoreHeader)->Signature)

-    ) {

-    return TRUE;

-  } else {

-    return FALSE;

-  }

-}

-

-/**

-  Copy variable to binary in multi-platform mode

-

-  @param  Storage           The pointer to a storage in storage list.

-  @param  StorageBeginning  The pointer to the beginning of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId

-  @param  Index             The number of the storage. If the Index is 0, record the variable header to

-                            the binary. Or else, only record the storage.

-

-  @return length          The length of storage

-**/

-UINT32

-CopyVariableToBinary (

-  IN      FORMSET_STORAGE   *Storage,

-  IN OUT  UINT8             *StorageBeginning,

-  IN      UINT32            Index

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                    Status;

-  CHAR8                         *NewAvailableAddr;

-  VARIABLE_HEADER               *VariableHeader;

-  VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER         *VariableStoreHeader;

-  UINTN                         VarNameSize;

-  UINT32                        HeaderLength;

-

-  Status              = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  NewAvailableAddr    = NULL;

-  VarNameSize         = 0;

-  HeaderLength        = 0;

-  VariableHeader      = NULL;

-  VariableStoreHeader = NULL;

-

-  if ((Storage->Name == NULL) || (FceStrLen(Storage->Name) == 0)) {

-    printf ("Error. One variable name is NULL. Its GUID is: ");

-    PrintGuid(&(Storage->Guid));

-    return 0;

-  }

-  //

-  // If the first storage under one specified platformId and defaultId, create the variable header

-  //

-  if (Index == 0) {

-    HeaderLength = WriteDefaultAndPlatformId (StorageBeginning, Storage);

-    VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *) (StorageBeginning + HeaderLength);

-    //

-    //Create the Variable Storage header

-    //

-    memcpy (&(VariableStoreHeader->Signature), &gEfiVariableGuid, sizeof (EFI_GUID));

-    VariableStoreHeader->Format = 0x5A;

-    VariableStoreHeader->State  = 0xFE;

-    //

-    //Assign a big size here. It will be fixed after the storage under a specifed platformId and defaultId are all written.

-    //

-    VariableStoreHeader->Size   = gEfiFdInfo.FdSize;

-  }

-

-  VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *) (StorageBeginning + *(UINT16 *)StorageBeginning);

-

-  Status = GetVariableVar (

-             VariableStoreHeader,

-             Storage->Size + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER),

-             &NewAvailableAddr

-           );

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return FAIL;

-  }

-  //

-  // Create the variable header

-  //

-  VarNameSize                = 2 * (FceStrLen (Storage->Name) + 1);

-  VariableHeader             = (VARIABLE_HEADER *) NewAvailableAddr;

-  VariableHeader->StartId    = VARIABLE_DATA;

-  VariableHeader->State      = VAR_ADDED;

-  VariableHeader->Reserved   = 0x0;

-  if (Storage->NewEfiVarstore) {

-    VariableHeader->Attributes = Storage->Attributes;

-  } else {

-    VariableHeader->Attributes = EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE|EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS|EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS;

-  }

-  VariableHeader->NameSize   = VarNameSize;

-  VariableHeader->DataSize   = Storage->Size;

-  //

-  //Copy the Guid, variable name, and data in sequence.

-  //

-  memcpy (

-    (VOID *)&(VariableHeader->VendorGuid),

-    &(Storage->Guid),

-    sizeof (EFI_GUID)

-  );

-  NewAvailableAddr = NewAvailableAddr + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER);

-  memcpy (

-    (VOID *) NewAvailableAddr,

-    Storage->Name,

-    VarNameSize

-  );

-

-  NewAvailableAddr = NewAvailableAddr + VarNameSize + GET_PAD_SIZE (VarNameSize);

-  memcpy (

-    (VOID *) NewAvailableAddr,

-    Storage->Buffer,

-    Storage->Size * sizeof (CHAR8)

-  );

-  //

-  // Return the length which is from the beginning of Binary

-  //

-  return ((UINT32) ((UINT8*)NewAvailableAddr - StorageBeginning) + Storage->Size);

-}

-/**

-  Copy variable to binary in multi-platform mode

-

-  @param  Storage           The pointer to a storage in storage list.

-  @param  StorageBeginning  The pointer to the beginning of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId

-  @param  Index             The number of the storage. If the Index is 0, record the variable header to

-                            the binary. Or else, only record the storage.

-

-  @return length          The length of storage

-**/

-UINT32

-CopyVariableToNvStoreBinary (

-  IN      FORMSET_STORAGE   *Storage,

-  IN OUT  UINT8             *StorageBeginning,

-  IN      UINT32            Index

-  )

-{

-  EFI_STATUS                    Status;

-  CHAR8                         *NewAvailableAddr;

-  VARIABLE_HEADER               *VariableHeader;

-  VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER         *VariableStoreHeader;

-  UINTN                         VarNameSize;

-  UINT32                        HeaderLength;

-  PCD_DEFAULT_DATA              *PcdDefaultDataHeader;

-

-  Status              = EFI_SUCCESS;

-  NewAvailableAddr    = NULL;

-  VarNameSize         = 0;

-  HeaderLength        = 0;

-  VariableHeader      = NULL;

-  VariableStoreHeader = NULL;

-

-  if ((Storage->Name == NULL) || (FceStrLen(Storage->Name) == 0)) {

-    printf ("Error. One variable name is NULL. Its GUID is: ");

-    PrintGuid(&(Storage->Guid));

-    return 0;

-  }

-  //

-  // If the first storage under one specified platformId and defaultId, create the variable header

-  //

-  if (Index == 0) {

-    HeaderLength = WriteNvStoreDefaultAndPlatformId (StorageBeginning, Storage);

-    PcdDefaultDataHeader = (PCD_DEFAULT_DATA *)StorageBeginning;

-    PcdDefaultDataHeader->HeaderSize = HeaderLength;

-    VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *) (StorageBeginning + HeaderLength + 4);

-    //

-    //Create the Variable Storage header

-    //

-    memcpy (&(VariableStoreHeader->Signature), &gEfiVariableGuid, sizeof (EFI_GUID));

-    VariableStoreHeader->Format = 0x5A;

-    VariableStoreHeader->State  = 0xFE;

-    //

-    //Assign a big size here. It will be fixed after the storage under a specifed platformId and defaultId are all written.

-    //

-    VariableStoreHeader->Size   = gEfiFdInfo.FdSize;

-  }

-  PcdDefaultDataHeader = (PCD_DEFAULT_DATA *)StorageBeginning;

-  VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *) (StorageBeginning + PcdDefaultDataHeader->HeaderSize + 4);

-  Status = GetVariableVar (

-             VariableStoreHeader,

-             Storage->Size + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER),

-             &NewAvailableAddr

-           );

-  if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {

-    return FAIL;

-  }

-  //

-  // Create the variable header

-  //

-  VarNameSize                = 2 * (FceStrLen (Storage->Name) + 1);

-  VariableHeader             = (VARIABLE_HEADER *) NewAvailableAddr;

-  VariableHeader->StartId    = VARIABLE_DATA;

-  VariableHeader->State      = VAR_ADDED;

-  VariableHeader->Reserved   = 0x0;

-  if (Storage->NewEfiVarstore) {

-    VariableHeader->Attributes = Storage->Attributes;

-  } else {

-    VariableHeader->Attributes = EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE|EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS|EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS;

-  }

-  VariableHeader->NameSize   = VarNameSize;

-  VariableHeader->DataSize   = Storage->Size;

-  //

-  //Copy the Guid, variable name, and data in sequence.

-  //

-  memcpy (

-    (VOID *)&(VariableHeader->VendorGuid),

-    &(Storage->Guid),

-    sizeof (EFI_GUID)

-  );

-

-  NewAvailableAddr = NewAvailableAddr + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER);

-  memcpy (

-    (VOID *) NewAvailableAddr,

-    Storage->Name,

-    VarNameSize

-  );

-

-  NewAvailableAddr = NewAvailableAddr + VarNameSize + GET_PAD_SIZE (VarNameSize);

-  memcpy (

-    (VOID *) NewAvailableAddr,

-    Storage->Buffer,

-    Storage->Size * sizeof (CHAR8)

-  );

-  //

-  // Return the length which is from the beginning of Binary

-  //

-  return ((UINT32) ((UINT8*)NewAvailableAddr - StorageBeginning - PcdDefaultDataHeader->HeaderSize - 4) + Storage->Size);

-}

-/**

-  Read variable to storage list in multi-platform mode

-

-  @param  Binary            The pointer to the header of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId

-  @param  StorageListEntry  The pointer to the storage list.

-

-  @return length          The length of storage

-**/

-UINT32

-ReadNvStoreVariableToList (

-  IN      UINT8             *Binary,

-  IN      LIST_ENTRY        *StorageListEntry

-  )

-{

-  VARIABLE_HEADER               *EndOfVariable;

-  VARIABLE_HEADER               *Variable;

-  VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER         *VariableStoreHeader;

-  FORMSET_STORAGE               *Storage;

-  UINT32                        Length;

-  PCD_DEFAULT_DATA             *PcdDefaultData;

-  UINT8                         *DataBase;

-  static UINT16                 PreDefaultId;

-  static UINT64                 PrePlatformId;

-

-  VariableStoreHeader = NULL;

-  Variable            = NULL;

-  Length              = 0;

-  DataBase            = Binary;

-

-  PcdDefaultData      = (PCD_DEFAULT_DATA *)DataBase;

-  PrePlatformId       = PcdDefaultData->DefaultInfo[0].SkuId;

-  PreDefaultId        = PcdDefaultData->DefaultInfo[0].DefaultId;

-  VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *) (DataBase + PcdDefaultData->HeaderSize + 4);

-  EndOfVariable       = GetEndPointer(VariableStoreHeader);

-

-  for (Variable = GetStartPointer (VariableStoreHeader);

-    Length < VariableStoreHeader->Size;

-    Length += sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER) + Variable->NameSize + Variable->DataSize

-  ) {

-    //

-    // Create the storage

-    //

-    Storage = NULL;

-    Storage = calloc (sizeof (FORMSET_STORAGE), sizeof (CHAR8));

-    if (Storage == NULL) {

-      printf ("Allocate memory failed.\n");

-      return FAIL;

-    }

-    //

-    // Store the DefaultId and PlatformId collected from the header to Storage.

-    //

-    Storage->DefaultId[0] = PreDefaultId;

-    Storage->PlatformId[0] = PrePlatformId;

-    Storage->DefaultPlatformIdNum = 0;

-

-    Storage->Attributes     = Variable->Attributes;

-    Storage->Size           = (UINT16)Variable->DataSize;

-    Storage->Name           = calloc (Variable->NameSize, sizeof (UINT8));

-    ASSERT (Storage->Name != NULL);

-    Storage->Buffer         = calloc (Variable->DataSize, sizeof (UINT8));

-    ASSERT (Storage->Buffer != NULL);

-    memcpy (

-      &(Storage->Guid),

-      &(Variable->VendorGuid),

-      sizeof (EFI_GUID)

-    );

-    memcpy (

-      Storage->Name,

-      (UINT8 *)Variable + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER),

-      Variable->NameSize

-    );

-    memcpy (

-      Storage->Buffer,

-      (UINT8 *)Variable + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER) + Variable->NameSize + GET_PAD_SIZE (Variable->NameSize),

-      Storage->Size * sizeof (CHAR8)

-    );

-    //

-    // Assigned the value for comparison in verify mode

-    //

-    Storage->Type           = EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP;

-    Storage->NewEfiVarstore = TRUE;

-    InitializeListHead (&Storage->NameValueListHead);

-

-    InsertTailList(StorageListEntry, &Storage->Link);

-    //

-    // If the last variable, exit.

-    //

-    if (Variable == EndOfVariable) {

-      break;

-    }

-

-    Variable = GetNextVariablePtr (Variable);

-    assert (Variable != NULL);

-    if (!IsValidVariableHeader(Variable)) {

-      break;

-    }

-  }

-

-  return Length;

-}

-/**

-  Read variable to storage list in multi-platform mode

-

-  @param  Binary            The pointer to the header of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId

-  @param  StorageListEntry  The pointer to the storage list.

-

-  @return length          The length of storage

-**/

-UINT32

-ReadVariableToList (

-  IN      UINT8             *Binary,

-  IN      LIST_ENTRY        *StorageListEntry

-  )

-{

-  VARIABLE_HEADER               *EndOfVariable;

-  VARIABLE_HEADER               *Variable;

-  VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER         *VariableStoreHeader;

-  FORMSET_STORAGE               *Storage;

-  BOOLEAN                       ReadIdHeaderFlag;

-  UINT32                        Length;

-  EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER     *SectionHeader;

-  UINT8                         *DataBase;

-  static UINT16                 PreDefaultId[MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM];

-  static UINT64                 PrePlatformId[MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM];

-

-  VariableStoreHeader = NULL;

-  Variable            = NULL;

-  ReadIdHeaderFlag    = TRUE;

-  Length              = 0;

-  SectionHeader       = (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *)Binary;

-  DataBase            = Binary + sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER);

-  VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *) (DataBase + *(UINT16 *)DataBase);

-  EndOfVariable       = GetEndPointer(VariableStoreHeader);

-

-  for (Variable = GetStartPointer (VariableStoreHeader);

-    Length < VariableStoreHeader->Size;

-    Length += sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER) + Variable->NameSize + Variable->DataSize

-  ) {

-    //

-    // Create the storage

-    //

-    Storage = NULL;

-    Storage = calloc (sizeof (FORMSET_STORAGE), sizeof (CHAR8));

-    if (Storage == NULL) {

-      printf ("Allocate memory failed.\n");

-      return FAIL;

-    }

-    //

-    // If access the first storage, read the platformId and defaultId

-    //

-    if (ReadIdHeaderFlag) {

-      ReadDefaultAndPlatformIdFromBfv (DataBase, Storage);

-      Length += sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER) + Variable->NameSize + Variable->DataSize;

-      ReadIdHeaderFlag = FALSE;

-      memcpy (PreDefaultId, Storage->DefaultId, MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM * sizeof (UINT16));

-      memcpy (PrePlatformId, Storage->PlatformId, MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM * sizeof (UINT64));

-    } else {

-      //

-      // Store the DefaultId and PlatformId collected from the header to Storage.

-      //

-      memcpy (Storage->DefaultId, PreDefaultId, MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM * sizeof (UINT16));

-      memcpy (Storage->PlatformId, PrePlatformId, MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM * sizeof (UINT64));

-    }

-    Storage->Attributes     = Variable->Attributes;

-    Storage->Size           = (UINT16)Variable->DataSize;

-    Storage->Name           = calloc (Variable->NameSize, sizeof (UINT8));

-    ASSERT (Storage->Name != NULL);

-    Storage->Buffer         = calloc (Variable->DataSize, sizeof (UINT8));

-    ASSERT (Storage->Buffer != NULL);

-    memcpy (

-      &(Storage->Guid),

-      &(Variable->VendorGuid),

-      sizeof (EFI_GUID)

-    );

-    memcpy (

-      Storage->Name,

-      (UINT8 *)Variable + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER),

-      Variable->NameSize

-    );

-    memcpy (

-      Storage->Buffer,

-      (UINT8 *)Variable + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER) + Variable->NameSize + GET_PAD_SIZE (Variable->NameSize),

-      Storage->Size * sizeof (CHAR8)

-    );

-    //

-    // Assigned the value for comparison in verify mode

-    //

-    Storage->Type           = EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP;

-    Storage->NewEfiVarstore = TRUE;

-    InitializeListHead (&Storage->NameValueListHead);

-

-    InsertTailList(StorageListEntry, &Storage->Link);

-    //

-    // If the last variable, exit.

-    //

-    if (Variable == EndOfVariable) {

-      break;

-    }

-

-    Variable = GetNextVariablePtr (Variable);

-    assert (Variable != NULL);

-  }

-  //

-  // Return the length which is from the beginning of Binary

-  //

-  Length = FvBufExpand3ByteSize (SectionHeader->Size);

-

-  return Length;

-}

-

-/**

-  Check whether exists the valid normal variables in NvStorage or not.

-

-  @retval TRUE      If existed, return TRUE.

-  @retval FALSE     Others

-**/

-BOOLEAN

-ExistNormalEfiVarOrNot (

-  IN  LIST_ENTRY  *StorageListHead

-  )

-{

-  EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER    *VarAddr;

-  LIST_ENTRY                    *StorageLink;

-  FORMSET_STORAGE               *Storage;

-  VARIABLE_HEADER               *VariableHeader;

-  VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER         *VariableStoreHeader;

-

-  VariableHeader      = NULL;

-  VarAddr             = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER   *) gEfiFdInfo.EfiVariableAddr;

-  VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *)((CHAR8 *)VarAddr + VarAddr->HeaderLength);

-  //

-  //Parse the variable range, and check whether there is some existed ones.

-  //

-  StorageLink = GetFirstNode (StorageListHead);

-  while (!IsNull (StorageListHead, StorageLink)) {

-    Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);

-    //

-    // Ignore the invalid varlist node

-    //

-    if ((Storage->Buffer == NULL)

-      || (Storage->Name == NULL)

-      || (FceStrLen(Storage->Name) == 0)

-      ) {

-     StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);

-     continue;

-    }

-    //

-    // Report error, if the variable name is invalid.

-    //

-    if ((Storage->Name == NULL) || (FceStrLen(Storage->Name) == 0)) {

-      StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);

-     continue;

-    }

-    VariableHeader = FindVariableInNv (

-                       VariableStoreHeader,

-                       Storage

-                     );

-

-    if ((VariableHeader != NULL)) {

-       return TRUE;

-    }

-    StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);

-  }

-  return FALSE;

-}

-

-/**

-  Fix the size of variable header.

-

-  @param  Binary            The pointer to the header of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId

-  @param  Length            The length of binary.

-

-**/

-VOID

-FixVariableHeaderSize (

-  IN  UINT8   *BinaryBeginning,

-  IN  UINT32  Length

-  )

-{

-  VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER         *VariableStoreHeader;

-

-  VariableStoreHeader       = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *) (BinaryBeginning + *(UINT16 *)BinaryBeginning);

-  VariableStoreHeader->Size =  Length -  *(UINT16 *)BinaryBeginning;

-}

-

-/**

-  Fix the size of variable header.

-

-  @param  Binary            The pointer to the header of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId

-  @param  Length            The length of binary.

-

-**/

-VOID

-FixNvStoreVariableHeaderSize (

-  IN  UINT8   *BinaryBeginning,

-  IN  UINT32  Length

-  )

-{

-  VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER         *VariableStoreHeader;

-  PCD_DEFAULT_DATA              *PcdDefaultDataHeader;

-

-  PcdDefaultDataHeader      = (PCD_DEFAULT_DATA *)(BinaryBeginning);

-  VariableStoreHeader       = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *) (BinaryBeginning + PcdDefaultDataHeader->HeaderSize + 4);

-  VariableStoreHeader->Size = Length;

-  PcdDefaultDataHeader->DataSize = VariableStoreHeader->Size + PcdDefaultDataHeader->HeaderSize + 4;

-}

-

diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Variable.h b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Variable.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 35b88e045c..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Variable.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
-/** @file

-

- The header of Variable.c.

-

- Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

- SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#ifndef __VARIABLE_FORMAT_H__

-#define __VARIABLE_FORMAT_H__

-

-#define EFI_VARIABLE_GUID \

-  { 0xddcf3616, 0x3275, 0x4164, { 0x98, 0xb6, 0xfe, 0x85, 0x70, 0x7f, 0xfe, 0x7d } }

-

-extern EFI_GUID gEfiVariableGuid;

-

-///

-/// Alignment of variable name and data, according to the architecture:

-/// * For IA-32 and Intel(R) 64 architectures: 1.

-/// * For IA-64 architecture: 8.

-///

-#if defined (MDE_CPU_IPF)

-#define ALIGNMENT         8

-#else

-#define ALIGNMENT         1

-#endif

-

-///

-/// GET_PAD_SIZE calculates the miminal pad bytes needed to make the current pad size satisfy the alignment requirement.

-///

-#if (ALIGNMENT == 1)

-#define GET_PAD_SIZE(a) (0)

-#else

-#define GET_PAD_SIZE(a) (((~a) + 1) & (ALIGNMENT - 1))

-#endif

-

-///

-/// Alignment of Variable Data Header in Variable Store region.

-///

-#define HEADER_ALIGNMENT  4

-#define HEADER_ALIGN(Header)  (((UINTN) (Header) + HEADER_ALIGNMENT - 1) & (~(HEADER_ALIGNMENT - 1)))

-

-///

-/// Status of Variable Store Region.

-///

-typedef enum {

-  EfiRaw,

-  EfiValid,

-  EfiInvalid,

-  EfiUnknown

-} VARIABLE_STORE_STATUS;

-

-#pragma pack(1)

-

-#define VARIABLE_STORE_SIGNATURE  EFI_VARIABLE_GUID

-

-///

-/// Variable Store Header Format and State.

-///

-#define VARIABLE_STORE_FORMATTED          0x5a

-#define VARIABLE_STORE_HEALTHY            0xfe

-

-///

-/// Variable Store region header.

-///

-typedef struct {

-  ///

-  /// Variable store region signature.

-  ///

-  EFI_GUID  Signature;

-  ///

-  /// Size of entire variable store,

-  /// including size of variable store header but not including the size of FvHeader.

-  ///

-  UINT32  Size;

-  ///

-  /// Variable region format state.

-  ///

-  UINT8   Format;

-  ///

-  /// Variable region healthy state.

-  ///

-  UINT8   State;

-  UINT16  Reserved;

-  UINT32  Reserved1;

-} VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER;

-

-///

-/// Variable data start flag.

-///

-#define VARIABLE_DATA                     0x55AA

-

-///

-/// Variable State flags.

-///

-#define VAR_IN_DELETED_TRANSITION     0xfe  ///< Variable is in obsolete transition.

-#define VAR_DELETED                   0xfd  ///< Variable is obsolete.

-#define VAR_HEADER_VALID_ONLY         0x7f  ///< Variable header has been valid.

-#define VAR_ADDED                     0x3f  ///< Variable has been completely added.

-

-///

-/// Single Variable Data Header Structure.

-///

-typedef struct {

-  ///

-  /// Variable Data Start Flag.

-  ///

-  UINT16      StartId;

-  ///

-  /// Variable State defined above.

-  ///

-  UINT8       State;

-  UINT8       Reserved;

-  ///

-  /// Attributes of variable defined in UEFI specification.

-  ///

-  UINT32      Attributes;

-  ///

-  /// Size of variable null-terminated Unicode string name.

-  ///

-  UINT32      NameSize;

-  ///

-  /// Size of the variable data without this header.

-  ///

-  UINT32      DataSize;

-  ///

-  /// A unique identifier for the vendor that produces and consumes this varaible.

-  ///

-  EFI_GUID    VendorGuid;

-} VARIABLE_HEADER;

-

-#pragma pack()

-

-typedef struct _VARIABLE_INFO_ENTRY  VARIABLE_INFO_ENTRY;

-

-///

-/// This structure contains the variable list that is put in EFI system table.

-/// The variable driver collects all variables that were used at boot service time and produces this list.

-/// This is an optional feature to dump all used variables in shell environment.

-///

-struct _VARIABLE_INFO_ENTRY {

-  VARIABLE_INFO_ENTRY *Next;       ///< Pointer to next entry.

-  EFI_GUID            VendorGuid;  ///< Guid of Variable.

-  CHAR16              *Name;       ///< Name of Variable.

-  UINT32              Attributes;  ///< Attributes of variable defined in UEFI specification.

-  UINT32              ReadCount;   ///< Number of times to read this variable.

-  UINT32              WriteCount;  ///< Number of times to write this variable.

-  UINT32              DeleteCount; ///< Number of times to delete this variable.

-  UINT32              CacheCount;  ///< Number of times that cache hits this variable.

-  BOOLEAN             Volatile;    ///< TRUE if volatile, FALSE if non-volatile.

-};

-

-#endif // _EFI_VARIABLE_H_

diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/VariableCommon.h b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/VariableCommon.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7389902076..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/VariableCommon.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-/** @file

-

- The header of common Variable.c TimeBasedVariable.c and MonotonicBasedVariable.c.

-

- Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

- SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

-

-**/

-

-#ifndef __VARIABLE_COMMON_H__

-#define __VARIABLE_COMMON_H__

-

-/**

-  Check the store variable is no-authenticated or not

-

-  @param VarToList     The pointer to the header of Variable Store.

-

-  @retval TRUE         If no-authenticated, return TRUE.

-  @retval FALSE        Otherwise, return FALSE.

-**/

-

-BOOLEAN

-CheckNormalVarStoreOrNot (

-  IN VOID  *VariableStoreHeader

-  );

-/**

-  Check the store variable is Monotonic based authenticated or not

-

-  @param VarToList     The pointer to the header of Variable Store.

-

-  @retval TRUE         If authenticated, return TRUE.

-  @retval FALSE        Otherwise, return FALSE.

-**/

-

-BOOLEAN

-CheckMonotonicBasedVarStore (

-  IN VOID  *VariableStoreHeader

-  );

-

-/**

-  Check the store variable is Time stamp authenticated or not

-

-  @param VarToList     The pointer to the header of Variable Store.

-

-  @retval TRUE         If authenticated, return TRUE.

-  @retval FALSE        Otherwise, return FALSE.

-**/

-BOOLEAN

-CheckTimeBasedVarStoreOrNot (

-  IN VOID  *VariableStoreHeader

-  );

-

-

-

-#endif // _EFI_VARIABLE_COMMON_H_

diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/GNUmakefile b/BaseTools/Source/C/GNUmakefile
index 990c6d0a82..824f0306e6 100644
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/GNUmakefile
+++ b/BaseTools/Source/C/GNUmakefile
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 ## @file

 #  GNU/Linux makefile for C tools build.

 #

-#  Copyright (c) 2007 - 2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

+#  Copyright (c) 2007 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

 #

 #  SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

 #

@@ -49,7 +49,6 @@ APPLICATIONS = \
   VfrCompile \

   BfmLib \

   EfiRom \

-  FCE \

   GenFfs \

   GenFv \

   GenFw \

diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Makefile b/BaseTools/Source/C/Makefile
index 357e8b9003..a6d39eb864 100644
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Makefile
+++ b/BaseTools/Source/C/Makefile
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 ## @file

 # Windows makefile for C tools build.

 #

-# Copyright (c) 2009 - 2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

+# Copyright (c) 2009 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>

 # SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent

 #

 HOST_ARCH = IA32

@@ -14,7 +14,6 @@ APPLICATIONS = \
   BrotliCompress \

   BfmLib \

   EfiRom \

-  FCE \

   GenCrc32 \

   GenFfs \

   GenFv \